Catalogue PDF'S - Compressed

SAFELIFT OFFSHORE
Product Guide
SAFELIFT OFFSHORE
SAFELIFT OFFSHORE LTD
LTD
>>A:A:Safelift
Safelift Offshore
Offshore Ltd Ltd
Aquithie Road Manual Handling
Manual Handling Equipment
Equipment
Aquithie Road
Kemnay
Kemnay Product Catalogue
Product Catalogue
Aberdeenshire
Aberdeenshire
Scotland
Scotland
AB51
AB51 5PD 5PD
“Products
“Products that
That make
Make a
A difference”
Difference”
“Products that make adifference”
“Products that make a difference”
Version 11
www.safelift.co.uk
www.safelift.co.uk www.safelift.co.uk
www.safelift.co.uk
>>T:T:+44
+44(0)
(0)1224
1224 775774
775774 >>T:T:+44
+44(0)
(0) 1224
1224 775774
775774
>>E:E:sales@safelift.co.uk
sales@safelift.co.uk
Safelift Offshore Cover - 2021.indd 1 15/12/2020 17:56:24
Company: Safelift Offshore Cover: 1 of 1 Binding Instructions: GPC
Safelift Greenfield & Brownfield
Project Supply Services - Full Technical Procurement
MANUAL & MECHANICAL BROWNFIELD & GREENFIELD SHORT & LONG TERM PRODUCT
HANDLING PRODUCTS PROJECT SUPPLY EQUIPMENT HIRE TRAINING
SPECIALIST ENVIRONMENTAL OFFSHORE REPAIR &

CONTAINERS PRODUCT SUPPLY SURVEYS RE-CERTIFICATION
Safelift Offshore IFC & IBC - 2021.indd 1 15/12/2020 17:54:50

Company: Safelift Off shore Cover: Inside Front & Back Binding Instructions: GPC
Safelift Standard Products
1
Safelift Work / Access Baskets

Safelift Work / Access Baskets are available in 1 to 4 person
models. All with a safe working load of 500kgs.
Work Access Baskets

They are designed specifically for the offshore industry and
manufactured in excess of current legislation requirements.
Model Capacity Length Width Height
SOL1MAB 1-Person 950mm 650mm 2200mm
• 500kg Capacity
• Non slip floor & rubber base buffers as standard
• 360 degree clip in rail & kick plates
• Optional extras: corner buffers, inward opening
door & galvanised finish
• Designed to BS EN 14502-1
• Meets NORSOK R-002 & American OSHA standards
• Supplied with 6-leg wire rope sling assembly BS EN13414 pt1
Safelift Emergency Response Basket

To complement our range of Work/Access Baskets we have added an Model > SOLERMAB
Emergency Response Basket to handle a stretcher and medics.
• Designed to accomodate a stretcher with fold down stretcher support

• Loading access for stretcher at each end
• 2-off shock absorbing impact seats for medic/first aider
• Integrated drip rail
• Can be used as a general work access basket for daily use
• Designed to BS EN 14502-1 and meets NORSOK standard R-002
• Supplied with 6-leg wire rope sling assembly BS EN13414 pt1
Tel: 01224 775774 sales@safelift. co.uk www.safelift.co.uk
Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 3 17/12/2020 09:26

2
Safelift Deck Baskets

Our range of Heavy Duty Drop Front
& Twin Door Baskets are designed
to be used as general cargo baskets
or as a drum transporter. They are
ideal for the quick, safe movement
of items around the installation.
Deck Baskets
The drop front provides a non slip

ramp which allows access to load
and unload items.
The baskets can be supplied with

externally mounted expamet or
internally mounted plate sides
• For Safe Movement of general cargo around the with the ramp and floor in non slip
patterned durbar plate.
installation
• Non-slip drop down ramp on Drop Front Baskets If required we can also fit braked
• Supplied with four leg wire rope sling BS EN13414 pt1 swivel castors to the bottom of the
• Full NDT & Load Test Certification baskets to enable movement when
no crane access is available.
• Manufactured & painted to Offshore Specification
Model Type Capacity (SWL) Length Width Height

SOLDFBS1.5 Drop Front 1.5te 1000mm 1000mm 750mm

SOLDFBS21.24 Drop Front 2te 1240mm 1240mm 1000mm
SOLTDB Twin Door 2te 1620mm 1240mm 1150mm
SOLDFBC1.5 Wheeled Drop Front 1.5te 1000mm 1000mm 860mm
SOLDFBC2.0 Wheeled Drop Front 2te 1000mm 1000mm 860mm

3
Safelift Deck Baskets

• Safelift Scaffold Tube/Board Basket for safe movement of
scaffold components around the installation
• Safelift Barrel Handling Baskets with low gradient ramp for
safe movement of Barrels/Drums around the installation.
• Twin Access Doors or Drop Front Doors
Deck Baskets
• Supplied with four leg wire rope sling BS EN13414 pt1
• Full NDT & Load test certification
• Manufactured & painted to offshore specification
Special
Sizes and SWL Available.
Contact us with your request
Model Type Capacity Length Width Height

(SWL)
SOLDFSB Scaffold Basket - Drop front 3te 3780mm 920mm 920mm
SOLTDSB Scaffold Basket - Twin door 2te 1000mm 1000mm 3000mm
SOLDFBH1 Barrel Handling - Drop Front 1.5te 1000mm 1000mm 1000mm
SOLDFBH2 Barrel Handling - Drop Front 2te 1240mm 1240mm 1150mm

SOLTDBH4 Barrel Handling - Twin Door 2te 1620mm 1240mm 1150mm
Safelift DNV 2.7-1/BS EN ISO 10855 Baskets

• A general range of deck baskets manufactured to DNV2.1-7 and BSEN10855
Please call for details and sizes.

4
Safelift Vertical Barrel Clamp

A unique design specifically developed for the offshore industry. Model > SOLVBC1
It is simple to use and reduces any possible chance of operator
error to a minimum.
• 500kg Capacity
Barrel Handling
• Simple operation to minimises operator error

• 100% positive grip on barrel
• Full NDT & Load Test Certification
• Painted to offshore specification
• Supplied with four leg chain sling BS EN818-4
Safelift Vertical Drum Clamp

A unique design specifically developed for the offshore industry. Model > SOLVDC1
It is simple to use and reduces any possible chance of operator
error to a minimum.
• 500kg Capacity
• Simple operation
• Minimises operator error
• 100% positive grip on barrel

• Supplied with four leg chain sling BS EN818-4
Safelift Universal Barrel Transporter

The Universal Barrel Transporter has been designed Model > SOLUBT
and certified to lift and transport all types of barrels and
drums currently in use offshore today.
• 500kg Capacity
• Use for lifting & general deck movement
• Barrel secured via ratchet webbing straps
• For use with steel barrels & plastic drums
• Tapered floor & slide bearings to aid handling
• Supplied with two leg wire rope sling BS EN13414 pt1

5
Safelift Leva Drum Transporter

Designed for easy handling, convenient storage Model > SOLLEVDT
& access for decanting 210L steel barrels or
plastic drums.
• 350KG Capacity
Barrel Handling
• 1130mm L x 650mm W x 1040mm H
• Foldable push/pull hande for easy storage
• Twin rollers built in to fully rotate
• Large wheels to make it easier to manoeuvre
• All in one unit for tilting, rotating & transporting
• Supplied with Certificate of Conformity
Safelift Universal Drum Truck

Ideal for transporting all types of barrels and Model > SOLUDT
drums. Supplied with a height adjustable spring
clamp for steel barrels and a hinged clamp for
plastic drums.
• 350KG Capacity
• Use for general drum movement
• Supplied c/w hinged clamp for plastic drums

• Auto clamp positively locks on the drum rim Hinged Clamp Attachment
• Supplied with Certificate of Conformity Included For Handling Plastic Drums!
Safelift Bunded Drum Frames

Safelift Bunded Lifting Frames have been designed to safely and Model > SOLBDF1
securely transport all types of barrels and drums. The units are securely
enclosed in a fully welded compartment that acts as a bunded sealed
sump during shipping.
• Greatly reduces handling of drums and barrels
• Hazardous substances are bunded at all times
during transportation
• Lifting points on each corner for lifting offshore
• Full hydro-fluorescent bund testing
• Full NDT and Load Test Certification

6
Safelift Universal Gas Bottle Carrier

The Universal Single Gas Bottle Carrier provides a straightforward Model > SOLUGBC
and easily operated method of transporting & lifting gas cylinders
around the site/plant. The design incorporates a unique quick
change retaining strap system allowing the single main frame to be
Cylinder Handling
used with the 3 main bottle diameters: 230mm, 295mm & 375mm.
• 150kg Capacity
• Supplied with 3-off interchangeable straps
• Large diameter wheels for travelling over sites
• Gauges & hoses can remain connected during transit
• Supplied with crane connector for lifting via crane
Safelift Double Gas Bottle Carrier

The Double Gas Bottle Carrier is ideal for all burning & heat Model > SOLDGBC
treatment operations throughout the site/plant.
The carrier can accommodate Oxygen/Propane or Oxygen/
Acetylene combinations and is supplied with 3 retaining bands to
allow operator choice.
• 250kg Capacity
• Use for burning & heat treatment operations
Standard Products
• Large diameter wheels for travelling over sites

• Gauges & hoses can remain connected during transit
• Supplied with 2-leg sling for lifting via crane
SafeliftPRODUCTS
Safelift Caged Double Gas Bottle Carrier

To suit oxygen/acetylene bottles 1525mm high x 230mm dia c/w Model > SOLDGBCC
hinged and meshed door. 2-off main Ø350mm rubber cushion
SAFELIFT STANDARD
swivel wheels and 200mm dia rear rubber cushion swivel castors.
• 250kg capacity
• Use for oxygen/acetylene bottles
• Purpose built for offshore walkways
• Large diameter wheels for travelling over grating
• Supplied with 2-leg sling
• Manufactured and painted to offshore specification

7
Safelift Vertical Cylinder Lifter

Safelift Offshore Specification Vertical Cylinder Lifter for the safe lifting Model > SOLVCL
of all types of gas cylinders up to 380mm dia.
• 250kg capacity
Cylinder Handling
• Use for offshore gas bottles up to Ø380mm
• Purpose built for offshore walkways
• Large diameter wheels for travelling over grating
• Vertical lifts of 300mm by manual winding handle
Safelift Mini Quads

Safelift Mini Quads are available in three Safe Working Loads and Model > SOLGBMQ(1-3)
sizes. All types are c/w non-slip ramp door and internal ratchet straps.
For safe movement of Gas Cylinders around the installation.
• 3 Sizes Available - 0.6te, 0.9te and 1.35te
• Non slip ramp door
• Supplied with four leg wire rope sling

• Galvanised finish available
Safelift Manual Cylinder Clamps

Model > SOLMCC
Manual Cylinder Clamps provide a safe
method of lifting gas cylinders. The device
enables gas cylinders to be lifted simply and
safely by one person improving posture and
reduces strain on the operators back and
203mm dia 215mm dia
shoulders. It also provides means of lifting
cylinders by 2 people as a team lift.
• Safe method of lifting gas cylinders
• Max. Load 100KG
• Supplied with Certificate of
Conformity 230mm dia 254mm dia
Choice of 4 different sizes!

8
Safelift 4-Wheel Turntable Trucks

A large selection of Turntable Trucks manufactured from
quality hollow sections specially designed & developed
for the rigors of the Oil & Gas industry.
Turntable Trucks
Heavy duty ball bearing turntable design assuring easy

turning even when fully laden. All models have steel
centre solid rubber wheels for ease of movement over
offshore grating.
Each truck has 4-off certified padeyes, 1-off positioned

at each corner of the truck for pulling purposes and also
serves for lifting the empty truck around the installation.
Heavy duty marine plywood decks. Handle stops prevent

the push/pull handle from dropping to the ground.
All models are supplied with individual Load Test and NDT
certification and painting to offshore specification.

(SWL)
SOL2TT1.22 2te 1220mm 610mm 450mm

SOL2TT1.5 2te 1500mm 800mm 450mm
SOL3TT0.72 3te 1500mm 720mm 545mm
Special Dual Wheels
SOL3TT1.5 3te 1500mm 1000mm 545mm
Options: SOL3TT2.0 3te 2000mm 1000mm 545mm
Parking brake SOL5TT2.0 5te 2000mm 1000mm 570mm
Fixed ends & drop down sides
Steering Stop
• Designed for the rigors of the Oil & Gas Industry
• Heavy duty ball bearing turntable steering
• Marine plywood deck
• 4-off certified pulling padeyes also serve for
lifting the empty truck
• Individual NDT & Load Test Certification

9
Safelift 4-Wheel Ackerman Steering Trucks
Ackerman Steering Trucks

A large selection of Ackerman Trucks manufactured from
quality hollow sections specially designed & developed for
the rigors of the Oil & Gas industry.
The Ackerman steering increases stability and improves the

steering radius when turning the trucks. All models have
steel centre solid rubber wheels for ease of movement over
offshore grating.
Each truck has 4-off certified padeyes, 1-off positioned at

each corner of the truck for pulling purposes and also serves
for lifting the empty truck around the installation.
Heavy duty marine plywood decks. Handle stops prevent

the push/pull handle from dropping to the ground.
certification and painting to offshore specification.

(SWL)
SOLAST1T1.2 1te 1220mm 610mm 430mm

SOLAST1T2 1te 2000mm 1000mm 430mm
Caged Sides
Parking brake available as an option

• Ackerman steering increases stability
• Improved steering radius

10
Safelift Swivel Castor Trolleys

A range of heavy duty offshore specification Swivel Castor
Swivel Castor Trolleys
Trolleys in a wide variety of capacities.
All our trolleys are supplied with single or twin polyurethane

rimmed swivel castors with omni-directional manoeuvrabili-
ty and minimal height.
Detachable steering handle can be used at either end of the

trolley.
Each trolley has 4-off certified padeyes, 1-off positioned at

each corner of the truck for pulling purposes and also serves
for lifting the empty trolley around the installation.
certification and painting to offshore specification, top coat
white.

(SWL)
SOL2TSCT1.2 2te 1220mm 610mm 280mm

Options:
Directional lock castors
Adjustable beams & chocks • Designed for the rigors of the Oil & Gas Industry
• Heavy duty construction
• Minimal height
• Steel deck as standard

11
Safelift 4-Wheel Liftable Trucks

Originally designed to provide a quick and safe method of
transporting scaffold clips around offshore installations, this
truck has gone on to establish itself as a general load mover.
Liftable Trucks
Versatility is assured, common tasks are transporting
scaffold clips or multiple items of loose rigging equipment
direct to the job location.
The foam filled wheels provide all the characteristics of

pneumatic but without the risk of puncture. This ensures the
truck can be easily moved over nets, cable tracks, ramps,
etc.
All trucks come c/w 4-off certified lifting padeyes, 1-off

positioned at each corner of the truck for lifting the fully
loaded truck around the installation and are supplied with
4-leg wire rope sling assembly BS EN13414 pt1, individual
Load Test and NDT certification and painting to Offshore
specification, top coat white.
Options:
Parking brake
Steering Stop

Model Capacity (SWL) Length Width Height
SOLFWLT750 0.75te 800mm 500mm 630mm
SOLFWLT1T 1te 1000mm 500mm 860mm
SOLFWLT2T 2te 1500mm 800mm 1050mm
SOLCFWLT4T 2.5te* 1500mm 800mm 990mm

• Puncture proof wheels
* This model has a SWL of • 4-off certified lifting points for fully loaded truck
2500kg for lifting and a SWL • Individual NDT & Load Test Certification
of 4000kg for deck use

12
Safelift Scaffold Tube Transporter

Model > SOLSTT
• Swl 800kg. Dims: 1300mm long x 620mm wide.

Specialist Trolleys
• Designed for transporting Scaffold Tubes

• Large diameter cushion rubber wheels
Safelift Spool Trolley

Model > SOLTST1.5T
Model > SOLTST2T
• Swl 1.5te or 2te.
• Dims: 1350mm long x 800mm wide.
• Designed for transporting round sections

Safelift Beam Transporter

Model > SOLSBEAMT1T
• Swl 1te. Dims: 1350mm long x 600mm wide.

• Designed for transporting steel beams

13
Safelift Board Transporter

• Swl 1te. Dims: 1350mm long x 885mm wide Model > SOLSBT1.0T
• Swl 1.5te. Dims: 1350mm long x 890mm wide > SOLSBT1.5T
Specialist Trolleys
• Designed for transporting Scaffold Boards
Safelift Spool M Trolley

• Swl 2te. Dims: 1000mm long x 600mm wide. Model > SOLTST2T1.0M
• Designed for transporting Round Sections
• Heavy duty swivel castors
Safelift Gas Quad Truck Safelift Standard Products
Moving Gas Cylinder Quads from the landing area to the worksite Model > SOLN2QT
can be a major problem on an offshore installation.
Our custom designed four wheel low loading truck has been
designed to help ease these problems.
• Swl 2.7te. Dims: 2275mm long x 1100 mmwide
• Ackerman steering operated by a pulling handle
• 300mm diameter cushion rubber rimmed wheels
• 4-off pulling padeyes (2-each end) which also serve as
lifting points for the empty truck
• 2-off anchor points each side c/w heavy duty ratchet
straps

14
Safelift Sheet Carrying Trolley

Specialist Trolleys
For the movement of Kennedy Grating or sheet steel and compressor doors etc. We have
designed two versions, the 1000kg trolley for general transport and a 500kg liftable unit for
lifting the load and the trolley.
SOLSTLIFT0.5T 0.5te (lifting) 1500mm 740mm 1040mm
SOLST1.0T 1te 1500mm 740mm 1040mm
SOLSTLIFT0.5T-N 0.5te (lifting) 1500mm 500mm 1170mm
• Standard: 2-off Ø150mm rubber swivel castors, 2-off Ø200mm Fixed Wheels
• Durbar floor plate for sheet grip
• 2 side mounted cargo ratchets for retaining sheets

• 4 leg wire rope sling assembly BS EN13414 pt1 (lifting only) and 2 ratchet straps
Narrow Sheet Carrying Trolley
When faced with narrow walkways or confined workspaces,
our Narrow Sheet Carrying Trolley is ideal for manuoevring
sheets, doors and panels with a maximum width of 150mm.
• 2-off Ø150mm swivel castors & 2-off Ø300mm wheels
• Durbar floor plate for sheet grip
• 2 side mounted cargo ratchets for retaining sheets
• 4 leg wire rope sling assembly
Model > SOLSTLIFT0.5T-N • Painted to offshore specification

Transportation Dollies, Moving Systems & Gin Pole
15
Safelift Transportation Dollies
Various sizes and SWL available
Safelift Moving Systems

Safelift moving systems are portable matching pairs of hydraulic
lifting frames placed at opposite ends of a load in order to raise
the load onto castors and easily move in any direction. They are
designed for use with heavy and bulky loads of any size and shape
and are supplied with heavy duty straps to hold the units firmly in place.
• Range of systems available from 600kg to 5000kg capacity
• Compact design for easy transportation
• Hydraulic jacks raise and lower the load
• Only 15mm load elevation required for insertion of the toe plate

• Four-Way directional locks are fitted to the castors
• Load is held firmly in place by supplied straps
• Four swivel castors allow easy manoeuvrability
• 360° rotation capability allows for easy movement in confined spaces
Safelift Gin Pole Safety System

Legislation, in combination with serious safety concerns regardng Model > SOLGP
personnel working at heights is a major offshore issue at the moment.
Safelift, again working with offshore personnel, have tackled this and
have designed an offshore specification Height Safety System which
can be used with your existing safety harnesses and fall arrest units.
• 150kg SWL
• Clamps onto 100 x 100mm square box corner section
• Manufactured and Painted to Offshore Specification

16
Safelift Multi Truck

Model > SOLMT
Our Multi Truck was designed not

only to provide a truck capable of
being used on the Heli-deck to unload
cargo but also as an item that was of
equal use for many tasks throughout
Multi Truck
the installation when fitted with its

custom designed accessories.
The Truck has a Swl of 500kgs

and a manually operated hydraulic
scissors action lift platform with a
raised height of 1.7m.
When fitted with its removable

access cage and outriggers the truck
• 500kg Capacity converts into a portable man access
• 1.7m Raised Height unit providing a safe working platform
which enables operators to reach
• Ackerman steering equipment approximately 4m high.
• 4m working height when used with removable
With its custom built pig tops
access cage & outriggers
in place, the truck converts into a
• Ø400mm puncture proof foam filled pneumatic mobile pig launcher receiver unit and
with the roller top fitted it is ideal for
wheels
the removal of switch gear items.
• Optional waterproof flame retardant cover Batteries and can be used as a work
• Custom designed accessories positioned or adjustable support unit.

17
Safelift Heli-Deck Crane

Our Heli-Deck Crane is manufactured to offshore specification. Model > SOLHDC
Heli-Deck Equipment
Four lifting points are welded to the top members of the crane for
movement between locations.
Supply includes Load Test, NDT Certification and four leg wire rope
sling assembly BS EN13414 pt1.
Painting to Offshore Specification and c/w Flame Retardant

waterproof PVC cover.
• 500kg Capacity
• 2.56m max lift height
• 3 Position Extending Telescopic Jib
• Ackerman steering
• Folds for ease of storage
• Ø400mm puncture proof foam filled pneumatic wheels
• Optional waterproof flame retardant cover
Safelift Heli-Deck Baggage Trolley

Our Heli-Deck Baggage Trolley is manufactured specifically for Model > SOLHDBT
heli-deck use.
A 950 mm high mesh cage has one fixed and one hinged roof panel
and a drop down section on one side to allow ease of access for
loading and un-loading bags.
Supply includes Load Test and NDT Certification.
• Dims: 2000 x 1000 x 1485mm high

• 430mm x 100mm wide pneumatic foam filled wheels
• Turntable steering marine plywood deck c/w water drain
holes
• Manually operated front wheel parking brake
• Optional flame retardant cover and steering stop

18
Safelift Drop Bottom Skips

Environmental Equipment
Our range of Heavy Duty Drop Bottom waste management skips are specifically designed for the
offshore industry and incorporate all the main features required for simple, straight forward and
safe use.
The versatility of our skips means you can safely control and co-ordinate your offshore waste
management segregation of different waste types while at the same time reduce manual
handling.

SOLDBS0.5 0.5te 1000mm 700mm 760mm
SOLDBS1 1te 1400mm 800mm 1300mm
SOLDBS2 2te 1000mm 1000mm 1185mm

• Improve on waste segregation
• Unique drop bottom mechanism
• Swivel castors for ease of movement
• Painted to any offshore paint specification to suit any waste segregation requirements

19
Safelift Oil Waste Skip
• Dimensions: 820mm x 1050mm x 1020mm high Model > SOLOWS
• 1.5te SWL / 500ltr capacity
• Protected valve/hose assembly located on the bottom for easy
decanting
• Fully welded and pressure tested unit c/w sealed access hatch
which is c/w an oil strainer
• Supply c/w 4-leg wire rope sling BS EN13414 pt1, NDT and load
test certification
Safelift Glass Waste Skips

• SOLGWSS: 1030mm x 800mm x 1020mm high Model > Small: SOLGWSS
• SOLGWSL: 1600mm x 800mm x 1020mm high Large: SOLGWSL
• 1.5te capacity
• Unit c/w removable sealed lid c/w access hatch.
• Segregation Panels as option

• Supply c/w 4-leg wire rope sling BS EN13414 pt1,
full NDT and load test certification
Safelift Crane Calibration Weight / Rubbish Compactor

• Gross Weight 3000kg Model > SOLCCW
• Dimensions: 1150mm x 1150mm x 1320mm high
• Weight has internally mounted plate sides
• Concrete filled
• Supply c/w 4-leg wire rope sling BS EN13414 pt1,
Full NDT & Load Test Certification

20
Safelift Fluorescent Tube Container

• Dimensions: 2100mm x 1000mm x 1000mm high Model > SOLFTC

• 1te capacity
• Unit c/w hinged sealed lid
• Forklift pockets
• Supply c/w 4-leg wire rope sling, Full NDT & Load Test
Certification
Safelift Cardboard Compactor & Bags

• Dimensions: 1200mm x 1050mm x 3250mm high Model > SOLCCW
• Manual operation which gives 10te compaction
capatibility via twin rack and pinion style jacks.
• Unit supplied with 4-off lifting points for offshore lifting
• Supply c/w 4-leg wire rope sling, NDT and load test certification
Model > Compactor Bags
• Dimensions: 900mm x 900mm x 1200mm high

• 1te capacity
• Bag c/w 4-off lifting loops and a flap over cover
• Supplied in packs of 10
Safelift Wheelie Bin Tipper

• Dimensions: 1300mm x 890mm x 1890mm high Model > SOLWBT
• 150kg capacity
• Max skip height 1500mm high.
• Suitable for wheelie bins 80 to 360litre capacity.
• Simple manual operation
• Bin Secured via ratchet webbing strap
• Supply c/w 4-leg wire rope sling, NDT & Load Test Certification

21
Safelift Offshore Blueline KDC Stores

• Instant secure storage solution supplied in flat pack form
• Fully galvanised & powder coated finish 1
• All panels are lightweight & easily handled
• Easy assembly — no skills required
• Can be linked together to create any size of store
KDC Stores
2
• Double locking system for additional security
• Practical and Cost Effective
Model Door size Internal Depth Height Width Length
KDC2 1250mm 2000mm 2100mm 2140mm 2075mm

KDC3 1250mm 3000mm 2100mm 2140mm 3060mm 4
KDC4 1250mm 4000mm 2100mm 2140mm 4050mm ready for use
Safelift Offshore Blueline KDC Chemical Stores

• Instant secure storage solution supplied in flat pack form

• Fully galvanised & powder coated finish
• All panels are lightweight & easily handled. 1
arrives flat-pack
• Easy assembly — no skills required
• Can be linked together to create any size of store
• Double locking system for additional security
2
• Practical and Cost Effective side assembly
3
bunded flooring
5
Model Door size Height Width Length
KDCC2 1900mm 2247mm 2350mm 2160mm

KDCC3 1900mm 2247mm 3080mm 2160mm
4
KDCC4 1900mm 2247mm 4080mm 2160mm ready for use roof assembly

22
Safelift DNV 2.7-1/BS EN ISO 10855 Containers

Containers
Model > SOLDNV6 Model > SOLDNV10 Model > SOLDNV20

6ft x 6ft x 8ft 10ft x 8ft x 8ft 6” 20ft x 8ft x 8ft 6”
• 6FT, 10FT & 20FT Enclosed Containers

• Dual certified for offshore
handling & CSC shipping • Certified to DNV 2.7-1 and BS EN ISO 10855.
• EX STOCK for • CSC Safety Approved for global transportation
immediate delivery • Offshore paint specification
Max. gross Length Width Height

Model Tare Weight Max payload
Weight mm ft mm ft mm ft
SOLDNV6 5,000kg 1,550kg 3,450kg 1830 6’ 1830 6’ 2438 8’
SOLDNV10 10,000kg 2,010kg 7,990kg 2991 10’ 2438 8’ 2591 8’6”
SOLDNV20 20,000kg 4,000kg 16,000kg 6058 20’ 2438 8’ 2591 8’6”
Replace your old BS 7072 container for a new BS EN ISO 10855 container
Now is the time to replace your specialist BS 7072 containers to the

current BS EN ISO 10855 legislation. We can design and build to your
individual requirements.
Old BS 7072 Generator

Container
New BS EN ISO 10855 Generator Container

23
Safelift Workshop / Rigging Loft Containers
Containers
• Custom Built Rigging Loft and Workshop Containers
• This includes design and fabrication of heavy duty shelving, work benches, tool
cabinets, hooks and security cages.
• Full electrics to Zone 1 or Zone 2 rating
• To aid handling in and out of the container we can incorporate certified runway
beams and cantilever beams
Flange Stores Freezer Containers Hazardous Stores
Insulated Containers Rigging Lofts Workshops

24
Safelift Roller Floor Containers

Model > SOLSRF
Roller Floor Containers
The Safelift Roller Floor Container has been designed and developed in response to safety
concerns over the high risk nature of manual handling heavy loads in enclosed containers. The
container and its associated Bunded Drum and IBC lifting frames provide the ultimate solution to
minimise the risks associated with the movement, manual handling and transportation of loads
and hazardous substances in enclosed containers.
The Safelift Roller Floor Container is loaded like any other container when onshore, however once
offshore it can be easily unloaded by crane using the inbuilt and manually operated wind out floor
section, which has a SWL of 3.5TE.
Loaded as normal Integrated Tie-Down Simple Manual

SWL: 3500kg Points and Guide Rails Operation
Onshore
• DNV2.7-1 Container
• 3500kg SWL
• Loaded Onshore as normal by forklift or crane
• Load secured with internal tie-down points
• Manually operated wind out floor section for safe unloading offshore by crane
• Can be used in conjunction with any bunded IBC and Drum frame
• Available to hire Adhoc or Long Term

25
Safelift Bunded Drum Frames
• Dimensions: 1570mm x 1380mm x 1110mm high Model > SOLBDF1
• 1.5te capacity
• Hazardous substances are bunded at all times
during transportation
• Lifting padeyes on each corner for lifting
• Painted to offshore paint specification
• Supplied with heavy duty PVC cover
Safelift Non-Bunded IBC Frames

• Dimension: 1380mm x 1600mm x 1500mm high Model > SOLIBCTF
• 1.2te capacity
• Non Bunded Lifting Frame
• Hinged door to front for ease of loading
• Supply c/w Ratchets to secure IBC to frame

Safelift Bunded IBC Transportation Frames

• Dimensions: 1600mm x 1380mm x 1975mm high Model > SOLBIBCTF
• 1.2te capacity
• Hinged door to front for ease of loading
• Supply c/w ratchets to hold down IBC

26
Half Height Container Access
Safelift Access / Egress Ladder

Model > SOLHHL
The one piece Access / Egress Ladder is suitable for

accessing all types of open top baskets or half height
containers with 75mm wide to 190mm wide top section
rail.
• Light weight aluminium construction
• Outside ladder 1200mm long x 380mm
• Inside ladder 750mm long x 380mm
• Non slip surface to top platform
• Hand hold arm extensions
• Gross Weight: 28kg
• Manufactured in accordance with BS EN 131:1999
Safelift Container Stile

The light weight Container Stile provides safe access and Model > SOLCS
egress of all types of skips, open top baskets or half height

containers with 75mm wide to 190mm wide top section
rails. It is a one person operation and used in the same
way as a stile. There is a large handle for stability as the
user steps up and swings their leg over the top rail and
into the basket. The same procedure is used to egress
the basket.
• 150KG SWL
• Dims: 485 x 440 x 930mm high (including Handle)
• Lightweight aluminium alloy structure, Weight: 14kg, makes the unit
easy to handle and install.
• White protective rubberised coating.
• Unit is anti-spark and anti-slip.
• Glow in the dark luminous toe treads and luminous location strips
ensure the unit is easily seen in poor light.

27
Safelift Folding Access Platform

Compact and lightweight folding access platform Model > SOLFAP
which can be easily transported and assembled • 1150mm long x 730mm wide platform
by one man. Ideal for both internal & external • Only 320mm high when folded
Access Equipment
maintenance tasks.
• Weight 22kg
• Easy one man assembly
• Maximum working height: 3000mm
• Min Platform Height: 465mm
• Max Platform Height: 840mm
• Capacity: 200kgs
• Full guard rails all round
• Gates at either end for ease of access
Safelift Container Ramps

Model > SOLCLR1T Model > SOLCLR2T
• 1te fixed container ramp • 2te adjustable container ramp
• One piece lightweight aluminium • Height Adjustment: 150mm to 250mm
• Dimensions: 2000mm x 1000mm • Dimensions: 1150mm x 540mm
Safelift Folding Container Ramps Safelift Standard Products
Model > CONTR10

> CONTR15 • Choice of two sizes:
1000mm long x 800mm wide or
1500mm long x 800mm wide
• 500kg capacity
• Ultra lightweight aluminium
• Folds up for ease of storage
• All weather anti slip surface
• Full length centre hinge
• Quick release catch

28
Safelift Hose Bag Stands

• Self Standing ‘A’ Frame Hose Bag Stand
• Available in 3 sizes
Storage & Lifting
• Supplied with ’S’ hooks and bags

• Manufactured & painted to Offshore specification
‘S’
Hooks
SOLAHBS0.9 25kg per 300mm 900mm 900mm 1600mm 3
SOLAHBS1.8 25kg per 300mm 1800mm 900mm 1600mm 6
SOLAHBS3 25kg per 300mm 3000mm 900mm 1600mm 10
Safelift Liftmate Slings

Provide a safe and easy method of lifting various items by one person, improving posture and
reducing strain on the operators back and Model > Model > Model >
shoulders. The double leg model provides SOLSHLM SOLSMHCS SOLDHLM
a means of lifting awkward heavier items
by 2 people as a team lift.
• Supplied with a Certificate of
Conformity
• Single handle: 75kg WLL
• Double handle: 100kg WLL
• Choke Valve: 50kg WLL Single Handle Choke Valve Handling Double Handle
Safelift Cargo Nets

Model > SOLCN8X6 Model > SOLCN20X8 Other
8ft x 6ft Net 20ft x 8ft Net
Polyethylene HDPE Cargo netting for the transportation of Sizes
general cargo around the installation / platform. Available
• Available in two standard sizes: 8ft x 6ft and 20ft x 8ft
• Mesh size: 50mm
• Made from heavy duty polyethylene
• Available in a range of sizes, capacities & materials
• Supplied with a Certificate of Conformity

29
Safelift Deck Ops Buddy

Extending pole for guiding and setting down Model > SOLDOB1
general loads on the deck during crane lifting
operations. Keeps a safe distance between the
Container Safety
load and the user ensuring a hands free operation.
• Shock absorbing rubber head with sling
hook
• Hook on opposite end for fishing taglines
and slings
• Lightweight and balanced
• Easily Adjustable Extendable Pole Unique hook for use with taglines
• Closed length 1220mm
• Extended length 2120mm
• Available in two colours - Red and Black
• CE Marked
Available in two
colours:
storage stations also Improved head now with

Red & Black available sling hook
Safelift Heavy Lift Pennants
Model > SOLHLP Model > SOLHLPSU

Re-Usable Pennant Single Use Pennant
Safelift Heavy Lift Pennants are available in single

use or re-usable versions.
• Dims: 600mm x 430mm
• Any lift over 7te requires a lift pennant
Single Use
• High visual design to signify heavy lift
• Luminous design means they are easily seen
from a distance
• Re-Usable: Can be secured using cable ties
• Single-Use: Secured using double sided tape Re-Usable

30
Safelift 2.5te Heavy Duty Pallet Truck

Model > SPT2500 Model > SPT2500W (wide)
Best • 2500KG Capacity
• Heavy duty forks - 1150 x 540mm / 1220 x 685mm (wide)
Seller • Twin polyurethane wheels to reduce noise / vibration
• Guide rollers to prevent damage to pallets Supplied c/w
Pallet Trucks
• Grease points for ease of maintenance L.O.L.E.R

• Min/Max fork height 85mm / 205mm Load Test Cert
Safelift 3te Heavy Duty Pallet Truck

Model > SPT3000 Model > SPT3000W (wide)
• 3000KG Capacity
• Heavy duty forks - 1150 x 540mm / 1220 x 685mm (wide)
• Twin polyurethane wheels to reduce noise / vibration
Safelift 5te Heavy Duty Pallet Truck

Model > SPT5000
Huge • 5000KG Capacity

5000kg • Heavy duty forks - 1150mm long x 580mm
• Twin steel load & steer wheels
SWL. • Guide rollers to prevent damage to pallets Supplied c/w
Safelift Galvanised Pallet Truck

Model > SPTGALV Model > SPTGALVW (wide)
• 2000KG Capacity Full
• Fork size - 1150mm x 540mm / 1220mm x 685mm (wide) Wet
• Designed for use in wet & corrosive environment
• Twin polyurethane wheels to reduce noise / vibration Spec.

31
Safelift Braked Pallet Truck

Model > SPTB
• 2500KG Capacity
Progressive • Heavy duty forks - 1150mm long x 540mm
Brake • Progressive brake with parking lock
Pallet Trucks
Safelift High Lift Pallet Truck

Model > SPTHL
• 1000KG Capacity
• Fork size - 1170mm long x 540mm
• Guide rollers to prevent damage to pallets
• Grease points for ease of maintenance Supplied c/w
• Min/Max fork height 85mm / 800mm L.O.L.E.R
Load Test Cert
• Can only be used with open pallets
Safelift Pallet Trucks c/w Certified Lifting Points

Model > SPT2500L

Lifting
All Safelift Pallet Trucks can be fitted with
Points certified lifting points to enable transportation
between levels on offshore platforms. Supplied c/w
L.O.L.E.R
Supplied with NDT & Load test Certificate Load Test Cert
Safelift Atex Pallet Trucks

• Up to 5000KG Capacity
• Heavy duty forks
• Anti-Static wheels
• Guide rollers to prevent damage to pallets
• Grease points for ease of maintenance
• Zone 1 or 2 compliant Supplied c/w
L.O.L.E.R
Load Test Cert

32
Safelift Heavy Duty Floor Cranes

• All Robust Construction Heavy Duty Floor Crane Specification
• Easily Manouevered on heavy duty Model HDFC1000 HDFC2000 HDFC3000
Load Capacity 1000kg 2000kg 3000kg
castors Minimum Extension (1) 925mm 1220mm 1340mm
• Relief valve to prevent overloading Capacity 750kg 1750kg 2000kg
Centre Extension (2) 1145mm 1360mm 1520mm
• Manual Hydraulic Operation
Floor Cranes
Capacity 500kg 1000kg 1500kg

Maximum Extension (3) 1330mm 1500mm 1700mm
• Marine Specification rams
Capacity - - 1000kg
• Low Maintenance Maximum Extension - - 1800mm
Min. height hook to ground 525mm 950mm 930mm
• All supplied with Load Test Certification (A)
Max. height hook to ground 2295mm 2855mm 2750mm
(B)
Column height 1690mm 1850mm 1750mm
Overall Base Length (D) 1555mm 1710mm 1785mm
Max. width between legs 780mm 835mm 1090mm
(E)
Max. overall width (F) 950mm 1040mm 1280mm
Height of top of legs (G) 150mm 200mm 220mm
Diameter of wheel 125mm 150mm 150mm
Safelift Counter Balance Floor Crane

The Counter Balance Floor Cranes are
Counter Balanced Floor Crane Specification

a compact crane mounted on a highly Model SOLCBC1000 SOLCBC2000
maneuverable trolley. A ballast box counter Load Capacity 1000kg 2000kg
balances the load with an extending jib with Capacity Position 1 1000kg 2000kg
three hook positions. Heavy Duty polyurethane Capacity Position 2 750kg 1500kg
swivel castors and rear castor fitted with brake. Capacity Position 3 500kg 1000kg
Max. Height Hook hp1* 2350mm 2462mm
Min. Height Hook hp1** 800mm 867mm
Column height 1850mm 1869mm
Overall Base Length 1470mm 2110mm
Base Width 640mm 670mm
Wheel Diameter 200mm 200mm
Weight without counter weight 265kg 400kg
*hp - height position **hp - hook position

33
Safelift Folding Floor Cranes
Folding Floor & Jib Cranes

Folding Floor Crane Specification
Model FFC500 FFC1000 FFC2000
Capacity Position 1 500kg 1000kg 2000kg
Folds down Min height hook to ground 420mm 265mm 500mm
Max height hook to ground 2105mm 1970mm 2440mm
Column height 1850mm 1615mm 1880mm
Overall base length 1495mm 1690mm 1870mm
Max width between legs 680mm 640mm 590mm
Max overall width 780mm 800mm 800mm
• Folds down, compact for storage
Height to top of legs 125mm 160mm 225mm
• Robust construction Diameter of wheels 200mm 200mm 200mm
• Strong and Light Knock down height 500mm 580mm 660mm

Weight 90kg 125kg 200kg
• Safety Relief valve
• Supplied with Load Test Certification
• Other sizes available on request
Safelift Jib Cranes

• Post or wall mounted Jib Cranes

• Manual or Powered Operation
• Manufactured to your requirements
• Offshore paint specification
• All supplied with Load Test Certification
Various

Safelift Special Products
34
Safelift Utility Gantries

Utility Gantries & A-Frames
• Knock Down Construction A frame utility gantry crane

• 500kg Capacity
• Lightweight aluminium construction
• Suitable for 2-person fall arrest or single person
manriding
• Adjustable height to maximum 2160mm
• 1600mm beam length
• Supplied with transportation trolley
• Various options available
Safelift A-Frames
• Lightweight aluminium construction
• 500kg to 5000kg SWL

• Beam length 3m to 9m
• Simple height adjustment
• Certified for Zone 2 hazardous area use
Various

35
Spanning Beams & IBC Lifting Frame

Safelift Temporary Spanning Beams
Safelift Temporary Spanning Beams are designed to provide a certified lifting point for non-routine
tasks around the platform. The beams are available in a wide range of capacities and lengths.
By placing the beam over supports a soft sling can be inserted through grating and over the beam
to provide a temporary overhead lifting point.
• Simply place between supports to provide a certified lifting point
• Easily handled by 2 persons
• Fitted with a plaswood base
• Certified carrying handles each end for lifting manually or via crane
Model Capacity (SWL) Length Gross Weight (kg)
SOLTSB0.5T1.5 0.5te 1500mm 35
SOLTSB1T1 1te 1000mm 35
SOLTSB1T1.5 1te 1500mm 45
Safelift IBC Lifting Frame

Safelift IBC Liftng Frames are designed to safely handle IBC’s via crane.
The lifting beams are supplied as a complete kit including chain slings and connecting shackles.
Model > SOLIBCFRAME

• 2000kg Capacity
• Suitable for lifting IBC’s using an overhead crane
• Crane slung top beam, 2-off lower side beams and
2-off 1300mm long bottom bars as standard
• Variations to meet your requirements
• Supplied with 2-off 2-leg chain sling assemblies

36
Safelift Manway / Ladder Barriers

Designed to physically prevent unauthorised access to circular manways/ladders. These Safety
barriers are telescopic in design and therefore are suitable for various manways and rung lengths.
Manway Barrier Ladder Barrier

Model > MBS10Z Model > LBS10Z
Safety Barriers
• Prevents unauthorised • Prevents unauthorised

access to a range of access to all types of
circular man ways. ladders
• Supplied with weather • Supplied with weather
proof lock and 2 keys proof lock and 2 keys
• Information can be • Information can be
added to sign using a added to sign using a
China Graph Pencil China Graph Pencil
• Telescopic design to • Telescopic Design to
enable use on various enable use on various
sizes sizes.
Safelift Belt Barriers

In response to many operators requesting a temporary or permanent Model > SOLBB
barrier that could with stand the harsh offshore environment, we have
designed a full offshore spcification belt barrier.
• Secure method of cordoning areas off

• Compact and Robust
• Can mount to scaffold poles
• Use with specifically designed red mobile base post
• Choice of S-hook or scaffold clamp attachment
Mobile Base Post
Offshore Specification Scaffold Clamp
Attachment
S-Hook Mobile
Scaff BaseFixing
old Pole Post

37
Safelift Flange Lifter

The Safelift Flange Lifting Device is designed to Model > SOLFL
lift, transport and align all types of flanges.
• Suits bolt holes from 19mm dia to 42mm dia
Height Safety
• Max thickness 67mm
• Lifted by crane via integrated swivel hoist ring
• Manual adjustment to centre load
Safelift Auto Brake Pulley System

Automatic braking system engages if the operator Model > SOLABP
releases the rope on lifting & lowering operations.
• 25kg capacity
• 1-Man operation
• Supplied with mounting arm & scaffold
attachment
• 50m marine rope with stainless steel safety

hook
• Certified waterproof scaffold bag
Safelift Tool Stop

Safelift Tool Stop fully retractable safety reel for Model > SOLTS
working with tools at height.
• Clips onto operator’s harness or belt

• Hooks onto most tools
• Lightweight — only 75grams

38
Safelift 1-Man Access Trolley

Model > SOLAT1.6M
1-Man Access Trolley
Our 1-Man Access Trolley was

designed to provide an offshore
specification, portable man access
unit for maintenance/inspection tasks
around the platform or installation
with a max working height of 3.5m.
The trolley has a SWL of 200kgs to

enable it to be used for one man +
tools. The unit has a manually operated
hydraulic scissors lift
platform with a raised height of
1.65m. The pump unit is conveniently
positioned on the cage to enable one
user to raise and lower the platform
to the desired height. The integrated
• 200kg Capacity ladder provides a means of access
and egress from the working platform
• 0.38m Closed Platform Height via the entry door without the need
• 1.65m Raised Platform Height to lower and raise the platform each
• ø280mm wheels & ø200mm braked swivel castorstime. 4-off integrated outriggers are
positioned at each corner to
• 4-off outriggers for stabibilty provide additional stability.

• Optional waterproof flame retardant cover
Safelift can provide operator
• Pre-set flow control for controlled descend in the training at our onshore facility in the
event of hose failure operation and maintenance of the units.

39
Safelift Powered Access Machines
Powered Access Machines

Safelift Scissor Lifts
• Certified for Zone 1 or Zone 2 hazardous area use
• Various platform heights available
• Various platform sizes available
• Various SWL available
• All terrain options
• Offshore specification
Contact us with
your request
Safelift Boom Lifts (Cherry Pickers)


Safelift Individual Work Platforms


40
Safelift Offshore Specification Crane Fork

The Adjustable Crane Fork Pallet Lifter is designed to be Model > SOLOCF
used with the platform pedestal crane and enables many of
the functions generally associated with a fork lift truck to be
performed. The strengthened forks are easily adjustable to
suit any size of pallet and the mast has been designed to
go over the front roof section and allow the forks access
Crane Forks
into the container. This makes the unit ideal for unloading
standard enclosed offshore containers.
With a Swl of 2te. The fork can handle most of the

palletised items being shipped in an offshore environment.
To ensure a level stable lift the centre of gravity is adjusted
via the crane suspension link into one of the lifting points
located on the top lifting plate. Unit is supplied with load
test and NDT certification, work instruction and painting to
offshore specification.
Adjustment of Length of Section of Overall
Model WLL Useable Height Weight
tines Tines Tines Height
SOLOCF 0-2000kg 400-900mm 2000mm 1000mm 90x50mm 3100mm 380kg
• Overall dims: 1070mm Wide x 1200mm Deep x 3100 max Height.

• Lift via: Master link fitted to adjustable lifting plate welded to top main member
• Easy Adjustable tines for all pallet sizes
• All Crane Forks comply to all current European Quality Standards
Safelift Manual Crane Fork

The Manual Crane Fork comes with adjustable tines, adjustable height and a manual balancing
system which engages when the shackle is manually hooked into the appropriate notch.
• All Crane Forks comply to all current European Quality Standards

• For the transport of rings or coils, the fork tines are simply
pushed together
• Easily adjustable tines for all pallet sizes
• Supplied with chain for securing the load
Adjustment Useable Length Section of
Model WLL Overall Height Weight
of tines Height of Tines Tines
CFM1.0 0-1000kg 350-900mm 1100-1600mm 1000mm 100x30mm 1390-1890mm 130kg

41
Safelift Automatic Crane Forks

The Automatic Crane Fork comes with adjustable tines, height adjustability and self weight
Balancing forks.
Crane Attachments
Adjustment Useable Length Section of Overall
Model WLL Weight
of tines Height of Tines Tines Height
1420-
CFA1.0 200-1000kg 350-900mm 1100-1600mm 1000mm 100x30mm 140kg
1920mm
1655-
2355mm
1720-
2420mm
1710-
2410mm
• Maintenance free
• Highly visible safety colour
• For the transport of rings or coils, the fork tines are
simply pushed together
• Easily adjustable tines for all pallet sizes
Safelift Big Bag Spreader Beams

The Big Bag Spreader Beam is designed to lift and transport large
bags safely and securely. They are manufactured as a 4-point
spreader beam in a fixed frame. The construction incorporates 4

hooks with safety latches that allow fast loading and unloading of
the bags.
Working
Model WLL B C D Weight
Width (Z)
TTB1/1090 1000kg 750-800mm 210mm 60mm 110mm 27kg

42
Safelift Easy Tilt Sack Truck

Easy Tilt Sack Truck has been specifically designed to provide an ergonomic and robust sack truck
for more frequent and demanding work environments. Its easy tilt mechanism is foot operated using
the operators own body weight to tilt the loaded sack truck.
Model > SOLETST
• Max. Load 250kg
Sack Trucks
• Unique Easy Tilt Mechanism

• Big Puncture Proof Tyres - foam filled
• Ergonomic Handles
• Solid & Folding Toe Plates
Innovative Design
Reduces operator
effort by 50%
Safelift High Lift Easy Tilt Sack Truck

High Lift Easy Tilt Sack Truck has been specifically designed to provide a safe and controlled lifting
and lowering system combined with our unique easy tilt mechanism. A simple hand winch lifts the
load to a height of 1m. The unit improves ergonomics in manual handling loads up to 100kg for a
wide variety of applications including loading/unloading vehicles & stacking shelves.
Model > SOLHLST

• Max. Load 100kg
• Manually operated via hand winch
• Unique Easy Tilt Mechanism
• Big Puncture Proof Tyres - foam filled
• Lift Height 1020mm
• Minimum lift 30mm
• Platform size 540 long x 400mm deep
• Weight 39kg
• Supplied with Load Test Certificate

43
Non-powered Access Platforms

• 2 new models available: 3.5m and 4.2m working heights Model> SOLPECO3.5X
• Simple one man operation Model> SOLECO4.2X
• Compact and easy to manoeuvre in tight spaces
New Products
• Offshore specification ATEX Zone 1 & 2 models available
Powered Tugs

Safelift are official distributors of Master Mover electric powered tugs. Safelift’s offshore
knowledge and expertise enables the supply of ATEX powered tugs designed to meet
client’s specifications for use in demanding and hazardous environments. UK designed and
manufactured, the powered tugs provide a safe, controlled and efficient load moving solution.
• Move wheeled loads from 50kg to 120tonnes, safely and efficiently

• Unrivalled range of battery powered, pedestrian operated electric tugs
• Offshore specification ATEX Zone 1 and 2 models available
Please contact us with

your request!

44
Safelift Atex Rated Equipment

Safelift manufacture and supply a wide range of manual and mechanical handling equipment for use
in explosive atmospheres.
Atex Rated Equipment
All equipment supplied in conformance with the ATEX Directive 2014/34/EU.

The equipment can be certified for either Zone 1 or Zone 2 hazardous area use with the full
specification to meet clients site specific requirements.
Contact us with
your request
Air Hoists
Forklifts Manual Hoists
Barrel Handling
Utility Vehicles
Tel: 01224 775774 Trucksco.uk
sales@safelift. & Trolleys www.safelift.co.uk

Racking, Shelving & Sheet/Bar Racks
175kg
evenly
distributed
per shelf
FROM ONLY
£56.40
Mammoth Shelving
›› Incredible strength & rigidity with an easy to
use interlocking system - no nuts or bolts
›› Hammerite finish powder coated uprights
i Information
›› Galvanised beams give a corrosion resistant finish RIVET STYLE
›› Capacity of each shelf is 175kg U.D.L.
SYSTEM - NO
No of Overall Size
Model
Price Price each NUTS OR BOLTS
Shelves H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+
5 1800 x 1000 x 400 MRS1040Z £67.90 £56.40
5 1800 x 1000 x 600 MRS1060Z £79.45 £67.95
01 - Racking, Shelving & Sheet Bar Racks - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 08:37:39
The Sapphire™ Range of Adjustable Steel Shelving ›› Manufactured from high grade
steel to ensure maximum weight
loading capacity. Uprights are
Uprights - single sided, wall fixed
produced from 2mm thick steel &
Size Model Price the brackets from 1.6mm thick
430mm DU430BC £4.30 steel
710mm DU710BC £7.13
›› High gloss epoxy polyester paint
1000mm DU1000BC £8.73 finish to 50 microns ensuring
1220mm DU1220BC £10.52 impact & scratch resistance,
durability & easy maintenance
1600mm DU1600BC £12.80
1980mm DU1980BC £15.23 ›› Safety feature to prevent

2400mm DU2400BC £19.39 accidental shelf dislodgement
Straight Brackets
›› Also suitable for wood,
composite & glass shelves
Size Model Price
120mm SDB120BC £2.44
170mm SDB170BC £2.76
220mm SDB220BC £3.59
270mm SDB270BC £3.98
320mm SDB320BC £4.30
370mm SDB370BC £5.20
370mm DMDB370 £7.78
470mm SDB470BC £8.73
610mm SDB610BC £11.94
Steel Shelves
Size Model Price
1m x 170mm DSS1017 £15.87
1m x 220mm DSS1022 £17.29
1m x 270mm DSS1027 £19.92
1m x 320mm DSS1032 £21.70
1m x 370mm DSS1037 £24.11
1m x 470mm DSS1047 £29.24
1m x 610mm DSS1061 £35.41
500 x 170mm DSS517 £14.29
500 x 220mm DSS522 £15.55
500 x 270mm DSS527 £17.93
500 x 320mm DSS532 £19.53
500 x 370mm DSS537 £21.69
500 x 470mm DSS547 £26.32 Brackets

500 x 610mm DSS561 £31.87
›› A single shelf support system
Shelf Ends with high load capability. Suitable
for use in hospitals, kitchens,
Size Model Price
factories, workshops, laboratories,
150mm Shelf End Pair DSE150 £10.37 schools & colleges etc.
200mm Shelf End Pair DSE200 £11.66 Size Model Price
250mm Shelf End Pair DSE250 £14.74 Reinforced Beams
100 x 75mm DRB10 £2.29

Book Supports 150 x 125mm DRB15 £3.32
Size Model Price 200 x 150mm DRB20 £4.17
Square FSB150 £6.66 250 x 200mm DRB25 £5.52
Square FSB200 £8.87 Mitred Beams
Square FSB250 £11.17 200 x 200mm DMB200 £6.92
150mm Spring Rod (Pairs) DFB150 £5.01 250 x 250mm DMB250 £7.64
2 Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge
002 - GPC.indd 2 05/01/2021 20:19:34

Locate beam in position
i Information
Tap beam to secure 10 MINUTE
ASSEMBLY
Uprights come
split into two,
allowing the
Lay the shelf into the beams
system to be
used as two
Quick Assembly Shelving benches instead
›› Quick & easy to erect - no nuts or bolts of a bay
›› Choose either 175 or 265kg shelf capacities
›› Tested & certified to European GS standards
›› Complete with 5 shelves which offers a smooth &
hard wearing shelf. Strong uprights & beam profiles are
finished in high quality epoxy powder coated paint
Overall Size 5 Chipboard Shelves 5 MDF Shelves
H x W x D mm CL3/CLIP Connector
Loading Model Price Loading Model Price
Connect two bays back to
1770 x 900 x 300 175kg U.D.L CL175A/BGC £67.19 265kg U.D.L CL265A/BG £81.18 back or side by side to
1770 x 900 x 450 175kg U.D.L CL175B/BGC £76.14 265kg U.D.L CL265B/BG £92.00 create a run of bays
1770 x 900 x 600 175kg U.D.L CL175C/BGC £85.82 265kg U.D.L CL265C/BG £103.33
Description Model Price
1770 x 1200 x 300 - - - 265kg U.D.L CL265D/BG £94.94
1770 x 1200 x 450 - - - 265kg U.D.L CL265E/BG £108.26 Connector (set of 4) CL3/CLIP £4.08*
1770 x 1200 x 600 - - - 265kg U.D.L CL265F/BG £122.47 Rubber Mallet MALLET £4.59*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Quick Assembly Shelving. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
3
FROM ONLY
£113.19
Colours Available:
Blue & Grey Blue & Orange
Add /BG to the code Add /BO to the code

when ordering when ordering
Rivet Racking
›› Offers amazing strength & rigidity
i Information ›› All components are joined via the
heavy duty rivet & key hole slot
TAKES LESS THAN which offers a simple & effective
Deck support on all levels
(not on the 915mm wide units)
10 MINUTES way to assemble the racking
TO BUILD! ›› Only a hammer/mallet is required to
4 Shelf Level Units build & the system just taps together
›› No nuts & bolts required
Overall Size Shelf Four Shelf Unit Extra Shelf
H x W x D mm Loading
›› Uninterrupted access to all sides
Model Price Model Price
1830 x 915 x 305 RRB/18/09/03/4 £113.19 RRS/09/03 £19.15 Accessories
1830 x 915 x 457 RRB/18/09/04/4 £126.67 RRS/09/04 £22.55 Price
Description Suffix
each
1830 x 915 x 610 600 kg RRB/18/09/06/4 £139.87 RRS/09/06 £25.77
per Shelf Tie Plate (Set of 4) RR8/SET4 £4.76
1830 x 915 x 762 U.D.L. RRB/18/09/07/4 £164.97 RRS/09/07 £32.12
Metal Feet (Set of 4) RR5/SET4 £5.21
1830 x 915 x 915 RRB/18/09/09/4 £191.08 RRS/09/09 £38.69
Floor Fixing
1830 x 915 x 1220 RRB/18/09/12/4 £226.09 RRS/09/12 £47.36 FFM8x50 £1.19
(M8 x 50 Floor Fixings)
1830 x 1220 x 305 RRB/18/12/03/4 £141.06 RRS/12/03 £26.11
Rubber Mallet MALLET £4.59
1830 x 1220 x 457 RRB/18/12/04/4 £159.02 RRS/12/04 £30.65
550 kg
1830 x 1220 x 610
per Shelf
RRB/18/12/06/4 £182.07 RRS/12/06 £36.49
Optional Uprights
1830 x 1220 x 762 RRB/18/12/07/4 £210.51 RRS/12/07 £43.45
U.D.L. Additional Cost per Bay
1830 x 1220 x 915 RRB/18/12/09/4 £242.30 RRS/12/09 £51.44 Add suffix to above codes:
1830 x 1220 x 1220 RRB/18/12/12/4 £291.13 RRS/12/12 £63.68
Height
1830 x 1525 x 305 RRB/18/15/03/4 £158.51 RRS/15/03 £30.48 Suffix Price
extended to:
1830 x 1525 x 457 RRB/18/15/04/4 £176.46 RRS/15/04 £34.96 2135 mm RRB/21/--/--/4 £5.72
1830 x 1525 x 610 500 kg RRB/18/15/06/4 £218.38 RRS/15/06 £45.49 2440 mm RRB/24/--/--/4 £11.78
per Shelf
1830 x 1525 x 762 U.D.L. RRB/18/15/07/4 £248.36 RRS/15/07 £52.91 2745 mm RRB/27/--/--/4 £17.79
1830 x 1525 x 915 RRB/18/15/09/4 £277.64 RRS/15/09 £60.16 3050 mm RRB/30/--/--/4 £24.53
1830 x 1525 x 1220 RRB/18/15/12/4 £333.61 RRS/15/12 £74.27 3660 mm RRB/36/--/--/4 £35.18
Rivet Racking
›› Offers amazing strength & rigidity
›› All components are joined via the heavy duty rivet
& key hole slot which offers a simple &
effective way to assemble
the racking
›› Only a hammer/mallet is
required to build & the
system just taps together
›› No nuts & bolts required FROM ONLY
›› Uninterrupted access
to all sides £212.38
Colours Available:
Blue & Grey
Add /BG to the code

when ordering
Blue & Orange
Add /BO to the code

when ordering
Deck support on all levels

i Information
TAKES LESS THAN

4 Shelf Level Units 10 MINUTES
Overall Size Shelf Four Shelf Unit Extra Shelf TO BUILD!
H x W x D mm Loading Model Price Model Price
1830 x 1830 x 305 RRB/18/18/03/4 £212.38 RRS/18/03 £43.90 Accessories
1830 x 1830 x 457 RRB/18/18/04/4 £238.33 RRS/18/04 £50.42 Price
Description Suffix
each
1830 x 1830 x 610 500 kg RRB/18/18/06/4 £266.26 RRS/18/06 £57.39
per Shelf Tie Plate (Set of 4) RR8/SET4 £4.76
1830 x 1830 x 762 U.D.L. RRB/18/18/07/4 £293.79 RRS/18/07 £64.30
Metal Feet (Set of 4) RR5/SET4 £5.21
1830 x 1830 x 915 RRB/18/18/09/4 £331.80 RRS/18/09 £73.81
Floor Fixing
1830 x 1830 x 1220 RRB/18/18/12/4 £394.39 RRS/18/12 £89.40 FFM8x50 £1.19
(M8 x 50 Floor Fixings)
1830 x 2135 x 305 RRB/18/21/03/4 £240.25 RRS/21/03 £50.93
Rubber Mallet MALLET £4.59
1830 x 2135 x 457 RRB/18/21/04/4 £278.27 RRS/21/04 £60.50
450 kg
1830 x 2135 x 610
per Shelf
RRB/18/21/06/4 £301.27 RRS/21/06 £66.11
Optional Uprights
1830 x 2135 x 762 RRB/18/21/07/4 £332.71 RRS/21/07 £74.10
U.D.L. Additional Cost per Bay
1830 x 2135 x 915 RRB/18/21/09/4 £374.34 RRS/21/09 £84.47 Add suffix to above codes:
1830 x 2135 x 1220 RRB/18/21/12/4 £440.51 RRS/21/12 £100.95
Height
1830 x 2440 x 305 RRB/18/24/03/4 £271.36 RRS/24/03 £58.63 Suffix Price
extended to:
1830 x 2440 x 457 RRB/18/24/04/4 £307.78 RRS/24/04 £67.87 2135 mm RRB/21/--/--/4 £5.72
1830 x 2440 x 610 400 kg RRB/18/24/06/4 £342.62 RRS/24/06 £76.42 2440 mm RRB/24/--/--/4 £11.78
per Shelf
1830 x 2440 x 762 U.D.L. RRB/18/24/07/4 £381.88 RRS/24/07 £86.34 2745 mm RRB/27/--/--/4 £17.79
1830 x 2440 x 915 RRB/18/24/09/4 £429.46 RRS/24/09 £98.18 3050 mm RRB/30/--/--/4 £24.53
1830 x 2440 x 1220 RRB/18/24/12/4 £503.34 RRS/24/12 £116.70 3660 mm RRB/36/--/--/4 £35.18
Kanban Shelving
›› Complete with sloping
chipboard shelves which
present containers
for easy access
›› Reduce costs & increase
efficiency for operations
or inventory management
›› Simplify stock rotation
& replacement
›› When the front bin is
removed the bin behind
takes its place, leaving
a space that is clearly
identified for refilling on
the next inspection
›› Capacity of each shelf
is 80kg U.D.L.
›› KSR01Z - shelving unit
›› KSR02Z - complete
with 60 plastic bins:
140W x 274D x 127H mm
›› KSR03Z - complete
with 70 shelf trays:
117W x 300D x 90H mm
KSR01Z
KSR02Z
No of No of Sloping Overall Size Complete

Model Price
Shelves Shelves H x W x D mm With
5 3 1830 x 915 x 610 - KSR01Z £167.20

7 5 1830 x 915 x 610 60 Plastic Bins KSR02Z £417.15
7 5 1830 x 915 x 610 70 Shelf Trays KSR03Z £524.50 KSR03Z
Inclined Shelving
›› Ideal for euro size containers
›› Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline
›› Inclined position of bins allows
a better overview & faster access
›› Complete with 3 shelves as
standard which are adjustable
in 25mm increments
›› Easy picking as stocked items
always move to the picking front
›› Ideal for 3 x 400mm wide containers
›› 100kg evenly distributed
capacity per level
i Information
IDEAL FOR
STOCK PICKING
100kg
evenly
distributed
per level
2YR
GUARANTEE
ISST1852 &
ISEX1852
Overall Size Shelf Starter Bay (1358mm) Extension Bay (1308mm) Additional Shelf
H x W x D mm Depth mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
1850 x 1358 x 524 570 ISST1852 £207.80 ISEX1852 £171.25 ESAS57 £46.20
Inclined Mobile Shelving

›› Easy to assemble
›› Ideal for euro size containers
›› Galvanised shelves with a 30° incline
›› Inclined position of bins allows
a better overview & faster access
›› Easy picking as stocked items
always move to the picking front
›› Complete with 4 shelves as standard
which are adjustable in 25mm increments
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel
braked 125mm castors
›› Blue and red container size:
600L x 400W x 270H mm
2YR
GUARANTEE
100kg
evenly
distributed
per level
IMS1853CONTBL
IMS1853WOCT
Overall Size Without Containers With Blue Containers With Red Containers
H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
1815 x 1368 x 533 IMS1853WOCT £433.80 IMS1853CONTBL £690.65 IMS1853CONTRE £690.65
007 - GPC.indd 7 05/01/2021 20:21:14

Eclipse Shelving
Multi-purpose shelving systems full of advantages:
›› NSF accreditation
›› ESD Compliant with optional accessories - call for details
›› Bolt free assembly
›› Fully adjustable
›› Easy to clean
›› 300kg shelf loading
›› Static or mobile options
›› New extra hard wearing Chrome finish
›› Accessories available - see opposite page for details
Chrome
The open wire design offers improved light
penetration & better air circulation making
it an ideal system for:
›› Catering
›› Retail Display
›› Medical Authorities & Hospitals
›› Electronic
›› Engineering Industries
›› Office
Perma Plus
With the added bonus of an anti-bacterial additive
that will help fight the build up of germs & improve
hygiene standards, making it an ideal system for:
›› Catering
›› Medical Authorities i Information
& Hospitals
›› Food Production PERMA PLUS
›› Walk-In Freezers & Cold Rooms 10 YEAR
›› Damp & Corrosive Environments ANTI CORROSION
GUARANTEE
Complete 4 Shelf Units: 1625 mm High
Shelf Depth 305mm Depth 355mm Depth 460mm Depth 610mm
Length Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
EASY BUILD
Eclipse Shelving - Chrome
460mm - - - - EC39 £93.35 - -
610mm EC31 £83.35 - - EC40 £96.70 EC47A £113.35
760mm EC32 £90.00 EC35 £100.00 EC43 £110.00 EC47 £126.70
915mm EC37 £96.70 EC36 £106.70 EC44 £116.70 EC48 £136.70
1070mm EC34 £103.35 EC33 £113.35 EC51 £126.70 EC54 £146.70
1220mm EC38 £113.35 EC30 £120.00 EC45 £136.70 EC49 £153.35
1370mm - - EC39A £136.70 EC53 £160.00 EC56 £180.00
1520mm - - EC41 £140.00 EC46 £163.35 EC50 £183.35
1820mm - - EC42 £160.00 EC52 £183.35 EC55 £203.35
Eclipse Shelving - Perma Plus
460mm - - - - - - EPP40 £100.00
610mm - - - - EPP40 £100.00 EPP47A £120.00
760mm EPP32 £96.67 EPP35 £103.33 EPP43 £113.33 EPP47 £133.33
915mm EPP37 £103.33 EPP36 £110.00 EPP44 £123.33 EPP48 £140.00
1070mm EPP34 £110.00 EPP33 £120.00 EPP51 £133.33 EPP54 £150.00
1220mm EPP38 £116.67 EPP30 £133.33 EPP45 £146.67 EPP49 £160.00
1370mm - - EPP39 £143.33 EPP53 £163.33 EPP56 £186.70
1520mm - - EPP41 £150.00 EPP46 £170.00 EPP50 £193.35
1820mm - - EPP42 £166.67 EPP52 £190.00 EPP55 £220.00
*Units are available with fewer or more shelves. Ask for details & prices.
Castors:
Size (Diameter) Model Capacity Wheel/Housing Price
75mm unbraked R75UB 70kg Rubber/Zinc £8.35
75mm braked R75BR 70kg Rubber/Zinc £9.20
008 - GPC.indd 8 05/01/2021 20:21:59

Eclipse Shelving - Accessories
1 3
2 12
Shelf Ledge Utility Rail Back Grid

3
6
4
5
2
Mesh Panel
Shelf Divider
Add On Clips
7 9
11
2
10
8 Ticket Edging
Post Clamps Plastic Shelf Wall Fixing Base Plate

Collars Bracket
4
12 13 1
Trolley Handle
Garment Rail - Short 14 & 15
Sloping Shelf
16 17
18
Basket Shelf Lipped Shelf

Sloping Basket
Wine Shelf
19
i Information
OTHER
ACCESSORIES
AVAILABLE -
CALL FOR DETAILS
Description
Key Model Price
Type Size mm Description
Key Model Price
Shelf Ledge 115 x 305 SL12 £1.85 Type Size mm
Shelf Ledge 115 x 355 SL14 £2.00 Mesh Panel 380 x 1560 MP1561 £20.85
5
Shelf Ledge 115 x 460 SL18 £2.25 Mesh Panel 530 x 1560 MP2161 £25.00
Shelf Ledge 115 x 610 SL24 £2.95 6 Add On Clips - EAOC £1.25
Shelf Ledge 115 x 760 SL30 £3.45 7 Post Clamps - EPC £2.35
1 Shelf Ledge 115 x 915 SL36 £3.95 8 Plastic Shelf Collars (pk of 4) - ESC £0.85
Shelf Ledge 115 x 1070 SL42 £4.10 9 Wall Fixing Bracket - ECBRAC £4.10
Shelf Ledge 115 x 1220 SL48 £4.95 10 Base Plate - BPLT £3.35
Shelf Ledge 115 x 1370 SL54 £5.50 11 Ticket Edging 39 x 150 1699/927 £1.10
Shelf Ledge 115 x 1520 SL60 £6.25 Garment Rail 915 EC36GR £5.45
Shelf Ledge 115 x 1820 SL72 £7.50 12 Garment Rail 1220 EC48GR £6.70
Utility Rail 25 x 460 UR18 £3.60 Garment Rail 1520 EC60GR £7.60
Utility Rail 25 x 610 UR24 £4.50 Trolley Handle - Short 460 SCH18 £6.25
13
Utility Rail 25 x 760 UR30 £4.95 Trolley Handle - Short 610 SCH24 £7.50
Utility Rail 25 x 915 UR36 £5.35 Sloping Shelf - 27º 305 x 610 SLT1224/27 £17.50
2 Utility Rail 25 x 1070 UR42 £5.70 14 Sloping Shelf - 27º 460 x 915 SLT1836/27 £26.70
Utility Rail 25 x 1520 UR60 £6.95 15 Sloping Shelf - 45º 460 x 915 SLT1836/45 £30.00
Back Grid 350 x 915 EC3614BG £10.00 16 Sloping Basket - 27º 460 x 610 SLB1824/27 £22.50
3
Back Grid 350 x 1220 EC4814BG £12.50 Basket Shelf 460 x 610 EC1824B £23.35
17
Shelf Divider 230 x 305 SD12 £4.20 Basket Shelf 460 x 915 EC1836B £28.35
Shelf Divider 230 x 355 SD14 £4.60 Lipped Shelf 460 x 915 ELS1836 £20.00
4 18
Shelf Divider 230 x 460 SD18 £5.00 Lipped Shelf 460 x 1220 ELS1848 £25.00
Shelf Divider 230 x 610 SD24 £6.25 19 Wine Shelf 355 x 915 W1436 £15.00
009 - GPC.indd 9 05/01/2021 20:22:50

Plastic or Aluminium Shelving Systems COLOUR
OPTIONS
Beige
Red
Blue
Grey
specify when ordering
Mobile Unit
i Information
BESPOKE SIZES
AVAILABLE
CALL FOR DETAILS
Static Unit
up to
Flatpacked for easy transportation & storage
360kg
evenly
›› Shelving Systems suitable for Food, distributed ›› Height of racks: Static - 1495mm
per shelf
Pharmaceutical or general factory use Mobile - 1560mm
›› Moisture resistant heavy duty plastic ›› L to R clearance between bays:
that will never rust, rot or corrode 1000mm Rack - 915mm
›› 4 tier units (more or less tiers available) 1200mm Rack - 1115mm
›› 400mm clearance between shelves 1500mm Rack - 2 x 687mm
manufactured
(can be customised - call for details) 2000mm Rack - 2 x 937mm
1000mm Long Single Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf
Depth Static Model Price Mobile Model Price Static Model Price Mobile Model Price
400mm 15” 4104 £299.20 4104C £365.87 4104A £299.25 4104AC £352.59
500mm 20” 4105 £329.79 4105C £396.45 4105A £329.87 4105AC £383.20
600mm 24” 4106 £359.51 4106C £426.17 4106A £356.77 4106AC £410.11
1200mm Long Single Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf
400mm 15” 4124 £309.87 4124C £376.53 4124A £319.73 4124AC £373.07
500mm 20” 4125 £339.65 4125C £406.32 4125A £349.17 4125AC £402.51
600mm 24” 4126 £374.93 4126C £441.60 4126A £379.20 4126AC £432.53
1500mm Long Double Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf
400mm 15” 4154 £369.87 4154C £475.20 4154A £459.73 4154AC £539.73
500mm 20” 4155 £409.87 4155C £515.20 4155A £499.73 4155AC £579.73
600mm 24” 4156 £439.73 4156C £545.07 4156A £549.60 4156AC £629.60
2000mm Long Double Bay Plastic - 180kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf Aluminium - 360kg per M2 evenly distributed per shelf
400mm 15” 4204 £459.52 4204C £566.19 4204A £529.60 4204AC £624.27
500mm 20” 4205 £499.73 4205C £606.40 4205A £577.49 4205AC £672.16
600mm 24” 4206 £549.87 4206C £656.53 4206A £630.19 4206AC £724.85
10
Eko Fit Ali System
The ultimate non-corrosive, easy to clean, shelving
system. Pre-assembled aluminium frames & shelf
supports with plastic, dishwasher proof, shelf panels.
›› Eko Fit has NSF & NF
›› Temperature range: -30°C to +90°C
Designed for use in:

›› Medical Authorities & Hospitals
›› Food Production areas, constructed
from Food Safe plastic
›› Walk-In freezers & cold rooms i Information
Loadings IDEAL FOR
›› 110kg to 250kg per shelf. udl. WHERE HYGIENE
›› Total capacity 1000kg. udl.
IS IMPORTANT
between 2 ladder frame
90 Degree Corner Supports (1 per shelf)

450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit
KFA450 £10.00 KFA600 £11.70
Complete 4 Shelf Unit Add-on Unit

Extra Shelf
Shelf 1700mm High (2 Frames & 4 Shelves) (1 Frame & 4 Shelves)
Length
mm 450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit 450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit 450mm Deep Unit 600mm Deep Unit
Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
770 KFS450/17/4 £266.70 KFS600/17/4 £290.00 AOKFS450/17/4 £206.70 AOKFS600/17/4 £226.70 KFS450 £36.70 KFS600 £40.85
Plastic Plus
›› Easy to assemble shelving system which can be
cleaned by a commercial or utensil dishwasher
›› Temperature range: -30°C to +90°C
›› Resistant to moisture, grease, acids & alkalis
›› NSF accreditation
›› Other heights available - call for details
Loadings i Information
›› Shelf loading: 360kg udl.
›› Bay loading: 1400kg udl.
TEMPERATURE
RANGE FROM
-30°C TO +90°C
Image of the Vented Shelf
Solid Shelves - complete with 4 shelves (1625H mm) Vented Shelves - complete with 4 shelves (1625H mm)
Shelf
Length 460mm Deep Unit 610mm Deep Unit 460mm Deep Unit 610mm Deep Unit
mm
Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
610 8168S £193.33 8184S £213.33 8168V £186.67 8164V £200.00
760 8169S £213.33 8185S £240.00 8169V £213.33 8185V £226.67
915 8170S £236.67 8186S £260.00 8170V £226.67 8186V £246.67
1070 8171S £273.33 8187S £303.33 8171V £260.00 8187V £286.67
1220 8172S £300.00 8188S £333.33 8172V £280.00 8188V £306.67
1370 8173S £333.33 8189S £373.33 8173V £320.00 8189V £346.67
1520 8174S £356.67 8190S £386.67 8174V £340.00 8190V £360.00
1820 8175S £413.33 8191S £453.33 8175V £400.00 8191V £420.00
11
011 - GPC.indd 11 05/01/2021 20:24:01

Bar Pallets
›› A versatile & flexible bar storage FROM ONLY
system of an all welded construction,
which stacks up to 5 high £298.75
›› Load capacity of 1000kg
per unit, max 5000kg
upto
5000kg
evenly
distributed
4 x BRP01Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
BRP12Z
Internal Size Overall Size Weight

Model Price
L x W mm L x W x H mm kg
620 x 400 700 x 480 x 610 19 BRP01Z £298.75
920 x 400 1000 x 480 x 610 22 BRP02Z £303.00
2 x BRP01Z 620 x 520 700 x 600 x 610 22 BRP11Z £304.80
920 x 520 1000 x 600 x 610 24 BRP12Z £309.05
GVR31
£446.00
GSR34 3YR
GUARANTEE
Sheet Racking
GVR31
3YR
GUARANTEE
››
››
Fully welded construction
Intermediate floor bracing for
supporting the sheet materials manufactured
manufactured
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
Variable Height Sheet Rack Overall Size No of
Distance
Weight
between Model Price
L x D x H mm Bays kg
Uprights
›› Fully welded construction
1200 x 2040 x 1050 4 260mm 135 GSR34 £1015.45
›› Distance between uprights: 160mm 1400 x 2040 x 1050 5 242mm 160 GSR35 £1208.00
›› 5 Support Bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm 1600 x 2040 x 1050 6 229mm 180 GSR36 £1421.75
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units 1800 x 2040 x 1050 7 221mm 200 GSR37 £1623.10
Overall Size No of Weight 2000 x 2040 x 1050 8 214mm 215 GSR38 £1890.25
Model Price
L x D x H mm Bays kg 2200 x 2040 x 1050 9 209mm 235 GSR39 £2132.85
1400 x 800 x 1000 4 70 GVR31 £446.00 2400 x 2040 x 1050 10 205mm 255 GSR40 £2341.40
12
Vertical Sheet Rack Vertical Sheet Rack
GVR20 GVR15
£657.75 3YR
GUARANTEE £275.60
manufactured
Both of these units are

fitted with compartment
bars to stop smaller sheets
from sliding between
3YR
GUARANTEE
compartments
GVR20
manufactured GVR15
›› Distance between support bars: 310mm ›› Fully welded construction
›› Flat Steel base to accept sheet metal ›› Distance between support bars: 230mm
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
Overall Size No of Weight Overall Size No of Weight
L x D x H mm Bays kg L x D x H mm Bays kg
1100 x 970 x 1245 3 53 GVR20 £657.75 860 x 860 x 900 3 20 GVR15 £275.60
Vertical Storage Racks Vertical Sheet Rack
GVR24
£428.95
GVR01
£1233.60
3YR
GUARANTEE
GVR01
GVR24
manufactured
›› Distance between support bars: 250mm
›› Pre-drilled for bolting to the floor (fixings not supplied)
›› Bolted & welded construction
›› Overall Size: 2120L x 1240W x 1530H mm
Overall Size No of Weight ›› Flatpack Size: 1240L x 1530W x 120H mm
Model Price
L x D x H mm Bays kg N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
1200 x 600 x 1500 4 70 GVR24 £428.95
For use with Opening Weight
1800 x 600 x 1500 6 100 GVR26 £529.90 Model Price
Sheet Size mm kg
2400 x 600 x 1500 8 120 GVR28 £714.30 21/2 m x 11/2 m 150 140 GVR01 £1233.60
13
Bar Storage Racks Heavy Duty Bar Storage Racks

3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
2 x GSR11
GSR01
2 x GSR62 GSR61
350kg ›› Load Capacity per arm: 1000kg

350kg ›› Space between arms: 250mm
›› Tiers per unit: 6
400kg ›› Units can be fixed to the floor for stability
›› Units can be fixed to
the floor for stability
850kg ›› Load heavy materials at base
950kg N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
›› Load heavy materials at base
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to
1100kg Overall Size Tiers Weight
Type Model Price
unload these units Load Capacity Per Arm L x W x H mm per unit kg
1150 x 575 x 1500 5 40 GSR01 £586.20
Overall Size Weight Single
Type Model Price 1150 x 575 x 1870 6 60 GSR02 £657.30
L x W x H mm kg
680 x 680 x 1910 Single 45 GSR61 £426.70 1150 x 1000 x 1500 5 50 GSR11 £723.95
Double
1270 x 680 x 1910 Double 55 GSR62 £625.45 1150 x 1000 x 1870 6 80 GSR12 £784.90
Heavy Duty Mobile Bar Storage Rack

›› Tiers per unit: 3
›› Space between arms: 330mm
›› Mobile on 4 x 200mm heavy
duty swivel castors, 2 braked
›› Folded height: 630mm
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed
to unload these units
Removable Central
Support Section on
the GSR52
GSR52
Foldable unit for easy storage
& allows them to be stacked
3YR
Load Overall Size Weight
Capacity L x W x H mm kg
2 Support Posts 1000kg 1600 x 1100 x 1560 78 GSR51 £896.45 GUARANTEE
3 Support Posts 2000kg 1600 x 1100 x 1560 95 GSR52 £1030.40 manufactured
14
Heavy Duty Bar CUBI-Rack
›› High capacity storage for
flat/round bar, hollow
section, angle &
channel steel
›› Units can be fixed to
the floor for stability
›› Easy to assemble
›› Heavy duty capacity
of 3000kg per column
›› Columns are fully
welded, with the
braces & spacing
angles bolted together
N.B. A Fork Lift will be
needed to unload these units
i Information
HEAVY DUTY
STORAGE SOLUTION
FOR LONG MATERIALS
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size Wt
L x W x H mm kg
BRP03Z
4 Columns with Spacers & Angles 3250 x 1100 x 1900 237 BRP03Z £1726.45
Mobile Variable Height Sheet Rack Mobile Vertical Sheet Rack

›› Fully welded construction ›› Fully welded construction
›› Distance between uprights: 160mm ›› Distance between support bars: 310mm
›› 5 Support Bars: 400, 550, 700, 850 & 1000mm ›› Flat Steel base accepts sheet metal
›› Mobile on 100mm swivel castors (2 braked) ›› Mobile on 100mm swivel castors (2 braked)
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed
to unload these units to unload these units
GVR99
£490.20
GVR98
£704.40
3YR
GUARANTEE
GVR99 3YR
GUARANTEE
GVR98
manufactured manufactured
Overall Size No of Weight Overall Size No of Weight

L x D x H mm Bays kg L x D x H mm Bays kg
1400 x 800 x 1135 4 71 GVR99 £490.20 1100 x 970 x 1380 3 54 GVR98 £704.40
15
Vertical Storage Racks
›› Each starter bay is made up of two
uprights & 8 adjustable support dividers
›› Each extension bay is made up of one upright
& a further 8 adjustable support dividers
›› Movable dividers enable horizontal adjustment
of the storage sections allowing the unit
to meet your individual requirements
›› Plywood base offers protection to the
ends of the stored items whilst
adding stability to the unit
›› Frame has wall mounted fixing points
to secure the unit (fixings not included)
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
CR3000ST
CR3000ST Movable Divider
Starter Bay Extension Bay

Description Overall Size Overall Size
L x D x H mm L x D x H mm
5 Compartments (8 Dividers) 2430 x 650 x 3000 CR3000ST £1040.00 2430 x 650 x 3000 CR3000EX £868.10
Additional Divider - CRA20A £62.80 - CRA20A £62.80
Vertical Storage Racks

›› Each starter bay is made up of two
uprights & 3 adjustable support arms
›› Each extension bay is made up of one upright
& a further 3 adjustable support dividers
›› Movable dividers enable horizontal & vertical
adjustment of the storage sections allowing
the unit to meet your individual requirements
›› Plywood base offers protection to the
ends of the stored items whilst
adding stability to the unit
›› Frame has wall mounted fixing points
to secure the unit (fixings not included)
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Movable dividers enable CR2575ST & CR2575EX
horizontal & vertical adjustment with 1 x CRA15A
Starter Bay Extension Bay

Description Overall Size Overall Size
L x D x H mm L x D x H mm
3 Dividers 1633 x 785 x 2575 CR2575ST £912.55 1595 x 785 x 2575 CR2575EX £748.95
Additional Divider - CRA15A £74.50 - CRA15A £74.50
16
Cantilever Racking
›› Load capacity per arm: 200kg
›› Each arm has end stops to manufactured GCR110
prevent items falling off
Load heavy materials at base
£1032.05
3YR
››
needed to unload these units GUARANTEE
GCR120 GCR110
Overall Size Weight

L x D x H mm kg
Parallel Arms
Single Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 610 x 2100 106 GCR110 £1032.05
Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 38 GCR111 £466.55
Double Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 1100 x 2100 143 GCR210 £1287.95
Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 51 GCR211 £615.85
Tapered Arms
Single Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 650 x 2030 93 GCR120 £1125.70
Single Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 34 GCR121 £528.15
Double Sided - 2 Bay 2580 x 1190 x 2030 125 GCR220 £1201.90
Double Sided Extra Bay - 1 Upright & 3 Support Stays Increase Length by 1225mm per bay 44 GCR221 £612.50
Cantilever Racking
›› Store long & heavy products safely
›› Improve stock accessibility. Ideal for
timber, piping, steel, plastic etc
›› The arms are fitted with removable
end stops for the ease of loading
products on & off
›› Frame has wall & floor
fixing points to secure the
unit (fixings not included)
›› The arms are height adjustable in
increments of 150mm
›› Load capacity per arm: 250kg
needed to unload these units
Heavy duty, height adjustable arms

with removable end stops
3YR
GUARANTEE CR1003ST
manufactured
Starter Bay Starter Bay Extension Bay

Overall Size Additional Arm
12 Arms & 3 Uprights 15 Arms & 3 Uprights 4 Arms & 1 Upright
L x D x H mm
500mm Long Arms
2490 x 1200 x 3000 CR0503ST £1694.55 CR0504ST £1810.35 CR050EX £644.55 CRA05A £149.05
1000mm Long Arms
2490 x 1200 x 3000 CR1003ST £1834.35 CR1004ST £1962.70 CR100EX £694.30 CRA10A £161.35
17
Lockers, Cupboards & Cloakroom
Cube Lockers
›› An excellent way of providing secure storage for
personal & valuable items in offices, call centres manufactured
& schools where space is at a premium
›› Fitted with standard mastered
cam locks with 2,000 differs
›› Rubber door buffers
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard
Active Technology paint
›› Pre-drilled for nesting or wall mounting
›› Available with internal shelf - call for details
›› Reaction to Fire Classification EN 13501-1
FROM ONLY
£49.44
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Light Blue
Dark Blue
Red
Yellow
Light Grey
Overall Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm
300 x 300 x 300 UG303030Z £49.44
380 x 380 x 380 UG383838Z £58.05
450 x 450 x 450 UG464646Z £63.42

Internal Shelf for UG464646Z UGES4646Z £26.48
School Lockers
›› Choice of 300mm, 380mm & 450mm depths
›› Manufactured from 0.7mm steel to
withstand the wear & tear of daily usage
›› Lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf
to prevent any unauthorised access
to the compartment below
›› Fitted with standard, mastered
›› Single tier lockers are fitted with a top shelf &
coat hook & two tier lockers are fitted with a
coat hook in each compartment
›› Strengthened & ventilated
doors with rubber buffers
›› Powder coated with Germ
Guard Active Technology paint
›› Complete with rust resisting galvanised shelves
›› Also available in 900H & 1100Hmm
- please call for details
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Light Blue
FROM ONLY
Dark Blue
£89.60 manufactured
Red
Yellow
Light Grey
Dark Grey
Overall Size 1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Tier 4 Tier

H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
1380 x 300 x 300 LD1330301 £89.60 LD1330302 £110.17 LD1330303 £123.37 LD1330304 £128.18
1380 x 300 x 450 LD1330451 £104.38 LD1330452 £122.89 LD1330453 £136.31 LD1330454 £148.89
1380 x 380 x 380 LD1338381 £107.83 LD1338382 £119.47 LD1338383 £130.18 LD1338384 £147.25
18
02 - Lockers, Cupboards & Cloakroom - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 08:46:44

Express Lockers
FROM ONLY
£89.22
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Grey
Blue
manufactured
Our range of Express Lockers comprise of the same

high quality design as our Standard Lockers but are
available on a 5 Day Delivery lead time. Express i Information
Lockers are kept in stock with a selection of four STOCKED IN
compartment options with a choice of either Light OUR WAREHOUSE,
Grey or Dark Blue doors. READY TO GO
›› Choice of 300mm & 450mm depths

›› 1, 2, 4 & 6 door lockers fitted with galvanised
security shelf to prevent any unauthorised
access to the compartment below
›› Fitted with standard, mastered cam
locks with 2,000 differs
›› Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf & coat hook
›› Two tier lockers fitted with
coat hook in each compartment
›› Strengthened & ventilated doors with rubber buffers
›› Order quantities may apply - please
contact us for more details
Tiers Model Price Tiers Model Price
Express Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm Express Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm
1 LQ1830301 £89.22 1 LQ1830451 £103.92
2 LQ1830302 £109.69 2 LQ1830452 £123.50
4 LQ1830304 £127.63 4 LQ1830454 £148.23
6 LQ1830306 £156.39 6 LQ1830456 £169.81
19

Standard Lockers
Interior Coat Hook
FROM ONLY Door Ventilation
£87.43
Door Stiffener
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Light Blue
Dark Blue
Red
Yellow
Dark Grey
Light Grey
›› Choice of 300mm, 380mm & 450mm depths

›› Lockers fitted with galvanised security shelf to prevent manufactured
any unauthorised access to the compartment below
›› Fitted with standard, mastered cam locks with 2,000 differs
›› Single tier lockers fitted with top shelf & coat hook i Information
›› Two tier lockers fitted with coat hook in each compartment
›› Strengthened & ventilated doors with rubber buffers REACTION TO FIRE
CLASSIFICATION
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint
EN 13501-1
Overall Size 1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Tier 4 Tier 5 Tier 6 Tier
H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
1800 x 300 x 300 LS1830301 £87.43 LS1830302 £107.50 LS1830303 £120.37 LS1830304 £125.07 LS1830305 £139.16 LS1830306 £153.26
1800 x 300 x 450 LS1830451 £101.85 LS1830452 £119.90 LS1830453 £133.00 LS1830454 £145.27 LS1830455 £155.84 LS1830456 £166.42
1800 x 380 x 380 LS1838381 £105.21 LS1838382 £116.57 LS1838383 £127.01 LS1838384 £143.67 LS1838385 £161.02 LS1838386 £167.45
1800 x 450 x 450 LS1845451 £115.10 LS1845452 £130.76 LS1845453 £150.04 LS1845454 £166.50 LS1845455 £169.91 LS1845456 £173.31
20

Lockers
›› Anti-bacterial satin gloss finish. BS Class ‘0’ rated product
›› Robust steel construction with rebated doors
›› Fitted with standard cam locks with 4,000
differs or padlock fitting - please specify when
ordering. Other locks available - please see below
FROM ONLY
£80.00
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Blue
Dark Grey
Red
Yellow
Black
Overall Size Clear Entry Mid Grey
Model Price
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm
Single Door (c/w top shelf & double coat hook)
1800 x 300 x 300 1410 x 235 x 275 1830301 £80.00
1800 x 300 x 450 1410 x 235 x 425 1830451 £97.00
1800 x 450 x 450 1410 x 385 x 425 1845451 £115.00
Two Door (c/w double coat hook)
manufactured
1800 x 300 x 300 835 x 235 x 275 1830302 £102.00
1800 x 300 x 450 835 x 235 x 425 1830452 £112.00
1800 x 450 x 450 835 x 385 x 425 1845452 £133.00 i Information
Three Door
CONSTRUCTED FROM
1800 x 300 x 300 540 x 235 x 275 1830303 £111.00
0.7 – 0.9MM STEEL
1800 x 300 x 450 540 x 235 x 425 1830453 £127.00
COMPONENTS
Four Door
1800 x 300 x 300 400 x 235 x 275 1830304 £123.00
1800 x 300 x 450 400 x 235 x 425 1830454 £137.00
1800 x 450 x 450 400 x 385 x 425 1845454 £162.00
Six Door
1800 x 300 x 300 260 x 235 x 275 1830306 £148.00
1800 x 300 x 450 260 x 235 x 425 1830456 £160.00
Locker Accessories Padlock Fitting Budget Combi Lock Electronic Combi Lock
Sloping
Top
Locker
Stand
Overall Size Model Price Model Price Model Price
Model Price
W x D mm
PADL Please specify COML £29.00 ECOML £53.00
Factory Fitted Sloping Top (150mm high)
300 x 300 ST3030 £11.00
Coin Return Vinyl Numbering Key Fob
300 x 450 ST3045 £12.00
450 x 450 ST4545 £13.00
Locker Stand (150mm high)
300 Width* LS30 £29.00
450 Width* LS45 £38.00
600 Width* LS60 £43.00
900 Width* LS90 £58.00
*Supplied to suit locker depth
Model Price Model Price Model Price
Master key for key operated Locks
COINL £25.00 NUM £2.00 FOB £2.00
- MKEY £20.00
21

Premium Lockers
FROM ONLY
£109.12
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Orange (RAL2003)
Ocean (RAL5024)
Jade (RAL6021)
Lemon (RAL1016)
Lilac (RAL4008)
White (RAL9016)
Black (RAL9004)
Silver (RAL9006)
manufactured
BODY
›› Manufactured to conform to BS 4680:1996 ‘Standard Duty’ (excluding size specification), COLOUR OPTIONS
ISO 9001:2000 & Environmental Management System ISO 14001:2004. They are also White (RAL9016)
manufactured in accordance with the Health & Safety certification OHSAS 18001 Black (RAL9004)
›› Air vent system on each door with welded internal door strengtheners & 5 knuckle hinges Silver (RAL9006)
›› 10 micro spring disk lock ›› Through frame locking specify when ordering
Overall Size 1 Tier 2 Tier 3 Tier 4 Tier 5 Tier 6 Tier

H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
1780 x 305 x 305 701212 £109.12 701212/2 £142.75 701212/3 £154.86 701212/4 £165.59 701212/5 £177.29 701212/6 £204.16
1780 x 305 x 380 701215 £117.10 701215/2 £148.41 701215/3 £163.07 701215/4 £178.43 701215/5 £184.33 701215/6 £207.23
1780 x 305 x 460 701218 £130.43 701218/2 £159.29 701218/3 £173.62 701218/4 £186.00 701218/5 £194.51 701218/6 £222.36
22

White Lockers
›› Anti-bacterial powder coating - RAL 9010
›› Robust steel construction with rebated doors
›› Fitted with standard cam locks with 4,000
differs or padlock fitting - please specify when
ordering. Other locks available - please see below
FROM ONLY
£84.00
manufactured
i Information
CONSTRUCTED FROM
0.7 – 0.9MM STEEL
COMPONENTS
Overall Size Clear Entry

Model Price
Single Door (c/w top shelf & double coat hook)

1800 x 300 x 300 1410 x 235 x 275 1830301W £84.00
1800 x 300 x 450 1410 x 235 x 425 1830451W £102.00
Two Door (c/w double coat hook)
1800 x 300 x 300 835 x 235 x 275 1830302W £107.00
1800 x 300 x 450 835 x 235 x 425 1830452W £117.00
Three Door
1800 x 300 x 300 540 x 235 x 275 1830303W £116.00
1800 x 300 x 450 540 x 235 x 425 1830453W £134.00
Four Door
1800 x 300 x 300 400 x 235 x 275 1830304W £130.00
1800 x 300 x 450 400 x 235 x 425 1830454W £144.00
1800 x 450 x 450 400 x 385 x 425 1845454W £170.00
Six Door
1800 x 300 x 300 260 x 235 x 275 1830306W £156.00
1800 x 300 x 450 260 x 235 x 425 1830456W £168.00
Locker Accessories Padlock Fitting Premium Combi Lock Electronic Combi Lock
Sloping
Top
Locker
Stand
Overall Size Model Price Model Price Model Price
Model Price
W x D mm
PADL Please specify PCOML £29.00 ECOML £53.00
Factory Fitted Sloping Top (150mm high)
300 x 300 ST3030 £11.00
Coin Return Vinyl Numbering Key Fob
300 x 450 ST3045 £12.00
450 x 450 ST4545 £13.00
Locker Stand (150mm high)
300 Width* LS30 £29.00
450 Width* LS45 £38.00
600 Width* LS60 £43.00
900 Width* LS90 £58.00
*Supplied to suit locker depth
Master key for key operated Locks
COINL £25.00 NUM £2.00 FOB £2.00
- MKEY £20.00
23

Workwear & Vision Panel Lockers Two Person
Locker
›› Anti-bacterial powder coating

›› Robust steel construction with coloured doors
manufactured
›› Fitted with standard cam locks with 4,000 differs
or padlock fitting - please specify when ordering. FROM ONLY
Other locks available - please see page 21
Combi Locker £133.00
›› Ideal for hanging workwear clothing
›› Vertical hanging compartment with hanging
rail & smaller storage compartments
Clean & Dirty Twin
›› Galvanised internal components
Locker Locker
Clean & Dirty Locker
›› Two vertical hanging compartments to
separate workwear & daywear
Two Person Locker
›› Space saving unit for 2 users
›› Each user has a vertical hanging space
& a smaller possession compartment
Twin Locker
›› Space saving unit for 2 users Combi
›› Each user has a slim vertical hanging Locker
space with shelf & double coat hook

DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Blue
Overall Size Dark Grey
H x W x D mm
Red
Combi Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845N £148.00 Yellow
Clean & Dirty Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845CD £133.00 Black
Two Person Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845TP £165.00 Mid Grey
Twin Locker 1800 x 450 x 450 1845TW £156.00 specify when ordering
Vision Panel Lockers

›› Anti-bacterial powder coating
›› Allows compartment inspection
from outside the door - deters
concealment within locker
›› Robust steel construction with
rebated doors with engineered
plastic (PET) clear vision panel
FROM ONLY
›› Fitted with standard cam locks with
4,000 differs or padlock fitting - please
specify when ordering. Other locks
£200.00
available - please see page 21 (coin lock
can only be fitted to the two door locker)
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Mid Grey
Blue
manufactured specify when ordering
Overall Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm
Two Door
1800 x 300 x 300 1830302VP £200.00
1800 x 300 x 450 1830452VP £211.00
Four Door
1800 x 300 x 300 1830304VP £227.00
1800 x 300 x 450 1830454VP £242.00
Six Door
1800 x 300 x 300 1830306VP £275.00
1800 x 300 x 450 1830456VP £285.00
Eight Door
1800 x 300 x 300 1830308VP £330.00
1800 x 300 x 450 1830458VP £348.00
24

Personal Effect Lockers
Blue &
Light Grey manufactured
Compartment Close Up Locking Mechanism
LR909038Y
LR189038F
LR184538Y
›› Through frame shelf for extra security DOOR COLOUR
›› Compartment entry aperture:
FROM ONLY OPTIONS
››
150H x 163W x 360D mm
Powder coated with Germ Guard
£319.60 Green
Blue
Red
Active Technology paint
Light Grey
›› Pre-drilled for nesting specify when ordering
›› PEL lockers are fitted with a security
shelf to prevent unauthorised access Width 450mm Width 900mm
›› Order quantities may apply -
please speak to sales
Width 900mm
Height 1800mm
Height 1800mm
Width 900mm
Height 1285mm
Height 940mm
20 28 20 40
Tier Tier Tier Tier
Overall Size No of
Model Price
H x W x D mm Compartments
940 x 900 x 380 20 LR909038Y £319.60

1285 x 900 x 380 28 LR129038H £454.66
1800 x 450 x 380 20 LR184538Y £319.60
1800 x 900 x 380 40 LR189038F £616.25
25

IP-PL/180/325/450/4 Plastic Lockers
›› MDPE plastic lockers which are
anti-bacterial & fully recyclable
›› UV resistant with a HALS (hindered
amine light stabiliser) moulded in
›› Robust design which resists
dents & scratches
›› Strong hidden hinges fitted
with high tensile pins
›› Compartment drain holes allows
water to drain out - ideal for cleaning
›› Plus lockers are fitted with an
internal neoprene seal to create a
virtual watertight seal. A must for any
outdoor applications or where there is
a risk of moisture or spray that could
ingress into the compartments
›› Complete with either a water resistant
hasp lock or water resistant cam
lock - please specify when ordering
(*if not specified Cam Lock will be supplied)
Optional Sloping Top
Water Resistant Hasp Lock Water Resistant Cam Lock

fitted included in prices* fitted included in prices
Optional Waterproof Optional Waterproof

Digital Combination Lock Coin Return Lock
‘TYPE 7’
10 YR
GUARANTEE
IP-PL/180/325/450/3
IP-PL/180/325/450/2 Neoprene seal
fitted to Plus
Plastic Lockers Version Lockers
Overall Size Shower Lockers Plus Lockers

Tiers
H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price
2 1800 x 325 x 450 SH-PL/180/325/450/2 £456.87 IP-PL/180/325/450/2 £551.76
3 1800 x 325 x 450 SH-PL/180/325/450/3 £466.97 IP-PL/180/325/450/3 £589.64
4 1800 x 325 x 450 SH-PL/180/325/450/4 £463.20 IP-PL/180/325/450/4 £612.33
Optional Extras
DOOR COLOUR
Sloping Top SLOPING TOP £64.37 OPTIONS
Fully Waterproof Cam Lock* TYPE 3 £21.83 per lock Blue
Programmable 4 Digit Number finding Key TYPE 5 £44.93 per lock Yellow
Water Resistant 4 Digit Combination Lock with overide key TYPE 6 £104.00 per lock Grey
Fully Waterproof Coin Return Lock* TYPE 7 £97.68 per lock
Red
Fully Waterproof Coin Retain Lock* TYPE 8 £124.95 per lock
Fully Waterproof Digital Combination Lock* TYPE 9 £125.63 per lock
26 *Suitable for use with the Plastic Lockers

Flat Garment Lockers
›› Enables work clothing to be issued
when cleaned, & exchanged when dirty
›› Clothing compartments can be
accessed individually or collectively
using the master door
›› Fitted with standard, mastered
›› Doors are fitted with rubber
buffers to prevent scratching
›› Pre-drilled for nesting
›› Reaction to Fire
Classification EN 13501-1
›› Other door colour options available
on minimum order quantity
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Light Grey
Dark Blue
specify when ordering manufactured
FROM ONLY
£223.77
LF183845Y LF183845W LF1838455
Overall Size 5 Tier 10 Tier 12 Tier 15 Tier 20 Tier

H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
1800 x 380 x 450 LF1838455 £223.77 LF183845N £273.35 LF183845W £297.41 LF183845Q £327.16 LF183845Y £379.57
1800 x 450 x 380 LF1845385 £223.77 LF184538N £273.35 LF184538W £297.41 LF184538Q £327.16 - -
Garment Disposal Lockers

›› Enables dirty work wear to be deposited & collected for cleaning
›› Suitable for use in any industrial environment where a
uniform or work wear cleaning service is provided
›› Fitted with 3 point locking cam locks with 2,000 differs
›› Letter box opening to receive approx. 45 garments
›› Door fitted with rubber buffers
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Technology paint
›› Other door colour options available on minimum
order quantity - please call for details
manufactured
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Garment opening Coat hooks
Light Grey
Dark Blue
FROM ONLY
£205.80
Cam lock Ventilated doors
Overall Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm
1800 x 380 x 450 LL1838451 £205.80
1800 x 450 x 380 LL1845451 £214.66 LL1845451
27

Laminate Lockers
As the door is normally the part of the locker
that comes in for the most punishment, we
offer this premium quality laminate door
locker, without a premium price tag. The door
fits neatly inside the frame and opens a full
180 degrees. Tough, solid laminate doors are
highly resistant to dents and scratches and will
not rust. Ideal for places where lockers are
frequently used, such as in schools & colleges.
›› Two sizes & five door configurations
›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers fitted
with security shelf to prevent DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
unauthorised access to the
Spectrum Red
compartment below
Campanula
›› End panels also available Spectrum Yellow
›› Pre-drilled for nesting Aquamarine
›› Steel carcass powder Light Grey
coated in light grey Vibrant Green
Graphite Grey
FROM ONLY Clementine
Oak
Beech
Laminate Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm Laminate Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm
1 LU1830301 £181.25 1 LU1830451 £189.45
2 LU1830302 £211.66 2 LU1830452 £219.88
3 LU1830303 £241.20 3 LU1830453 £250.40
4 LU1830304 £271.21 4 LU1830454 £281.37
6 LU1830306 £307.91 6 LU1830456 £319.74
End Panel LVEP18301 £152.39 End Panel LVEP18451 £214.17
Z-Door Lockers LAMINATE DOOR

An attractive yet extremely robust locker,
COLOUR OPTIONS ideal for when space is at a premium.
Spectrum Red These lockers are designed so that each
Campanula compartment can comfortably hang up
Spectrum Yellow
a coat on the fitted hook. Each locker
Aquamarine
Light Grey compartment also has space available to
Vibrant Green store small personal effects.
Graphite Grey ›› Doors are available in steel or high
Clementine
quality laminate for extra durability
Oak
Beech
›› Fitted with standard mastered cam
specify when ordering locks, with 2,000 differs.
›› Choice of 300mm or 450mm widths
STEEL DOOR ›› Powder coated with Germ Guard
COLOUR OPTIONS Active Technology Anti-Bacterial paint
Light Blue ›› Reaction to Fire Classification EN13501-1
Red ›› Available in minimum order quantities of 8
Blue
Yellow
Light Grey
Green
specify when ordering FROM ONLY
manufactured
£273.83
Overall Size Door

Model Price
H x W x D mm Material
1800 x 300 x 450 Steel LZD183045 £273.83

1800 x 450 x 450 Steel LZD184545 £300.55
1800 x 300 x 450 Laminate LZU183045 £387.66
1800 x 450 x 450 Laminate LZU184545 £421.37
28

Steel Splash Lockers
These lockers are manufactured from
pre-coated galvanised steel for damp
environments or where frequent
washing down is required.
›› Strengthened & ventilated doors
with rubber buffers FROM ONLY
›› Single tier lockers fitted with top
shelf & coat hook £129.98
›› Two tier lockers fitted with coat
hook in each compartment STEEL DOOR
COLOUR OPTIONS
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active Light Blue
Technology anti-bacterial paint Red
›› Hinges are 75mm deep - offers Blue
greater quality & durability Yellow
Light Grey
›› Ideal for swimming pools, changing
Green
rooms, saunas, industrial wet areas specify when ordering
& food preparation plants
›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers fitted with
security shelf to prevent unauthorised
access to the compartment below
›› Moisture resistant cam locks are fitted
as standard for superior lock
durability in moist environments
›› Lateral security beam enhances the
security of the product
manufactured
Steel Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm Steel Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm
1 LW1830301 £129.98 1 LW1830451 £138.28
2 LW1830302 £149.34 2 LW1830452 £156.24
3 LW1830303 £168.69 3 LW1830453 £178.38
4 LW1830304 £188.06 4 LW1830454 £199.11
Laminate Splash Lockers

FROM ONLY
Tough, solid laminate doors are highly
resistant to dents & scratches & will £191.30
not rust, which makes them the ideal
DOOR COLOUR
solution for placing in wet areas such as OPTIONS
swimming pools and changing rooms Spectrum Red
Campanula
Spectrum Yellow
›› Pre-galvanised steel carcass Aquamarine
›› Fitted with moisture resistant cam locks Light Grey
›› Two sizes & four door configurations Vibrant Green
›› 2, 3 & 4 door lockers fitted with security Graphite Grey
shelf to prevent unauthorised access Clementine
Oak
Beech
›› Wide range of door & end specify when ordering
panel colours available
›› Please check laminate colour
availability with sales prior to order
manufactured
Laminate Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 300D mm Laminate Splash Lockers - 1800H x 300W x 450D mm
1 LZ1830301 £191.30 1 LZ1830451 £200.20
2 LZ1830302 £227.69 2 LZ1830452 £236.63
3 LZ1830303 £263.36 3 LZ1830453 £273.31
4 LZ1830304 £299.51 4 LZ1830454 £310.50
6 LZ1830306 £327.53 6 LZ1830456 £340.09
End Panel LVEP18301 £152.39 End Panel LVEP18451 £214.17
29

ExecutiveCupboards
Lockers, Lockers & Cloakroom
Aluminium Framed Lockers with Laminate Doors
Concealed Self
Closing Hinge
FROM ONLY
£449.21
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Flush Frame
Pearly White For Zero Gap
Dust
Dark Grey
Lime Yellow
Lime
Red Dynasty
Electric Blue
Optional Inset
Number Plates
1 0mm
SOLID
TE
SOLID
CORE
NA
L AMI
Sloping Top
Hasp & Staple
LOCKER STANDS & PLINTHS

Available for any number of stands.
Includes adjustable feet. Four Tier
Six Tier
Probe Cam Lock
Three Tier Included in locker price
Double Tier (Wet Environment
End Panel Single Tier Locks Price Differs)
Lockers are designed and engineered to last, every component is
››
Overall Size
manufactured from materials which will not degrade when H x D mm
Model Price
exposed to chlorinated & humid atmospheres Effect End Panels for lockers
›› Aluminium body with reduced radius corners 1800 x 400 ZEN-END-12 £217.60
give full width shelf to back of locker 1800 x 450 ZEN-END-15 £244.81
›› Aluminium shelves, fixed firmly into position
1800 x 500 ZEN-END-18 £272.00
adding rigidity to the locker Effect End Panels for Lockers with Stands
›› Doors manufactured from 10mm solid grade laminate
1950 x 400 ZEN-END-12STANDS £236.10
›› Heavy duty self-closing hinges engineered to prevent
1950 x 450 ZEN-END-15STANDS £265.63
the doors opening across adjacent compartment 1950 x 500 ZEN-END-18STANDS £295.09
›› A range of quality engineered locks available
Sloping Top
LOCKER SEATS for wet,&humid
PLINTHSor dry environments - SLOPING TOP £92.72
›› All lockers are supplied fully assembled &
Aluminium Round Number Cut Into Door
Available for any
can number
be nestedofside
stands.
by side with no visible gaps - RNR £4.08
›› Extruded aluminium frames engineered for added strength & stability
Includes adjustable feet. Engraved Door - Letter or Number per digit
* Single tier lockers include top shelf and double coat hook
** Double tier lockers include double coat hook per compartment - ENGDO £6.79
Overall Size Single Tier* Two Tier** Three Tier Four Tier Six Tier
H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
1800 x 300 x 400 ZEN-180-30-40 £449.21 ZEN-300-400/2 £510.42 ZEN-300-400/3 £593.56 ZEN-300-400/4 £659.02 ZEN-300-400/6 £868.04
30
CONCEALED SELF
CLOSING HINGE
Locker Support Stands

›› Locker support stands raise lockers off the floor, reducing impact damage & making cleaning easier
›› Manufactured from 25mm square aluminium section they are ideal for wet environments
›› Overall height: 150mm
To Suit Locker Size Stand for Single Locker Stand for Nest of 2 Lockers Stand for Nest of 3 Lockers
W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
300 x 400 STAND-ZEN-180-30-40 £88.60 STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N2 £91.77 STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N3 £97.39
Locker Support Seats & Stands

›› Colour coded solid grade laminate seat and aluminium framework form a bench seat in front of the locker
allowing full access to the locker. All units come complete with adjustable levelling feet
To Suit Locker Size Seat & Stand for Single Locker Seat & Stand for Nest of 2 Lockers Seat & Stand for Nest of 3 Lockers
W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
300 x 400 SEAT-STAND-ZEN-180-30-40 £228.30 SEAT-STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N2 £276.73 SEAT-STAND-ZEN-180-30-40/N3 £354.57
Dry Environment Locks Wet Environment Locks
A B C G H I
D E F J K L
Item Description Model Price Item Description Model Price

A Radial Pin Lock - 10,000 Combinations TYPEC £20.96 G Probe Cam Lock TYPE3 £21.83
B Re-programmable Combination Lock TYPEK-W £44.93 H Hasp and Staple TYPE2 £12.31
C NEW Re-programmable Combination Lock TYPEP £37.06 I NEW Re-programmable Combination Lock TYPE11 £62.42
D Digital Combination Lock - 40,000 Combinations TYPEL £97.68 J Digital Combination Lock - 40,000 Combinations TYPE5 £44.93
E The RFID Keyless Digital Combination Lock TYPEM £125.63 K The RFID Keyless Digital Combination Lock TYPE10 £165.76
F Dual Coin/Token Return Lock TYPEMH-£1 £31.20 L Dual Coin/Token Return Lock TYPE7-£1 £68.15
31

TabBox Charge Lockers
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£284.12
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Orange (RAL2003)
Blue (RAL5019)
Red (BS04E53)
White (RAL9016)
TAB/701212/1/10/P/USB TAB/701212/1/15/P/NONE TAB/701212/15/15/P/PLUG TAB/701212/15/15/V/NONE
›› All available charging or non-charging/store

›› All charging units are CE marked and tested: BS 6396:2008*
›› Doors secured by a solid sturdy hinge
›› Lock covers allow for numbering on every door for easy identification
›› Robust and sturdy steel construction
›› A wide variety of locking solutions are available
›› Rear perforated panel for heat dissipation integral 2.1amp
›› Internal compartment size of 305 x 305mm USB socket available
15 Door Compartment Locker 1 Door / 15 Compartment Locker 10 Door Compartment Locker
Description
Plain Door Locker TAB/701212/15/15/P/NONE £397.24 TAB/701212/1/15/P/NONE £379.35 TAB/701212/10/10/P/NONE £354.02
Vision Door Locker TAB/701212/15/15/V/NONE £534.39 - - TAB/701212/10/10/V/NONE £447.65
Plain Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/P/PLUG £672.18 TAB/701212/1/15/P/PLUG £647.92 TAB/701212/10/10/P/PLUG £613.00
Vision Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/V/PLUG £809.44 - - TAB/701212/10/10/V/PLUG £704.94
Plain Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/P/USB £775.05 TAB/701212/1/15/P/USB £749.79 TAB/701212/10/10/P/USB £683.81
Vision Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/15/15/V/USB £860.26 - - TAB/701212/10/10/V/USB £775.61
1 Door / 10 Compartment Locker 8 Door Compartment Locker 1 Door / 8 Compartment Locker

Description
Plain Door Locker TAB/701212/1/10/P/NONE £330.82 TAB/701212/8/8/P/NONE £307.53 TAB/701212/1/8/P/NONE £284.12
Vision Door Locker - - TAB/701212/8/8/V/NONE £381.13 - -
Plain Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/1/10/P/PLUG £585.95 TAB/701212/8/8/P/PLUG £421.10 TAB/701212/1/8/P/PLUG £378.56
Vision Door Locker with 3 Pin Charge Point - - TAB/701212/8/8/V/PLUG £494.54 - -
Plain Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point TAB/701212/1/10/P/USB £656.15 TAB/701212/8/8/P/USB £476.47 TAB/701212/1/8/P/USB £434.46
Vision Door Locker with USB & 3 Pin Charge Point - - TAB/701212/8/8/V/USB £550.32 - -
32

Battery Charging Lockers
›› Suitable for the secure charging
of batteries & power tools
›› CE tested & meets EU
safety requirements
›› Fitted with galvanised
security shelf to prevent any
unauthorised access to the FROM ONLY
compartment below
›› Fitted with standard, £395.82
mastered cam locks
with 2,000 differs
›› Strengthened & ventilated
doors with rubber buffers
›› Reaction to Fire Classification
EN 13501-1
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Light Blue
Dark Blue
Red
Yellow
Light Grey
Perforated Door Charging Lockers with a Standard plug manufactured

1800 x 300 x 450 BL1830454*PX £395.82 BL1830455*PX £465.69 BL1830456*PX £523.02 BL1830458*PX £627.80
1800 x 450 x 450 BL1845454*PX £450.25 BL1845455*PX £530.75 BL1845456*PX £596.44 BL1845458*PX £715.10
Perforated Door Charging Lockers with a RCD plug

1800 x 300 x 450 BR1830454*PX £553.80 BR1830455*PX £663.17 BR1830456*PX £759.99 BR1830458*PX £943.76
1800 x 450 x 450 BR1845454*PX £608.23 BR1845455*PX £728.22 BR1845456*PX £833.41 BR1845458*PX £1031.06
Solid Door Charging Lockers with a Standard plug

1800 x 300 x 450 BL1830454*SX £395.82 BL1830455*SX £465.69 BL1830456*SX £523.02 BL1830458*SX £627.80
1800 x 450 x 450 BL1845454*SX £450.25 BL1845455*SX £530.75 BL1845456*SX £596.44 BL1845458*SX £715.10
Solid Door Charging Lockers with a RCD plug

1800 x 300 x 450 BR1830454*SX £553.80 BR1830455*SX £663.17 BR1830456*SX £759.99 BR1830458*SX £943.76
1800 x 450 x 450 BR1845454*SX £608.23 BR1845455*SX £728.22 BR1845456*SX £833.41 BR1845458*SX £1031.06
33

Economy Wall Cupboards
›› Welded steel construction ›› Galvanised shelves adjustable on 100mm pitch
›› Three point locking, with re-inforced doors ›› 35kg U.D.L capacity per shelf
›› Roller bearing 75mm high drawers with 10kg U.D.L. capacity
C 10 YR
GUARANTEE
16929101.11
A B D
16929103.11
16929001.11 16929003.11
Overall Size No of Overall Size No of
Item Shelves Model Price Item Shelves Model Price
H x W x D mm Drawers H x W x D mm Drawers
A 600 x 525 x 350 1 - 16929001.11 £110.74 C 600 x 800 x 350 1 - 16929101.11 £147.96
B 600 x 525 x 350 2 1 x 75mm 16929003.11 £141.66 D 600 x 800 x 350 2 1 x 75mm 16929103.11 £187.57
Laptop Cupboard
›› Wall mounted secure storage
for laptops at point of use
›› Lockable fold down flap
›› Inner mat & fixing strap
16912350.11V
Overall Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm
16912350.11V 410 x 500 x 150 16912350.11V £160.89
34
034 - GPC.indd 17 05/01/2021 20:30:47

Laptop & Tablet Storage Lockers
›› High quality & cost effective storage
›› Choice of 10 or 15 compartment units
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active
technology anti-bacterial paint
›› Other colours available - call for details
Overall Size
Configuration Colour Code Price
H x W x D mm
Light Grey L7184545NLXX £355.61
1800 x 10 Comp
Dark Blue L7184545NBXX £355.61
450 x 450 10 Doors
Red L7184545NRXX £355.61
Light Grey L7183845QLXX £399.87
15 Comp
Dark Blue L7183845QBXX £399.87 L7184545NRXX L7183845QBXX L71838451LQX
15 Doors
1800 x Red L7183845QRXX £399.87
380 x 450 Light Grey L71838451LXX £320.65
15 Comp
Dark Blue L71838451BXX £320.65
1 Door
Red L71838451RXX £320.65
manufactured
Charging Laptop & Tablet Lockers

›› Choice of 8 or 12 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket
›› Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle
›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 470D mm
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard active technology anti-bacterial paint
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Light Grey L7C10505088L £534.36
8 Comp
Dark Blue L7C10505088B £534.36
8 Doors
Internal Charging 1000 x Red L7C10505088R £534.36
Point fitted inside 500 x 500 Light Grey L7C10505081L £501.95
the compartments
8 Comp
Dark Blue L7C10505081B £501.95
1 Door
Red L7C10505081R £501.95
Light Grey L7C145050W1L £664.32
12 Comp
Dark Blue L7C145050W1B £664.32
manufactured 1 Door
1460 x Red L7C145050W1R £664.32
500 x 500 Light Grey L7C145050WWL £699.86
12 Comp
L7C145050W1B Dark Blue L7C145050WWB £699.86
12 Doors
L7C10505088B
Red L7C145050WWR £699.86
Charging Laptop & Tablet Trolleys

›› Choice of 8 or 16 compartment units - each equipped with a 3 pin socket
›› Ventilated compartments for dissipation of heat during charge cycle
›› “Narrow Aisle” units are 525mm wide & allow easy access between desks manufactured
›› Compartment aperture: 100H x 375W x 465D mm
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Light Grey L7M12526782L £590.01
Narrow Aisle
8 Comp
1200 x Dark Blue L7M12526782B £590.01
2 Doors
525 x 675
Red L7M12526782R £590.01
Light Grey L7M125212X4L £1057.85
Narrow Aisle
16 Comp Internal Charging
1200 x Dark Blue L7M125212X4B £1057.85
4 Doors Point fitted inside
525 x 1220
Red L7M125212X4R £1057.85 the compartments
Light Grey L7M121066X2L £1057.85
1200 x 16 Comp
Dark Blue L7M121066X2B £1057.85
1040 x 660 2 Doors
Red L7M121066X2R £1057.85 L7M121066X2R
35

Wire Mesh Lockers
FROM ONLY
£98.52
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue
Red
Green
Light Grey
Dark Grey
Electro Zinc
Plated
i Information
PREMIUM 8MM
LOCKERS AVAILABLE
- CALL FOR DETAILS
›› Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 copper coated ›› Fitted with a hasp & staple for manufactured
welded mesh on a 6mm rod frame use with a padlock (not included)
›› Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer full ›› Fitted with floor fixing brackets with provision to be
through ventilation & high visual security fitted back to back, to the wall & to the
›› Single tier lockers come complete floor (fixings not included)
with a hat shelf & coat hook ›› Premium 8mm lockers available - call for details
1980H x 305Dmm 1980H x 457Dmm 1980H x 305Dmm 1980H x 457Dmm
Description Description
1 Door 4 Door
Single Locker - 300W CM0002EC £98.52 CM0014EC £110.15 Single Locker - 300W CM0056EC £112.70 CM0068EC £127.78
Nest of 2 Lockers - 610W CM0004EC £181.37 CM0016EC £196.96 Nest of 2 Lockers - 610W CM0058EC £213.62 CM0070EC £242.80
2 Door 5 Door
3 Door 6 Door
36 BESPOKE PRODUCTS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST

Wire Mesh Compartment Lockers Lockers, Cupboards & Cloakroom
Wire Mesh Compartment Lockers
›› Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 copper
coated welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame
›› Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer
full through ventilation & high visual security
›› Fitted with a hasp & staple for
use with a padlock (not included)
›› Fitted with floor fixing brackets with
provision to be fitted back to
back, to the wall & to the COLOUR
floor (fixings not included) OPTIONS
Blue
FROM ONLY Red
Green
£122.12 Light Grey
Dark Grey
Electro Zinc
Plated
manufactured
Compartment Lockers with No Doors Compartment Lockers with Doors

Overall Size
H x W x D mm No of Doors /
No of Compartments Model Price Model Price
Compartments
1370 x 610 x 305 8 CM010BZP0129 £122.12 8/8 CM010BZP0130 £159.31
1370 x 610 x 457 8 CM010BZP0141 £161.99 8/8 CM010BZP0142 £196.75
1370 x 910 x 305 12 CM010BZP0145 £163.86 12 / 12 CM010BZP0146 £228.04
1370 x 910 x 457 12 CM010BZP0151 £184.95 12 / 12 CM010BZP0152 £250.58
1370 x 1210 x 305 16 CM010BZP0147 £215.48 16 / 16 CM010BZP0148 £301.81
1370 x 1210 x 457 16 CM010BZP0153 £231.58 16 / 16 CM010BZP0154 £317.90
1370 x 1510 x 305 20 CM010BZP0149 £241.39 20 / 20 CM010BZP0150 £350.80
1370 x 1510 x 457 20 CM010BZP0155 £266.12 20 / 20 CM010BZP0156 £381.28
1370 x 830 x 305 40 CM010BZP0157 £227.29 2 / 40 CM010BZP0158 £293.41
1370 x 830 x 457 40 CM010BZP0159 £258.38 2 / 40 CM010BZP0160 £323.54
Wire Mesh Compartment Cupboards

›› Manufactured from 25 x 25 x 2.5 copper
coated welded mesh on a 8mm rod frame
›› Bright electroplated zinc lockers which offer full
through ventilation & high visual security
›› Fitted with a hasp & staple for
use with a padlock (not included)
›› Fitted with floor fixing brackets with
provision to be fitted back to
back, to the wall & to the
floor (fixings not included)
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue
FROM ONLY Red
Green
£119.63 Light Grey
Dark Grey
Electro Zinc
Plated
manufactured
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Low Cupboard - Single Door (c/w 2 shelves) 1370 x 450 x 457 CM090BZP0401 £119.63
Low Cupboard - Double Door (c/w 2 shelves) 1370 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0402 £214.39
Narrow Cupboard - Single Door (c/w 3 shelves) 1980 x 450 x 457 CM090BZP0403 £147.40
Cupboard - Double Door (c/w 3 shelves) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0404 £316.62
Divided Cupboard - Double Door (c/w 6 shelves) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0405 £294.40
Janitor Cupboard - Double Door (c/w Rail & 3 shelves) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0408 £321.82
Wardrobe Cupboard - Double Door (c/w Hat Shelf & Rail) 1980 x 910 x 457 CM090BZP0409 £294.40
BESPOKE PRODUCTS AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST 37

Wire Mesh Storage Compartmentss ›› Strong & hard wearing
›› Fully welded tubular
steel construction with a
50 x 50mm square mesh
outer carcass & 25 x 25mm
mesh shelves
›› Fitted with hanging rail & 2
storage shelves per
compartment as illustrated
›› Produced with both floor &
wall fixing points (fixings
not supplied)
›› Easy access for cleaning
›› Contents can easily be
visually inspected
i Information
BESPOKE MODELS
CAN BE MADE TO YOUR
SPECIFICATION
CALL FOR DETAILS
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
WML01Z
Single sided
WML04Z
No. of Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Compartments H x W x D mm kg
Wall Mounted Unit
3 1890 x 1590 x 565 65 WML01Z £857.00
Double Sided Unit
6 1890 x 1590 x 1130 130 WML02Z £1633.70

WML02Z
Mobile Unit with padlockable doors (padlock not included)
Double sided
3 2090 x 1590 x 565 105 WML04Z £1339.20
38

Workplace Cupboards
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£198.55
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Grey
Blue
Yellow
Light Blue
Red
SCQ090946 &
SCQ180946 ARE ON
5 DAY DELIVERY
IN BLUE &
GREY ONLY
›› Strong construction provides all round robustness

›› ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking
›› Strengthened doors
›› Grey powder coated carcass
›› Wall cupboard is pre-drilled for
mounting (fixings not supplied)
›› Shelf capacities: 70kg evenly distributed
›› Reaction to Fire Classification EN 13501-1
Static Cupboards
Overall Size No of Cupboard Extra Shelf
H x W x D mm Shelves Model Price Model Price Mobile Cupboards
900 x 460 x 460 1 SCQ094646 £198.55 SCQ0446ES £27.35
900 x 900 x 460 2 SCQ090946 £248.55 SCQ0946ES £35.55 H x W x D mm Shelves Model Price Model Price
900 x 900 x 610 2 SCQ090961 £308.40 SCQ0961ES £32.05
1040 x 900 x 460 2 MCQ10946 £359.15 MCQ0946ES £35.55
1200 x 900 x 460 2 SCQ120946 £307.10 SCQ0946ES £35.55 1040 x 900 x 610 2 MCQ10961 £503.25 MCQ0961ES £32.05
1800 x 600 x 460 3 SCQ180646 £304.40 SCQ0646ES £20.05
1800 x 900 x 460 3 SCQ180946 £336.10 SCQ0946ES £35.55
Wall Cupboard
1800 x 900 x 610 3 SCQ180961 £448.55 SCQ0961ES £32.05 Overall Size No of Cupboard Extra Shelf
1800 x 1200 x 460 3 SCQ181246 £444.65 SCQ1246ES £41.00 H x W x D mm Shelves Model Price Model Price
1800 x 1200 x 610 3 SCQ181261 £535.30 SCQ1261ES £46.75 570 x 850 x 255 1 WCQ57825 £188.75 - -
39

Perforated Door Cupboards
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Grey
Blue
Yellow
Light Blue
‘No snag’ handles with Door Locking
2-point locking Mechanism Red
FROM ONLY
£298.75
PDC090946
›› The perforated doors allows view
of contents for greater visual security
›› Powder coated light grey carcass
with a variety of door colours
›› Adjustable shelves
›› Reaction to Fire Classification EN 13501-1 manufactured PDC180946
H x W x D mm Shelves Model Price Model Price
900 x 900 x 460 2 PDC090946 £298.75 PDC0946ES £35.55
900 x 900 x 610 2 PDC090961 £358.60 PDC0961ES £32.05
1200 x 900 x 460 2 PDC120946 £357.25 PDC0946ES £35.55
1800 x 600 x 460 3 PDC180646 £354.60 PDC0646ES £20.05
1800 x 900 x 460 3 PDC180946 £373.75 PDC0946ES £35.55
1800 x 900 x 610 3 PDC180961 £498.15 PDC0961ES £32.05
1800 x 1200 x 460 3 PDC181246 £494.80 PDC1246ES £41.00
1800 x 1200 x 610 3 PDC181261 £585.50 PDC1261ES £46.75
Vision Door Cupboards DOOR COLOUR

OPTIONS
These cupboards and cabinets bring Green
a combination of storage, mobility, Grey
security and a touch of style to the Blue
workplace. The perspex doors allow Yellow
managers and supervisors to be able to Light Blue
see the contents of cupboards whilst the Red
cupboard is locked. specify when ordering
›› Flush “no snag” handles

›› Mobile and static options
›› Secure locks
›› Tough powder coated finish
›› Cupboard shelves have
a UDL of 70kg
manufactured

700 x 350 x 300 2 VDOR073530 £235.30 - -
700 x 900 x 450 2 VDOR079045 £359.95 VDOR0945ES £35.55
900 x 460 x 450 2 VDOR094645 £273.40 VDOR0445ES £27.35
900 x 900 x 450 2 VDOR099045 £418.30 VDOR0945ES £35.55
1200 x 900 x 450 2 VDOR129045 £482.50 VDOR0945ES £35.55
1800 x 900 x 450 3 VDOR189045 £583.50 VDOR0945ES £35.55
1800 x 1200 x 450 3 VDOR181245 £664.25 VDOR1245ES £41.00
40

Extra Wide Cupboards Lockers,
Standard Cupboards & Cloakroom
Cupboards
Extra Wide Cupboards Standard Cupboards
›› Anti-bacterial powder coating ›› Anti-bacterial powder coating
›› Robust steel construction, welded ›› Robust steel construction, welded
frame with reinforced doors frame with reinforced doors
›› 3 point locking ›› Hardwearing galvanised shelves
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Blue
Dark Grey
Red
Yellow
Black
Mid Grey
manufactured
724818C
724818CE 724818JAN 724818W

Overall Size
H x W x D mm
No of No of Overall Size
Model Price
General Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818C £397.00 Shelves Doors H x W x D mm
Clothing & Equipment Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818CE £471.00 2 1 910 x 457 x 457 361818C £138.00
Janitorial Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818JAN £437.00 1 2 1000 x 915 x 457 393618C £221.00
Wardrobe Cupboard 1830 x 1220 x 457 724818W £413.00 3 2 1830 x 915 x 457 723618C £288.00
Slim Cupboards Tray Cupboards

›› Anti-bacterial powder coating ›› Robust steel construction, welded
›› Robust steel construction, welded frame with reinforced doors
frame with reinforced doors ›› 3 tray options - 75, 150 & 225mm high
›› 3 point locking
manufactured
manufactured
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
Mid Grey
722418N Blue
722418CD
DOOR COLOUR Dark Grey
OPTIONS Red
7245181
Green
Blue
TRAY COLOUR
Dark Grey OPTIONS
Red
Opaque
Yellow
Blue
Black
Mid Grey Red
722418C 722418W
Overall Size 7245182 7245183

H x W x D mm
No of Overall Size
Model Price
General Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418C £259.00 Trays H x W x D mm
Clothing & Equipment Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418N £287.00 51 1830 x 1120 x 457 7245181 £918.00
Clothing Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418CD £270.00 27 1830 x 1120 x 457 7245182 £768.00
Wardrobe Cupboard 1830 x 610 x 457 722418W £248.00 18 1830 x 1120 x 457 7245183 £643.00
41

FACS189046
First Aid Cupboards
›› Strong construction provides all round robustness
›› Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves for superior
manufactured spill management. Integral liquid-tight sump encourages
the correct handling of spills through the use of
absorbents (except the Wall Cupboard)
›› White powder coated finish with
identification symbol signs/labels
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard
Active Technology anti-bacterial paint
›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for
mounting (fixings not supplied)
›› Stands raise cupboards by 500mm
& they incorporate an adjustable
foot for uneven surfaces
›› Reaction to Fire Classification
EN 13501-1
FACS094646 FACS099046
FACS079046
Static Cupboards
FACS073530
Overall Size No of
Model Price
H x W x D mm Shelves
700 x 350 x 300 1 FACS073530 £163.45
Wall Cupboards FACW578525
700 x 900 x 460 1 FACS079046 £228.55
Overall Size No of
900 x 460 x 460 1 FACS094646 £194.05 Model Price
900 x 900 x 460 1 FACS099046 £248.55 570 x 850 x 255 1 FACW578525 £216.30
1800 x 900 x 460 3 FACS189046 £376.05
Extra Shelves Stands (height of 543mm)
Mobile Cupboards To Fit To Fit
W x D mm W x D mm
Overall Size No of
Model Price
H x W x D mm Shelves 350 x 300 FACES3530 £21.90 350 x 300 FACST3530 £94.90
840 x 900 x 460 1 FACM089046 £369.75 460 x 460 FACES4646 £27.35 460 x 460 FACST4646 £98.90
1040 x 900 x 460 1 FACM109046 £374.65 900 x 460 FACES9046 £35.55 900 x 460 FACST9046 £114.90
Stainless Steel Cupboards & Floor Chests

›› Ideal for food, pharmaceutical & medical ›› Floor chests have riveted structure with angled
environments - especially where damp is a factor lid to discourage article placement. Fitted with a
›› ‘No snag’ handles with 2-point locking hasp & staple lock - padlock not supplied
›› Adjustable stainless steel shelves
›› Corrosion resistant
STFC050603
manufactured STFC061104
Floor Chests
Overall Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm
510 x 610 x 340 STFC050603 £805.80
610 x 1170 x 460 STFC061104 £1076.00
Static Cupboards
Overall Size No of
Model Price
900 x 460 x 460 1 STSC090446 £608.65
900 x 900 x 460 1 STSC090946 £767.95
1200 x 900 x 460 2 STSC120946 £929.85
1800 x 900 x 460 3 STSC180946 £1169.05
1800 x 1200 x 460 3 STSC181246 £1532.90
Extra Shelves
To Fit
Model Price
W x D mm
900 x 460 STSC0946ES £99.15
STSC180946 STSC090946 1200 x 460 STSC1246ES £112.40
42

Utility Cupboards
›› Made from robust,
high quality plastic
›› Ideal for many applications;
kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial
closets, schools, offices etc
›› Anti-wear steel hinges that
provide a snap closure
›› Hygienic - easy to clean
FROM ONLY
£87.10
CLD1634
CLD163T
i Information
IDEAL FOR MANY
APPLICATIONS;
KITCHENS,
CAFETERIAS,
SCHOOLS,
OFFICES ETC
CLD163U
CLD084D CLT084T
Overall Size Weight

Doors Features Model Price
H x W x D mm kg
Compact Cupboard
Double 840 x 680 x 370 9 CLD084D £87.10
1 Shelf
Triple 840 x 1020 x 370 14.5 CLT084T £130.15
Large Cupboard
Double 1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD1634 £144.70
3 Shelves
Triple 1630 x 1020 x 370 22 CLD163T £206.85
Utility Cupboard
Double 3 Half Shelves 1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD163U £145.50
43

Clothing Cupboards
›› “No Snag” handles with 2-point locking
›› Top shelf & hanging garment rail
COLOUR OPTIONS
Light Grey
Light Blue
Dark Blue
Green
Red
Yellow
manufactured
Overall Size No of
Model Price
1800 x 600 x 450 1 CC180645Z £343.60
1800 x 900 x 450 1 CC180945Z £364.85
1800 x 1200 x 450 1 CC181245Z £455.15
Extra Shelves
To Fit W x D mm Model Price
600 x 450 CC0645ES £22.70
900 x 450 CC0945ES £28.05
1200 x 450 CC1245ES £36.05
Utility Cupboards
›› “No Snag” handles with 2-point locking
›› Central divider with removable rail on one side
& 3 adjustable shelves on the other
COLOUR OPTIONS
Light Grey
Light Blue
Dark Blue
Green
Red
Yellow
manufactured
Overall Size No of
Model Price
1800 x 900 x 450 3 UCU180945Z £382.10
1800 x 1200 x 450 3 UCU181245Z £503.00
Extra Shelves
To Fit W x D mm Model Price
900 x 450 UCU0945ES £21.35
1200 x 450 UCU1245ES £22.70
44

Plastic Cloakroom Equipment ›› Moisture resistant heavy duty plastic
that will never rust, rot or corrode
›› Constructed from plastic & aluminium
›› Benches are fully demountable for storage
›› Can be fixed to the floor or supplied
with adjustable feet - call for details
›› Can be supplied with standard or
theft-proof hangers - call for details
Double Coat
Bench shown
with 10 Hooks
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Beige
Red
Blue
Grey
manufactured
B1840S C1240S
Single Standard Bench Double Standard Bench Single Coat Bench Double Coat Bench
O/H 450mm O/H 450mm O/H 1800mm O/H 1800mm
Size Size Size No of Size No of
L x D mm L x D mm L x D mm Hooks L x D mm Hooks
1000 x 400 B1040S £98.40 1000 x 800 B1080D £205.64 1000 x 400 6 C1040S £169.87 1000 x 800 12 C1080D £339.20
1200 x 400 B1240S £119.20 1200 x 800 B1280D £225.67 1200 x 400 7 C1240S £179.20 1200 x 800 14 C1280D £369.87
1500 x 400 B1540S £148.53 1500 x 800 B1580D £301.13 1500 x 400 9 C1540S £249.87 1500 x 800 18 C1580D £449.87
1800 x 400 B1840S £179.20 1800 x 800 B1880D £315.31 1800 x 400 11 C1840S £279.20 1800 x 800 22 C1880D £499.20
2000 x 400 B2040S £199.20 2000 x 800 B2080D £345.61 2000 x 400 12 C2040S £299.20 2000 x 800 24 C2080D £529.87
Wall Rack Length Depth No of

Model Price
mm mm Hooks
›› Available in matching colours
1000 40 6 WR1000 £39.73
1200 40 7 WR1200 £49.87
1500 40 9 WR1500 £59.20
1800 40 11 WR1800 £69.60
2000 40 12 WR2000 £79.73
45
045 - GPC.indd 28 05/01/2021 20:33:05

Cloakroom Equipment
›› Triple lacquered 70 x 32mm hardwood timber slats with radiused edges fitted to a steel seat support frame
›› Frames come complete with floor fixing brackets on each leg
›› Durable grey plastic coated frame doesn’t chip whilst giving a softer & more durable finish -
alternative colours are available in a powder coated finish - please call for details
›› Virtually unbreakable ‘toughooks’ in mid-grey. Other colours available - call for details
i Information
VIRTUALLY
FROM ONLY SIZE OPTIONS
Infant manufactured
UNBREAKABLE
£165.30 Height: 1150mm
Seat Height: 350mm
‘TOUGHOOKS’
Junior
TIMBER SLAT Height: 1350mm
Seat Height: 400mm
i Information
OPTIONS
American Adult FRAMES WITH
White Ash Height: 1800mm PLASTIC COATING,
Seat Height: 430mm
Beech specify when ordering
GIVES A SOFTER
specify when ordering & MORE DURABLE
FINISH
CM0973 & CM0998PK2 CM0977 & 2 x CM1000
Single Sided Cloakroom Units Double Sided Cloakroom Units

Length Depth No of Leg Single Sided Bench Length Depth No of Leg Double Sided Bench
mm mm Hooks Sets Model Price mm mm Hooks Sets Model Price
1000 400 5 2 CM0970 £165.30 1000 760 10 2 CM0975 £275.50
1200 400 6 2 CM0971 £178.35 1200 760 12 2 CM0976 £294.35
1500 400 8 2 CM0972 £210.25 1500 760 16 2 CM0977 £333.50
1800 400 10 3 CM0973 £263.90 1800 760 20 3 CM0978 £404.55
Cloakroom Bench Shoe Baskets/Shoe Shelves to suit

Bench/Cloakroom
›› Triple lacquered 70 x 32mm hardwood timber slats
›› Durable grey plastic coated frame doesn’t chip ›› Grey LDPE dip plastic coated baskets which can be
whilst giving a softer & more durable finish fitted to either the Cloakroom units above or the
›› Complete with floor fixing brackets on each leg Cloakroom Benches shown to the left
CM0966
i Information
TIMBER SLATS
CM0966 &
HAVE SMOOTH CM1002SB8
RADIUSED EDGES
To Suit Shoe Baskets to Suit Shoe Shelves to Suit

Length Leg 300mm Deep Bench 400mm Deep Bench
Length Bench/Cloakroom Bench/Cloakroom
mm Sets Model Price Model Price mm Model Compartments Price Model Price
1000 2 CM0966 £102.95 CM0966XL £117.45 1000 CM1001SB6 6 £68.49 CM0998 £53.91
1200 2 CM0967 £111.65 CM0967XL £129.05 1200 CM1002SB8 8 £81.60 CM0999 £58.29
1500 2 CM0968 £124.70 CM0968XL £143.55 1500 CM1003SB10 10 £109.29 CM1000 £67.03
1800 3 CM0969 £159.50 CM0969XL £184.15 1800 CM1001SB6PK2 12 £136.97 CM0998PK2 £107.83
46

Shoe Baskets to Suit Shoe Shelf to Suit
Length Bench/Cloakroom Bench/Cloakroom
mm Pack
ECO Cloakroom Equipment ›› 100% recycled 100 x 30mm plastic slats
›› Frames come complete with floor
fixing brackets on each leg
›› Durable grey plastic coated frame doesn’t
chip whilst giving a softer & more durable
finish - alternative colours are available in a
powder coated finish please call for details
›› Virtually unbreakable ‘toughooks’ in mid-grey.
Other colours available - call for details
FROM ONLY
NEW
i Information
VIRTUALLY
UNBREAKABLE
‘TOUGHOOKS’
i Information
FRAMES WITH
PLASTIC COATING,
GIVES A SOFTER
& MORE DURABLE
FINISH
CM0976ECO &
2 x ECO1200BASKET
Single Sided Cloakroom Units Double Sided Cloakroom Units

Length Depth No of Leg Single Sided Bench Length Depth No of Leg Double Sided Bench
1000 400 5 3 CM0970ECO £166.76 1000 760 10 3 CM0975ECO £278.40
1200 400 6 3 CM0971ECO £179.80 1200 760 12 3 CM0976ECO £297.26
1500 400 8 4 CM0972ECO £211.70 1500 760 16 4 CM0977ECO £336.40
1800 400 10 5 CM0973ECO £278.40 1800 760 20 5 CM0978ECO £419.06
Cloakroom Bench Shoe Baskets/Shoe Shelves to suit

›› 100% recycled 100 x
ECO Bench/Cloakroom
30mm plastic slats ›› Grey LDPE dip
›› Frames come plastic coated
complete with floor baskets which
fixing brackets can be fitted
on each leg to either the
›› Durable grey plastic Cloakroom
coated frame units above or the
doesn’t chip whilst CM0966ECO Cloakroom Benches
giving a softer shown to the left
CM0969ECO &
& more durable finish ECO1800BASKET
To Suit Shoe Baskets to Suit Shoe Shelves to Suit

Length Depth Leg ECO Bench/Cloakroom ECO Bench/Cloakroom
Model Price Length
mm mm Sets
mm Model Compartments Price Model Price
1000 3 CM0966ECO £103.46 1000 ECO1000BASKET 8 £81.60 ECO1000SHELF £53.91
325
47

Cloakroom Equipment
›› Manufactured from 304 grade stainless
steel with 40mm square legs
›› Sturdy aluminium or stainless steel coat hooks
›› Seat height: 450mm
›› Laminate seats are available in blue or
light grey - please specify when ordering
›› Floor fixings, shoe racks, 316 marine grade finish
& mono benches are available - call for details
›› Aqua solo benches are most suitable as a perimeter
bench. Floor fixing cleats are available for added stability
manufactured
5YR
GUARANTEE
STD15X in Blue
ASTS15X
Aqua Solo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks Aqua Solo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks
Length Depth No of Leg Single Sided Bench Length Depth No of Leg Single Sided Bench
1000 400 5 2 ASTS10X £566.43 1000 400 5 2 STS10X £614.71
1500 400 7 2 ASTS15X £661.14 1500 400 7 2 STS15X £755.86
2000 400 10 2 ASTS20X £752.14 2000 400 10 2 STS20X £928.57
2500 400 12 3 ASTS25X £1032.57 2500 400 12 3 STS25X £1229.43
3000 400 14 3 ASTS30X £1125.43 3000 400 14 3 STS30X £1359.43
Aqua Duo Benches - Stainless Steel Slats & Hooks Aqua Duo Benches - Laminate Seats & SAA Hooks
Length Depth No of Leg Double Sided Bench Length Depth No of Leg Double Sided Bench
1000 800 10 2 ASTD10X £839.43 1000 800 10 2 STD10X £936.00
1500 800 14 2 ASTD15X £1019.57 1500 800 14 2 STD15X £1207.14
2000 800 20 2 ASTD20X £1181.14 2000 800 20 2 STD20X £1420.71
2500 800 24 3 ASTD25X £1606.43 2500 800 24 3 STD25X £1951.86
3000 800 28 3 ASTD30X £1769.86 3000 800 28 3 STD30X £2243.43
Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches Aqua Mezzo Stainless Steel Benches
with Laminate Seats with Stainless Steel Slats
Blue Laminate Seat

Stainless Steel Slats
450mm high
450mm high
Light grey
laminate seat
Length Depth Legs Basic Bench Length Depth Legs Basic Bench
mm mm Sets Model Price mm mm Sets Model Price
1000 325 2 ST10 £384.43 1000 325 2 AST10 £360.29
1500 325 2 ST15 £484.71 1500 325 2 AST15 £425.29
2000 325 2 ST20 £585.00 2000 325 2 AST20 £492.14
2500 325 3 ST25 £804.14 2500 325 3 AST25 £694.57
3000 325 3 ST30 £924.86 3000 325 3 AST30 £761.43
48

Cloakroom Equipment
SS12
SS10H
DS24 DS20H
SUPPLIED WITH
UNBREAKABLE
PLASTIC HOOKS
Frames available in: Black, Grey & Blue
Hooks available in: Claret Red, Bottle Green, Teal, Yellow, Black, Grey,
Bright Green, Bright Red & Bright Blue
›› Single or double sided ›› Beech or sapele timber slats

›› With hooks or hangers ›› Single sided units: 400mm wide
›› Shoe baskets are available as an optional extra ›› Double sided units: 762mm wide
manufactured
›› Bespoke units available - call for details ›› All units are 1803mm high
Manufactured from 38 x 38mm RHS steel frame work. Tops & seat slats are of 70 x 32mm timber, with
four radiused corners, & have been sanded, sealed & polished with a tough, hardwearing lacquer.
Complete with Unbreakable Hooks Complete with Black Hangers
Length Single Sided Double Sided Length Single Sided Double Sided
mm No of Hooks Model Price No of Hooks Model Price mm No of Hooks Model Price No of Hooks Model Price
900 6 SS6 £240.00 12 DS12 £315.00 900 6 SS6H £285.00 12 DS12H £425.00
1200 9 SS9 £270.00 18 DS18 £355.00 1200 8 SS8H £325.00 16 DS16H £475.00
1500 12 SS12 £295.00 24 DS24 £395.00 1500 10 SS10H £355.00 20 DS20H £540.00
Bench Seats & Coat Rails

›› Benches have timber slats with four radiused
corners which have been sanded, sealed & polished
›› Coat rails are pre-drilled ready for wall mounting CR12
Benches Coat Rails

Length mm 400H x 300W mm 70 x 20mm Timber
900 B36 £125.00 CR6 £50.00
1200 B48 £135.00 CR9 £55.00
1500 B60 £145.00 CR12 £60.00
Shoe Baskets
›› Strong wire mesh
baskets manufactured
›› Available to suit all
lengths of bench
›› Bespoke units available
- call for details
No of
Model Price B60
Sections
1 SB1 £100.00
5 SB5 £115.00
SB1, SB5 & SB10
10 SB10 £125.00
49

Lockers, Cupboards
Garment Rails & Cloakroom
Garment Rails s
manufactured
FROM ONLY 3 YR
GUARANTEE
£189.45
80kg
evenly
distributed
GSG26Y
GSG16Z
›› Epoxy powder coated black
›› Welded tubular steel construction
›› Mobile models are mounted on 4 x 50mm
PVC swivel castors
Single Bar Double Bar
Overall Size Static Mobile Overall Size Static Mobile
L x W x H mm Model Price Model Price L x W x H mm Model Price Model Price
1200 x 490 x 1800 GSG14Z £189.45 GSG14Y £198.00 1200 x 490 x 1800 GSG24Z £215.05 GSG24Y £223.85
1800 x 490 x 1800 GSG16Z £207.75 GSG16Y £216.70 1800 x 490 x 1800 GSG26Z £236.70 GSG26Y £241.95
Nesting Frame Garment Rail Heavy Duty Garment Rail

›› Welded tubular
steel construction
›› Mobile on 125mm
rubber castors
manufactured
3 YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
2 x GSG36N
3YR
GUARANTEE
GSG44R
›› ‘Z’ frame rails constructed from welded tubular steel
›› Mobile on 50mm PVC castors
Overall Size Rail Overall Size Rail Handle
L x W x H mm Height mm L x W x H mm Height mm Height mm
1220 x 490 x 1800 1770 GSG34N £227.85 1200 x 500 x 1930 1920 1030 GSG44R £484.70
1800 x 490 x 1800 1770 GSG36N £246.35 1800 x 500 x 1930 1920 1030 GSG46R £520.60
50

Coat Stands Premium Coat Racks
CSW17Z
CSW15Z CSW18Z &

CSW16Z CSW14Z CSW19Z
Overall Size Overall Size

Description Model Price Description Model Price
L x W x H mm W x D x H mm
6 Coat Hooks 450 x 450 x 1760 CSW15Z £104.10 Single Sided Coat Rack - 19 Coat Hooks 1000 x 410 x 1700 CSW17Z £410.25
Umbrella Stand 260 x 260 x 460 CSW16Z £30.65 Double Sided Coat Rack - 38 Coat Hooks 1000 x 600 x 1700 CSW18Z £598.80
6 Coat Hangers & Umbrella Holder 380 x 380 x 1750 CSW14Z £145.75 Set of 4 wheels - Suits both units - CSW19Z £55.15
Hat/Shoe Racks Coat Racks

FROM ONLY
›› Can be used as a hat or shoe rack
£21.45
CSW20Z CRW11Z
CSW21Z
NEW
CSW20Z & CRW13Z
CSW21Z
FROM ONLY
£116.35 CRW12Z
CRW15Z
Overall Size
L x W x H mm
Overall Size Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks 600 x 65 x 130 CRW11Z £21.45
L x W x H mm Coat Rack - 4 Coat Hooks 360 x 60 x 52 CRW12Z £36.20
Oak/Aluminium - c/w 3 Hooks 1000 x 245 x 190 CSW20Z £116.35 Coat Rack - 5 Coat Hooks 480 x 120 x 130 CRW13Z £50.25
Aluminium/Aluminium - c/w 3 Hooks 1000 x 245 x 190 CSW21Z £116.35 Coat Rack - 6 Coat Hooks & Hat Shelf 800 x 300 x 240 CRW15Z £79.60
51

Small Parts Storage & Containers
Corrugated Cardboard Storage Bins
›› Manufactured from fully recyclable cardboard
›› Economical storage solutions
›› Supplied flat packed for easy assembly
›› Extensive range of sizes available, all ex-stock
K-Bins are supplied in flat form, saving

valuable space prior to use. They are self-locking &
assembled in seconds. All bin dimensions shown
are external measurements, designed to fit
metric & imperial shelf sizes to maximise the use of
available space.
H
manufactured i Information
D MATCH YOUR
D SHELF DEPTHS
W
RANGE A - PACKS OF 50
ALL 100MM HIGH
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 50
50 A1505 £21.90 H
75 A1507 £23.90
Depth: 150mm 100 A1510 £26.90

150 A1515 £28.80
W
D
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 50
50 A2005 £29.90
75 A2007 £30.90
Depth: 200mm 100 A2010 £28.30
RANGE B - PACKS OF 25
150 A2015 £34.50
200 A2020 £38.30
ALL 200MM HIGH
A3010
BESTSELLER Width
mm
Model
Price
per pk 50
Width
Model
Price
mm per pk 25
£29.50 50 A3005 £30.90 150 B3015 £43.70
75 A3007 £31.90 200 B3020 £46.30
100 A3010 £29.50 300 B3030 £49.40
150 A3015 £34.70
Depth: 300mm
Width Price
200 A3020 £37.50 Model
mm per pk 25
Depth: 300mm
250 A3025 £41.90 150 B4015 £46.20
200 B4020 £46.80
Width Price
Model 250 B4025 £47.60
mm per pk 50
100 A4010 £36.70 300 B4030 £50.50
Depth: 400mm
150 A4015 £39.40
Depth: 400mm Width Price
200 A4020 £43.70 Model
mm per pk 25
150 B4515 £47.60
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 50 200 B4520 £48.90
100 A4510 £41.30 250 B4525 £49.90
150 A4515 £43.20 300 B4530 £51.80
Depth: 450mm
200 A4520 £46.30 Depth: 450mm
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 25
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 50 200 B5020 £50.00
100 A5010 £46.30 250 B5025 £51.40
Depth: 500mm 150 A5015 £46.80 300 B5030 £52.70

Depth: 500mm
200 A5020 £50.50
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 25
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 50 150 B6015 £50.00
100 A6010 £50.50 200 B6020 £51.30
150 A6015 £52.70 250 B6025 £53.70
Depth: 600mm
Depth: 600mm 200 A6020 £54.40 300 B6030 £55.50
052 - GPC.indd 1 05/01/2021 20:37:38

Storage Bins/Trays & Modular Trays
›› Polypropylene bins & trays
›› Easy access open fronts
›› Sturdy profiled design allows
stacking whenever needed
›› Perfect for handling small parts
›› Ideal for carousel systems
›› Accessories available to suit;
dividers, labels & flaps
›› 0.2L to 33L capacity
for all types of parts
i Information
IDEAL FOR YOUR

SMALL PARTS
STORAGE NEEDS
External Size
Description Colour Options Model Price
H x W x D mm
9067.000.624
Storage 80 x 94 x 300 Blue 4533.760.624 £4.75
Tray 80 x 94 x 400 Blue 4532.760.624 £6.55
Divider for 94mm wide Storage Trays 4535.760.624 £0.89
80 x 188 x 300 Blue 4531.760.624 £7.03
Storage
80 x 188 x 400 Blue 4530.760.624 £8.63
Tray
80 x 188 x 500 Blue 4536.760.624 £8.63
100 x 115 x 300 Blue 9101.760.624 £5.37
Storage 100 x 115 x 400 Blue 9111.760.624 £8.16

Tray 100 x 115 x 500 Blue 9121.760.624 £9.90
100 x 115 x 600 Blue 9131.760.624 £10.40
9101.760.624
100 x 230 x 300 Blue 9103.760.624 £8.00
Storage 100 x 230 x 400 Blue 9113.760.624 £9.88

Tray 100 x 230 x 500 Blue 9123.760.624 £11.62
100 x 230 x 600 Blue 9133.760.624 £13.70
45 x 105 x 96 Blue 9076.000.624 £3.82
75 x 105 x 170 Blue 9075.000.624 £4.16
Storage 130 x 148 x 250 Blue, Yellow, Red 9074.005 £6.48

Bin 150 x 206 x 350 Blue, Yellow, Red 9073.005 £12.36
200 x 310 x 500 Blue 9071.000.624 £22.10
250 x 310 x 500 Blue 9072.000.624 £27.98
150 x 230 x 300 Blue 9067.000.624 £8.59
Modular 150 x 230 x 400 Blue 9068.000.624 £14.02
Storage
Bin 150 x 230 x 500 Blue 9069.005.624 £16.24
150 x 230 x 600 Blue 9070.000.624 £21.05
Widthway Divider for 230mm wide Modular Storage Bins 9067.300.504 £3.84
Maxi Bins
›› All bins have slots for labels/barcodes
›› Available in; Red, Green, Blue & Yellow Size 0721012
please specify when ordering Size 0723730
Size 0721012 is available in Size 0721322
Green, Blue or Red only
Size 0724145
Overall Size Load Volume Pack To fit Pack

Model Price Divider Model Price
H x W x D mm Cap. kg Litres Size Bin: Size
Maxi Bins Dividers
60 x 100 x 125 2.3 0.4 12 0721012 £16.40 1332 12 07250010 £14.20
85 x 100 x 175 4.5 0.75 12 0721017 £28.90 Side - Side 1830 6 07250011 £10.45
125 x 135 x 225 9 2.1 12 0721322 £59.50 1845 6 07250011 £10.45
145 x 185 x 300 13 4.25 6 0721830 £56.05 1830 12 07250020 £32.95
145 x 185 x 450 13 7.2 6 0721845 £72.15 1845 12 07250021 £55.60
Front - Back
145 x 370 x 300 18 10 6 0723730 £99.55 3730 12 07250020 £32.95
215 x 410 x 450 27 21 6 0724145 £147.05 4145 6 07250022 £33.85
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge

53
053 - GPC.indd 2 05/01/2021 20:39:52

Shelf Bins
›› Available in four widths & depths & two heights ›› Open front for easy viewing of contents
›› Bin stop available to prevent removal ›› Optimised for shelving - NO WASTED SPACE
›› Environmentally friendly recyclable bins ›› Label holder for improved logistics
›› Colour: Blue ›› Anti-static bins available - please ask for details
Shelf Bin
Bin Stop
Showing Open Front

& Dividers
Extra Re-inforced
Bottom
i Information
CALL FOR
MORE DETAILS
Curved Dividers Facilitate Selection
To Fill the Whole Overall Size Price Per Pack

Bin use a Divider Model
H x W x D mm each Quantity Price
95 x 90 x 300 3009 £1.83 40 £73.20
95 x 120 x 300 3012 £2.04 30 £61.20
95 x 180 x 300 3018 £2.67 20 £53.40
95 x 240 x 300 3024 £2.88 15 £43.20
Overall Size Price Per Pack

Model
H x W x D mm each Quantity Price
95 x 90 x 400 4009 £2.33 40 £93.20
95 x 120 x 400 4012 £2.71 30 £81.30
Labelling 95 x 180 x 400 4018 £3.17 20 £63.40
95 x 240 x 400 4024 £3.75 15 £56.25
150 x 240 x 400 4024/15 £5.46 10 £54.60
Labels (with holder) only available in packs of 100
Model: LABSTD Overall Size
Model
Price Per Pack
Price: £13.88 per pack H x W x D mm each Quantity Price
95 x 90 x 500 5009 £2.83 40 £113.20
Accessories 95 x 120 x 500 5012 £3.21 30 £96.30

95 x 180 x 500 5018 £3.67 20 £73.40
Description Model 95 x 240 x 500 5024 £4.63 15 £69.45
H x W mm each Quantity Price
150 x 240 x 500 5024/15 £6.46 10 £64.60
Bin Stop 40 x 80 508 £0.25 50 £12.50
95 x 90 P09 £0.25 50 £12.50 Per Pack
Overall Size Price
Model
95 x 120 P12 £0.29 50 £14.50 H x W x D mm each Quantity Price
Divider 95 x 180 P18 £0.55 25 £13.75 95 x 120 x 600 6012 £3.88 30 £116.40
95 x 240 P24 £0.58 25 £14.50 95 x 240 x 600 6024 £5.04 15 £75.60
150 x 240 P24-15 £0.75 10 £7.50 150 x 240 x 600 6024/15 £7.58 10 £75.80
03 - Small Parts Storage & Containers - GPC Pages.indb 3 30/12/2020 08:57:21

LP3
Eco Bins Small Parts Storage & Containers
Eco Bins
›› Stackable parts bins for use on panels, shelves or stacking
LP1
110
111
112
114
115

Colours Model
W x D x H mm each Quantity Price
Eco Bins
109 x 100 x 53 Red, Blue, Green Eco110 £0.54 40 £21.60
Galvanised Backplates
500 x 500 - EcoLP1 £11.42 - -
1000 x 500 - EcoLP2 £21.04 - -
500 x 1000 - EcoLP3 £21.04 - - LP2
Supra Bins
›› Large heavy duty bin with a strong heavy duty
reinforced base, sides and stacking rim
›› Resistant to most industrial solvents designed
so that they can stack one on top of each other
›› Open front design allows clear access to
contents and all bins have space on
the front for labelling
›› Bins sit flush on top of each other
and a stopper prevents the stacked
bins from shifting forward
i Information
CREATE YOUR OWN

STRONG & STABLE
FREESTANDING
STORAGE SYSTEM
FBSUP8 BLUE &

FBSUP8 DIV x 2
FBSUP8 RECY
Overall Size
Description Model Price each FBSUP8 BLUE x 15
H x W x D mm
Supra Bin Black 300 x 425 x 600 FBSUP8 RECY £9.70
Supra Bin Blue 300 x 425 x 600 FBSUP8 BLUE £10.79
Supra Bin Divider FBSUP8 DIV £1.54

55
055 - GPC.indd 4 05/01/2021 17:02:57

XSTORE Bin
›› Versatile stacking & nesting containers
›› Ideal for industrial or domestic use
›› Large picking space when stacked
›› This range is manufactured from 100%
reprocessed polypropylene. Formed
from recycled sources, it does not
reduce the quality of mechanical
properties of the containers
manufactured
i Information
IDEAL
PICKING WALL
FUNCTIONALITY
20 x XSTORE Grey
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Black
Grey
XSTORE Black
Price Price Price

Overall Size Pack Cap.
Model per pack per pack per pack
H x W x D mm Qty L
1 to 9 off 10 to 19 off 20+ off
320 x 490 x 390 5 50 XSTORE £53.57 £50.00 £47.82
Louvre Panel Wall Kits

›› Wall fixed units make for efficient container storage & product access
›› These units come complete with containers
manufactured
›› Containers now come inclusive with ID Label Card
ECOWALLKIT 24
ECOWALLKIT 32
Panel Size Price

Containers Model
H x W mm Each
438 x 914 32 XL2 ECOWALLKIT 32 £76.39
641 x 914 24 XL3 ECOWALLKIT 24 £93.37
56 Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge + Pricing Support Available On Large Volume Requirements – Quotation On Request
056 - GPC.indd 5 05/01/2021 20:41:03

XL7 Small Parts Storage & Containers
Econotainers
FROM ONLY
XL7
›› Our Econotainer range is manufactured from
100% reprocessed polypropylene. Formed from £0.60 each
recycled sources, it does not reduce the quality
of mechanical properties of the containers. As
these are made from recycled materials, there
may be a difference in the shade of grey supplied
›› The design incorporates a sturdy base
& sides with reinforced front & rims
›› Safe stacking with instant access to contents
›› Compatible for use with XL6
louvre panels,
XL5
shelving,
trolleys &
benches
›› Containers now
come inclusive
with ID Label
Card
XL4
XL3
XL2
XL1
XL5
XL3
XL7
XL1
XL2 XL4 XL6
DISCOUNTS AVAILABLE FOR VOLUME ORDERS

Price Price Price
Overall Size Pack Cap.
Model per pack per pack per pack
H x W x D mm Qty Litres
1 to 9 off 10 to 19 off 20+ off
50 x 100 x 90 20 0.46 XL1 £15.71 £13.43 £12.00

i Information
75 x 100 x 165 20 1.27 XL2 £20.86 £18.00 £15.71
manufactured
125 x 150 x 240 10 4.6 XL3 £23.57 £20.00 £17.71 100% RECYCLED
125 x 200 x 355 10 9.1 XL4 £28.71 £25.57 £24.14 POLYPROPYLENE
175 x 200 x 355 10 12.8 XL5 £44.14 £33.14 £28.71
180 x 420 x 370 5 28.3 XL6 £41.43 £31.36 £27.14
200 x 310 x 520 5 31.4 XL7 £51.21 £35.86 £33.29
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge + Pricing Support Available On Large Volume Requirements – Quotation On Request
57
057 - GPC.indd 6 05/01/2021 20:41:55

Polypropylene Bins
manufactured
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Silver/Grey W D
Blue
Orange
›› Manufactured from fully recyclable RANGE TPA

strong twinwall fluted polypropylene ALL 100MM HIGH
›› Wipe clean surfaces (inside & out)
›› Oil, grease & moisture resistant Width Price
Model
›› Resistant to most chemicals mm per pk 25
›› Supplied flat packed for easy assembly Depth: 150mm 75 TPA1507 £24.40
›› Long shelf life Width Price

Model
›› 4 colour options available: red (RD), silver/grey (SG) mm per pk 25
blue (BE) or orange (OE) - please specify when ordering 100 TPA2010 £28.30
please add the following letters to the code to 150 TPA2015 £30.90
indicate the colour(s) required: Depth: 200mm 200 TPA2020 £33.10
Red: RD Silver/Grey: SG Blue:BE Orange: OE
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 25
100 TPA3010 £28.80
150 TPA3015 £31.90
Depth: 300mm 200 TPA3020 £34.50
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 25
100 TPA4010 £35.60
150 TPA4015 £38.30
Depth: 400mm 200 TPA4020 £41.90
Width Price
Model
mm per pk 25
100 TPA4510 £35.60
150 TPA4515 £38.30
Depth: 450mm 200 TPA4520 £41.90
Front Panel Self -adhesive labels - pack of 100

WxH Price
Fits Model
mm per pk 100
41 x 66 TPA Bins up to 100mm wide FPL1X100 £2.20
41 x 127 TPA Bins over 100mm wide FPL2X100 £3.00
058 - GPC.indd 7 05/01/2021 20:42:34

‘Magna’ Bin Racks

›› These units come complete with polypropylene bins
›› Incorporates a unique magnetic strip at the top
of the unit which is ideal for storing your tools
›› Bin size: small - 75H x 100W x 165D mm
large - 130H x 150W x 235D mm
›› GIL07Z: pre-drilled holes for wall
fixing (fixings not included)
›› Subject to availability
GIL07Z
No of Bin Overall Size Weight

Model Price GIL16Z
Bins Quantity H x W x D mm kg
7 4 Small & 3 Large 405 x 540 x 260 4 GIL07Z £31.50
Bin Trolleys
›› Robust light grey frame with tough galvanised louvred panels
›› Complete with ergonomic plastic handle
›› Mobile on 4 swivel castors (2 braked)
Bin Sizes
Bin 1 - 76H x 106W x 136D
Bin 2 - 76H x 106W x 187D
Bin 3 - 127H x 140W x 274D
Bin 4 - 179H x 210W x 375D
Bin Trolley
Side View
Bins Included Overall Size
Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 H x W mm
Trolley without Bins - - - - 1425 x 930 BTA01Z £529.05
Trolley with Bins - 96 48 - 1425 x 930 BTB02Y £816.40 BTC03Y
Trolley with Bins 32 48 24 16 1425 x 930 BTC03Y £853.45
Bin Racks
›› Robust light grey frame with
tough galvanised louvred panels
›› Single or double sided racks
Bin Sizes
Bin 1 - 76H x 106W x 136D
Bin 2 - 76H x 106W x 187D
Bin 3 - 127H x 140W x 274D
Bin 4 - 179H x 210W x 375D
Bin 5 - 254H x 280W x 457D
i Information
COMPLETE WITH
POLYPROPYLENE
BINS
BRSS09Z BRSS05Z BRSS01Z
Bins Included Overall Size Starter Extension

Description
Bin 1 Bin 2 Bin 3 Bin 4 Bin 5 H x W mm Model Price Model Price
Single Sided 16 24 12 8 6 1920 x 930 BRSS01Z £602.80 BRSE02Z £489.00
Double Sided 32 48 24 16 12 1920 x 930 BRDS03Z £989.35 BRDE04Z £896.40
Single Sided - 32 24 16 - 1920 x 930 BRSS05Z £613.90 BRSE06Z £500.10
Double Sided - 64 48 32 - 1920 x 930 BRDS07Z £1011.60 BRDE08Z £918.60
Single Sided 24 24 24 12 - 1920 x 930 BRSS09Z £596.40 BRSE10Z £482.50
Double Sided 48 48 48 24 - 1920 x 930 BRDS11Z £976.50 BRDE12Z £883.55
59

High Density Storage Cabinets
›› Freestanding storage units for use in workshop, stores & many other applications
›› A compact storage system, uses a floor area of only 0,25 m2
›› Robust construction: steel frame holding polypropylene bins
›› Backstops prevent the drawers from being pulled out of the frame
›› Steel frame in light grey RAL7035
›› Adjustable feet
›› Load capacity: 240kg
(with castors 150kg)
i Information
ROBUST &
SPACE SAVING
2440-4840
ESD protected
versions - please
see below
Outer Size Bin Bin Model ESD Version - Black Bins Divider Pack
Cabinet Price
H x W x D mm Quantity Type Red Blue Grey Model Price Model Price
24 4020 2440-5 2440-6 2440-3 £471.95 2440-ESD £700.36 D-20 £8.61
870 x 605 x 410
48 4010 4840-5 4840-6 4840-3 £522.29 4840-ESD £831.02 D-10 £4.61
Castor Set Set of 4 Castors (2 with Brake) PS-LH £108.93 PS-LHESD £155.86 - -
Shelf Bins - Coloured & ESD Versions

›› Comprehensive range with depths of 300, 400, 500 & 600 mm
›› Specifically designed for standard metric shelving, automated storage systems & “kanban” trolleys
›› Smooth vertical sides allow maximum use of valuable shelf space.
›› Full width label with protective shield is included with the bin
›› Corrugated base for ease of picking items
›› Polypropylene withstands the effects of most oils, acids & solvents
›› Coloured bins of polypropylene (PP), temperature tolerance of -20 to +80°C.
Outer Size Model Price ESD Version - Black Bins Divider Price
Bin Pack Model
H x W x D mm Red Blue Grey per pack Model Price per pack Pack per pack
82 x 92 x 300 3010-5 3010-6 3010-3 £117.00 3010-ESD £212.40
82 x 92 x 400 30 4010-5 4010-6 4010-3 £139.50 4010-ESD £232.20 10 D-10 £4.61
82 x 92 x 500 5010-5 5010-6 5010-3 £180.60 5010-ESD £304.20
100 x 132 x 300 30 3015-5 3015-6 3015-3 £160.80 - -
100 x 132 x 400 4015-5 4015-6 4015-3 £129.60 4015-ESD £211.40

20 10 D-15 £6.30
100 x 132 x 500 5015-5 5015-6 5015-3 £154.40 5015-ESD £258.60
100 x 132 x 600 15 6015-5 6015-6 6015-3 £134.70 6015-ESD £228.75
82 x 186 x 300 3020-5 3020-6 3020-3 £89.55 3020-ESD £145.35
82 x 186 x 400 4020-5 4020-6 4020-3 £100.95 4020-ESD £160.95

15 10 D-20 £8.61
82 x 186 x 500 5020-5 5020-6 5020-3 £123.30 5020-ESD £206.40
82 x 186 x 600 6020-5 6020-6 6020-3 £136.65 6020-ESD £237.90
60

Bin Cabinets
›› Can be wall
hung, stood
on a worktop
or used with
space-saving
turntables
›› Comprises
steel frame,
shelf bins,
labels &
backstops
›› Compact & robust
Model ESD Version - Black Bins Divider Pack

Outer Size Bin
Cabinet Type Price
H x W x D mm Quantity
Clear Red Blue Grey Model Price Model Price
8 0830-1 0830-5 0830-6 0830-3 £99.62 0830-ESD £173.46 D-20 £8.61
Series 300 395 x 400 x 300
16 1630-1 1630-5 1630-6 1630-3 £110.88 1630-ESD £202.83 D-10 £4.61
8 0840-1 0840-5 0840-6 0840-3 £109.94 0840-ESD £217.51 D-20 £8.61
Series 400 395 x 400 x 400
16 1640-1 1640-5 1640-6 1640-3 £146.98 1640-ESD £258.74 D-10 £4.61
Turntable Assemblies
›› Easy assembly without tools
›› Compact storage systems for service,
workshop, production & storage
areas etc
›› Space saving & practical
›› Assemblies offer storage for up to
1,792 different items
›› This unit holds 16 bin cabinets of
series 300 or 400 in four layers,
which are ordered separately,
see above
›› Special offer kits include base
unit, 8 x 8 drawer units &
8 x 16 drawer units
please specify colours when ordering
i Information
OFFERS STORAGE
OF UP TO 1792
SEPARATE ITEMS
D16-300 KIT
Overall Size Load For cabinets
H x W x D mm capacity (ordered separately)
Model Price £2146.14
1680 x 700 x 700 800 kg 0830/1630 D16-300 £520.06 D16-400 KIT
1680 x 800 x 800 800 kg 0840/1640 D16-400 £564.13 £2576.53
61

Visible Storage Cabinets
6 7
2 3 4 5
1
8 9 10 11
›› A comprehensive range of
visible storage cabinets
›› Available in two cabinet
heights 290 & 550mm
›› Strong polypropylene
frame, dark grey, RAL7016
›› Galvanised steel shelves
›› Crystal clear polystyrene
drawers
›› Price includes frame,
drawers & self-adhesive
labels 12 13 14
›› Cross & length dividers
Frame Size Clear Drawers

No Model Price
H x W x D mmw Quantity Type
1 60 pcs DL-00 D550-3
2 48 pcs DL-01 D551-3
3 24 pcs DL-04 D554-3
4 550 x 310 x 180 12 pcs DL-07 D557-3 £66.30
5 24 pcs DL-02 D552-3
6 8 pcs DL-06 D556-3
7 24 pcs, 6 pcs & 2 pcs DL-01, DL-04 & DL-06 D550C-3
8 30 pcs DL-00 D290-3
9 24 pcs DL-01 D291-3
10 12 pcs DL-02 D292-3
11 290 x 310 x 180 12 pcs DL-04 D294-3 £37.16
12 4 pcs DL-06 D296-3

13 6 pcs DL-07 D297-3
14 12 pcs, 3 pcs & 1 pcs DL-01, DL-04 & DL-06 D290C-3
Extra/Replacement Clear Drawers Cross Dividers Length Dividers

Outer dims Price per Pack Model Price per Pack Model Price per
Model
H x W x D mm drawer drawer each pack pieces pack pack
37 x 55 x 175 DL-00 £0.89 DV-00 £2.00 - - -
37 x 69 x 175 DL-01 £1.04 DV-01 £2.00
DV-012 £4.00
37 x 138 x 175 DL-02 £1.97 DV-02 £2.50
10
59 x 92 x 175 DL-04 £1.67 DV-04 £2.50 10
DV-0456 £4.60
59 x 277 x 175 DL-06 £3.97 DV-06 £6.60
81 x 138 x 175 DL-07 £2.73 DV-07 £4.80 DV-078 £5.80
62

ESD Protective Storage Systems
›› To complement ESD protected work environments
›› Steel frames have a semi conductive ESD powder coat finish grey
›› Shelf bins are made of semi conductive polypropylene
›› Dividers available please contact for more details
291-4ESD
Frame Size
Bins Model Price
H x W x D mm
294-4ESD
24 pcs 291-4ESD £87.28
290 x 310 x 180
12 pcs 294-4ESD £79.26
Turntable Assemblies
›› Easy assembly without tools
›› Compact storage systems for service,
workshop, production & storage
areas etc
›› Space saving & practical
›› This unit holds 16 bin cabinets
which are ordered separately
›› Steel frame in grey RAL7016
›› Special offer kits include base
unit, 4 x 12 drawer units, 4 x 24 drawer
units & 4 x 48 drawer units
Standard Version
Model Price
1730 x 500 x 500 400 kg D551-3, D554-3 & D557-3 12-550 £251.25
ESD Version
Model Price
Standard Version ESD Version
1730 x 500 x 500 400 kg D551-3, D554-3 & D557-3 12-550 ESD £296.79 12-550 KIT 12-550 ESD KIT
£997.89 £1812.99
63

Compartment Storage Boxes

Locating
›› Clear compartment boxes for storage of your Holes
components in a workshop, production or service area FROM ONLY
›› 4 locating holes on the back of each unit
allows them to be hung on the wall
£17.70
MSB64Z MSB44Z MSB24Z MSB12Z MSB06Z

Drawer Size Overall Size Weight
Description Drawers Model Price
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
6 Compartment Drawers 6 Large 0.9 MSB06Z £17.70

235 x 265 x 160
12 Compartment Drawers 8 Small & 4 Large Small 1 MSB12Z £18.60
38 x 45 x 130
24 Compartment Drawers 24 Large 2.6 MSB24Z £40.35
Large
44 Compartment Drawers 32 Small & 12 Large 53 x 107 x 130 390 x 500 x 160 2.8 MSB44Z £43.20
64 Compartment Drawers 64 Small 3.2 MSB64Z £44.75
Double Sided Bin Trolley Bin Rack

›› Mobile on 4 swivel castors, 2 with brakes
›› This unit comes complete with 47
›› Length of the hanging strip: 840mm polypropylene bins; 32 small & 15 large:
Small Bins: 75H x 100W x 165D mm
›› Height between hanging strips: 130mm
Large Bins: 130H x 150W x 235D mm
›› Ideal when small parts storage is an
essential part of the day to day operations
GIL47Z
£189.70
GILR2Y with
additional bins
Supplied without small parts bins

which must be ordered as additional items GIL47Z
Overall Size Wt
Model Price No of Overall Size Weight
L x W x H mm kg Model Price
Bins H x W x D mm kg
940 x 500 x 1250 23 GILR2Y £150.00
47 1150 x 930 x 285 17 GIL47Z £189.70
64
064 - GPC.indd 13 05/01/2021 20:44:43

‘The Organiser’ Carry Case

›› Ideal for all your D.I.Y. needs: nuts, bolts, fuses, screws etc FROM ONLY
›› Complete with 18 individual removable containers £14.55
which have their own divider & belt clip
Individual MSC18H
containers complete
with dividers &
belt clip MSC18H
Overall Size Weight Price Price (each)
Model
H x W x D mm kg (each) 1+ Pack of 8
330 x 330 x 130 1.6 MSC18H £19.50 £14.55
Bin Trolley Bin Trolleys

›› This unit comes complete with polypropylene ›› These units come complete with polypropylene bins.
bins; 30 medium bins & 16 large bins GIL60Y comes with 24 small bins, 20 medium bins
›› Medium Bins: 100H x 120W x 175D mm & 16 large bins & the GIL90Y comes with
Large Bins: 120H x 150W x 240D mm 36 small bins, 30 medium bins & 24 large bins
›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked ›› Small Bins: 50H x 90W x 135D mm
Medium Bins: 100H x 120W x 175D mm
Large Bins: 120H x 150W x 240D mm
›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked
GIL46Y
£207.70
FROM ONLY
£215.60
i Information
GIL46Y
COMPLETE WITH
POLYPROPYLENE GIL60Y
BINS
No of Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Bins H x W x D mm kg
Model Price
Bins H x W x D mm kg 60 1120 x 660 x 570 20 GIL60Y £215.60
46 1120 x 660 x 560 20 GIL46Y £207.70 90 1320 x 660 x 570 28 GIL90Y £242.50
65

Small Parts Storage & Containers i Information
NEW
Steel Compartment Storage Boxes IDEAL FOR ALL YOUR
SMALL PARTS STORAGE
›› Fully welded steel construction
›› Slide Racks allow for easy storage
of the compartment boxes
8 12 16 20 21
Compartment Compartment Compartment Compartment Compartment
119-95
24 32
Compartment Compartment
Overall Size
307-95 310B-95
H x W x D mm
Overall Size
8 Compartments 51 x 338 x 235 213-95 £21.43 H x W x D mm
12 Compartments 51 x 338 x 235 211-95 £21.43 12 Compartments 76 x 457 x 305 115-95 £31.36
Adjustable Compartments 51 x 338 x 235 215-95 £24.29 32 Compartments 76 x 457 x 305 107-95 £31.36
4 Compartment Slide Rack 286 x 388 x 298 307-95 £120.00 Adjustable Compartments 76 x 457 x 305 119-95 £34.21
6 Compartment Slide Rack 416 x 388 x 298 308-95 £157.14 4 Compartment Slide Rack 76 x 457 x 305 310B-95 £157.14
Spool Carts & Wire Storage

›› Fully welded steel construction with lourved panel ends
›› Easily store & organise your spooled items & tools
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 130mm polyurethane castors
MWSR8-LP-95
NEW
384-95
383-95 368-95
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Mobile Spool Cart 1175 x 460 x 825 MWSR8-LP-95 £957.14
Hook on Bins (pk of 25) 76 x 101 x 127 PB30210-21 £78.57
Hook on Metal Tray 101 x 460 DSH-184-95 £35.71
Wire Spool Rack - 1 Rod 355 x 663 x 147 383-95 £92.86
Wire Spool Rack - 2 Rods 546 x 663 x 147 384-95 £82.86
MWSR8-LP-95, Wire Spool Rack - 4 Rods 927 x 663 x 147 368-95 £111.43
4 x DSH-184-95 &
66 PB30210-21

‘Pigeon Hole’ Storage Mobile Work Station
›› Fully welded steel construction ›› Fully welded steel construction
›› Specially designed for heavy duty use ›› Non-slip rubber tray mat
›› Modular design: allows cabinets to be ›› 2 x 40 compartments back to back
stacked for added storage capacity - A total of 80 compartments
664 - 95
364 (BBC-12)
with 1 x 363 (72B)
Overall Size Weight

H x W x D mm kg Overall Size Weight
Base Unit 150 x 865 x 305 6 364 (BBC-12) £85.71 H x W x D mm kg
40 Compartments 610 x 865 x 305 23 359 (40B) £207.14 Mobile Work

810 x 610 x 610 52 664 - 95 £785.71
72 Compartments 1067 x 865 x 305 37 363 (72B) £321.43 Station
Drawer Cabinets
›› Fully welded steel construction
›› Each drawer is supplied with 2 plastic dividers
›› Modular design: allows cabinets to be stacked
for added storage capacity
Shelving & Storage
005 (18D) & 007 (24D)
Overall Size Weight

H x W x D mm kg
Base Unit 150 x 865 x 305 6 364 (BBC-12) £85.71
3 Level
298 x 857 x 305 24 005 (18D) £228.57
Drawer Cabinet
4 Level 364 (BBC-12)

431 x 857 x 305 32 007 (24D) £271.43
Drawer Cabinet with 4 x 007 (24D)
67

Viewbins ›› Store stock in a flexible, dust free environment
›› High visibility, quality & density system
›› Bins tilt forward for access & are easily removable
›› One width with various heights & depths
›› Incorporates keyhole slots for easy wall mounting
›› Viewbins come complete with locking bars
ViewBin 9
ViewBin 6 ViewBin 5
i Information
PERFECT FOR VAN

ViewBin 4
STORAGE WHEN
USED WITH THE
LOCKING BARS
ViewBin 3
Overall Size
W x D x H mm
ViewBin 9 600 x 68 x 76 VB9 £11.17
ViewBin 6 600 x 94 x 112 VB6 £13.50
ViewBin 5 600 x 135 x 164 VB5 £19.67
ViewBin 4 600 x 177 x 206 VB4 £26.25
ViewBin 3 600 x 214 x 240 VB3 £31.67
Shelf Units
›› Complete with robust bins
›› Loading per shelf: 60kg UDL
›› Bin sizes: SSU 112
129H x 160W x 250D mm
›› Bin sizes: SSU 114
167H x 220W x 355D mm
BIN COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
Green
i Information
COMPLETE
WITH
ROBUST BINS
SSU 114
Overall Size
Contents Model Price
W x D x H mm
1000 x 300 x 2000 45 x Eco Bins 112 SSU 112 £161.21 SSU 112
1000 x 300 x 2000 36 x Eco Bins 114 SSU 114 £195.58

Bin Racks
GIL24Z
›› These units come with
polypropylene bins with
these sizes;
Small - 75H x 100W x 165D mm
Medium - 100H x 95W x 280D mm
Large - 130H x 150W x 235D mm
GIL15Z
GIL26Z
No of Bin Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Bins Quantity H x W x D mm kg
15 15 Small 405 x 540 x 255 5 GIL15Z £33.50
24 24 Medium 600 x 790 x 300 9 GIL24Z £53.50
Small Parts Shelving

›› Using the handle/stop allows the tray to be withdrawn & suspended
from the shelf which offers around 90% clear picking. It
also acts as a handle to enable the trays to be carried
›› All the below are starter bays. Extensions are available - call for details
ASUA13 ASUB13 ASUD13 ASUF13 ASUG13
ASUE13
Dividers Handles/Stops Shelving with Shelf Trays
N.B. the dividers do not come complete with
the white card as illustrated in the above images Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Shelf Trays 2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘A’, 12 x ‘B’ & 12 x ‘C’ Trays ASUA13 £613.15
Overall Size 2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘A’ Trays ASUB13 £671.55
H x W x D mm
2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘B’ Trays ASUC13 £564.95
90 x 117 x 300 Tray ‘A’ ASTA01 £4.55*
2000 x 1000 x 300 Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘C’ Trays ASUD13 £560.05
90 x 234 x 300 Tray ‘B’ ASTB02 £6.70*
2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘A’, 16 x ‘B’ & 20 x ‘C’ Trays ASUE13 £896.25
140 x 234 x 300 Tray ‘C’ ASTC03 £8.55*
2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘A’ Trays ASUF13 £1117.20
90 x 117 x 400 Tray ‘D’ ASTD04 £5.80*
2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘B’ Trays ASUG13 £917.20
90 x 234 x 400 Tray ‘E’ ASTE05 £8.55*
2000 x 1000 x 300 Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘C’ Trays ASUH13 £775.75
140 x 234 x 400 Tray ‘F’ ASTF06 £10.50*
2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘D’, 12 x ‘E’ & 12 x ‘F’ Trays ASUA14 £732.25
90 x 117 x 500 Tray ‘G’ ASTG07 £6.55*
2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘D’ Trays ASUB14 £804.85
90 x 234 x 500 Tray ‘H’ ASTH08 £10.15*
2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘E’ Trays ASUC14 £676.50
140 x 234 x 500 Tray ‘I’ ASTI09 £13.35*
2000 x 1000 x 400 Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘F’ Trays ASUD14 £664.75
Dividers 2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘D’, 16 x ‘E’ & 20 x ‘F’ Trays ASUE14 £1072.45
Overall Size 2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘D’ Trays ASUF14 £1343.40
Model Price
H x W mm
2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘E’ Trays ASUG14 £1102.70
90 x 117 ASTD109 £0.85*
2000 x 1000 x 400 Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘F’ Trays ASUH14 £921.75
90 x 234 ASTD209 £1.10*
2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 16 x ‘G’, 12 x ‘H’ & 12 x ‘I’ Trays ASUA15 £842.10
140 x 234 ASTD214 £1.55*
2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 64 x ‘G’ Trays ASUB15 £899.85
Handles/Stops 2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘H’ Trays ASUC15 £771.45
Size 2000 x 1000 x 500 Part Height Unit - c/w 28 x ‘I’ Trays ASUD15 £784.15
Model Price
Width mm
2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 32 x ‘G’, 16 x ‘H’ & 20 x ‘I’ Trays ASUE15 £1235.50
117 ASTH117 £2.15*
2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 120 x ‘G’ Trays ASUF15 £1502.10
234 ASTH234 £3.05*
2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 60 x ‘H’ Trays ASUG15 £1261.45
*price applicable when ordering with the Shelf Units.
2000 x 1000 x 500 Full Height Unit - c/w 44 x ‘I’ Trays ASUH15 £1094.00
Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
69

Steel Bins & Racks
›› Heavy duty parts storage
›› Constructed from welded steel with bin retainers
›› Counter units have a 1.6mm galvanised steel top
›› Bin units can be stored 3 or 4 wide
N.B. Steel Bins are sold as separate items
GCU335 Counter
Unit with 9 x SB005
manufactured
GRH635 Rack Unit

with 18 x SB005
Counter Units Rack Units

Overall Size Max Weight Suitable Overall Size Max Weight Suitable
H x D x W mm Load kg kg for Bin H x D x W mm Load kg kg for Bin
850 x 305 x 1040 24 12 x SB001 GCU431 £465.35 1620 x 305 x 1040 38 24 x SB001 GRH831 £619.55
850 x 455 x 1040 400 26 12 x SB002 GCU432 £555.25 1620 x 455 x 1040 600 46 24 x SB002 GRH832 £750.05
Stackable Steel Bins

Bin Racks
›› Spot welded
›› Fully welded construction from
galvanised steel
construction
N.B. Steel Bins
›› Units incorporate:
›› Rear half lift handle
are sold as
›› Front handle support bar
separate items
›› Card holder
›› Re-inforced rim
›› Stacking runners
›› Semi-open fronted
steel bins for easy
viewing & instant
access to the contents
2 x SBH12 with
manufactured 24 x SB002 Overall Size
Model Price
H x D x W mm
150 x 305 x 305 SB001 £35.90*
Overall Size Weight Suitable Horizontal
Price 150 x 455 x 305 SB002 £42.95*
H x D x W mm kg for Bin Model
640 x 305 x 1350 15 12 x SB001 SBH11 £303.50 150 x 610 x 305 SB003 £51.00*
640 x 455 x 1350 21 12 x SB002 SBH12 £349.40 200 x 305 x 305 SB004 £43.70*
640 x 610 x 1350 27 12 x SB003 SBH13 £395.10 200 x 455 x 305 SB005 £52.00*
790 x 305 x 1350 25 12 x SB004 SBH14 £325.15 200 x 610 x 305 SB006 £61.20*
790 x 455 x 1350 31 12 x SB005 SBH15 £371.30 *prices applicable when ordering
manufactured with Racks. Order charges will
790 x 610 x 1350 37 12 x SB006 SBH16 £416.85
apply if ordered on their own.
70

Small
1
Parts Storage & Containers
Tote Pans & Racks 1
1 - STACKING RACK SYSTEM

›› Can be stacked up to 3 high, storing pans 4 wide
›› Horizontal or tilted shelves for ease of component viewing
2 - HIGH DENSITY RACK SYSTEM

›› Allows for the most economical use of available space
›› Stacking up to 2 racks high, storing 4 pans wide
›› Safety stops allow access without the full withdrawal of pans
3 - TILTED RACK SYSTEM

›› Welded construction with pan retainers
›› With tilted shelves for component viewing
4 - HORIZONTAL RACK SYSTEM

›› As the Tilted Rack System except with
manufactured
horizontal shelves for component viewing
GALVANISED TOTE PANS

›› These are the classic pan for storage & work in progress
›› Strong construction of galvanised steel with half-lift
handles, card holders, re-inforced rim & stacking brackets
›› Ideal for bulk storage & item picking 2 x GST13
& 22 x GTP03
›› Load Capacity: 25kg each
No of Overall Weight Suitable Horizontal Tilted

2 3 Price
Pans High H x D x W mm kg For Pan Model Model
Stacking Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks
640 x 305 x 1350 15 12xGTP01 GSH01 GST11 £288.50
3 Pans 640 x 455 x 1350 21 12xGTP02 GSH02 GST12 £332.70
640 x 610 x 1350 27 12xGTP03 GSH03 GST13 £375.85
High Density Rack System - Horizontal shelves only
900 x 305 x 1350 25 20xGTP01 GDR01 - £488.50
5 Pans 900 x 455 x 1350 35 20xGTP02 GDR02 - £567.30
900 x 610 x 1350 45 20xGTP03 GDR03 - £650.40
Horizontal/Tilted Rack System - Increase the height by 100mm for Tilted Racks
GDR03 & 20 x GTP03 GRT13 &
22 x GTP03 1230 x 305 x 1350 30 24xGTP01 GRH01 GRT11 £501.85
6 Pans 1230 x 455 x 1350 42 24xGTP02 GRH02 GRT12 £589.55
1230 x 610 x 1350 54 24xGTP03 GRH03 GRT13 £683.80
4 1620 x 305 x 1350 40 32xGTP01 GRH04 GRT14 £664.30
8 Pans 1620 x 455 x 1350 56 32xGTP02 GRH05 GRT15 £787.75
1620 x 610 x 1350 72 32xGTP03 GRH06 GRT16 £903.45
Galvanised Tote Pans
150 x 305 x 305 GTP01 £28.25*
150 x 455 x 305 GTP02 £34.90*
150 x 610 x 305 GTP03 £42.60*
- - -
150 x 305 x 255 GTP11 £28.25*
150 x 455 x 255 GTP12 £34.90*
GRH03 150 x 610 x 225 GTP13 £42.60*

& 24 GTP03 5 x GTP03 *prices applicable when ordering with the Rack Systems.
All racks & trolleys are supplied without tote pans which must be ordered as additional items
Tote Pan Trolley Container Trolley

›› For use with tote ›› Fitted with 4 x 100 mm swivel
pans in transporting non-marking grey rubber castors
spare parts etc. ›› 30 containers included:
›› Framework painted ›› 12 Red: 300 x 150 x 100
blue with 3 galvanised ›› 18 Blue: 300 x 100 x 100
sheet shelves
›› Mobile on 2 fixed &
2 swivel 125mm
castors
3YR
N.B. Tote pans to be
ordered as additional
items GUARANTEE
manufactured
300kg
evenly
distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GTT51R & 200kg
evenly
7 x GTP03 distributed
Overall Size Weight

Wheels Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
CT230Y
1040 x 455 Nylon GTT21N £618.70
x 980 Rubber GTT31R £658.70
60 Overall Size Weight
Model Price
1040 x 610 Nylon GTT41N £668.60 L x W x H mm kg
x 980 Rubber GTT51R £708.90 700 x 350 x 1140 21 CT230Y £557.20
71

Maxi Nest Perforated Containers
›› From field or food manufacturer to retail point
of sale Maxi Nest protects, maintains &
promotes hygiene for fresh & frozen foods
›› Securely stack on bale-arms & nest with arms pushed back
›› Nests by up to 76% with bale arms pushed back
›› All models inter stack
9632002646
9635002646
9994002546
External Size Internal Size Volume

Description Colour Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Litres
Perforated Tray with Bale Arms Blue 600 x 400 x 106 552 x 352 x 80 16 9635002646 £13.03
Bread Baskets with Bale Arms Grey 762 x 508 x 216 697 x 463 x 190 65 9994002546 £23.35
Bread Baskets with Bale Arms Blue 788 x 617 x 190 723 x 569 x 165 68 97960016A6 £25.70
‘Prelog’ Folding Containers Confectionery Trays

›› Fold flat for maximising vehicle capacity & ›› High quality food grade trays
reducing your storage space when empty ›› Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow
›› Ventilated sides & base ensure good air flow for fresh produce & minimise water retention
for fresh produce & minimise water retention ›› Constructed from tough polypropylene
›› Constructed from tough polypropylene
9742.001
i Information
OPERATIONAL
9741.001
FROM
-20°C TO +80°C
External Size Internal Size Volume Weight
Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Litres kg
Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Litres kg 762 x 457 x 92 715 x 412 x 72 22 1.4 9743.001 £17.47
600 x 400 x 190 566 x 366 x 176 36 1.9 3212.750 £21.98 762 x 457 x 123 715 x 412 x 103 32 1.8 9742.001 £18.89
600 x 400 x 235 566 x 366 x 221 47 2.1 3211.750 £22.14 762 x 457 x 176 715 x 412 x 156 48 2.1 9741.001 £23.33
072 - GPC.indd 21 05/01/2021 20:46:38

Clear Containers
›› Manufactured from transparent polypropylene
›› Perfect for transport, order picking & storage
›› Food safe & suitable for use in
o o
temperature ranges from -20 c to 90 c
›› Minimum order quantity of 3 containers
HINGED LID
COLOURS
5YR FROM ONLY

Blue
Red
Yellow
Clear
GUARANTEE
£13.50
Plain Stack Rail Hinged Lid

Container Container Container
External Minimum Plain Container Stack Rail Container Hinged Lid Container
External Size Volume Load
Base Size Order
L x W x H mm L Cap. kg Model Price Model Price Model Price
L x W mm Quantity
410 x 300 x 240 318 x 240 17 20 3 - - - - THL413024 £22.25
400 x 300 x 223 318 x 240 18 20 3 TPC403022 £13.50 TSR403022 £16.00 - -
610 x 400 x 240 505 x 335 36 30 3 - - - - THL614024 £30.20
600 x 400 x 223 505 x 335 37 30 3 TPC604022 £20.10 TSR604022 £24.00 - -
610 x 400 x 340 505 x 335 54 35 3 - - - - THL614034 £34.95

600 x 400 x 323 505 x 335 55 30 3 TPC603032 £25.60 TSR603032 £29.50 - -
Hygienic Uni Boxes™

›› Material: food approved HD-polyethylene
›› Smooth surface, hygienic
FROM ONLY
£17.84
7904.750
PD064S
7903.750
External Size Internal Size Weight Volume Price

Colour Type Model
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg Litres (each)
400 x 300 x 165 358 x 258 x 160 1 14 Blue/Red Solid 7903.750 £17.84
600 x 400 x 145 537 x 358 x 140 1.9 24 Blue/Red/White Solid 7904.750 £28.42
400 x 300 - 0.7 - Grey Lid 6410.820.502 £11.41
600 x 400 - 0.9 0.9 Grey Lid 7905.822 £17.47
Dolly to suit 1 x 600W by 400Dmm or 2 x 400W by 300D Containers PD064S £76.85
Lower Value Orders May Incur a Handling Charge 73
073 - GPC.indd 22 05/01/2021 20:47:22

View & Pick Stacking Containers
›› Each container is supplied with a label card
›› Integral label holder on all four sides
›› Ergonomically designed open hand grips
Label Cards / ›› Minimum order quantity of
Holders 3 containers on some sizes
Suits Pack
Model Price
FROM ONLY Insertable Container Size
Window Insertable Window
£12.35 400 x 300 x 220 10 IW403022/10 £49.20
400 x 300 x 270 10 IW403027/10 £52.40
600 x 400 x 220 10 IW604022/10 £52.40
600 x 400 x 270 10 IW604027/10 £54.00
600 x 400 x 320 10 IW604032/10 £54.05
600 x 400 x 420 10 IW604042/10 £60.45
800 x 600 x 320 10 IW806032/10 £111.25
800 x 600 x 420 10 IW806042/10 £92.45
5YR
GUARANTEE Label Cards - 210 x 74 mm
Label Cards / Holders
50 LC275 £7.15
Label Holders - 209 x 67 mm 10 LHC261 £18.35
Minimum Colour: Blue Colour: Red

External Size Pick Opening Volume Load Stacking
Order
L x W x H mm W x H mm Litres Cap. kg Load kg Model Price Model Price
Quantity
400 x 300 x 220 212 x 106 20.8 20 200 3 XL2110B £12.35 XL2110R £13.50
400 x 300 x 270 212 x 131 25.6 20 200 3 XL2113B £14.00 XL2113R £15.05
600 x 400 x 220 274 x 106 44.3 15 250 3 XL2710B £18.20 XL2710R £19.45
600 x 400 x 270 274 x 131 54.5 15 250 3 XL2713B £21.20 XL2713R £22.55
600 x 400 x 320 274 x 156 64.8 20 250 3 XL2715B £21.20 XL2715R £22.15
600 x 400 x 420 274 x 206 85.3 20 250 3 XL2720B £25.95 XL2720R £28.90
800 x 600 x 320 459 x 153 132 60 500 - XL4515B £59.75 - -
800 x 600 x 420 459 x 203 174 60 500 - XL4520B £64.30 - -
800 x 600 x 520 459 x 253 217 60 500 - XL4525B £69.40 - -
FROM ONLY Container Pick Walls
£492.10 ›› Create a storage & picking area

without the need for shelving
›› Quick & easy to create picking areas
›› Ideal for NEW products & great sellers
›› More sizes & options available - call for details
›› Opening is on the front (width) of the container
5YR
GUARANTEE
i Information
OTHER SIZES
AVAILABLE
PW6442-600W
PW6842-800W CALL FOR DETAILS
Capacity Litres Overall Size - per Container Overall Size - per Wall Container Picking Walls
Description
per Container L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Model Price
16 Containers - 4 x 600W & 4 x 415H 82.5 600 x 400 x 415 2400 x 400 x 1640 PW6442-600W £492.10
12 Containers - 3 x 600W & 4 x 420H 174 600 x 800 x 420 1800 x 800 x 1640 PW6842-600W £719.05
12 Containers - 3 x 800W & 4 x 420H 174 800 x 600 x 420 2400 x 600 x 1640 PW8642-800W £730.20
74

Stack Nest Containers
›› Work well with dollies, conveyors & other automated equipment
›› Stack when full, optimising space, & nest when
empty by turning the box 180 degress
Two Tone Stack

Nest Containers
PD064S
SN105105
SN110305
7907.820
4129.760.050 4128.760 7925.760
›› These stackable nesting containers are suitable for the distribution of goods in a wide variety of industries
›› The wide range of sizes & designs means the boxes can be tailored to the flow of goods in most situations
›› Boxes & lids available in multiple colours - please specify when ordering
›› Model 4129.760.050 is manufactured from recycled material
›› N.B: The Tellus & Two Tone Stack Nest Containers do not inter work with each other
External Size Internal Size
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm
Tellus Stack Nest Containers (This range doesn’t inter work with the Two Tone Stack Nest Containers)
Solid sides & base 400 x 300 x 220 300 x 245 x 215 Green (Blue available P.O.A) 7924.760 £17.88
Lid 400 x 300 - Grey 6410.820.502 £11.41
Solid sides & base 600 x 400 x 180 490 x 340 x 175 Green, Blue 4128.760 £24.65
Solid sides & base 600 x 400 x 220 490 x 340 x 215 Green (Blue available P.O.A) 7925.760 £26.57
Solid sides & base 600 x 400 x 270 490 x 340 x 265 Dark Grey Recycled 4129.760.050 £25.15
Plain Lid without Hooks 600 x 400 - Green, Grey 7907.820 £13.37
Two Tone Stack Nest Containers (This range doesn’t inter work with the Tellus Stack Nest Containers)
Perforated sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 200 457 x 338 x 177 Two Tone Dark Grey & Grey SN110301 £24.95
Solid sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 200 457 x 338 x 177 Two Tone Red & Grey SN110305 £23.31
Perforated sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 300 460 x 340 x 270 Two Tone Dark Grey & Grey SN105201 £28.89
Solid sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 300 460 x 340 x 270 Two Tone Red & Grey SN105105 £30.10
Solid sides & base - Two Tone 600 x 400 x 300 460 x 340 x 270 Two Tone Dark Grey & Grey SN105105AD £30.10
Container Dolly - Fits both above ranges
Suits 1 x 600 x 400
Container Dolly - Blue only PD064S £76.85
or 2 x 400 x 300
075 - GPC.indd 24 05/01/2021 20:48:06

Folding Euro Containers
›› Practical footprint (600 x 400) for use with euro pallets
›› Sides lock open with a simple push on the top of the handle
›› Open grip handle for your comfort
FROM ONLY
£31.25
FEC32ORWO
FEC32BLWO
FEC32ORLID
FEC32BLLID
4 x FEC32ORWO 4 x FEC32ORWO Folded
External Size Weight Stacking Volume Blue Folding Euro Container Orange Folding Euro Container
Description
L x W x H mm Cap. kg Cap. kg Litres Model Price Model Price
600 x 400 x 285 58 FEC28BLWO £31.25 FEC28ORWO £32.30

Without Lid
600 x 400 x 320 65 FEC32BLWO £34.80 FEC32ORWO £35.70
20 180
600 x 400 x 285 57 FEC28BLLID £38.10 FEC28ORLID £39.20
With Lid
600 x 400 x 320 64 FEC32BLLID £41.75 FEC32ORLID £42.70
Euro Containers - Integral Lids

›› Attached lids for added security
›› Tough polypropylene construction ES1C3004
›› Comfortable hand holes & smooth base
ES1C1004
ES0C2804
i Information
ATTACHED LIDS
FOR ADDED
SECURITY

Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Litres kg
400 x 300 x 129 355 x 255 x 105 10 1.21 ES0C1004 £23.74
400 x 300 x 186 355 x 255 x 164 15 1.43 ES1C2704 £26.16
400 x 300 x 246 355 x 255 x 220 20 1.68 ES1C2004 £27.47
400 x 300 x 330 355 x 255 x 300 30 2.18 ES1C3004 £33.41
600 x 400 x 161 555 x 355 x 139 28 2.11 ES0C2804 £33.41
600 x 400 x 246 555 x 355 x 220 45 3 ES1C4504 £52.22
600 x 400 x 291 555 x 355 x 265 54 3.33 ES1C5404 £56.26 ES0C8505
600 x 400 x 423 555 x 355 x 394 75 4.47 ES0C8505 £66.36
076 - GPC.indd 25 05/01/2021 20:49:09

Euro Containers
›› Available in capacities from 4 to 165 litres
›› Straight walls provide maximum volume
›› Modular sizes ensure optimum pallet use
›› Use many combinations of different size containers on one pallet
›› Suitable for distribution of goods in most industries
›› Conveyor compatible
i Information
MAXIMUM
VOLUME LOW
UNIT WEIGHT
8715.005 8701.005 5787.820

Colour Type Model
300 x 200 x 120 257 x 158 x 117 0.5 4 Grey Solid 8715.005 £11.09
400 x 300 x 120 365 x 265 x 115 0.7 9 Grey Solid 8701.005 £17.98
400 x 300 x 145 355 x 255 x 142 0.9 13 Grey Recycled Solid 6468.001.050 £12.69
400 x 300 x 145 355 x 255 x 142 0.9 13 Grey Solid 6468.001.502 £13.92
400 x 300 x 230 355 x 255 x 225 1.3 20 Grey Recycled Solid 6469.001.050 £16.81
400 x 300 x 230 355 x 255 x 225 1.3 20 Grey Solid 6469.001.502 £18.24
400 x 300 - 0.4 - Grey Lid 5787.820 £8.06
5786.820
8710.005 6479.760 6476.750

Colour Type Model
600 x 400 x 50 555 x 355 x 40 0.8 8 Grey Solid ES100804 £12.08

600 x 400 x 150 555 x 355 x 139 1.25 28 Grey Perforated Sides & Base ES200201 £19.90
600 x 400 x 175 556 x 356 x 162 1.6 32 Grey Solid 8710.005 £26.20
600 x 400 x 175 556 x 356 x 162 1.8 34 Grey / Red Solid ES641704 £17.68
600 x 400 x 230 555 x 355 x 225 2.2 44 Grey Solid 6479.750 £30.97
600 x 400 x 230 555 x 355 x 225 2.2 44 Dark Grey Recycled Solid 6479.760 £27.58
600 x 400 x 280 555 x 355 x 275 2.7 55 Grey Solid 6476.750 £36.26
600 x 400 x 300 560 x 350 x 285 3.1 56 Grey Solid - Sliding Panel Long Side 2366.857.502 £41.92
600 x 400 x 300 560 x 350 x 285 3.1 56 Grey Solid - Sliding Panel Short Side 2366.851.502 £41.92
600 x 400 x 320 555 x 336 x 306 2.6 59 Grey Solid 8712.005.502 £35.25
600 x 400 - 0.4 - Grey Lid 5786.820 £13.11
6488.005 6491.750 6440.750 6440.820

Colour Type Model
800 x 400 x 200 760 x 360 x 196 2.7 54 Grey Flat Base 6488.005 £51.94
800 x 600 x 235 755 x 555 x 205 3.8 87 Grey Flat Base ES210905 £55.05
800 x 600 x 300 750 x 550 x 290 4.5 123 Grey Flat Base 6491.750 £80.53
800 x 600 x 415 750 x 550 x 400 7.2 165 Grey Re-inforced Base 6440.750 £90.36
800 x 600 - 1.8 - Grey Lid 6440.820 £34.99
1000 x 400 x 214 947 x 350 x 198 4 63 Grey Solid 8716.005.502 £49.88

77
077 - GPC.indd 26 05/01/2021 20:49:43

Economy Attached Lid Containers
›› Up to 75% height saving when nested
›› Designed for both automated & manual handling
›› Lids are equipped with ribs which
hold stacked containers securely
›› Integrated lid accepts strapping
& security seals
›› Attached lids allow maximum volume & load
capacity whilst saving space during transportation
2 x AT643604
AT642604 AT643104 Nested
Closed Open
External Size Internal Size Capacity
Colour Model Price
400 x 300 x 222 338 x 254 x 197 18 Blue Container & Lid AT432204 £19.07
710 x 460 x 368 (without drainholes) 597 x 374 x 330 80 Green Container & Lid AT10A804 £33.92
710 x 460 x 368 (with drainholes) 597 x 374 x 330 80 Green Container & Lid AT10A829 £33.92
Security Seals - Bag of 1000 - OTKS0104AA £129.84

Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm x or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers Blue PD064S £76.85
N.B. ECONOMY & PREMIUM CONTAINERS WILL NOT INTER WORK TOGETHER
Premium Attached Lid Containers

›› Wholesale & industrial applications
›› Integrated lid accepts
strapping & security seals
›› The step design enables nearly vertical walls.
This maximises volume & load capacity &
saves space during transportation

Colour Model Price
400 x 300 x 250 328 x 237 x 235 21 1325.850 £22.73
400 x 300 x 300 327 x 235 x 285 25 1325.851 £23.13
600 x 400 x 250 529 x 344 x 235 46 Blue Container 1310.851 £37.92
600 x 400 x 300 527 x 342 x 285 55 & Lid 1311.851 £38.30
600 x 400 x 350 526 x 341 x 335 64 1329.850 £45.13
600 x 400 x 400 526 x 341 x 385 73 1330.850 £46.44

Dolly to Suit 1 x 600W x 400D mm x or 2 x 400W x 300D Containers Blue PD064S £76.85
078 - GPC.indd 27 05/01/2021 20:50:22

Attached Lid Containers
›› Up to 75% height saving when nested
›› Integrated lid accepts
strapping & security seals
›› Attached lids allow maximum volume & load
capacity whilst saving space during transportation
LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
FROM ONLY
Yellow
Blue £21.76
Green
Red

Colour Model Price
600 x 400 x 310 527 x 351 x 290 56 Black with Coloured Lid LH604031HS £21.76
600 x 400 x 365 521 x 346 x 345 65 Black with Coloured Lid LH604036HS £23.56
600 x 400 x 365 552 x 370 x 330 65 All Black LH6040R6AB £31.41
1000 x 575 x 540 900 x 500 x 400 190 All Grey LH105754HB £124.24
Distribution Pallets
›› 100% plastic - lightweight & durable
›› Maximum load up to 5000kg
›› Constant quality & dimensional conformity
›› Suitable for use in the food industry
›› Our light duty pallets are ideal for retail & export
›› Our heavy duty pallets are the best choice where
heavy loads & high bay racking are required
MAN30204
6101.751.093
1855.508.093 5591.510.093
Overall Size Weight Static Load Dynamic Load Racked Load

L x W x H mm kg Capacity kg Capacity kg Capacity kg
800 x 600 x 145 3.7 500 250 - 6101.751.093 £31.20
Light Duty Pallet
1200 x 800 x 130 5 2500 1000 - 5591.510.093 £36.94
with Lip
1200 x 1000 x 155 6.5 2500 1000 - 1855.508.093 £36.31
Heavy Duty Pallet 1200 x 1000 x 165 23.5 5000 1500 1200 MAN30004 £182.54
Heavy Duty Pallet with Lip 1200 x 1000 x 165 23.5 5000 1500 1200 MAN30204 £182.54
079 - GPC.indd 28 05/01/2021 20:51:16

GEO Boxes
›› Manufactured in high density polyethylene
›› 450kg load per container/4.5 tonnes per stack of 10
›› Smooth internal & external walls for ease of cleaning
›› Designed to be used with forklifts,
pump trucks & automatic systems
9503010801 9503002801
FROM ONLY
£161.98 9530001801
Capacity External Size Internal Size

Base Type Description Model Price
Litres L x W x H mm L x W x H mm
2 Runner Base Solid 260 1000 x 600 x 662 929 x 544 x 519 9530000801 £166.76
6 Feet Base Solid 260 1000 x 600 x 662 929 x 544 x 519 9530001801 £161.98
2 Runner Base Ventilated 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503002801 £255.40
6 Feet Base Ventilated 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503004801 £234.21
3 Runner Base Ventilated 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503010801 £238.10
2 Runner Base Solid 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503006801 £281.27
6 Feet Base Solid 543 1200 x 1000 x 750 1110 x 910 x 545 9503009801 £272.14
Lid to Suit - - 1200 x 1000 x 50 - 8819004906 £71.43
XL Containers with Fork Entry Shoes

›› Each container is supplied with a label card
›› Ergonomically designed open hand grips
Insertable
Window
5YR
FROM ONLY
GUARANTEE
£82.25
External Size Pick Opening Volume Load Container Insertable Window (pk of 10)
L x W x H mm W x H mm Litres Cap. kg Model Price Model Price
Short Side Pick Opening
800 x 600 x 320 459 x 153 132 200 XLS4515 £82.25 XLW4515/10 £111.25
800 x 600 x 420 459 x 203 174 200 XLS4520 £88.75 XLW4520/10 £92.45
800 x 600 x 520 459 x 253 217 200 XLS4525 £95.05 XLW4525/10 £110.50
Long Side Pick Opening
800 x 600 x 320 459 x 153 132 200 XLL4515 £84.80 XLW4515/10 £111.25
800 x 600 x 420 459 x 203 174 200 XLL4520 £88.75 XLW4520/10 £92.45
800 x 600 x 520 459 x 253 217 200 XLL4525 £97.60 XLW4525/10 £110.50
080 - GPC.indd 29 05/01/2021 20:52:08

Big Box
›› Manufactured in high density polyethylene
›› Securely stacks loads of up to 4500Kg - 9 full units
›› Smooth internal & external walls for ease of cleaning
›› 4 way entry for fork & pump trucks
›› Drain taps & plugs are available & all
components are easily replaceable
›› Boxes & lids available in grey only
›› Ideal for heavy duty applications
i Information
OPERATIONAL
FROM -40° TO +80°
4410.820.502
i Information
UNIT LOAD
CAPACITY 500KG
External Size Internal Size

Description Feet & Door Fittings Model Price
Solid sides & base 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 4 Feet 4403.100.554 £320.06
Solid sides & base 1200 x 800 x 790 1110 x 710 x 610 3 Skids 4403.300.554 £360.72
Solid sides & base 1200 x 800 x 915 1110 x 710 x 610 4 Wheels 4403.105.554 £500.00
Solid sides & base with drop down door 1200 x 800 x 760 1110 x 710 x 610 4 Feet 4403.150.554 £350.00
Lid to suit 1200 x 800 Box 1200 x 800 - - 4409.820.502 £61.52
Solid sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 4 Feet 4429.100.502 £274.72
Solid sides & base with drop down door 1200 x 1000 x 760 1110 x 910 x 610 4 Feet 4401.150.554 £362.05
Solid sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610 3 Skids 4429.300.502 £346.26
Perforated sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 790 1110 x 910 x 610 3 Skids 4429.600.502 £274.72
Solid sides & base 1200 x 1000 x 915 1110 x 910 x 610 4 Wheels 4429.105.502 £472.22
Lid to suit 1200 x 1000 Box 1200 x 1000 - - 4410.820.502 £68.91
Magnum Optimum
›› Easy to fold & erect. Folded Height: 325mm
›› Lighter, more durable, offers more shipping
& useable volume. Achieves a highest
possible folding ratio & fulfills quality
standards of all current European
regulations for FOC’s
›› When empty, it folds to around one third
of its erected size, saving valuable space in
storage or return transport. Each side is
numbered in the sequence they fold.
Open
Folded
External Size Volume Weight

L x W x H mm Litres kg
Magnum - 2 Slide Access Doors 1200 x 800 x 950 620 55 2330.456 £409.97
Lid to suit 1200 x 800 - 7 2336.820 £51.03
Magnum - 2 Drop Access Doors 1200 x 1000 x 975 847 49 2549.461.502 £412.70
Lid To Suit. Colour: Black 1200 x 1000 - 7 2326.820 £47.60

81
081 - GPC.indd 30 05/01/2021 20:52:41

Hazardous Storage & Security Cages
Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards
EXCEPT
manufactured FLOOR CHESTS
FROM ONLY
£152.85
i Information
THESE CABINETS
CAN HELP YOU
COMPLY WITH
COSHH
REGULATIONS,
DEPENDING ON
YOUR RISK
ASSESSMENT
›› Manufactured from 0.7mm steel body & 0.9mm steel doors Overall Size No of No of
Model Price
›› These units enable separate storage of hazardous substances H x W x D mm Shelves Doors
›› “No Snag” handles with 2 point locking mechanism Floor Cupboards
›› Adjustable spill retaining shelves for superior spill management 700 x 350 x 300 1 Single EFC01Z £152.85
700 x 900 x 460 1 Double EFC03Z £210.70
›› Integral liquid tight sump encourages the correct handling of
900 x 460 x 460 1 Single EFC02Z £179.85
spills (except wall mounted cupboards)
900 x 900 x 460 1 Double EFC05Z £230.60
›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting (fixings not included)
1200 x 900 x 460 2 Double EFC06Z £290.85
›› Floor chests have an integrated welded sump, angled lid to
1800 x 900 x 460 3 Double EFC08Z £342.15
discourage article placement & a hasp & staple
1800 x 1200 x 460 3 Double EFC16Z £403.10
lock - padlock not supplied
Mobile Cupboards
›› Stands raise cupboards by 543mm 840 x 900 x 460 1 Double EMC01Z £335.55
with an adjustable foot for uneven surfaces
1040 x 900 x 460 1 Double EMC02Z £365.55
Wall Cupboards
570 x 850 x 255 1 Double EWC01Z £199.80
Floor Chests
510 x 610 x 340 - - EFC18Z £248.75
610 x 1170 x 460 - - EFC19Z £388.65
To Fit
Model Price
W x D mm
Extra Shelves
350 x 300 EES01Z £21.75
460 x 460 EES02Z £27.20
900 x 460 EES08Z £35.35
1200 x 460 EES16Z £40.80
Stands (543mm high)
350 x 300 ESS01Z £78.00
460 x 460 ESS02Z £81.55
EFC18Z
ESS02Z 900 x 460 ESS08Z £91.05
82
04 - Hazardous Storage & Security Cages - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:03:22

Heavy Duty Hazardous Substance Storage Cupboards
›› Manufactured from 0.9mm sheet
steel with formed & welded seams
›› Supplied with removable
galvanised sump tray & shelves
›› Doors are fitted with vertical
reinforcement panels to
prevent distortion
›› Produced with return flange
around doors & joints to
prevent the passage of flame
›› Fitted with security locks & two keys
›› Shelves can be used as flush
shelves or as a tray & are
adjustable to 75mm centres
›› Locks & handles are all metal to
eliminate melting under fire attack
›› Powder coated yellow
HSC05Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
HSC08Z
i Information
THESE CABINETS CAN

HELP YOU COMPLY
WITH COSHH
REGULATIONS,
DEPENDING ON YOUR
HSC02Z RISK ASSESSMENT
HSC03Z
Overall Size No of Weight

Doors Model Price
H x W x D mm Shelves kg
915 x 458 x 483 1 Single 27 HSC02Z £356.60
610 x 610 x 306 1 Double 18 HSC03Z £369.25
915 x 915 x 483 2 Double 50 HSC05Z £493.00
1830 x 915 x 483 3 Double 83 HSC08Z £828.40
83

Heavy Duty Hazardous Cabinets GENERAL SPECIFICATION FOR THE

CABINETS SHOWN ON THESE TWO PAGES
›› Designed to comply with Flammable Liquid
Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate &
Health & Safety Guidance notes HSG51 & CS19
›› Comply with Factory Inspectorate Certificate
of Approval No. 1 Parts 3 & 4
›› Manufactured from 1.2mm sheet steel for extra
strength & improved protection from fire penetration
›› A robustly constructed range of cabinets
providing safe storage for flammable liquids
›› Base of each unit is fitted with a large capacity
removable sump to contain any spillage
›› All formed welded seams
›› Doors are fitted with
FROM ONLY vertical reinforcement
panels to prevent
£419.45 distortion
›› Produced with return
flange around doors &
joints to prevent the
passage of flame
›› Fitted with all metal
security locks &
two keys
›› Adjustable galvanised
shelves to 75mm
centres. Shelves are
also reversible which
allows them to be
used as a tray
›› Floor stands are
available for the five
smallest sizes, raising
the units by 450 mm
HEAVY DUTY CABINETS

Made from 1.2mm sheet steel
FSC Range
i Information
THESE CABINETS
CAN HELP YOU
COMPLY WITH
3YR
COSHH
REGULATIONS,
DEPENDING ON GUARANTEE
YOUR RISK manufactured

ASSESSMENT
Highly Flammable Storage

Cabinets - FSC Range
›› Powder coated Yellow
›› Supplied with appropriate labels to BS5378 standard
›› For pricing details please see opposite page
General Storage Cabinets

- GSC Range
GSC Range
›› Powder coated grey
›› Supplied complete with general purpose labelling
›› For pricing details please see opposite page
84

3YR
GUARANTEE
PSC Range manufactured
i Information
HEAVY DUTY
ASC Range
CABINETS
Made from 1.2mm
sheet steel
SAFETY NOTE
Before storage of herbicides
Pesticide/Agrochemical Storage Cabinets - PSC Range
& petroleum based products
›› Powder coated red takes place the advice of the
›› For your safety the doors of the cabinets are fitted with louvre vents following should be sought
›› Supplied with the currently approved labels to BS5378 & EEC directive 92/58 for specific guidance.
›› All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page
›› Health & Safety Inspector
Acid Storage Cabinets - ASC Range ››Trading Standards Officers
›› Powder coated white which is impervious to most acids ›› Environmental Health Officers
›› Complete with acid warning label conforming to BS5499/1 & EEC directive 92/58 ›› Fire Officers
›› All other details are as per general specification shown on the previous page
Overall Size No of Shelf Depth Sump Weight Highly Flammable General Pesticide/Agrochemical Acid
Doors
H x W x D mm Shelves (as a tray) Capacity kg Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
*765 x 458 x 483 1 38mm 14 litres 1 25 FSC01Z £425.00 GSC01Z £419.45 PSC01Z £452.60 ASC01Z £452.60
1220 x 915 x 483 2 34mm 33 litres 2 65 FSC06Z £760.95 GSC06Z £755.60 PSC06Z £788.45 ASC06Z £788.45
*Floor stand (available for the 5 smallest sizes) FSC09Z £194.35 GSC09Z £194.35 PSC09Z £216.85 ASC09Z £216.85
85

CoSHH Cupboards CFC08Z

CFC16Z
FROM ONLY
£152.85 CFC03Z & CSS08Z
CFC06Z
CFC05Z
CFC02Z CFC01Z
manufactured
CFC18Z
Overall Size No of No of
Model Price
H x W x D mm Shelves Doors
It is vital that employers and employees comply with the
control of hazardous substances in all working environments. Floor Cupboards
This range of cupboards & cabinets enables the separate 700 x 350 x 300 1 Single CFC01Z £152.85
storage & transportation of hazardous substances as 700 x 900 x 460 1 Double CFC03Z £210.70
demanded by the CoSHH regulations. 900 x 460 x 460 1 Single CFC02Z £179.85
900 x 900 x 460 1 Double CFC05Z £230.60
1200 x 900 x 460 2 Double CFC06Z £290.85
›› Manufactured from 0.7mm steel
1800 x 900 x 460 3 Double CFC08Z £342.15
body & 0.9mm steel doors
1800 x 1200 x 460 3 Double CFC16Z £403.10
Mobile Cupboards
›› “No snag” handles with 2-point locking
840 x 900 x 460 1 Double CMC01Z £335.55
›› Adjustable spill-retaining galvanized shelves
1040 x 900 x 460 1 Double CMC02Z £365.55
for superior spill management*
Wall Cupboards
›› Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct 570 x 850 x 255 1 Double CWC01Z £199.80
handling of spills through the use of absorbents*
Floor Chests
›› Wall cupboards are pre-drilled for mounting 510 x 610 x 340 - - CFC18Z £248.75
(fixings not included). 610 x 1170 x 460 - - CFC19Z £388.65
›› Floor chests have a welded integrated sump, angled
lid to discourage article placement & a hasp To Fit
Model Price
W x D mm
& staple lock – padlock not supplied
Stands (543mm high)
›› Stands raise cupboards by 543mm with an
350 x 300 CSS01Z £78.00
adjustable foot for uneven surfaces
460 x 460 CSS02Z £81.55
*Except wall mounted cupboards
900 x 460 CSS08Z £91.05
86

Hazardous Substance & CoSHH Security Cupboards

FROM ONLY
£545.35
manufactured
It is vital that employers & employees comply with the

control of hazardous substances in all working environments.
This range of cupboards and cabinets enables the separate
storage of hazardous substances as demanded by the CoSHH
regulations. They are constructed from welded 1.5mm steel
for strength combined with a superior anti-pick locking
mechanism, to ensure security.
›› Welded all steel structure for extra strength
›› Seven lever safe lock for high security
›› New regulation labels enclosed to be fitted
by customer to suit regulations
›› Full length heavy duty hinges with concealed
fixings to prevent forced entry
›› Adjustable spill-retaining galvanised shelves
for superior spill management
›› Powder coated with Germ Guard Active
Technology anti-bacterial paint
›› Integral liquid-tight sump encourages the correct
handling of spills through the use of absorbents
Hazardous Substance Security Cupboards (Yellow) CoSHH Security Cupboards (Grey)

Overall Size No of Overall Size No of
H x W x D mm Shelves H x W x D mm Shelves
900 x 460 x 450 1 HSSC090445 £545.35 900 x 460 x 450 1 CSSC090445 £545.35
1200 x 900 x 450 2 HSSC120945 £759.65 1200 x 900 x 450 2 CSSC120945 £759.65
1200 x 1200 x 450 2 HSSC121245 £1159.30 1200 x 1200 x 450 2 CSSC121245 £1159.30
1800 x 900 x 450 3 HSSC180945 £1167.55 1800 x 900 x 450 3 CSSC180945 £1167.55
1800 x 1200 x 450 3 HSSC181245 £1427.15 1800 x 1200 x 450 3 CSSC181245 £1427.15
Extra Shelves Extra Shelves

To Fit W x D mm Model Price To Fit W x D mm Model Price
460 x 450 HSSC0445ES £31.90 460 x 450 CSSC0445ES £31.90
900 x 450 HSSC0945ES £49.15 900 x 450 CSSC0945ES £49.15
1200 x 450 HSSC1245ES £69.05 1200 x 450 CSSC1245ES £69.05
87

Safety Cabinets for Flammable Substances
10 YR
GUARANTEE
›› Exceed the requirements of HSG51, 2015 (HSE Storage

of Flammable Liquids in Containers, 3rd Edition)
›› Meets the requirements of HSG140, 2015 (HSE Safe
Use & Handling of Flammable Liquids, 2nd Edition)
›› 10 minute fire tested at up to 1,300°C (independent testing)
›› Internal temperature during fire test kept below the auto
ignition temperature of vast majority of flammable liquids
›› Can help justify storage of more volume of flammable
liquids than HSG51 would normally allow
›› Fully load tested
›› Self-closing models have fusible links ›› Concealed self-close mechanism – release
that close the doors at 74°C doors on self-closing models from any open
›› Dual wall construction with insulating air space position & the door will shut & latch
›› Fully welded construction with 1mm steel used throughout ›› Adjustable shelf positions on 76mm
›› 3 point heavy duty stainless bullet self-latching centres, each with 156kg UDL rating
doors – positive door closure without ›› Continuous piano hinges on doors
manual rotation to ensure latching ›› Shelves direct leaks to back & bottom of cabinet
›› Leak proof integrated sump & 2 air vents ›› Adjustable levelling feet
with flame arresters built-in ›› Built in grounding connector
Overall Size No of No of Sump Manual Close Doors Self Close Doors
Description
H x W x D mm Doors Shelves Capacity Model Price Model Price
Mini Cabinet 580 x 560 x 230 2L SCF001M £487.10 - -
Countertop Cabinet 580 x 560 x 460 6.5 L SCF002M £537.10 SCF011S £644.40
1
Compact 889 x 591 x 457 1 10 L SCF003M £732.40 SCF012S £792.55
Cabinet 1118 x 591 x 457 10 L SCF004M £832.40 SCF013S £901.70
Slimline Cabinet 1651 x 591 x 457 3 10 L SCF005M £1051.60 SCF014S £1103.25
Undercounter Cabinet 889 x 889 x 459 20 L SCF006M £960.00 SCF015S £1114.10
1
1118 x 1092 x 457 20 L SCF007M £1154.45 SCF016S £1125.20
Standard 1651 x 1092 x 457 2 20 L SCF008M £1425.15 SCF017S £1350.10

Cabinet 1651 x 864 x 864 2 31.5 L SCF009M £1481.15 SCF018S £1602.10
1651 x 1092 x 864 41 L SCF010M £1845.20 SCF019S £2087.80
88

Storage Vaults
›› Designed to comply with the Flammable Liquid FROM ONLY
Storage Regulations (1972) as appropriate &
the Factory Inspection Guide HSG51 £1693.30
›› Adjustable vent meets the requirements
of both flammable storage (vents closed) &
agrochemicals (vents open)
›› All welded units conforming to the
A.P.E.A. construction requirements
›› Provide a half hour protection from
collapse & the passage of flame
›› Multi-lockable for high security & fitted with
a lift up action lid assisted by gas struts
›› For extra protection & fork lifting the units
have skids on the base
›› Middle shelves pivot on models SSV01Z &
SSV02Z to enable larger items to be
stored on the base level
›› Model SSV03Z has a central partition & four
shelves - the two middle shelves fold away &
the two top shelves are made in 3 sections -
the back section is fixed in position & the
front two sections removable
›› All models have a liquid-tight base to
contain spillage
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to
unload these vaults
3YR
GUARANTEE
SSV02Z
manufactured
SSV01Z
SAFETY NOTE
Before storage of herbicides
& petroleum based products
takes place the advice of the
following should be sought
for specific guidance.
›› Health & Safety Inspector
››Trading Standards Officers
›› Environmental Health Officers
›› Fire Officers SSV03Z
Overall Size Liquid Tight Sealed Shelves Weight

Model Price
H x W x D mm Base Unit Capacity mm kg
2 x Shelves: Top: 690 x 400 fixed

1270 x 700 x 850 120 Litre 180 SSV01Z £1693.30
Middle: 690 x 400 pivots
2 x Shelves: Top: 1360 x 400 fixed

1270 x 1370 x 850 250 Litre 260 SSV02Z £2385.15
Middle: 1360 x 400 pivots
1270 x 2500 x 1080 550 Litre 4 x Shelves: 1220 x 500 460 SSV03Z £4250.60
89

Petroleum Storage Chests

›› Suitable for ‘CLASS A’ Storage (1986) & labelled in
accordance with the Petroleum Consolidation Act 1928,
conforming to BS5378 & E.C. Directive 92/58 EEC
›› Fully welded units designed & constructed
to comply with A.P.E.A requirements
›› Fitted with a hasp & staple to enable padlocking
›› Produced with a sloping roof to aid
protection against the weather
›› Each unit is fitted with
a removable sump
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size Weight Capacity

Model Price
H front/rear x W x D mm kg (Cubic Metres)
655/810 x 610 x 630 46 0.25 SSB09Z £731.80
SSB10Z 655/810 x 965 x 630 64 0.34 SSB10Z £909.75

655/810 x 1270 x 630 85 0.40 SSB11Z £1076.95
Storage Cabinet
›› Lockable handle on double doors
›› Clear space between shelves:
550 top & 540 bottom shelf
›› Two removable storage shelves of
25x25mm mesh (1115W x 520Dmm)
›› Designed to comply with the
Flammable Liquid Storage Regs.
(1972) as appropriate & the
Factory Inspection Guide HSG51
›› The adjustable vent meets the
requirements of both flammable
storage (vent closed) &
agrochemicals (vent open)
›› All welded unit conforming to the
A.P.E.A. construction requirements
›› The unit provides a half hour
protection from collapse
& the passage of flame
N.B - A Fork Lift will be

needed to unload this unit
SSC01Z
£1300.85
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size Base Unit Weight

Model Price
H x W x D mm Capacity kg
1535 x 1125 x 560 85 Litre 120 SSC01Z £1300.85 SSC01Z
90

Knock Down Gas Cylinder Cages
›› These units are supplied knock down
for easy access into your premises
›› Robust 25 x 25mm mesh panels easily bolt
together to create a strong & rigid frame.
These units also incorporate a galvanised roof
›› Complete with a locking facility
(padlock not supplied)
›› Easy to expand with additional panels
i Information
3YR
GUARANTEE
FULLY GALVANISED
VERSION AVAILABLE -
manufactured
CALL FOR DETAILS
GLC55Z
Supplied Knock Down
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed GLC55Z
Overall Size Weight
Includes Model Price
H x W x D mm kg
Knock Down Gas Cylinder Cages
1 x Back Panel, 2 x Side Panels, 1 x Door Panel & 1 x Roof Panel 2015 x 977 x 1042 81 GLC50Z £789.20
2 x Back Panels, 2 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels & 1 x Roof Panel 2015 x 1954 x 1042 125 GLC60Z £1193.65
2 x Back Panels, 4 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels & 1 x Roof Panel 2015 x 1954 x 2019 177 GLC70Z £1639.80
Knock Down Gas Cylinder Cages with Floor Grid Panel
1 x Back Panel, 2 x Side Panels, 1 x Door Panel, 1 x Roof Panel & 1 x Floor Grid Panel 2015 x 977 x 1042 99 GLC55Z £915.40
2 x Back Panels, 2 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels, 1 x Roof Panel & 1 x Floor Grid Panel 2015 x 1954 x 1042 161 GLC65Z £1446.05
2 x Back Panels, 4 x Side Panels, 2 x Door Panels, 1 x Roof Panel & 1 x Floor Grid Panel 2015 x 1954 x 2019 249 GLC75Z £2144.65
Lock Up Security Cage

›› Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh panels
& galvanised roof (supplied fully constructed)
›› Complete with a hasp & staple locking
facility (padlock not supplied)
›› Door fitted to right hand side
FROM ONLY
£1459.65
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Overall Size Weight
Model Price
H x W x D mm kg
1910 x 1580 x 1175 100 GLC12Z £1459.65
1910 x 2700 x 1175 150 GLC15Z £2090.25
1910 x 3160 x 1175 160 GLC18Z £2162.00
91

Galvanised Secure Stores
FROM ONLY
£3610.30
i Information
Manufactured in accordance
with PPG 26 regulations HAZARDOUS
as per the requirement of the
Environment Agency
STORES TO
MEET ALL YOUR
STORAGE NEEDS
›› Side & roof panels are manufactured from
0.6mm cold rolled corrugated galvanised steel
& for additional strength the unit has a
structural frame which is fitted at
each end & at the centre of the unit
›› The sump is manufactured from 2mm
structural grade galvanised steel & is fitted
with base plinths to keep the underside of
the units out of contact with the ground
›› The double doors, fitted with 3 upper &
3 lower vents in each door, are located on
one of the short sides of the unit & are secured
with a Kale mortis lock with cylinder (152R)
›› Complete with two sets of shelves (60kg shelf
U.D.L.) on each of the long sides of the unit
›› Fork lifting pockets are underneath the units
This unit will be delivered by an articulated vehicle, therefore please ensure that a vehicle of this size can access your premises before ordering and advise us accordingly.
You will require an appropriate size-capacity fork lift truck or Hiab unit to offload this item from the delivery vehicle. IMPORTANT: our standard delivery doesn’t include
any offloading due to insurance restrictions - if you require this service then please call for details. The unit must be positioned on a solid level surface, ideally concrete of
circa 150mm in depth and 100mm bigger overall than the unit. The purpose of this is to ensure the unit does not settle unevenly when placed in position.
External Size Internal Size Sump Capacity
Model Price
2184 x 2168 x 2198 2018 x 2080 x 1935 415 EMDL415 £3610.30
2184 x 2928 x 2198 2018 x 2840 x 1935 560 EMDL560 £4121.65
2184 x 3778 x 2198 2018 x 3690 x 1935 727 EMDL727 £4896.75
92
092 - GPC.indd 11 11/01/2021 11:51:28

Hazardous Material Stores
FROM ONLY
£2912.85
ECS2196
i Information
HAZARDOUS
with PPG 26 regulations
Environment Agency
STORES TO 20YR
STRUCTURAL
MEET ALL YOUR GUARANTEE

manufactured
STORAGE NEEDS
ECS0650 ECS1098
ECS0450 ECS1125
›› Base is manufactured from 3mm mild steel
›› Corner posts, main rails & cross members are rolled hollow section
›› The roof is pressed with suitable bracing & fully welded around the perimeter, while the back,
side & door panels are pressed from 2mm mild steel sheet & corrugated where required
›› Fitted with a single cam door gear which is secured with a padlock (not supplied)
›› Fully seam welded sump fitted with a removable galvanised grid mesh deck
›› High & low louvre vents complete with flame arrestor mesh as standard
›› Shot blasted before being painted (RAL 6029) for greater durability
Model 1 2 3 4 5
External Size: H x W x L mm 2658 x 2160 x 2160 2658 x 2440 x 3000 2350 x 800 x 2500 2445 x 1500 x 2930 2625 x 2440 x 5920
Sump Capacity: Litres 650 1098 450 1125 2196
Shelves: Shelving Units each side Shelving Units each side 2 Middle Shelves 2 Middle Shelves 3 sets of Double Shelves
of the door of the door
Type of Door: 775mm Wing Door 1250mm Wing Door Sliding Doors Sliding Doors 1250mm Wing Door
Model: ECS0650 ECS1098 ECS0450 ECS1125 ECS2196

Price £7490.15 £8407.35 £2912.85 £5835.90 £14,387.10
93
093 - GPC.indd 12 11/01/2021 11:53:40

Heavy Duty Metal Stackable Pallets ›› Available with
half drop gate
›› Stackable up
to 5 high
›› Load capacity:
1000kg
›› Hard, durable,
powder coated
finish
›› We recommend
that Heavy Duty
pallets are used
when stacking at
height as impact
forces in excess
of rated loads can
be experienced
COLOUR
OPTIONS
3YR
Red
Blue
specify when ordering GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size: Effective H x W x D mm Overall Size: Effective H x W x D mm Overall Size: Effective H x W x D mm

609 x 915 x 609 (Ground Clearance - 152mm) 609 x 915 x 915 (Ground Clearance - 152mm) 609 x 1220 x 915 (Ground Clearance - 152mm)
Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price

Post Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base)
27 PP02Z £206.75 38 PP03Z £252.35 47 PP04Z £288.55
Box Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides)
52 BP02Z £407.80 60 BP03Z £438.20 73 BP04Z £472.30
Box Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with a sheet Steel base & sides)
52 BP62ZH £449.85 60 BP63ZH £479.80 73 BP64ZH £519.90
Mesh Pallet (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides)
36 MP02Z £320.65 46 MP03Z £389.05 53 MP04Z £447.60
Mesh Pallet with 1/2 Drop Side (Manufactured from rolled Steel angle with 50 x 50 x 10 gauge Steel base & mesh sides)
36 MP62ZH £362.05 46 MP63ZH £430.80 53 MP64ZH £495.05
Security Cage with Solid Roof & Base ›› All welded unit constructed from steel
angle & 50 x 50mm weld mesh
›› Unit has a padlock facility (padlock not supplied)
›› Ideal for the security of both
hazardous & valuable materials
›› Blue powder coat finish
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload this unit
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
FROM ONLY
£638.20
i Information
IDEAL FOR SECURE

STORAGE OF BOTH
HAZARDOUS &
VALUABLE
MATERIALS
GLC40Z
Overall Size Internal Size No of Weight

Model Price
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm Doors kg
GLC40Z 1830 x 1180 x 1200 1710 x 1100 x 1140 2 75 GLC40Z £638.20
94

Security Cages
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly
distributed
FROM ONLY
£497.35
SCB01Z SCB06Z
SCB02Z
SCB05Z
Overall Size Internal Size No of Weight

›› All welded units constructed from H x W x D mm H x W x D mm Doors kg
Model Price
steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh 830 x 700 x 700 790 x 690 x 690 1 37 SCB01Z £497.35
›› Units have a padlock facility 830 x 1400 x 700 790 x 1380 x 690 2 52 SCB02Z £832.50
1630 x 700 x 700 1585 x 690 x 690 1 55 SCB03Z £883.45
›› Ideal for the security of both
1630 x 700 x 1000 1585 x 690 x 990 1 58 SCB06Z £987.65
hazardous & valuable materials
1630 x 1400 x 700 1585 x 1380 x 690 2 110 SCB04Z £1340.45
›› Blue powder coat finish
›› Optional hazardous chemical sign 1630 x 1400 x 1000 1585 x 1380 x 990 2 113 SCB07Z £1451.60
available - see page 97 for details 1630 x 2070 x 700 1585 x 2040 x 690 2 124 SCB05Z £1689.75
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units 1630 x 2070 x 1000 1585 x 2040 x 990 2 127 SCB08Z £1779.55
95

Security Cage with Lift Up Lid ›› Fully welded construction
›› Hinged lift up lid is assisted by gas struts
›› When the lid is shut the front doors will not open
leaving a completely secure & enclosed unit
›› Units have a hasp & staple padlock facility
(padlock not included)
›› Incorporates 2 fork lift pockets
›› Optional hazardous chemical sign available
- see page 97 for details
3YR
FROM ONLY
£1133.10 GUARANTEE
manufactured
GBC12Z
Overall Size Internal Weight

Model Price
H x W x D mm Height mm kg
GBC12Z
N.B. A Fork Lift will be 830 x 1260 x 1260 710 150 GBC12Z £1133.10
needed to unload these units 1250 x 1860 x 1260 1130 180 GBC18Z £1445.85
Knock Down Security Cages

›› This unit is supplied knock down for easy access
into your premises. Manufactured from
50 x 50mm mesh panels & galvanised roof
›› Complete with a hasp & staple locking facility
›› GLC25Z & GLC35Z supplied with a pallet
FROM ONLY base which incorporates fork lift pockets
£1135.70
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GLC20Z
GLC25Z
Overall Size Weight Painted Galvanised

Description
H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price
Cage Only 1830 x 1260 x 1310 90 GLC20Z £1135.70 GLC30Z £1254.10
Cage with Pallet Base 2000 x 1290 x 1340 135 GLC25Z £1498.45 GLC35Z £1715.60
GLC20Z Folded
(on a pallet)
96

Security Cages
SCS04Z fitted with SCS001 SCS03Z fitted with SCS003
FROM ONLY
£577.00
SCG02S
i Information
SCG01Z
IDEAL FOR SECURE
STORAGE OF BOTH
HAZARDOUS &
VALUABLE
MATERIALS
3YR
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly
distributed
SCS01Z
manufactured
›› All welded units constructed from

steel angle & 25 x 25mm weld mesh
›› Units are load tested & CE certified
›› Units have a padlock facility (padlock not supplied)
›› Cranage eyes for easy lifting (when lifting using the
Cranage eyes, we recommend using a spreader)
›› A hazardous chemical sign is available
as a factory fitted optional extra
›› Mobile units are fitted with 4 x 100mm nylon,
2 braked swivel castors (N.B add 115mm to the height)
›› Two finishes available: powder coated yellow or
galvanised body with powder coated yellow doors
SCS05Z fitted with SCS001
Powder Coated Yellow Galvanised - Yellow Doors Shelf to suit
Overall Size Internal Size No of Wt Factory Fitted
Static Mobile Static Mobile (one per unit)
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm Doors kg
Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
880 x 700 x 700 790 x 690 x 690 1 37 SCS01Z £577.00 SCS01S £631.90 SCG01Z £636.45 SCG01S £693.05 - -
880 x 1400 x 700 790 x 1380 x 690 2 52 SCS02Z £933.25 SCS02S £988.35 SCG02Z £1024.75 SCG02S £1081.25 - -
1680 x 700 x 700 1585 x 690 x 690 1 55 SCS03Z £981.85 SCS03S £1036.90 SCG03Z £1073.70 SCG03S £1130.20 SCS003 £78.60
Optional Hazardous Sign - Factory Fitted SCS001 £60.35
97

Mini & Maxi Boxes
i Information
AVAILABLE
EX-STOCK
Why not ask about
Boxes
Overall Size
Finish Model Price
our installation
H x W x D mm
service?
Mini Box Grey - RAL 7037 UK800298 £811.82
2230 x 1200 x 1200
No. 1 Hot Dip Galvanised UK800299 £997.06
Maxi Box Grey - RAL 7037 UK800295 £979.49 ›› These modular mesh storage
2230 x 2200 x 1200
No. 1 Hot Dip Galvanised UK800296 £1213.58 boxes come with a roof &
Maxi Box Grey - RAL 7037 UK800293 £1311.07 padlockable single or double doors
2230 x 2200 x 2400
No. 2 Hot Dip Galvanised UK800294 £1639.82 ›› Suitable for the safe storage of
Maxi Box
2230 x 2200 x 3600
Grey - RAL 7037 UK800290 £1701.35 hazardous materials &
No. 3 Hot Dip Galvanised UK800291 £2132.37 ISO 9000:2015 segregation
Maxi Box Grey - RAL 7037 UK800288 £2025.33 of materials
2230 x 2200 x 4800
No. 4 Hot Dip Galvanised UK800289 £2558.61 ›› All boxes have
Maxi Box
2230 x 2200 x 6000
Grey - RAL 7037 UK800286 £2349.31 a nominal height
No. 5 Hot Dip Galvanised UK800287 £2984.85 of 2230mm
Site Survey, CAD Design & Installation Service Available

98
098 - GPC.indd 17 05/01/2021 20:59:25

Gas Cylinder Cages ›› Provision for a padlock
›› Complete with ‘Highly Flammable’ sign
›› Useable distance between shelves: 720mm
›› Manufactured in angle iron with sides, end &
top infilled with metal strip. Base of inverted angle
›› Mobile models have a push handle at one end
›› Designed to carry up to 16 ‘calor gas’ type cylinders
›› Hinged lockable doors
›› Internal size of 1560W x 840Dmm
N.B. A forklift will be needed to unload these units
FROM ONLY
£1281.55
3YR
GUARANTEE
GCC01N
manufactured
Overall Size Weight

Description Finish Model Price
H x W x D mm kg
Painted 1800 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC02Z £1281.55
Static Unit
Galvanised 1800 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC12G £1718.50
Mobile Unit Painted 1900 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC01N £1366.75 GCC12G

200mm Nylon Galvanised 1900 x 1610 x 890 80 GCC11G £1809.65
Cylinder Storage Lock-up Cages
CP612G
FROM ONLY
£1561.30
CP601Z
›› Permanently fixed or
3YR
GUARANTEE
››
pallet base units
Complete with ‘Highly
CS511G manufactured Flammable’ sign
›› Manufactured in angle iron
Painted Finish Galvanised Finish
infilled with tough iron mesh
Overall Size
Description
›› Cylinders held by retaining chain
Cage Only 1840 x 1360 x 1095 CS501Z £1561.30 CS511G £1870.40
›› Base is drilled for fixing points
›› CS512G & CP612G are of a
Cage with Pallet Base 1990 x 1360 x 1095 CP601Z £1988.20 CP611G £2615.15
slightly different design as
Cage Only 1840 x 1360 x 1715 CS502Z £1812.40 CS512G £2139.85
Cage with Pallet Base 1990 x 1360 x 1715 CP602Z £2429.35 CP612G £3073.90
shown in the picture
99

Safety, Security & PPE
THE FUTURE OF WORKWEAR
Hi-Vis T-Shirt Hi-Vis Polo Shirt Hi-Vis Bodywarmer

PW342 - PW3 Hi-Vis
›› Available in: yellow & orange
Extreme Trouser PW3 High Visibility
›› Available in: yellow & orange ›› Available in: yellow & orange
›› EN ISO 20471 Class 2 ›› EN ISO 20471 Class 2 ›› EN ISO 20471 Class 1
Portwest PW3 High Visibility is characterised
Collection:
›› 55% cottonPW3& High
45% Visibility
polyester ›› 55% cotton & 45% polyester (sizes S & M) & EN ISO 20471
by fresh dynamic designs, premium fabrics and
Range: PW3for secure storage
›› 1 pocket ›› 1 pocket for secure storage
a contemporary fit. Using advanced HiVisTex Class 2 (size L upwards)
›› 2 P
Shell W 3reflective
4 2Portwest
Fabric:
retro - strips
PExtreme
W3 H i - V ››iPro
200g s2 retro reflective tape,
stripsthe segmented ›› Durable polyester/cotton fabric
retro reflective
›› 35+ UPF rated fabric to
Extreme Trouser
›› 35+PW3
heatseal UPF High
ratedwith
tape flexes Visibility
fabric to
movement. Certified to with Texpel stain resistant finish
block 97% of UV rays theblock
latest 97% of UV rays
Portwest PW3 High Visibility isstandards
international high visibility ›› 6 pockets for ample storage
characterised
Collection: PW3 High Visibility for complete
by freshprotection.
dynamic designs, premium fabrics and
Product PW3
Range:information a contemporary fit. Using advanced HiVisTex
This Shell
highlyFabric:
innovative, Portwest Extreme
waterproof and200gPW3 Pro retro reflective tape, the segmented
extremely breathable trouser boasts a multitude Portwest heatseal tape flexes with movement. Certified to
PW3™ contemporary workwear blends
of useful features including HiVisTex sportstheand latest international high visibility standards
lifestyle trends with function, a
segmented reflective tape, secure zipped modern fit and improved for complete protection.
comfort. Utilising
storageProduct information
pockets, external kneepad pockets, rule premium fabrics, products are engineered for
pocket and highly
extra-long side leg zipswaterproof
for ease of and
taking
This
on and breathable
innovative,
off. It features
PW3
flexibility across a diverse range of industry and
extremely trouser an elevated
boasts trade Portwest
a multitude end uses PW3™
and offer exceptional workwear
contemporary value. blends
padded of back
useful panel keepingincluding
features the lower back HiVisTex sports and lifestyle trends with function, a
warmsegmented
and protected. The stylish
reflective slimline
tape, fit and
secure zipped modern fit and improved comfort. Utilising
contemporary designexternal
storage pockets, guarantees
kneepad that Features
the rule
pockets, premium fabrics, products are engineered for
wearer will stand
pocket out from side
and extra-long the leg
crowd.
zips for ease of flexibility across a diverse range of industry and
CE certified
taking on and off. It features an elevated trade end uses and offer exceptional value.
●
padded back panel keeping the lower back ● Waterproof and breathable with taped seams
warm and protected. The stylish slimline fit and to prevent water penetration
Standards
contemporary design guarantees that the Features
EN ISOwearer willL 2standXLout from the crowd. Premium stainLresistant finish repels oil, 4XL
S M 2XL 3XL 4XL S M XL 2XL 3XL S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL
20471 Class ●
RIS-3279-TOM
36-38 40-41 ISSUE
42-441 (ORANGE
46-48 ONLY)54-55 56-58
50-52 waterCE
36-38 ● andcertified
40-41 grime
42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58 36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58
EN 343 Class 3:3 (WP 11,000mm, MVP

Model Price Model
● Waterproof
Price Model Price
50,000g/m²/24hrs) ● Lightweight andHiVisTex
flexible breathable
Prowith taped seams
segmented
T181 £18.00
EN 14404:2004+A1:2010 Type 2 (Level 0 (WHEN to prevent
reflective water
tape for
T180 penetration
increased £20.25
visibility PW374 £68.45
Standards
USED IN COMBINATION WITH S156))
Hi-Vis Work Trouser
EN ISO 20471 Class 2 Hi-Vis Softshell Jacket
● Premium
● 8 pockets stain storage
for ample resistant finish repels oil, Hi-Vis Winter Jacket
RIS-3279-TOM ISSUE 1 (ORANGE ONLY) water and grime
EN 343 C
›› Available l a syellow
in: s 3 : 3 (& 1 1 , 0 0 0 m m , M››●V Easy
W Porange access cargo
PAvailable pockets & orange
in: yellow ›› Available in: yellow & orange
5 0 , 0 0 0 g / m
›› EN ISO 20471 Class 2² / 2 4 h r s ) ›› EN● ISO Lightweight
20471 flexible
Class HiVisTex
3 Pro segmented
›› EN ISO 20471 Class 3
● 2 side zip pockets for secure storage
EN 14404:2004+A1:2010 Type 2 (Level 0 (WHEN reflective tape forbreathable,
increased visibility
›› 100% polyester
USED IN COMBINATION WITH S156))
›› Made
windproof
of durable
&for
water resistant fabric
Colours
›› Waterproof & breathable with
›› 12 pockets for ample storage ● Knee pad
8 pockets
pockets toample
facilitate knee pads
storage taped seams to prevent water
Short Reg Tall XTall
●
›› Adjustable hem for all leg lengths ›› Ezee zip allows for quick & penetration. Texpel stain resistant
Half
easyelasticated
Easy waist
access
fastening forpockets
cargo
even a secure
when and Orange/Black S - XXL
finish repels dirt & stains
●
●
comfortable fit
wearing work gloves Yellow/Black S - XXL
2 side zip pockets for secure storage
›› Quilt lined for thermal insulation
Colours
●
● *Registered European Community Design

● Knee pad pockets to facilitate knee pads
Short Reg Tall XTall
● Half elasticated waist for a secure and Orange/Black S - XXL
comfortable fit Yellow/Black S - XXL
● *Registered European Community Design
S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL
30-32 33-34 36-38 40-41 42-44 46-47 48-50 36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58 36-38 40-41 42-44 46-48 50-52 54-55 56-58

T501 £49.90 T402 £66.55 T400 £92.30
Portwest Clothing Ltd ~ Fieldsend Business Park ~ Thurnscoe, Rotherham ~ S63 OJF ~ United Kingdom (29-Nov-2019)
100 - GPC.indd 1 05/01/2021 21:01:12

Portwest Clothing Ltd ~ Fieldsend Business Park ~ Thurnscoe, Rotherham ~ S63 OJF ~ United Kingdom (29-Nov-2019)
Fire Extinguishers
i Information i Information
MAINTENANCE, INSTALLATION, ALL EXTINGUISHERS
FIRE RISK ASSESSMENTS ARE APPROVED
& TRAINING AVAILABLE
- CALL FOR DETAILS TO BS EN 3
Description Cap. Fire Rating Model Price
Carbon 2 kg 55 B C2/1 £48.50

Dioxide 5 kg 70 B C5/1 £92.90
2L 8 A : 55 B F2/1 £30.00
AFF Foam 6L 21 A : 183 B F6/1 £40.15
9L 27 A : 233 B F9/1 £50.00
1 kg 5 A : 55 B P1/1 £22.85
2 kg 13 A : 89 B P2/1 £25.75
ABC Powder
6 kg 43 A : 233 B P6/1 £35.75
9 kg 55 A : 233 B P9/1 £47.15
6L 13 A W6/1 £37.15
Water
9L 21 A W9/1 £45.75
Water Additive 6L 21 A WA6/2 £41.65
Wet Chemical 6L 21 A : 113 B : 75 F WC6/1 £95.00
Fire Risks Water Water Additive Carbon Dioxide AFF Foam ABC Powder Wet Chemical
Freely burning materials: Wood, Paper, Textiles etc. 4 4 4 4 4
Flammable Liquids: Petrol, Oil, Fats, Paints etc. 4 4 4 4
Flammable Gases 4
Electrical Hazards 4 4
Cooking fats - such as deep fat fryers oils 4
Fire Control
A
F
C
B
H
I
J
Item Description Model Price
A Fire Blanket - 1200 x 1200mm FB12 £23.60

B Single Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting ECS £58.60
C Double Extinguishers Polyethylene Cabinet - for wall, floor or post mounting ECD £88.60
D High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Single Extinguisher Stand ESS £31.45
E High Impact Polyethylene & Chemical Resistant Double Extinguisher Stand ESD £41.45
F Mobile FireKart, to hold two fire extinguishers & a fire bucket MFK £115.25
F Mobile FireKart with Rotary Hand Bell, to hold two fire extinguishers & a fire bucket MFKRHB £130.00
H Polypropylene Fire Bucket with Lid & Handle FBK £22.15
I Site Alarm - Diecast Aluminium Hand Bell (65dB at 30M) RHB £41.30
J Site Alert Alarm (118dB & 5 units can be linked) ESA £63.45
101
101 - GPC.indd 2 05/01/2021 21:01:55

Keystor K100
›› Sturdy steel cabinets with a tough

powder coated, light grey finish
›› Fixed coloured & numbered hook
bars, with matching key tabs
›› Removable key control index
with the 3 larger models
›› Key locking complete with 2 keys
K048
K064
K030
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
20 Hook Key Cabinet 255 x 180 x 80 K020 £39.74
K020 K030
System Key Cabinets - The total solution for the storage of keys
›› Pressed steel construction (1.5mm thick body & door)
›› Removable control index for added security (except KC020)
›› Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths
›› Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars
›› Supplied with security camlock c/w 2 keys
›› Combination or electronic locks available - call for details
›› Closed loops & security seals feature, provides an
un-tamperable method of key restriction
Overall Size
Capacity Model Price
H x W x D mm
20 Keys 260 x 185 x 80 KC020 £73.81
30 Keys 305 x 215 x 80 KC030 £96.51
35 Keys 320 x 245 x 80 KC035 £107.87
48 Keys 355 x 300 x 80 KC048 £174.92
64 Keys 450 x 300 x 80 KC064 £238.45
100 Keys 550 x 380 x 80 KC100 £289.54
150 Keys 550 x 380 x 140 KC150 £470.15
200 Keys 550 x 380 x 140 KC200 £532.60
‘Key Vault’ Security Key Cabinets

›› 2.5mm fabricated steel construction
›› Adjustable hook bars cater for different key lengths
›› Removable control index for added security
›› Keytabs are coloured & numbered to match hook bars
›› Supplied with euro profile security deadlock lock c/w 2 keys
›› Combination or electronic locks available - call for details
›› Closed loops & security seals feature, provides an
un-tamperable method of key restriction
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
30 Keys 305 x 230 x 70 KV030 £141.93
48 Keys 355 x 300 x 80 KV048 £210.06
100 Keys 550 x 380 x 80 KV100 £361.10
200 Keys 550 x 380 x 140 KV200 £593.88
400 Keys 550 x 730 x 140 KV400 £989.04
600 Keys 550 x 730 x 205 KV600 £1210.46
48 Bunches 355 x 300 x 140 KVD048 £240.80
100 Bunches 550 x 380 x 140 KVD100 £428.16
200 Bunches 550 x 730 x 140 KVD200 £709.67
102
102 - GPC.indd 3 05/01/2021 21:02:36

Security Cupboards SC181246
›› Provide an extra level of security for the

storage of high value equipment & materials
›› Welded all steel structure for extra strength
›› Seven lever safe lock for high security
›› Full length heavy duty hinges with
concealed fixings to prevent forced entry manufactured
›› Adjustable powder coated shelves
›› Powder coated
with Germ Guard
Active Technology
anti-bacterial paint
›› Made from 1.5mm
powder coated
mild steel
›› Reaction to
Fire Classification
EN 13501-1
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
Light Blue
Blue
Grey
Full length H.D. hinges Yellow
SC120946 SC094646
Overall Size No of Security Cupboards Extra Shelves
900 x 460 x 460 1 SC094646 £529.95 SC4646ES £32.05
1200 x 900 x 460 2 SC120946 £738.15 SC0946ES £49.40
1200 x 1200 x 460 2 SC121246 £1126.55 SC1246ES £69.45
1800 x 900 x 460 3 SC180946 £1134.55 SC0946ES £49.40
7 Lever safe lock 1800 x 1200 x 460 3 SC181246 £1386.80 SC1246ES £69.45
Heavy Duty High Security Storage Cabinets

›› All welded construction, designed to minimise intrusion
›› Produced from heavy gauge material
›› “Jemmy” proof with built in security features
›› Uses a 7 lever no tamper locking system with anti-pick levers
›› Keys are individual to each unit ›› CE marked & plated
›› Hand or foot operated door opening system, prevent putting
down what you are carrying to open a door on this cabinet
›› The door handles & lock are recessed for security & there
are no protuding parts to be damaged by passing equipment
›› Cabinet can be moved without unloading. The shelves in the
doors are positioned to prevent items stored
on the interior shelves from falling off
when the cabinet is moved
›› Lifting eyes fitted on two door unit
›› Stove enamel painted yellow finish
to unload these units manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Image showing the

foot mechanism
showing how the door
can be opened even if
YSC01Z
your hands are full!

Model Price
H x W x D mm Shelves kg
YSC02Z 1560 x 1020 x 615 3 180 YSC01Z £2078.65

1610 x 1830 x 615 3 275 YSC02Z £2656.25
103
05 - Safety, Security & PPE - GPC Pages.indb 4 30/12/2020 09:06:51

Dock Bumpers
›› Reduce damage to loading docks &
buildings caused by vehicle impact
›› The use of rubber dock bumpers, cushions
the impact thus minimising ongoing
maintenance requirements
›› The correct thickness bumper also helps
with the positioning of loading dock
equipment such as dock levellers
TWB-1018-4
TWB-E-100
Overall Thickness Fixing Fixing

Model Price
Size mm mm Holes Required
254 x 457 50 2 TWB-F4 TWB-1018-2 £33.73
+ Priced per metre
254 x 457 100 2 TWB-F4 TWB-1018-4 £63.63 *7 holes recommended per 3M length
254 x 457 150 2 TWB-F5 TWB-1018-6 £77.04
254 x 762 50 3 TWB-F4 TWB-1030-2 £51.49
254 x 762 100 3 TWB-F4 TWB-1030-4 £80.87 100 x 100 D-Section - lengths up to 3M TWB-E-100 £70.33+
Washer to suit all TWB-XXXX-X Bumpers - 2½” TWB-W £2.24 Optional steel fixing strip for TWB-E-100 TWB-EST £17.24+
Fixing: 16mm dia x 180mm long - for concrete TWB-F4 £4.25 Fixing holes drilled in TWB-E-100 as required* TWB-EH £4.89
Fixing: 16mm dia x 220mm long - for concrete TWB-F5 £7.77 Fixing: 12mm dia x 135mm long - for concrete TWB-F1 £2.97
Dockplates Wheel Chocks

›› Used for (un)loading vehicles ›› Wheel chocks are a low cost
from a raised loading area effective way of minimising the unexpected movement
›› Typically for use with pallet trucks, sack trucks, of vehicles whilst parked or being (un)loaded
roll cages & pedestrian access ›› Moulded rubber units have built-in lifting handles
›› Standard features; manufactured from high tensile ›› An anti-theft retaining chain is available
aluminium with built in anti-slip finish, loop type
TWC-8
handles for movement & one pair of locking legs to
prevent movement
›› Options; fork truck
handles (FTH-1) for TWC-3
movement by fork truck
(recommended for plates
marked*) & side curbs TWC-1 TWC-10
with castors (SCC-2) Overall Size Price
Description Model
to aid movement L x W x H mm each
Rubber Chock 270 x 190 x 190 TWC-1 £39.05
Retaining Chain 5M Long TWC-2 £45.12
Aluminium Chock 400 x 180 x 180 TWC-3 £99.80
Rubber Chock 150 x 175 x 150 TWC-8 £26.39
Steel Chock 268 x 200 x 230 TWC-10 £35.85
Dock Lights
Other sizes & capacities available
on request - please call for details ›› Swings & pivots,
allowing the light
Height Differential
Overall Size Load
Model Price to be positioned to
W x L mm Max Poss. Max Rec. Cap. kg
illuminate the inside
915 x 1220 178 125 770 3648 £668.19 area of a vehicle
1220 x 610 76 50 2040 4824 £532.00 during (un)loading
1220 x 915 127 90 1360 4836 £667.13
›› All units emit 1000
lumen light output
1220 x 915 127 90 2450 H4836* £826.73 ›› Extended arm length of 1060mm
1220 x 1220 178 125 1020 4848* £795.87 ›› IP21 rated for indoor applications only
1220 x 1220 178 125 1810 H4848* £999.09
1220 x 1525 228 160 810 4860* £921.43
1525 x 1220 178 125 1270 6048* £924.61 Dock Light - 240v 80W Halogen TWDL-3-240 £272.39
Fork Truck Lifting Handles (pair) FTH-1 £168.11 Dock Light - 110v 80W Halogen TWDL-3-110 £272.39
Side Curbs with castors for easy movement (pair) SCC-2 £263.87 Dock Light - 110/240v 12W LED TWDL-3L-240 £324.52
104

PVC Strip Curtains
›› Bespoke-made curtains to
fit any location & opening
›› Light to heavy duty use
›› Ambient or freezer grade
›› Pedestrian & forklift friendly
›› Supplied ready to hang
i Information
DESPATCHED
WITHIN 2/3 DAYS
OF ORDERING
›› High quality clear PVC ›› Flexible -15oC to +50oC (polar to -25oC)

›› DOP & DEHP free ›› UV stabilisers & high impact resistance
Swivel-hinge Hook-on Quickmount TM

For heavy & frequent use by For pedestrian, pallet truck For pedestrian areas where
forklifts. Strips bolted into & occasional forklift use. safety is key. No steel
hinges so they can’t be pulled Available in galvanised or plates, so no one can be
down. stainless steel. hurt if strips are dislodged.
›› Strip widths: ›› Strip widths: ›› Strip widths:

300 & 400mm 200, 300 & 400mm 200, 300 & 400mm
›› Strip thickness: ›› Strip thickness: ›› Strip thickness:
3 & 4mm 2, 3 & 4mm 2, 3 & 4mm
›› Overlap options: ›› Overlap options: ›› Overlap options:
Min & Max Min, Med & Max Min, Med & Max
PVC in standard grade, polar grade, double ribbed & anti-UV
Replacement
ALL CURTAINS
Strips & Rolls
Available in all sizes PRICED INDIVIDUALLY
& formats. Supplied BASED ON HEADRAIL
in 50M rolls or cut
to any length &
& PVC OPTIONS
priced per metre
EXPRESS
CONTACT US
DELIVERY FOR A QUOTE
105

Climbing Helmet
Signs & Labelling
Health & Safety Law Poster Prohibition Signs
›› Legally required ›› Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm
›› Clearly marked sections for easy reading ›› Many more sign designs available - call for details
›› Certified for authenticity with an embedded hologram ›› 1mm rigid plastic signs have an adhesive back. They
›› Details HSE & incident contact centre helpline numbers can be stuck to smooth & clean surfaces or drilled
›› Manufactured using biodegradable material
PRS05 PRS30 PRS29 PRS02
PRS10 PRS14 PRS06 PRS15

Size Self-Adhesive 1mm
Model
H x W mm Vinyl Rigid Plastic
Overall Size H x W mm Model Price See Below 210 x 148 £3.89 £6.09
595 x 415 HSLP01 £20.11 Illustrations 294 x 210 £6.36 £9.61
Fire Exit & Emergency Signs

QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE
WORKPLACE
FES19 FES20 FES21 FES24 FES47
150 x 450
Photoluminescent Signs
FES01 FES05 FES02 FES03 PLS03 PLS04 PLS05 PLS06 PLS19
100 x 100 mm 150 x 150 mm 150 x 450
FES32 FES34 FES35 PLS02 PLS01 PLS07

50 x 100 mm
150 x 300 mm 75 x 600 mm
GLOWS IN THE DARK
PLS20 PLS21 PLS11

FES60 FES62 SFES715
100 x 100 mm
420 x 297 297 x 210 297 x 210
FES72
PLS24 PLS09 PLS10

75 x 600 mm
300 x 250 mm 150 x 150 mm
Model
H x W mm Vinyl Rigid Plastic Size Self-Adhesive 1mm
Model
50 x 100 £1.34 £2.59 H x W mm Vinyl Rigid Plastic
75 x 600 £5.23 £8.73 75 x 600 £7.32 £12.25

See below See below
100 x 100 £1.93 £2.68 100 x 100 £2.68 £4.86
each illustration each illustration
for the model for the model 150 x 150 £4.55 £8.70
150 x 150 £3.02 £5.73
number & the number & the
size that sign is 150 x 300 £7.32 £12.25
150 x 450 £6.91 £10.20 size that sign is
available in available in 150 x 450 £9.82 £14.29
297 x 210 £6.36 £9.61
300 x 250 £10.98 £16.93
420 x 297 £10.50 £16.18
106 WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL
06 - Signs & Labelling - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:11:08

Signs & Labelling
Hazard Signs
›› Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm ›› Many more sign designs available - call for details
HZS01 HZS37 HZS41 HZS23 HZS14 HZS19 HZS29 HZS30
HZS34 HZS26 HZS46 HZS25
HZS36 HZS09 HZS04 HZS44

Model
See Below 210 x 148 £3.89 £6.09

Illustrations 297 x 210 £6.36 £9.61
Self-Adhesive Vinyl 1mm Rigid Plastic (Undrilled)
Mandatory Signs
›› Available in 210H x 148Wmm or 297H x 210Wmm ›› Many more sign designs available - call for details
›› 1mm rigid plastic signs have an adhesive back. They can be stuck to smooth & clean surfaces or drilled
MAS06 MAS04 MAS18 MAS08 MAS03 MAS07 MAS15 MAS36
QUALITY SIGNS FOR THE
WORKPLACE
Model
See Below 210 x 148 £3.89 £6.09

MAS31 MAS35 MAS25 MAS42 Illustrations 297 x 210 £6.36 £9.61
WHEN ORDERING PLEASE STATE MODEL NUMBER, SIZE & MATERIAL 107

Signs & Labelling
Site Safety Visual Banners

›› Clearly marked sections for easy reading
›› High strength nickel plated eyelets A FEW BANNER
to all corners & mid points IDEAS
›› High definition, full colour UV print
›› Cable tie fixings to allow for attaching
to all rack systems
›› Bespoke sizes available up to 3M wide
NEW
DESIGN YOUR
OWN BANNER
i Information
DESIGN YOUR TEXT OR IMAGE

OWN END OF OPTIONS
RACKING
YOUR MESSAGE
BANNERS TO
HERE
EASILY DISPLAY
YOUR MESSAGE
SAFETY FIRST!
STAY ALERT!
BE CAREFUL
BE AWARE!
BE SAFE!
REPORT RACK
DAMAGE!!
Look for
damaged
braces,
uprights &
beams
Price per
Size
Code Price additional M
H x W mm
in height
1000 x 875 REB1087 £133.60 £40.75
1000 x 1075 REB1010 £142.20 £56.45

Artwork Charge per Hour £92.90
108

Signs & Labelling
Numbers & Letters
manufactured
Self-adhesive Individual & Packs Magnetic Numbers & Letters

›› Self-adhesive vinyl labelling ›› Magnetic tiles supplied on sheets as a combination
›› Black characters on yellow backgrounds of mixed alpha numeric or numeric digits
(available on white backgrounds for ›› Two tile heights, either 23mm with a 17mm
F1 to F6 - call for details) high digit or 43mm with a 39mm high digit
›› Individual cards or complete handy ›› Available with black digits on a white background
packs of numbers or letters ›› Allows for fast & easy labelling on any steel surface
›› Minimum order - 20 individual cards. ›› Die-cut A4 sheets
These can be mixed numbers, letters or sizes
Size
›› Specify characters required H mm
Type Colour Model Price
See table for quantity of characters per card
23mm Numbers White M23MIXW/N £20.70
›› Cards of identical, individual peel-off numbers
23mm Numbers Yellow M23MIXY/N £20.70
0-9 or letters A-Z
23mm Letters White M23MIXW/L £20.70
›› Easily applied - cleanly removed
23mm Letters Yellow M23MIXY/L £20.70
43mm Numbers White M43MIXW/N £20.70
43mm Numbers Yellow M43MIXY/N £20.70
43mm Letters White M43MIXW/L £20.70
43mm Letters Yellow M43MIXY/L £20.70
Card Size Digits

Arrows Model Price
H x W mm per card
9.5 x 6 168 F1 £1.14

12.5 x 8.5 90 F2 £1.14
19 x 14 36 3 F3 £1.14
38 x 21 12 3 F4 £1.14
56 x 21 12 3 F5 £1.56
90 x 38 6 3 F6 £2.16
130 x 45 5 F7 £2.80
230 x 140 1 F8 £2.80
Label Size Digits Number Pack (10 cards) Letter Pack (26 cards)
H x W mm per card Model Price Model Price
9.5 x 6 168 F1PACK0-9 £11.20 F1PACKA-Z £29.10
12.5 x 8.5 90 F2PACK0-9 £11.20 F2PACKA-Z £29.10
19 x 14 36 F3PACK0-9 £11.20 F3PACKA-Z £29.10
38 x 21 12 F4PACK0-9 £11.20 F4PACKA-Z £29.10
56 x 21 12 F5PACK0-9 £15.35 F5PACKA-Z £39.90
90 x 38 6 F6PACK0-9 £21.00 F6PACKA-Z £54.80
130 x 45 5 F7PACK0-9 £27.50 F7PACKA-Z £71.40
230 x 140 1 F8PACK0-9 £27.50 F8PACKA-Z £71.40

109

Signs & Labelling
Weight Load Notices ›› Sign to identify weight loadings & procedures
›› Supplied blank or printed with black text at no extra charge
›› Available in horizontal & vertical
BLS6
BLS1 BLS2 BLS3
manufactured
BLS7 BLS4
Overall Size
H x W mm
Shelf/Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice 356 x 254 BLS1 £13.90
BLS5 Cantilever Racking Weight Load Notice 356 x 254 BLS2 £13.90
Drive Thru’ Racking Weight Load Notice 356 x 254 BLS3 £13.90
Landscape Mezzanine Floor Weight Load Notice 210 x 295 BLS4 £13.90
Portrait Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice 470 x 350 BLS5 £16.70
Landscape Pallet Racking Weight Load Notice 297 x 420 BLS6 £17.00
Landscape Shelving Weight Load Notice 215 x 220 BLS7 £11.30
Information Labels
›› High visibility individual weight loading
labels suitable for both racking & shelving
›› Available in magnetic or self-adhesive & printed
black on yellow or white background. Please state
colour required. *print may appear on two lines
›› Minimum order value of £25.00
Overall Size Self Adhesive Magnetic
H x W mm Model Price Model Price
25 x 200 BL23 £1.09 BL23M £1.71
50 x 300 BL53 £1.66 BL53M £3.26
70 x 300 *BL73 £2.48 *BL73M £4.35
90 x 300 *BL93 £2.98 *BL93M £5.43
Ticket Pouches
›› Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing system
›› Clear front enables barcodes to be scanned
›› Available in 4 sizes & 5 colours
›› Supplied with white card insert
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
Overall Size Pack Self Adhesive Magnetic Yellow
H x W mm Size Model Price Model Price Black
30 x 100 100 SAP310 £58.80 MP310 £65.90
40 x 120 100 SAP412 £62.20 MP412 £77.80
60 x 100 100 SAP610 £65.20 MP610 £90.50
60 x 140 100 SAP614 £72.90 MP614 £104.60

Signs & Labelling
Aisle Markers AM1
AM1F
›› High visibility aisle markers (state left or right
hand side)
manufactured in rigid styrene AM2
in white or yellow with black AM1T
letters (Model AM4 is only AM3
available in yellow)
›› Prices include printing
›› Other styles & sizes are
available - call for details
AM6 AM4
Overall Size
Type Fixing Model Price
H x W mm
90 x 160 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Shelving - AM1 £7.42
95 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Self-adhesive AM1F £8.14
95 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Magnetic AM1F/M £8.44
95 x 130 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Self-adhesive AM1T £12.90
95 x 130 x 130 - up to 3 x 60mm Digits Angled Magnetic AM1TM £14.50
220 x 270 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits I.D. Markers - AM2/2 £14.60
220 x 450 - up to 3 x 180mm Digits I.D. Markers - AM3/3 £20.40
300 x 300 - up to 2 x 180mm Digits I.D. Markers - AM3X/2 £16.20
600 x 343 - up to 1 x 450mm Digit I.D. Markers - AM4 £22.20
Bay Markers
›› High visibility magnetic or
self-adhesive bay markers
›› Offers clear identification
›› Simple & easy to use
- no drilling required
›› Available in single or Please note characters are supplied
double digit sizes separately & can be fitted to the front
or back of each marker
Overall Size
Fixing Model Price
W x H mm
167 x 260 - Single Digit BM1 £18.20
Magnetic
310 x 260 - Double Digits BM2 £26.00
167 x 260 - Single Digit BA1 £18.20
Self-Adhesive 310 x 260 - Double Digits BA2 £26.00
Individual Adhesive Characters F8 £2.80
Code Labelling
›› High quality custom made location code labels
produced quickly & efficiently
›› They can incorporate alpha-numeric codes,
directional arrows, check digits & barcodes
›› Black text on white or yellow background
›› Manufactured to your needs - call
to discuss your requirments
manufactured

Signs & Labelling
Magnetic Easy Wipe Racking Strip
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
Matt Black
White
20mm
30mm
50mm
70mm 90mm
Overall Size
Model Price
LxW
10m x 10mm MSR1 £13.60
manufactured
10m x 15mm MSR15 £19.20
›› Write on - wipe off with
10m x 20mm MSR2 £23.50
wet wipe marker pen
10m x 25mm MSR25 £27.90
›› Adheres to most steel surfaces
›› Cut to suit any length required 10m x 30mm MSR3 £31.60
10m x 40mm MSR4 £40.20
10m x 50mm MSR5 £48.20
10m x 60mm MSR6 £48.90
10m x 70mm MSR7 £56.30
10m x 80mm MSR8 £60.30
10m x 90mm MSR9 £65.00
10m x 100mm MSR10 £70.50
Magnetic Self-adhesive Strip Magnetic Easy Wipe Location Markers

›› Locates on any steel surface ›› White faced magnetic Size mm Pack
Model Price
HxW size
›› Makes anything magnetic location markers
10 x 80 100 LM18 £10.20
›› No drilling required ›› Use a wet wipe
marker pen, wipe off 15 x 80 100 LM158 £15.80
20 x 80 100 LM28 £23.20
25 x 80 100 LM258 £26.60
30 x 80 100 LM38 £30.00
40 x 80 100 LM48 £34.70
50 x 80 100 LM58 £44.20
30 x 100 100 LM310 £32.20
40 x 100 100 LM410 £43.60
50 x 100 100 LM510 £49.80
60 x 100 100 LM610 £64.90
70 x 100 100 LM710 £70.20
80 x 100 100 LM810 £74.80
50 x 150 100 LM515 £66.20
56 x 105 100 LM105 £60.30
80 x 150 100 LM815 £101.00

Overall Size Pack
Fixing Model Price
H x W mm Size 100 x 150 100 LM1015 £116.40
13mm x 30M Premium Adhesive 1 MSSA/13 £69.60 50 x 200 100 LM520 £89.30
20mm x 10M Foam Adhesive 1 MSSA/20 £37.20 80 x 200 100 LM820 £129.00

Signs & Labelling
Magnetic & Self-adhesive Label Holders
›› Instant identification ›› Steel racking or shelving
›› Supplied complete with white card ›› Easy to update & cut to size
›› Protective transparent PVC strip supplied with each holder
›› Self-adhesive holders are white & magnetic holders are brown
Magnetic
Height Length Pack
Model Price
mm mm Size
80 100 ML18X £23.20
10 500 20 ML150X £30.00 manufactured
50,000 50M Roll MLR1X £101.00
Label Holder Profiles
80 100 ML18 £34.90
15 500 20 ML150 £45.20 20 80
50,000 50M Roll MLR1 £148.40 15
80 100 ML28X £39.60 10 70
20 500 20 ML250X £49.80
60
50,000 50M Roll MLR2X £163.80
80 100 ML28 £43.00
50
25 500 20 ML250 £53.50
50,000 50M Roll MLR2 £173.00 40
80 100 ML38 £47.60
500 20 ML350 £58.40 30
30 5000 5M Roll MLR3/5 £29.70 25
10,000 10M Roll MLR3/10 £58.40
50,000 50M Roll MLR3 £182.40
80 100 ML48 £62.50
500 20 ML450 £73.30
40 5000 5M Roll MLR4/5 £38.70
10,000 10M Roll MLR4/10 £76.70 Height in mm
50,000 50M Roll MLR4 £220.50
80 100 ML58 £77.30
500 20 ML550 £94.25
50 5000 5M Roll MLR5/5 £47.60
10,000 10M Roll MLR5/10 £94.30
50,000 50M Roll MLR5 £255.00
100 100 ML610 £89.30
200 50 ML620 £87.80
60
500 20 ML650 £104.00
1000 10 ML6/10 £104.00
100 100 ML710 £107.20
200 50 ML720 £105.00
70
1000 10 ML7/10 £126.00
10,000 10M Roll MLR7/10 £126.00
200 50 ML820 £120.00
80 1000 10 ML8/10 £141.50
10,000 10M Roll MLR8/10 £141.50
Self-adhesive
Height Length Pack
Model Price
mm mm Size
80 100 AL18 £43.60

15
1000 10 AL1/10 £34.00
80 100 AL38 £59.00
30
1000 10 AL3/10 £46.00
80 100 AL58 £72.80
50
1000 10 AL5/10 £54.00
Ticket Holders
›› Pull forward front allows easy loading & updating
›› Magnetic fixing is suitable for cold stores
›› * White card included
Overall Size Pack Self-Adhesive Magnetic
H x W mm Size Model Price Model Price
25 x 100 100 TS210* £47.40 TS210M* £82.80
25 x 200 50 TS220* £45.20 TS220M* £65.50
25 x 1000 10 TS25/10* £37.50 TS25M/10* £57.80
25 x 2000 10 TS25/20 £55.35 TS25M/20 £90.10
38 x 100 100 TS310* £51.35 TS310M* £87.40
38 x 200 50 TS320* £48.30 TS320M* £70.80
38 x 1000 10 TS38/10* £43.00 TS38M/10* £64.60
38 x 2000 10 TS38/20 £64.30 TS38M/20 £104.00
54 x 100 100 TS510* £70.80 TS510M* £103.50
54 x 200 50 TS520* £64.30 TS520M* £93.50
54 x 1000 10 TS54/10* £61.20 TS54M/10* £91.00
54 x 2000 10 TS54/20 £103.60 TS54M/20 £153.00
80 x 100 100 TS810* £77.20 TS810M* £113.80
80 x 200 50 TS820* £71.40 TS820M* £102.00
80 x 1000 10 TS80/10* £67.00 TS80M/10* £95.00
80 x 2000 10 TS80/20 £123.00 TS80M/20 £167.20
113

Signs & Labelling
RackSack
›› Manage your warehouse waste manufactured
›› To be hung onto 900/1100mm end frames of racking
›› Quick & easy ‘S’ hook locator fixings
›› Manufactured from tough woven polyester
›› Choice of 14 standard designs as shown below
›› Clear design is available in 5 text designs
Specials are available - call for details
14 standard designs available in blue or green
Clear designs - 5 text designs and blank
SACK COLOUR
Overall Size Sack Single Unit Pack of 5 Pack of 10 OPTIONS
H x W mm Colour Model Price Model Price Model Price Clear
Clear RSC/1 £35.50 RSC/5 £162.60 RSC/10 £299.90 Blue
Green
1000 x 920 Blue RSB/1 £26.90 RSB/5 £123.30 RSB/10 £226.80
Green RSG/1 £26.90 RSG/5 £123.30 RSG/10 £226.80
RackSack Trolley & RackSack Rollcage

›› Easily organises waste packaging materials
›› Fits by hooking over the sides or can
also be secured via eyelets in the top corner
›› Manufactured from tough, woven polyester
RackSack Trolley - suits trolleys up to 580mm wide

›› Single pocket - 600 x 600 with a capacity of 50L
›› Double pocket - 600 x 600 with a capacity of 55L

RackSack Rollcage - for cages 800mm wide
›› Upper pocket - 700 x 850 with a capacity of 105L
›› Lower pocket - 650 x 850 with a capacity of 95L
880mm
Single Unit Pack of 5 Pack of 10

Description
RackSack Trolley
Single Pocket T1B/1 £17.80 T1B/5 £87.40 T1B/10 £173.70
Double Pocket T2B/1 £24.00 T2B/5 £112.80 T2B/10 £225.20
RackSack Rollcage (Clear or Blue option available)
Double Pocket (Blue) C2B/1 £32.20 C2B/5 £154.00 C2B/10 £307.00
Double Pocket (Clear) C2CL/1 £44.30 C2CL/5 £212.20 C2CL/10 £422.30

Signs & Labelling
Floor Graphic Markers
›› Graphic floor signs - 430mm diameter ›› Bold text
›› Designed to withstand the everyday traffic in a warehouse

manufactured
›› High visibility ›› Independently tested for slip resistance
FM01 FM02 FM03 FM04 FM05
FM06 FM08 FM10 FM11
FM17 FM18 FM19 FM20 FM21 FM22
FM28 FM29 FM30 FM31 FM32 FM33

FM28

FM05
Model Price
See codes below each illustration £20.90
Floor Identification Markers Floor Signalling

›› High visibility floor markers ›› Manufactured from tough PVC
›› Designed to withstand ›› Easy solution for marking up in your warehouse
traffic in a warehouse ›› Designed to withstand traffic in a warehouse
›› Bay or aisle identification ›› FS/F: Pack of 10 - 5 right & 5 left feet
COLOUR
‘A TO Z’ & ‘0 TO 10’ OPTIONS
AVAILABLE
Yellow
Black
White
Green
Red
Blue
Overall Size Pack

H x W mm Size
‘T’ Floor Signal 200 x 300 10 FS/T £15.50
‘L’ Floor Signal 200 x 200 10 FS/L £15.50
‘+’ Floor Signal 300 x 300 10 FS/+ £22.50
‘O’ Floor Signal 90 dia. 100 FS/O £35.20
Size
Model Price
dia. ‘O’ Floor Signal 90 x 90 100 FS/A £35.20
190mm FMC/State Character or Digit £5.48 ‘ ’ Floor Signal 300 x 100 10 FS/F £15.50
Frames4floors™
›› Tough, flat, colour coded floor identification frames
›› Available in 2 insert sizes: A4 and DL
›› Choice of 6 stand out colours
›› Permanent industrial strength adhesive
to withstand warehouse traffic
›› Ideal for identifying bulk stack locations or
to highlight important information
Size of Insert Colours Model Price manufactured

DL - 210 x 99mm Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow FFDL/10 £33.62
DL - 210 x 99mm 2 of each of the above colours FFDLMIX/10 £33.62
DL - 210 x 99mm Yellow & Black FFDLBY/10 £41.21
A4 - 210 x 295mm Blue, Black, Green, Red or Yellow FFA4/10 £57.20
A4 - 210 x 295mm 2 of each of the above colours FFA4MIX/10 £57.20
A4 - 210 x 295mm Yellow & Black FFA4BY/10 £66.42

115

Signs & Labelling
Rainbow Pockets
›› Industrial quality coloured document pockets
›› Help protect & highlight your messages
›› Quick & easy to use - no need to remove
or lift the pocket to replace the insert
›› Ideal for 5S & lean manufacturing
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
manufactured Green
Blue
Yellow
Black
available as a pack of
the same colour or
a mixed pack of 2 -
Magnetic Self-adhesive Tie-on

To Suit Quantity Magnetic Self-adhesive Tie-on
Documents per Pack Model Price Model Price Model Price
A5 Vertical CMP5V £27.50 CAP5V £19.40 CTP5V £21.40
A5 Horizontal CMP5H £27.50 CAP5H £19.40 CTP5H £21.40
10
A4 Vertical CMP4V £33.80 CAP4V £22.90 CTP4V £25.00
A4 Horizontal CMP4H £33.80 CAP4H £22.90 CTP4H £25.00
Document Pockets
›› Self-adhesive pockets have an aggressive tape
manufactured
on reverse for permanent fixing
›› Magnetic pockets for steel cabinets, racking or shelving
›› Manufactured in tough clear polypropylene with welded
edges, ample room for A3, A4, A5, A6 & A7 documents
›› Pockets supplied in packs of 10 except A7 size
which is supplied in packs of 100
Overall Size Self-Adhesive Magnetic
316 x 436 AP3H/10 £58.70 MP3H/10 £65.20
436 x 316 AP3V/10 £58.70 MP3V/10 £65.20
215 x 310 AP4H/10 £21.60 MP4H/10 £30.80
310 x 220 AP4V/10 £21.60 MP4V/10 £30.80
155 x 230 AP5H/10 £17.90 MP5H/10 £25.40
215 x 160 AP5V/10 £17.90 MP5V/10 £25.40
110 x 155 AP6H/10 £23.90 MP6H/10 £24.50
150 x 110 AP6V/10 £23.90 MP6V/10 £24.50
60 x 110 AP7H/100 £64.90 MP7H/100 £86.30
110 x 110 AP1111/10 £20.10 MP1111/10 £23.90
110 x 220 AP1122/10 £28.20 MP1122/10 £29.40
Frames4windows™
COLOUR
OPTIONS
›› Neat, self-adhesive
Red
A4 display panels which
Green
enables documents to be
Blue
viewed from both sides Yellow
›› Can be moved & Black
re-stuck time & time specify when ordering
again, without glue residue
›› Coloured edge strips top & Pack
Format Model Price
bottom provides an attractive way Size
to mount & highlight documents Vertical 10 FW4V/10 £60.60
›› Ideal for use on glass Vertical 50 FW4V/50 £287.00
›› Suitable for documents up to 1mm thick Horizontal 10 FW4H/10 £60.60
Horizontal 50 FW4H/50 £287.00

Signs & Labelling
Stock Indicator Wheel Stock Identity Slider
›› Clear 3 colour coding system to show stock availability ›› Clear 2 colour coding system to
›› Ideal visual aid when stock is not visible show stock availability
›› Plate dimension 90mm high (110mm overall) x 140mm wide ›› Ideal for use on racking & shelving
›› Aggressive adhesive fixing
›› Slider is 30H x 100W mm
Pack
Fixing Model Price
Size
Pack
Fixing Model Price
Self-adhesive 10 SIWA/10 £51.70 Size
Magnetic 10 SIWM/10 £51.70 50 SISA/50 £72.00
Self-adhesive
Wire-clip 10 SIWW/10 £83.00 100 SISA/100 £142.00
Wrap-A-Round Pockets Hanging Pockets

›› Three information pockets made from tough plastic, ›› Manufactured in tough plastic
with a magnetic header that is designed to wrap ›› Unique hooked header design - ideal
around the mesh of an industrial cage or trolley for hanging off industrial wooden pallet
handle (fits around a maximum diameter of 30mm) cases, trolleys & stillages (anything
that has a lip of up to 25mm) manufactured
manufactured
Size
Type Pack Model Price
H x W mm
297 x 210 10 WRP4V/10 £45.90
A4 Vertical
297 x 210 50 WRP4V/50 £199.00
148 x 210 10 WRP5H/10 £37.60 To Suit Quantity
A5 Horizontal Model Price
148 x 210 50 WRP5H/50 £161.20 Documents per Pack
105 x 210 10 WRP6H/10 £34.40 A5 WCP5H/10 £29.70
A6 Horizontal 10
105 x 210 50 WRP6H/50 £143.70 A4 WCP4H/10 £36.70
Weather Resistant Pockets

›› Keep documents clean & dry
›› Press seal fastening makes them ideal
for use where exposed to wind or rain
›› Ideal for use on external racking
Pack Magnetic Self-Adhesive Tie-On

Size
Size Model Price Model Price Model Price
A4 Horizontal 10 WRM4H/10 £36.00 WRA4H/10 £31.50 WRT4H/10 £33.30
A4 Vertical 10 WRM4V/10 £36.00 WRA4V/10 £31.50 WRT4V/10 £33.30
A4 Horizontal 50 WRM4H/50 £163.30 WRA4H/50 £148.20 WRT4H/50 £157.00
A4 Vertical 50 WRM4V/50 £163.30 WRA4V/50 £148.40 WRT4V/50 £157.00

117

Signs & Labelling
Modulean™ Shadow Boards
SHB001 SHB002 SHB005 SHB006
SHB003 SHB007 SHB004
›› Modular system to fit any space ›› Modulean™ Shadow Boards can be used in a range of
›› Choose from a range of standard 5S boards environments within the workplace
›› Various colour options to keep track of tools
›› Customise through title frames
›› Supplied with the products on display
›› Carefully designed to enable compliance with
the 5S Lean system, the Modulean™ Shadow
Board series consists of a modular system
of boards that can be used individually, or
together, in the workplace
›› Keep track of your tools! Pick and choose
from a range of standard boards of 750 x
750mm in various colour options to create a
COLOUR
modular and lean visual communication OPTIONS
system to suit your requirements. Each
Blue
board is supplied with the products on
Green
display, along with title frames which can be Red
customised to your design Yellow
NEW
SHB009 SHB010
All boards except 5S Information Board and Description

Board Size
Model Price
H x W mm
Easy Wipe Board come in four colour options
5S Information Board 750 x 750 SHB001 £99.00
Notice Board* 750 x 750 SHB002 £99.00
Easy Wipe Board 750 x 750 SHB003 £99.00
Cleaning Board - Dry* 750 x 750 SHB004 £129.00
Cleaning Board - Wet* 750 x 750 SHB005 £129.00
Cleaning Board - XL* 1500 x 750 SHB006 £219.00
Accessorise your boards with Modulean™ First Aid Board* 750 x 750 SHB007 £129.00
Doc Frames, Rainbow Pockets and other Eyewash & First Aid Board* 750 x 750 SHB009 £149.00
Modulean™ accessories Fire Safety Board* 750 x 750 SHB010 £169.00

Signs & Labelling
Frames4docs™
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
Black
Black/Yellow
Green/White
Red/White
available as a pack of
the same colour or
a mixed pack of 2 -
›› Frame any sign, chart or document in seconds

›› Colour coded frames. Colours conform
with British Safety Standards Magnetic Self-Adhesive
To Suit Quantity
›› Ideal for displaying important messages Documents per Pack Model Price Model Price
in 5S & lean manufacturing A5 MFD5/10 £50.00 SFD5/10 £48.70
›› Frames can be used vertically or horizontally A4 MFD4/10 £61.20 SFD4/10 £59.40
›› Suitable throughout industry to display all types of A3 10 MFD3/10 £93.60 SFD3/10 £91.00
literature, certificates & information. Suitable A2 MFD2/10 £158.20 SFD2/10 £155.00
for documents up to 1.5mm thick Title Block MFD6/10 £33.30 SFD6/10 £33.30
Title Block
Ring Binders & Covers

›› 2 or 4 hole ring binders
›› Magnetic or self-adhesive fixings
›› Available with colour coded
PVC covers which can be retrofitted
to the ring binders. Covers are available
in 5 Lean Manufacturing colours;
red, black, blue, yellow or green
- please specify when ordering
›› Creates quick & flexible information centres
›› Use self-adhesive version for permanent
fixing or for heavier files
Quantity Magnetic Self-Adhesive

Description
per Pack Model Price Model Price
2 Ring Binder RBM2/3 £31.20 RBA2/3 £15.60
3
4 Ring Binder RBM4/3 £37.50 RBA4/3 £18.80
Coloured cover which can be retrofitted - pack of 5 RBC/5 £28.84

119

Noticeboards, Whiteboards & Literature Display
Ultrabrite Boards Ultrabrite Display Cases
›› Highly visible aluminium yellow frame ›› Highly visible aluminium yellow frame
›› Available in Magnetic steel drywipe ›› Strong, secure and lightweight solution
surface and natural cork surface for a best-selling glazed case
›› Magnetic steel surface has a sturdy ›› Strong acrylic door gives excellent
construction with metal backing visibility to displayed material
›› Magnetic steel board includes a pen tray ›› Quality & versatility at an affordable price
that simply clips onto the frame in any position ›› Two versions: lacquered steel or natural cork
›› Use accessories to enhance functionality ›› Lockable & supplied with 2 keys
›› Concealed wall fixings through plastic corners
›› Wall fastening kit included
Magnetic Whiteboards Corkboards Magnetic Display Cases Cork Display Cases
Overall Size A4 Pages

Overall Size Model Price
Model Price H x W x D mm Stored
H x W mm
Ultrabrite - Magnetic Display Cases
Ultrabrite - Magnetic Whiteboards 674 x 720 x 35 6 VT6201601511 £123.85
600 x 900 MA0315177 £60.23 981 x 720 x 35 9 VT6301601511 £150.34
900 x 1200 MA0515177 £99.98 1288 x 340 x 35 16 VT9501601511 £205.99
Ultrabrite - Corkboards Ultrabrite - Cork Display Cases
600 x 900 CA0311721 £44.35 981 x 720 x 35 9 VT6301611511 £129.16
900 x 1200 CA0511721 £62.89 981 x 940 x 35 12 VT6601611511 £152.42
All Purpose Gridded Planner Information Boards

›› High-quality drywipe magnetic surface
with aluminium frame
›› Ideal to draw charts and present
visual communication
›› Reuse whenever you need
›› Maximize and build your
planning board with our
planning magnetic accessories Grid
›› Adjustable pen tray
Static
Mobile
›› Highly flexible visual

communication board
for the factory floor
›› Rotating structure with
three or four boards
›› Lacquered steel surface
›› Flexible structure with a
large communication area
›› Available as a static or mobile version
Board Size
H x W mm
Three Sided Boards
Planner Size Static 910 x 650 EA903217 £446.30

Model Price
H x W mm Mobile 910 x 650 EA673217 £463.32
900 x 600 GA03107830A £88.89 Four Sided Boards
1200 x 900 GA05107830A £135.51 Static 910 x 650 EA903117 £494.89
1800 x 1200 GA27107830A £217.64 Mobile 910 x 650 EA673117 £524.83
120
07 - Noticeboards, Whiteboards & Literature Display - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:15:25

Ayda Whiteboards Ayda Cork Noticeboards
›› Surface in a choice of Lacquered Steel or Non-Magnetic ›› Resilient natural cork bulletin surface
›› Anodised aluminium frame inspired in minimalist never shows pin holes
office trends ›› Anodised aluminium frame inspired in
›› Easy fixation with improved stability and possibility minimalist office trends
to be mounted both portrait and landscape
›› Concealed wall fixings through corner
›› Concealed wall fixings through
covers for a clean look
corner covers for a clean look
›› Includes plastic pen tray that can be
easily clamped onto the frame
Pen Tray
Overall Size
Model Price
H x W mm
Magnetic
(Drywipe magnetic lacquered steel surface with 10 year warranty, for regular use)
900 x 600 MA03759214 £24.89
1200 x 900 MA05759214 £51.22
1800 x 1200 MA27759214 £91.09
Non-Magnetic Overall Size
Model Price
(Dry wipe non-magnetic surface with 2 year warranty, for moderate use) H x W mm
900 x 600 MA031539214 £19.12 600 x 450 CA02409214 £29.01

1200 x 900 MA051539214 £33.55 900 x 600 CA03409214 £33.97
1800 x 1200 MA271539214 £76.99 1200 x 900 CA05409214 £45.09
Ayda Felt Noticeboards Enclore Felt Display Cases

›› Smooth felt surface in blue, green or grey ›› Strong acrylic door gives excellent
›› Anodised aluminium frame inspired visibility to display material
in minimalist office trends ›› Usable internal depth: 18mm; total depth: 35mm
›› Possibility to be mounted both portrait & landscape ›› Smooth blue felt surface
›› Concealed wall fixings through corner covers ›› Quality and versatility at an affordable price
for a clean look ›› Lockable and supplied with 2 keys
Overall Size
Colour Model Price
H x W mm
Blue 900 x 600 FA03439214 £20.56

Green 900 x 600 FA03449214 £20.56
Grey 900 x 600 FA03429214 £20.56
Blue 1200 x 900 FA05439214 £40.47
Green 1200 x 900 FA05449214 £40.47 Overall Size A4 Pages
Model Price
Grey 1200 x 900 FA05429214 £40.47 H x W mm Stored
Blue 1800 x 1200 FA27439214 £70.01 600 x 450 4 VT610107150 £82.77

Green 1800 x 1200 FA27449214 £70.01 600 x 900 9 VT630107150 £118.08
Grey 1800 x 1200 FA27429214 £70.01 1200 x 900 15 VT640107150 £168.09
121

WRITE-ON® Frameless Whiteboards WRITE-ON® Dual Faced Whiteboards
manufactured
›› Contemporary frameless design with white 2mm ABS ›› Whiteboards with a plain non magnetic surface to one
edging. Available with coloured edging - call for details side & a guideline® gridded surface to the reverse
›› A non magnetic ultra smooth drywipe surface ›› Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting
(plain on one side & feint grid on the other ›› Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings & a clip on tray
›› Boards can mount virtually seamlessly side by side Description
Overall Size
Model Price
›› Wall fixings included H x W mm
600 x 450 47131 £19.81
Overall Size
H x W mm 900 x 600 47132 £26.88
900 x 600 49332/WH £29.96 900 x 1200 47143 £39.95
900 x 1200 49343/WH £42.31 Non-magnetic 1200 x 1200 47144 £44.46
1200 x 1200 49344/WH £50.53 Whiteboards 1200 x 1500 47154 £56.20
White Edged
Whiteboards 1200 x 1500 49354/WH £66.95 1200 x 1800 47164 £66.50
1200 x 1800 49364/WH £87.32 1200 x 2400 47184 £95.08
1200 x 2400 49384/WH £102.59 1200 x 2700 47194 £130.14
Wallet of 4 Assorted Pens 439115 £6.17 Wallet of 4 Assorted Pens 439115 £6.17
Buzzard Mobile Flipchart Easel WRITE-ON® Magnetic Whiteboards
NEW
›› Mobile Flipchart easel mounted on a ›› Whiteboards that also accept magnets

five star base with locking castors ›› Ultrasmooth to improve erasability & reduce ghosting
›› Metal pad clamp with hangers to ›› Aluminium framed with concealed corner fixings
take all standard A1 flipchart pads ›› All whiteboards include a pen tray
›› Magnetic whiteboard is height
adjustable with spring loaded assist Description
Overall Size
Model Price
H x W mm
›› Two side arms are supplied as 600 x 450 49631 £20.87
standard for hanging 900 x 600 49632 £28.02
completed sheets 900 x 1200 49643 £44.05
›› Full width pen tray 1200 x 1200 49644 £60.68
Magnetic
Overall Size Whiteboards 1200 x 1500 49654 £76.28
H x W mm 1200 x 1800 49664 £83.95
Grey/Black 449505 £111.67 1200 x 2400 49684 £105.50
1000 x 700
Blue 449510 £111.67 1200 x 2700 49694 £150.53
Wallet of 4 Assorted Pens 439115 £6.17 Wallet of 4 Assorted Pens 439115 £6.17
30mm Black Magnets - pack of 10 439152 £6.38 30mm Black Magnets - pack of 10 439152 £6.38
122

WRITE-ON® Glass Whiteboards
›› Contemporary white glass boards
- ideal for meeting or boardrooms
›› Many different colour options
available - please call for details
›› A range of attractive glass drywipe
boards which also accept super
strength magnets
›› Board stands proud of the wall on
chrome fixings
›› Made from steel backed 4mm
toughened safety glass
›› Optional matching glass pen tray
Overall Size
H x W mm
500 x 500 G5050/WH £54.12
900 x 600 G6090/WH £104.04
1000 x 1500 G1015/WH £219.52
1000 x 2000 G1020/WH £295.03
White Glass Whiteboards
1200 x 900 G9012/WH £167.61
1200 x 1200 G1212/WH £211.58
1200 x 1800 G1218/WH £275.36
1200 x 2400 G1224/WH £381.39
Pentray G5000 £11.94
Wallet of 5 Assorted Pens 539100 £13.50
25mm Silver Magnets - pack of 2 439158 £15.78
WRITE-ON® Revolving
Mobile Whiteboards
›› Sturdy white steel frame with a locking
pivot mechanism with 4 castors - 2 locking
›› Whiteboard rotates through its horizontal axis
›› Aluminium framed ultra smooth whiteboard
›› Magnetic versions accept magnets
›› Simple self-assembly
Overall Size
H x W mm
900 x 1200 447431 £139.63
1200 x 900 447341 £143.05
Non-magnetic
1200 x 1200 447441 £158.07
Whiteboard
1200 x 1500 447541 £176.39
1200 x 1800 447641 £202.07
900 x 1200 447433 £158.91
1200 x 900 447343 £162.56
Magnetic
1200 x 1200 447443 £184.40
Whiteboard
1200 x 1500 447543 £208.23
1200 x 1800 447643 £232.95
Wallet of 4 Assorted Pens 439115 £6.17
30mm Black Magnets - pack of 10 439152 £6.38
123
123 - GPC.indd 4 05/01/2021 21:07:01

Noticeboards, Whiteboards
Aluminium Framed & Literature
Noticeboards Display
Tamperproof Felt Noticeboards
Aluminium Framed Noticeboards Tamperproof Felt Noticeboards
i Information
FRAMELESS NOTICEBOARDS
AVAILABLE UPON REQUEST
COLOUR OPTIONS
DB RD GR BU LG CK COLOUR OPTIONS
Blue Red Green Burgundy Grey Cork
DB RD GR BU LG
** To order please add
colour code to model code Blue Red Green Burgundy Grey
Fire retardant versions are available, ** To order please add

please ask for details colour code to model code
›› Aluminium framed noticeboards with ›› A durable solution to protecting displayed

flushfix conceal corner wall fixings (supplied) information against casual interference
›› Choice of 5 special felt surfaces or traditional cork ›› Single door versions can be mounted
›› Can be mounted portrait or landscape with hinge to side, base or top
Overall Size ›› Matching locks for convenience - fixings supplied
H x W mm
Overall Size
600 x 450 44531/** £18.85 Description Model Price
H x W mm
900 x 600 44532/** £24.36 900 x 600 TP9060/** £65.65
900 x 1200 44543/** £35.82 900 x 900 TP9090/** £86.75
Aluminium Frame Single Door
1200 x 1200 44544/** £41.94 1200 x 900 TP1290/** £103.40
Felt Noticeboards
1200 x 1500 44554/** £55.26 1200 x 1200 TP1212/** £139.36
1200 x 1800 44564/** £61.17 1200 x 1800 TP1812/** £190.83
Double Door
1200 x 2400 44584/** £71.83 1200 x 2400 TP2412/** £235.39
® ®
Eco-Colour Fire Resistant Eco-Colour Fire Resistant
Aluminium Framed Noticeboards Tamperproof Lockable Noticeboards
COLOUR OPTIONS
DB RD CH NA LB LG GR
COLOUR OPTIONS
Blue Red Charcoal Natural L. Blue Grey Green
** To order please add DB RD CH NA LB LG GR

colour code to model code
Blue Red Charcoal Natural L. Blue Grey Green
** To order please add

colour code to model code
›› Fire resistant tested to BS EN 13501 Class B ›› Fire resistant tested to BS EN 13501 Class B
›› Made from recyclable eco-friendly materials ›› Made from recycled materials
›› Acoustic properties ›› Acoustic properties
›› Self-coloured pinnable core ›› Self-coloured pinnable core
›› Mount portrait or landscape ›› Protects against casual interference
›› Concealed corner fixings ›› Concealed corner fixings & matching keys
manufactured
›› Bright colours available upon request ›› Ideal for sensitive areas & corridors
Overall Size ›› Bright colours available upon request manufactured
H x W mm
Overall Size
900 x 600 22632/** £40.65 H x W mm
1200 x 900 22643/** £67.50 900 x 600 CBT32/** £98.42
Side Hinged
Aluminium Framed 1200 x 1200 22644/** £83.45 1200 x 900 CBT43/** £138.22
Single Door
Noticeboards 1200 x 1500 22654/** £99.50 1200 x 1200 CBT44/** £164.37
1200 x 1800 22664/** £120.13 Side Hinged 1200 x 1800 CBT64/** £241.49
1200 x 2400 22684/** £155.76 Double Door 1200 x 2400 CBT84/** £297.29
124

Freestanding Whiteboard Signs BUSYGRIP® Poster Frames
›› Wide range of popular sized poster

frames finished in satin anodised aluminium
›› Simply snap open & closed to change the poster
›› Magnetic double sided drywipe signs ›› Protected by anti-glare UV resistant cover
›› Available in three useful shapes; rectangular, ›› Mounts portrait or landscape with fixings provided
octagonal & directional arrow ›› Quantity discounts available - call for details
›› The Arrow sign angles & locks in chosen position ›› Coloured frame versions available - call for details
›› Whiteboard surface accepts magnets & is ›› A4 fire resistant version available - call for details
designed for use with drywipe markers Paper Overall Size
›› Robust plastic frame, pole & circular base which Description Model Price
Size H x W mm
can be filled with water or sand for extra stability A4 297 x 210 PFA4AL £13.47
A3 420 x 297 PFA3AL £17.84
Stand Sign Size
Description Model Price ‘A’ Sized
Height mm H x W mm A2 594 x 420 PFA2AL £26.61
Poster Frames
Directional Arrow 1632 430 x 650 G4173BL £103.22 A1 840 x 594 PFA1AL £38.76
Rectangle 1650 645 x 435 G4118BL £128.52 A0 1189 x 840 PFA0AL £61.35
Octagon 1650 565 x 565 G4117BL £128.52 ‘B’ Sized B2 700 x 500 PFB2AL £29.80
Set of 3 - - G400SET £351.84 Poster Frames B1 1000 x 700 PFB1AL £44.81
Mesh Literature Display Wave Literature Display

›› This range of wall mounted black ›› A contemporary leaflet dispenser
mesh leaflet dispensers are robust ›› 4 oversized A4 shelves
yet stylish ›› Wide version holds
›› 2 wall mounted options in either 5 8 sets of A4 literature
or 10 pocket versions ›› Up to 35mm of
›› Easily mount with fixings supplied brochures
›› Large capacity revolving stand ›› Supplied with
with easy self assembly optional castors

›› Header panel
space for adhering
your own branding
or information
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Grey 1430 x 350 x 310 LDF8GS £74.14
White 1430 x 350 x 310 LDF8W £74.14
Overall Size
Description Model Price Black 1430 x 350 x 310 LDF8B £74.14
H x W x D mm
5 x A4 720 x 260 x 90 G5578BL £66.45 Wide Grey 1430 x 500 x 310 LDF16GS £82.43
10 x A4 1290 x 260 x 90 G5579BL £100.29 Wide White 1430 x 500 x 310 LDF16W £82.43
30 x A4 Stand 1680 x 420 x 420 G5577BL £336.68 Wide Black 1430 x 500 x 310 LDF16B £82.43
125

T-Cards T-Cards & Office Planner Kit

Printer T-Cards
›› T-CARDS - 170gsm card. Available ›› Use as a daily/weekly, job planner/message
in 10 colours (shown on the right) centre. Contents: 7 x 24 slot panels,
- please specify when ordering index panel, wall supports & 7 packs
›› PRINTER T-CARDS - 170gsm card. of size 2 T-Cards
Available in 5 colours - white, yellow,
green, blue or pink - please specify
when ordering
›› PLASTIC T-CARDS - Available in 7
colours - black, white, silver, transparent,
red, blue or green - please specify
when ordering
›› 20040 is not available in purple or grey
›› PTC-3 is not available pink
Size Model Price
T-Cards
1 - box of 100 20010 £1.49
1.5 - box of 100 20015 £1.61 Plastic T-Cards
2 - box of 100 20020 £1.93
3 - box of 100 20030 £2.83
4 - box of 100 20040 £4.83 Dimensions (mm)
Printer T-Cards A B C D
2 - pack of 180 PTC-2 £12.44 Size 1 15 28 49 16.5
3 - pack of 80 PTC-3 £12.44 Size 1.5 15 45 53 35
Plastic T-Cards Size 2 15 60 85 48.5
2 - pack of 50 P-20020 £5.10 Size 3 15 92 120 80
Size Model Price
3 - pack of 50 P-20030 £8.10 Size 4 15 124 180 112
480H x 480W 29110 £76.50
Workload Production General Purpose Kit Yearly Day Planner Kit

Board Kit
Title each panel to preferred job stages & Economical & simple yearly multi - Multi-application kit. Schedule all plans over a
progress job T-Card stage by stage to application display board. Displays year on a daily basis.
produce a production overview board. a yearly schedule by months & days Contents: 12 x 32 slot depth monthly panels,
Contents: 12 x 32 slot panels, index panel, Contents: 12 x 54 slot panels, index panel, index panel, wall supports, blank title strips, &
wall supports, blank title strips, & 5 packs wall supports, blank title strips, day/month 5 packs of size 2 T-Cards
of size 2 T-Cards labels & 10 packs of size 2 T-Cards
Size mm Model Price Size mm Model Price Size mm Model Price
805W x 665H WPDB-32 £167.83 805W x 960H 29112 £228.54 805W x 665H DMY-365 £167.83
Document Display Pockets - professionally display your documentation New Pack Size of 3
›› No more overloaded,
untidy info displays
›› Colour coded plastic
document pockets
& optional cover
MAGNETIC BACKED HOOK & LOOP BACKED ADHESIVE BACKED inserts ensure
DOCUMENT POCKETS DOCUMENT POCKETS DOCUMENT POCKETS paperwork is
›› For magnetic whiteboard use, 3 per pack ›› For felt noticeboard use, 3 per pack ›› For general use, 3 per pack secure & protected
›› Document pocket
Size Style Model Price Size Style Model Price Size Style Model Price packs available in
Portrait MG3-A3P £25.70 Portrait HL3-A3P £24.76 Portrait AD3-A3P £24.56 white, yellow, red,
dark blue, green,
A3 Landscape MG3-A3L £25.70 A3 Landscape HL3-A3L £24.76 A3 Landscape AD3-A3L £24.56
blue-grey, grey,
Covers CVR3-A3 £8.20 Covers CVR3-A3 £8.20 Covers CVR3-A3 £8.20 black, orange
Portrait MG3-A4P £16.20 Portrait HL3-A4P £15.46 Portrait AD3-A4P £15.26 & transparent
- please specify
A4 Landscape MG3-A4L £16.20 A4 Landscape HL3-A4L £15.46 A4 Landscape AD3-A4L £15.26
›› Available in A5 &
Covers CVR3-A4 £4.56 Covers CVR3-A4 £4.56 Covers CVR3-A4 £4.56
A6 formats
126 - GPC.indd 7 05/01/2021 21:08:21

Cascading Document Display Racks
›› Modular, wall mounted, document organiser racks
›› Durable steel construction for office & industrial environments
›› Stand-alone document rack or combine for complete systems
›› Choice of colours: Yellow (1), Grey-White (2), Red (3), Blue (4),
Green (5), Grey-Aluminum (7) – Add
colour code to reference
›› Mixed colour and alternative
pocket depth racks available
›› A5 & A6 pocket formats
available – call for details
›› Cascading Weekly Kit includes:
1 x Blank Title, 7 x Blank Column
Titles, 7 x 5 pocket depth racks
(Grey-Alu), 1 x Durable Backing Board Cascading Weekly Kit
No of Document Document
Model Price
Pockets Size Format
Portrait CDUA4P2/.. £33.26
2
A4 Landscape CDUA4L2/.. £33.26
(Visible Edge:
Portrait Style Portrait CDUA4P6/.. £83.46
6
68mm Landscape CDUA4L6/.. £83.46
Landscape
Style 45mm) Portrait CDUA4P10/.. £128.96
10
Landscape CDUA4L10/.. £128.96
Adhesive backed Rack Header Plates - includes 1 x Holder,
8958810 £12.20
1 x Black Card Insert (Size: 44 H x 200 W mm)
Cascading Weekly Kit - 1900L x 850Hmm 8119901 £970.00
Magnetic Document Shields Kiss Cut Indicator

›› Size A4 or A3 transparent ›› Magnetic sheets of ‘push out’
Document Shields with Kiss cut (square cut) planning
printed coloured frame & whiteboard icons
for colour coding ›› Supplied as 3 sheets, each
›› Backed on 3 edges consisting of 16 icons
with magnetic strips (48 icons per pack)
›› Can be used either ›› Indicator Size: 36 x 36 mm
portrait or landscape ›› Available as Sad Face (Red),
Happy Face (Green), Neutral
COLOUR Face (Yellow), Tick (Green),
OPTIONS Cross (Red), Exclamation
Yellow Mark (Warning Triangle)
Red
Blue
Green
Black
Pack Colours
Size Model Price
Size per Pack
Designs
Pack Model Price
A4 5 1 BDS-A4 £16.76 per Pack
A3 5 1 BDS-A3 £31.76 3 sheets (48 Icons Total) 1 KCI-36 £9.96
Document & Clipboard Racks

›› High quality, easy-care, Document & Clipboard Racks
constructed from tough polypropylene
›› Designed to hold single or multi page
documents & clipboards
›› Supplied complete with wall fittings
›› Pocket depth 210 mm. Pocket
capacity 12-15 mm
›› Flexi-Clipboards feature a metal clamp
with a flexible (semi-ridged) core
CBF-A4
DCRS-2-10 DCRS-2-10
Pockets per No of Overall Size
Column Column H x W x D mm
Single Column Rack (A4) 10 1 1282 x 315 x 76 DCRS-1-10 £159.96

Double Column Rack (A4) 6 2 900 x 554 x 76 DCRS-2-06 £188.96
A4 Flexi-Clipboard Pack of 3 (1 colour per pack) - Blue, Black, Red or White CBF-A4 £9.76
127 - GPC.indd 8 05/01/2021 21:08:52

Safety Matting & Flooring
Safety Flooring
COBAGRiP
›› UV stabilised GRP sheets, treads & stair
nosing designed to offer exceptional levels
of slip-resistance both indoors & out, while
having outstanding wear & tear qualities
›› Ideal for pedestrian & factory walkways,
access ramps, gangways & bridges
›› Resistant to most solvents & chemicals
›› Manufactured from a flame retardent

silicone carbide ‘gritted’ top surface
›› Easy to install, simply bond or screw
to the existing floor surface
COBAGRiP
›› Suitable for use with forklift traffic
›› Thickness: 5mm overall
COBAGRiP Stair Tread
COBAGRiP Light
›› Also suitable for food production areas
›› Thickness: 2.4mm overall
COBAGRiP Stair Tread

›› Designed to fully cover the stair area
COBAGRiP Stair Nosing

›› Designed to cover the edge of the stair
COBAGRiP Stair Nosing COBAGRiP

Stair Tread
COBAGRiP
Stair Nosing
Overall Size
Colours:
L x W x H mm
1200 x 1200 GRP010002 £115.28

COBAGRiP Black Black
1200 x 2400 GRP010001 £220.13
1200 x 1200 GRP060002 £115.28
COBAGRiP Grey
1200 x 2400 GRP060001 £220.13
1200 x 1200 GRP070002 £115.28
COBAGRiP Yellow
1200 x 2400 GRP070001 £220.13
COBAGRiP 1200 x 1200 GRP010002L £86.81

Black
Light 1200 x 2400 GRP010001L £163.10 Grey
COBAGRiP 1200 x 1200 GRP060002L £86.81

Grey
Light 1200 x 2400 GRP060001L £163.10
345 x 1000 x 55 GRP010704S £43.22
COBAGRiP 345 x 1500 x 55 GRP010703S £60.90

Black/Yellow
Stair Tread 345 x 2000 x 55 GRP010702S £75.88
345 x 3000 x 55 GRP010701S £108.62 Yellow
55 x 1000 x 55 GRP070004N £20.73
COBAGRiP 55 x 1500 x 55 GRP070003N £26.18

Yellow
Stair Nosing 55 x 2000 x 55 GRP070002N £30.98
55 x 3000 x 55 GRP070001N £41.22
128
08 - Safety Matting & Flooring - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:18:52

Grip Foot Tape
›› Hard wearing & easy to install
›› Abrasive grip tape with self-adhesive backing
›› Suitable for ladders, stairs, ramps, entrances etc
GF010006 GF010005
Tape Rolls - 18.3m Long

Black - 25mm wide GF010001 £21.65
Black - 50mm wide GF010002 £43.22
Black - 102mm wide GF010003 £86.43
Black - 152mm wide GF010004 £129.67
Black/Yellow - 50mm wide GF010702 £54.00
Red/White - 50mm wide GF031002 £54.00
Grip Tape Patches
Black - 140mm x 140mm (Pack of 10) GF010005 £13.99
Black - 152mm x 610mm (Pack of 10) GF010006 £47.59
Rampmat
›› An economical anti-fatigue mat for the workplace
›› Raised circular surface for superior slip resistance
›› Conforms to Slip Resistance Test DIN 51130:2014 - R10
›› Open drainage holes for spilt liquids
›› Made from hardwearing NBR rubber
›› Moulded bevelled edges
reduce trip hazards
i Information
›› Thickness: 10mm
HELP PREVENT
SLIPPING
ACCIDENTS IN
THE WORKPLACE
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
1200 x 800 RP010002 £28.55
1500 x 900 RP010001 £37.22
Bubblemat
›› Effective anti-fatigue mat
made from 100% natural rubber
›› Raised bubbled surface to
stimulate blood circulation
›› Available as complete mats
or interlocking sections for
longer runs
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 900 (edged all round) BF010001 £53.69
900 x 1200 (edged all round) BF010002 £77.26
600 x 900 (interlocking end piece) BF010003 £53.69
600 x 900 (interlocking middle piece) BF010004 £53.69
129

Orthomat® Anti Fatigue ›› Extremely comfortable standing surface
›› Reduces fatigue from standing for long periods
›› Pebble surface offers slip resistance
›› Suitable for dry environments only
›› Anti Fatigue - charcoal or grey
Safety Fatigue - charcoal
with yellow borders
Overall Size Anti Fatigue Safety Fatigue
L x W mm
600 x 900 AF-0001 £34.91 AF-0701 £37.44
900 x 1500 AF-0002 £70.30 AF-0702 £75.47
900 x 18,300 AF-0003 £736.59 AF-0703 £791.59
900 x Linear Metre AF-0003C £54.92 AF-0703C £60.81
Orthomat® Ultimate
›› The mat is encapsulated in revolutionary
PolyNit material that is resilient to
most oils & chemicals found in engineering
›› Soft foam centre layer creates a very comfortable
surface to reduce tiredness & health issues
associated with prolonged standing
›› Raised diamond surface provides additional
underfoot grip for enhanced safety
›› Fire test classification to
BS EN 13501-1:2018 CFL s1
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 900 OU010001 £56.68
900 x 1500 OU010002 £134.09
900 x 18,300 OU010003 £1364.39
900 x Linear Metre OU010003C £84.19
Solid & Open Fatigue Step

›› Premium quality anti-fatigue tiles
›› Available with solid surface or holes for drainage
›› Tiles interlink to provide coverage for any area size
›› Suitable for wet or dry environments
›› Optional extras - male & female
bevelled edges in black or
yellow tiles colour black
Overall Size Solid Fatigue Step Open Fatigue Step
L x W mm Model Price Model Price
900 x 900 ST-0001 £118.87 SS-0001 £118.87
Solid Open Black Edging/Corner Female SS010002F £20.00 SS010002F £20.00
Black Edging/Corner Male SS010002M £20.00 SS010002M £20.00
Yellow Edging/Corner Female SS070002F £25.11 SS070002F £25.11
Yellow Edging/Corner Male SS070002M £25.11 SS070002M £25.11
Deckplate
i Information
›› PVC diamond surface offers wear resistance
›› Foam backing relieves fatigue from standing AVAILABLE IN
›› Supplied complete with all round ramped edges BESPOKE MADE TO
›› Withstands demanding industrial applications MEASURE LENGTHS
›› Suitable for dry environments UP TO 18.3M
›› Deckplate - black
Safety Deckplate - black
with yellow borders
Overall Size Deckplate Safety Deckplate
L x W mm Model Price Model Price
600 x 900 DP-0609 £120.95 SD-0701 £129.43
900 x 1500 DP-0915 £229.72 SD-0702 £250.67
900 x 3000 DP-0903 £455.33 SD-0703 £499.23
900 x 6000 DP-0906 £912.92 SD-0704 £996.49
130

Cobamat Standard
›› Fights against operator fatigue
›› Slip tested to EN13501-1:2018 EFL s2
›› Flame retardant to DIN 51130:2014 R10
›› Offers slip resistance in both directions
›› Colours: red, black,
green or blue
›› Hole size: 22 x 22mm manufactured
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 10,000 CS-0610 £488.06
900 x 10,000 CS-0910 £732.14
1200 x 10,000 CS-1210 £976.13
Edging per linear metre XS01 £9.42
Cobamat Inter
›› Easy to clean with detergent & a pressure cleaner
›› Gives added cross grip in wet/oily areas
›› Ideal for heavy duty applications
›› Colours: red, black,
green or blue
›› Hole size: 30 x 10mm
manufactured
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 10,000 CE-0610 £601.71
900 x 10,000 CE-0910 £902.42
1200 x 10,000 CE-1210 £1203.43
Edging per linear metre XE02 £9.42
Workstation Mat
›› Supplied with yellow bevelled edge
›› Cross ribbed to help prevent slipping in wet areas
›› Ideal as a machine operatives mat
›› Slip tested to EN13501-1:2018 EFL s2
›› Flame retardant to DIN
51130:2014 R10
›› Good resistance to the
majority of oils & chemicals
›› Thickness: 12mm manufactured
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 1200 - Standard (22 x 22mm Hole Size) WS-0701 £99.56
600 x 1200 - Heavy Duty (22 x 10mm Hole Size) WD-0701 £149.21
Worksafe Mat
›› Manufactured from hard wearing rubber
›› Ideally suited to relieve operator fatigue
›› Bevelled edges help prevent trips over the mat
›› Unique underside design prevents the mat
from slipping on the floor
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
900 x 1500 - Black SW-0001 £149.91
900 x 1500 - Blue (grease/oil resistant) SW-0002 £196.72
131

Entraplush
›› Traps dirt & debris protecting internal floors
›› Quick drying ‘crush-resistant’ carpet surface
›› Slip resistant, stain resistant with PVC backing
›› Colours: grey, brown, blue, red or green
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 900 PP-0001 £20.07
900 x 1500 PP-0002 £50.62
1200 x 1800 PP-0003 £80.08
Microfibre Doormat
›› Exceptional multi-action entrance mat using
hygienic microfibre technology
›› Superior ‘brushing & wiping’ with ‘rapid dry’
properties – even out performs cotton
›› Flexible, ultra-fine fibres provide deep cleaning
action on passing footwear
›› Filament structure creates a capillary effect
for improved dirt retention/absorbency
›› Environmentally friendly – does not
require chemical pre-treatment
or washing detergents
›› Colours: beige or black
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 900 MF-0001 £42.55
900 x 1500 MF-0002 £92.66
Coba Wash
i Information ›› Machine washable mat
WASHABLE LOGO ›› Traps up to 90% of tracked-in dirt
MATS AVAILABLE ›› Traps moisture, grit & grease
CALL FOR DETAILS ›› Bleach & fade resistant - 11 year warranty
›› Non-slip nitrile rubber backing
›› Colours: black/blue, black/steel,
black/brown or black/red
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 850 LM-0201 £49.51
850 x 1200 LM-0204 £98.96
850 x 1500 LM-0202 £117.81
1150 x 1750 LM-0203 £187.88
Superdry Doormat
›› Heavy duty entrance matting, ideal for NEW
office spaces & general workplaces
›› Raised, reinforced ‘waffle’ pattern scrapes dirt
away from footwear, helping to reduce the
amount of dirt/debris brought into the building
›› Exceptional moisture wiping properties (able to
retain up to 5.4 litres water/m2)
›› Lipped edges to help reduce tripping hazards
& rubber backing for slip-resistance
›› Colours: Black, Blue, Red, Brown or Grey
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
600 x 900 WH--0001 £40.79
900 x 1500 WH--0003 £101.94
1200 x 1800 WH--0004 £161.05
132

Cobascrape
›› Hard wearing surface scrapes dirt from your shoes
›› Gives a sure footing grip in wet/oily conditions
›› Bevelled edges to help prevent trips
›› Manufactured from 100% nitrile
›› Ideal for all weather conditions
›› Machine washable
›› Colour: Black
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
850 x 750 CS-0001 £71.94
850 x 1400 CS-0002 £133.95
850 x 3000 CS-0003 £285.76
1100 x 1700 CS-0004 £219.20
Ringmat Octomat
›› Manufactured from hard wearing rubber matting
for a long life span even in demanding conditions
›› Conforms to EN-13552 Category R10
›› Connectors available for a larger area coverage
›› Colour: Black
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
1000 x 1500 RM-0003 £99.99
Connector RM-0004 £2.34
Rampmat
›› Manufactured from durable NBR rubber making
this popular doormat suitable for most climates
›› Superior slip resistance conforming to Slip
Resistance Test EN-13552 Category R10
›› Raised circular pattern surface provides
grip while scraping dirt & moisture
›› Moulded bevelled edging for
safety & wheeled access
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
1200 x 800 RP010002 £28.55
1500 x 900 RP010001 £37.22
Superdry Heavy Traffic Mat

›› Waffle pattern absorbs moisture & NEW
scrapes away dirt from forklift wheels
›› Reduces slips, forklift skidding & loss of control
›› Easy to install with *Double Sided Adhesive Tape
›› Mats can be installed individually or laid next to
each other to cover vast areas
›› Easy to clean with a vacuum or stiff brush
›› Protects floor from damages
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
Superdry Heavy Traffic Mat
1800 x 1150 WHT010005 £135.50
*Double Sided Adhesive Tape
50Wmm x 50LM DST0001 £45.48
133

CablePRO - Cable Protectors
›› Reduce trip hazards caused by trailing cables
›› Protect cables and wires from being pulled
or crushed causing costly damage
›› Hazard strip version for increased visibility
CablePRO GP - Black CablePRO GP - Black/Yellow
i Information CP010012 & CP010005 CP010711 & CP010701
Channel Size: 8mm W x 14mm H Channel Size: 8mm W x 14mm H
REDUCE TRIP HAZARDS & PROTECT YOUR CABLES
CablePRO GP
›› General purpose cable protectors
›› Hazard strip version for increased visibility
HxW 3M Cable Protector 9M Cable Protector
Colour
mm Model Price Model Price
CablePRO GP
Black 11 x 68 CP010012 £26.15 CP010005 £61.61
CablePRO GP - Black CablePRO GP - Black/Yellow
Black/Yellow 11 x 68 CP010711 £27.15 CP010701 £64.65
CP010013 & CP010006 CP010712 & CP010702
Black 14 x 83 CP010013 £31.77 CP010006 £75.17
Channel Size: 30mm W x 10mm H Channel Size: 30mm W x 10mm H
Black/Yellow 14 x 83 CP010712 £32.84 CP010702 £81.70
CablePRO Data
›› Multi channel cable protectors for
telephone, power or ethernet cables
›› Ideal for keeping multiple cable types separated
›› Seam in base for snapping in cables
HxW 3M Cable Protector 9M Cable Protector

Colour
CablePRO Data CablePRO Data
CablePRO Data
CP010010 & CP010003 CP010011 & CP010004
Black 14 x 83 CP010010 £35.26 CP010003 £88.97 2 x Channel Size: 2 x Channel Size:
Channel Size: 15mm W x 10mm 30mm W x 10mm H & 20mm W x 10mm H
Black 14 x 108 CP010011 £39.98 CP010004 £103.11
CablePRO HD
›› Tough ramped edges keep cables protected
›› Larger 23mm diameter channels
accommodate heavy duty cables
›› CP010009 has a 4.5M length
HxW 3M/4.5M Cable Protector 9M Cable Protector
Colour
CablePRO HD - HD1 CablePRO HD - HD2
CablePRO Data
CP010007 & CP010001 CP010009 & CP010002
HD1 - Black 28 x 127 CP010007 £71.49 CP010001 £194.92
Channel Size: 23Ø mm 2 x Channel Size: 23Ø mm
HD2 - Black 30 x 156 CP010009 £131.58 CP010002 £254.76
CablePRO Mat Integrated cable run

underneath the mat
›› Special mat for protection from tripping
hazards due to loose cables lying around
›› Extremely durable nylon surface in dappled colour shades
›› Cleated non-slip backing made from durable nitrile rubber
›› Integrated cable run underneath the mat
›› Edge in hazard stripe
›› Product height: approx. 11.4 mm
›› 2 year warranty when professionally maintained
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W mm
1200 x 400 CPM010701 £61.83
134

ProSolve™ ProWipes
›› These big wipes are lint free, strong & absorbent - great for removing
even the heaviest deposits of grease & grime
NEW
›› ProSolve™ ProWipes clean hands, tools & hard surfaces without water
or scrubbing, removing oil, grease, sealants, paint & dirt
›› Powerful anti-bacterial performance against MRSA, e-Coli, & salmonella
›› The unique three layered laminate fabric offers greater tear resistance &
improved absorbency, in addition to torsional strength in both directions
Contents Model Price
90 Wipes PWT £4.95
ProSolve™ Hazard Tape ProSolve™ Barrier Tape

›› ProSolve™ Hazard Tape is a durable self-adhesive ›› ProSolve™ Barrier Tape is a non-adhesive
PVC warning tape for floor & hazard marking economy tape designed for marking
›› Suitable for application on most smooth dust & out-of-bound & hazardous areas
grease free substrates including plastic, ›› Size: 70mm wide x 500M length
wood, painted/coated floors etc.
›› Can also be used as an insulation tape NEW
›› Size: 50mm wide x 33M length
NEW
Colour Model Price

Colour Model Price
Black & Yellow SAFTB/Y2" £3.49
Red & White SAFTR/W2" £3.49 Red & White BTR/W £6.75
ProSolve™ Anti-Slip Tape ProSolve™ Line Marker

›› ProSolve™ Anti-slip self-adhesive safety grip tape ›› ProSolve™ Line Marker Paint is a high quality,
is of high quality, suitable for indoor & outdoor use fast drying & hard wearing acryclic line marking
›› Can be applied to most surfaces & will instantly paint which is a lead & xylene-free formulation
provide anti-slip protection that meets safety requirements ›› Produces clean & sharp lines & fits many applicators
›› The tape features a pressure sensitive permanent ›› Excellent line marker for grass, concrete,
adhesive coating & resin bonded oxide grit applied to tarmac, wood & composites
a durable & long-lasting flexible backing
›› Can be applied to concrete, wood,
metal & previously painted surfaces
›› It can be cut easily with scissors & is ideal for stair
treads, walkways, ladders & many other applications NEW
›› Size: 50mm wide x 20M length
NEW
Colour Model Price
Black PVLMBLA7A £5.99

Blue PVLMB7A £5.99
Green PVLMG7A £5.99
Orange PVLMO7A £5.99
Colour Model Price
Red PVLMR7A £5.99
Black AST50BLA £21.25 White PVLMW7A £5.99
Black & Yellow AST50B/Y £21.25 Yellow PVLMY7A £5.99

135

Self-adhesive Floor Marking Tape PROline Paint Marking Systems
PROline ›› Floor marking paint for internal & external use
›› Will adhere to concrete, asphalt, tarmac,
›› Floor marking tape
metal, tiles etc
for internal surfaces
›› Quick drying - can
›› Ideal for demarcation be walked on
of aisles, traffic ways, in minutes
pedestrian routes etc
›› 750ml can will do a
›› Can be removed from 50mm wide line for
most surfaces without 50 to 90M approx
leaving residue
›› ENVIRONMENTALLY
›› Tape length: 33M FRIENDLY
›› Not to be used on
sealed floors
›› Conforms to the
latest EU Regulations
50 x 33mm 75 x 33mm
Description Colour
White 261.15.202 £243.40 261.19.212 £248.40
Tape Marking Set
1 x TAPEliner Yellow 261.17.297 £243.40 261.18.900 £248.40
2 x Rolls of Blue 261.14.977 £243.40 261.16.487 £248.40
PROline Tape
1 x Trimming Knife Red 261.15.660 £243.40 261.16.560 £248.40 Description Colour Model Price
Marker Line Green 261.19.541 £243.40 261.17.656 £248.40
& Chalk Paint Marking Set - 1 PROliner Applicator, White 260.11.610 £204.90
Orange 261.17.130 £243.40 261.13.748 £248.40
2 Cans of Paint, Marker Line & Chalk Yellow 260.10.795 £204.90
TAPELiner (Marker with Trimming Knife) 261.16.528 £238.40
PROliner Applicator for 50 to 75mm Lines 260.10.174 £157.00
50mm Wide 75mm Wide ROADliner Applicator for 100 to 130mm Lines 260.10.383 £209.30
Description
Model Price Model Price HANDliner Applicator for Hand Use 260.10.437 £40.80
White 261.16.606 £5.30 261.16.619 £7.90 PROline Chalk Marker Line 260.11.543 £24.80
Yellow 261.13.796 £5.30 261.18.798 £7.90 Chalk Refill (for Marker Line above) 260.11.117 £5.80
Blue 261.19.771 £5.30 261.15.989 £7.90
Price Price
Colour Model Colour Model
Red 261.13.752 £5.30 261.18.675 £7.90 per Can per Can
Green 261.18.249 £5.30 261.16.655 £7.90 Paint Cans
Orange 261.16.322 £5.30 261.17.531 £7.90 White 260.11.745 £13.40 Green 260.11.015 £13.40
Red & White (laminated) 261.18.826 £7.20 261.15.954 £10.80 Yellow 260.11.089 £13.40 Orange 260.17.886 £13.40
Yellow & Black (laminated) 261.17.941 £7.20 261.13.438 £10.80 Blue 260.12.531 £13.40 Grey 260.11.057 £13.40
Green & White (laminated) 261.17.310 £7.20 261.19.066 £10.80 Red 260.12.976 £13.40 Black 260.11.954 £13.40
PROline Vinyl Line Marking Tape PROline Steel Line Marking Tape
›› Floor marking tape for internal surfaces ›› Floor marking tape for internal surfaces
manufactured in high grade vinyl manufactured in flat steel
›› Suitable for forklift areas ›› Forklift resistant
›› For permanent marking ›› For permanent marking
›› 500μ vinyl thickness ›› 700μ coloured flat steel thickness
Length 50mm Wide 75mm Wide

Colour Length
M Model Price Model Price Colour Model Price
M
White 25 261.27.044 £62.30 261.28.523 £93.50 1.5 261.25.551 £14.30
White
Yellow 25 261.24.239 £62.30 261.24.227 £93.50 6 261.24.898 £61.50
Blue 25 261.26.957 £62.30 261.25.412 £93.50 1.5 261.22.021 £14.30
Yellow
Red 25 261.21.702 £62.30 261.29.359 £93.50 6 261.27.500 £61.50
136
136 - GPC.indd 9 05/01/2021 21:11:55

Indoor Industrial Floor Paint Anti-Slip Industrial Floor Paint
PROline-paint PROline-paint
›› Tough & fast drying ›› For indoor use
›› Dirt repellent, ›› Fast drying
easy to clean with excellent
›› Highly resistant to oils, covering properties
solvents & detergents ›› Wear resistant
›› Easy to use - no mixing & durable
of components ›› Resists abrasion &
›› Suitable for use with most chemicals
forklift trucks ›› Anti-slip to
›› 5 Litre container will classification R10
cover about 20 to 25m2 ›› 5 Litre container will
cover about 20 to 25m2
Anti-Slip
ANTI-SLIP TO
CLASSIFICATION R10
Colour Weight kg Model Price

White 263.13.824 £101.50 Colour Weight kg Model Price
Yellow 263.14.807 £101.50 White 263.23.941 £126.40
Red 263.18.881 £101.50 Yellow 263.24.370 £126.40
7
Blue 263.19.179 £101.50 Blue 7 263.25.507 £126.40
Silver Grey 263.13.740 £101.50 Silver Grey 263.26.072 £126.40
Stone Grey 263.14.968 £101.50 Stone Grey 263.24.599 £126.40
Outdoor Industrial Floor Paint

PROline-paint
›› For outdoor use
›› Fast drying with excellent covering properties
›› Wear resistant & durable
›› Highly abrasion resistant
›› Easy to use - no mixing of components
›› 5 Litre container will cover about 20 to 25m2
Colour Weight kg Model Price

White 263.22.420 £123.50
Yellow 263.25.624 £123.50
Red 7 263.23.804 £123.50
Blue 263.21.512 £123.50
Grey 263.25.110 £123.50
137

Barriers, Traffic Management & Mirrors
Rope Barriers
›› High quality polished stainless steel
posts for a durable & aesthetic finish
›› The ropes are manufactured from high quality polyester
›› Ideal where you need to channel traffic; hotels,
airports, warehouses, offices, showrooms etc
›› 4 way connectivity
3 x SPL11Z &
2 x SRL25B
i Information
SIMPLY BUY YOUR

POST & ADD YOUR
ROPE TO SUIT
YOUR REQUIREMENTS
SRL21R SRL22B SRL25B
Post Size
H x W mm
Stainless Steel Post
Ball Head 987 x 320 SPL11Z £79.95
Top Hat Head 935 x 320 SPL21Z £83.20
Ropes
SPL21Z Red SRL21R £34.25*
& SRL21R Blue 1500 SRL22B £34.25*
Black SRL25B £34.25*
Wall Hook
SPL11Z SHL01Z
& SRL22B - - SHL01Z £15.45*
138 *prices applicable when ordering with the Posts.

09 - Barriers, Traffic Management & Mirrors - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:29:42

Belt Barriers Black Post Stainless Steel Double

Belt Barrier Post Belt Barrier Belt Barrier
RPLB4R, RPLB5B RPLS1R, RPLS2B RDLS7B
or RPLB6B or RPLS3B
FROM ONLY
£90.10
3 x RPLS1R
Wall Mounted
Belt Barrier
RWLS9B
YOUR
MESSAGE
GOES
HERE
RSLS8Z
›› The retractable belt is manufactured from nylon Belt Post Size

Model Price
›› Ideal for where you need to channel traffic; Colour H x W mm
hotels, airports, warehouses, offices, Black Post - Retractable Belt Barrier

showrooms etc Red RPLB4R £90.80
›› 3 way connectivity Blue RPLB5B £90.80
930 x 350
Belt Barriers Black RPLB6B £90.80
›› Posts are available in a black coated finish Receiving End Post RRLB8P £81.15
or a high quality polished stainless steel Stainless Steel Post - Retractable Belt Barrier
finish for a durable & aesthetic finish Red RPLS1R £90.10
›› Belt size: 50mm high & 2000mm length Blue RPLS2B £90.10
›› Belt mechanism incorporates a speed restriction 930 x 350
Black RPLS3B £90.10
function to prevent the belt retracting too quickly Receiving End Post RRLS9P £81.75
Stainless Steel Post - Double Retractable Belt Barrier
i Information Blue 985 x 320 RDLS7B £129.75
Wall Mounted Retractable Belt Barrier
CUSTOM BARRIER
Blue - RWLS9B £41.60
OPTIONS AVAILABLE -
Sign Board
PLEASE SEE PAGE 140
- 370 x 205 RSLS8Z £59.95*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Barriers.

Order charges will apply if ordered on their own. 139

Barriers, Traffic Management & Mirrors OBEX ®
‘Obex Barriers ’ Premium ®

Barriers
Safety Belt Barriers
›› Ideal for restricting access to
temporary work areas
›› Solid, cast iron base for
extra strength & durability
›› Extra long belt of 10.6 metres
CHEVRON BELT OPTIONS

i Information
i Information
SOLID CAST IRON
please specify when ordering BASE FOR EXTRA HUGE BELT
STRENGTH & LENGTH OF 10.6M
MESSAGED BELT OPTIONS DURABILITY
Available with the messages listed above

PSSB10CH PSSB10CH PSSB10CH
Chevron Belt Messaged Belt

Post Belt Belt Post Size
Colours Depth mm Length mm H x W mm Price each Price each
Model Model
2+ Off* 2+ Off*
Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 10,600 1015 x 355 PSBB10CH £123.70 PSBB10ME £160.70
‘Obex Barriers®’ Customisation Options

Your barriers are prime
advertising space as they
are positioned in the most
trafficked location in any
public facility, the customer
queue! Not only can belts
be custom printed but
every element of our
barrier can be customised
to create bold advertising,
a safety message or to
blend the queue with
building decor.
Contact us with your
requirements for a no Some Customisation Ideas:
obligation quote Your Logo Here
Your Wording Here
140 *Barriers can be supplied in single units. Additional small order charge will be applied - call for details

‘Obex Barriers®’ Safety Belt Barriers
i Information
FROM ONLY
STEEL BASE
£54.80 WITH HEAVY DUTY
RUBBER RING
Steel Base
›› Ideal for restricting access to

temporary work areas
›› Heavy duty rubber ring provides full contact
around the circumference of the base
OBEX ®
Barriers
please specify when ordering
MESSAGED BELT OPTIONS
4 way connectivity with

belt locking mechanism

SBBS34ME
SBBT34CH
Model Model
2+ Off* 2+ Off*
Single Belt
Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 355 SBBS34CH £54.80 SBBS34ME £64.90
Twin Belt
Yellow or Red 50 3400 1015 x 355 SBBT34CH £73.30 SBBT34ME £93.45
*Barriers can be supplied in single units. Additional small order charge will be applied - call for details
141

‘Obex Barriers®’ Premium Weatherproof Barriers
›› Tough, portable barrier ideal for creating outdoor waiting
lines or restricting access to temporary work areas
›› With a recycled rubber base & powder coated
stainless steel post, designed for outdoor use
›› Base features convenient carry handles
& is tough enough to drive over
›› Designed for creating long run barriers
OBEX
CHEVRON BELT OPTIONS ®

Barriers
MESSAGED BELT OPTIONS i Information
HUGE BELT
LENGTH OF 10.6M
Fitted with unique locking

device that locks the belt
mechanism. This fixes the belt
in place at the desired length
and eliminates belt sagging
WMS106ME WMS106CH
Model Model
2+ Off* 2+ Off*
Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 10,600 1015 x 480 WMS106CH £123.70 WMS106ME £160.70
‘Obex Barriers®’ Wall Mounted Belt Barriers

›› Manufactured with a steel housing OBEX ®
›› Heavy duty nylon construction means

the belt won’t fray or break even Barriers
in the toughest conditions
›› Ideal for hallways, doors, factories,
warehouses & much more WMBB23ME
WMBB23CH

i Information
COMPLETE WITH
RECEIVER CLIP


Housing Belt Belt Housing Size
Colours Depth mm Length mm H x W x D mm Price each Price each
Model Model
2+ Off* 2+ Off*
Polished Chrome, Black, Yellow or Red 50 2300 120 x 114 x 90 WMBB23CH £40.55 WMBB23ME £43.90
142 *Barriers can be supplied in single units. Additional small order charge will be applied - call for details

‘Obex Barriers®’ Weatherproof Barriers
FROM ONLY
£65.75
›› Tough, portable barrier ideal for creating

outdoor waiting lines or restricting
access to temporary work areas
›› With a recycled rubber base
& powder coated stainless steel
post, designed for outdoor use
›› Base features convenient carry handles
& is tough enough to drive over
OBEX ®
Barriers
WMS34CH
WMS34CH
WMT34ME

Model Model
2+ Off* 2+ Off*
Single Belt
Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 480 WMS34CH £65.75 WMS34ME £75.80
Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 4900 1015 x 480 WMS49CH £90.95 WMS49ME £110.30
Twin Belt
Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 3400 1015 x 480 WMT34CH £90.95 WMT34ME £111.10
Black, Yellow, Red or Orange 50 4900 1015 x 480 WMT49CH £124.55 WMT49ME £163.20
*Barriers can be supplied in single units. Additional small order charge will be applied - call for details
143

Guarda - Lightweight Chain Posts
›› For quick & easy cordoning off
space in warehouses etc
›› Available in a choice of 3 base styles:
›› Triangular plastic base filled
with concrete for outdoor use
›› Round plastic hollow base to
be filled with sand, water etc
›› Square hard rubber base
Height Base Weight

Version Colour Model Price
mm mm kg
Individual Guarda Chain Posts & Bases
Triangular Plastic Red & White 175.13.895 £10.10

300 SL 3.4
Base - Concrete Filled Black & Yellow 175.14.011 £10.10
Square Hard Red & White 265 175.19.222 £14.30

870 2.3
Rubber Base Black & Yellow x 265 175.16.601 £14.30
Round Plastic Red & White 175.16.320 £12.20

300 ø 2
Hollow Base Black & Yellow 175.18.711 £12.20
Guarda Chains
6mm Polyethylene Chain - Red & White (25M Length) 212.10.805 £32.50
6mm Polyethylene Chain - Yellow & Black (25M Length) 212.13.380 £32.50
Set of 6 Guarda Chain Posts & Bases (10M chain, 10 connecting links & 10 hooks)
Triangular Plastic Red & White 175.16.146 £73.30

300 SL 20
Base - Concrete Filled Black & Yellow 175.13.735 £73.30
Square Hard Red & White 265 175.19.176 £97.50

870 12.5
Rubber Base Black & Yellow x 265 175.17.668 £97.50
Round Plastic Red & White 175.15.850 £85.50

300 ø 6
Hollow Base Black & Yellow 175.17.247 £85.50
Traffic Line - Belt Posts

›› Flexible system providing demarcation
of public areas from traffic routes
›› Powder coated aluminium posts
›› Moulded bases with reflective disks
›› Secure 4 point fixing for permanent
installation (fixings not included)
›› Self-tensioning belts
with retraction feature
›› Post diameter: 60mm
Post Belt 3000mm Belt Length 4000mm Belt Length

Colour Colour Model Price Model Price
Black & Yellow 179.14.759 £212.50 179.22.511 £236.30
Yellow
Yellow 179.17.353 £212.50 179.26.335 £236.30
Red & White 179.19.970 £212.50 179.28.338 £236.30
Red
Red 179.15.362 £212.50 179.24.575 £236.30
Wall Clip 179.16.000 £13.80
Belt Link 179.17.430 £7.90
Wall Mounted
Belt Cartridges
›› For entrances,
doorways, stairs etc
›› Easy to fix bracket
›› Black cartridge
›› Self tensioning 179.13.738 179.27.462
Belt Belt Wall Mounted Wall Mounted - Magnetic

Colour Length Model Price Model Price
3000mm 179.18.124 £109.80 179.27.462 £136.40

Black/Yellow Striped
4000mm 179.23.024 £136.40 179.23.187 £170.50
3000mm 179.13.738 £109.80 179.27.835 £136.40

Red/White Striped
4000mm 179.23.085 £136.40 179.21.407 £170.50
144

Traffic Line Heavy Duty Pallet Racking Protectors
›› Conform to DIN 4844 safety guidelines
›› Provide protection from vulnerable
frame ends & uprights
›› Made in steel & powder coated
yellow with black bands
›› Can effectively be used to protect
machines, partitioning, mezzanine
support columns, concrete columns etc
›› Right angle - for corner protection
(bolted on 2 sides)
›› U-Profile - for three sided protection
(bolted on 3 sides)
›› Superior high strength & build quality
197.22.542 197.22.021
Overall Size Fixing Bolts Weight
H x W x Gauge mm required per protector kg
400 x 160 x 5 4 8 197.15.928 £36.40
400 x 160 x 6 4 9 197.13.182 £45.70
Right Angle
800 x 160 x 6 4 16 197.14.605 £83.90
1200 x 160 x 6 4 22 197.18.380 £124.90
Right Angle with Rollers 400 x 160 x 6 4 9 197.22.542 £101.20
U-Profile 400 x 160 x 6 6 11 197.18.365 £71.90
U-Profile with Rollers 400 x 160 x 6 6 12 197.22.021 £132.40
Fixing Bolts (2 per pack) 12 x 100 - 0.2 100.17.393.2 £2.80
Traffic Line - Collision Protection Bars
›› Protect your shelves, cabinets, machinery etc

›› Low profile design allows easy access to pedestrians
›› Size: 76mm Dia., 3mm wall thickness
›› Surface mounted with extra strength base plates
›› Powder coated in yellow with black bands
Overall Size Weight
H x W mm kg
86 x 400 5 199.13.478 £30.80
Protection Bars
86 x 800 7.5 199.19.220 £45.50
(needs 4 Bolts)
86 x 1200 10 199.14.143 £60.90
Fixing Bolts (4 per pack) 12 x 100 0.2 100.17.393.4 £5.60
145
145 - GPC.indd 8 05/01/2021 21:15:56

Traffic Line - Protection Guards
›› High impact guards manufactured in 3mm gauge steel,
76mm dia. Superior high strength & build quality
›› Finishes: yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use) or hot
dip galvanised & yellow powder coat with black bands (exterior use)
›› Protect your stock, traffic routes & work areas
›› Special size & colours are available - call for details
›› Sub-surface fixings are available - call for details
Powder Galvanised &

Overall Size Weight Coated Powder Coated
Description
H x W mm kg
Bollards
Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate 90 x 1200 14.5 - - 199.19.943 £138.10
Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing 90 x 1600 16.5 - - 199.17.454 £132.50
Yellow with Black Bands - Surface Fixing Plate 159 x 1200 33.5 - - 199.16.549 £272.00
Yellow with Black Bands - Sub surface Fixing 159 x 1600 35.5 - - 199.15.852 £272.60
Protection Guards
Yellow - Surface Fixing Plate 350 x 375 10 195.15.621 £118.60 195.18.233 £161.50
350 x 750 12 195.14.450 £135.80 195.16.265 £185.60
350 x 1000 13 195.14.589 £149.80 195.13.499 £203.20
Yellow with 600 x 750 14 195.18.515 £164.90 195.17.623 £211.00
Black Bands -
Surface Fixing Plate 600 x 1000 16 195.18.943 £177.30 195.19.157 £226.10
1200 x 750 20 195.19.573 £209.60 195.17.296 £266.60
1200 x 1000 22 195.17.903 £224.90 195.18.822 £287.50
Surface Fixing Bolts (8 per guard - price per 8) 12 x 100 0.2 - - 100.17.393.8 £11.20
Corner Protection Hoops
350 x 600 20 195.13.241 £215.00 195.14.708 £333.30
Yellow with
Black Bands - 600 x 600 24 195.14.637 £253.00 195.17.083 £390.30
Surface Fixing Plate
1200 x 600 34 195.17.512 £319.60 195.13.874 £493.20
Traffic Line - Steel Hoop Guards

›› Guards manufactured in 2mm gauge high quality steel, 48mm dia.
›› Ideal for the segregation & protection of vulnerable
zones such as walkways & machinery
›› Finishes: Yellow powder coat with black bands (interior use)
Hot dip galvanised & yellow powder coat
with black bands (exterior use)
Powder Galvanised &

Overall Size Weight Coated Powder Coated
Description
H x W mm kg
1000 x 1000 10 201.14.228 £181.10 201.15.512 £229.50
Yellow with
1000 x 1500 12 201.15.794 £201.50 201.17.982 £275.10
Black Bands
1000 x 2000 20 201.14.465 £235.80 201.13.553 £315.40
146

Heavy Duty Safety Barriers / Machine Guards
›› Constructed from heavy duty 115mm
diameter steel pipe, these
units are ideal for work areas
›› Bases are pre-drilled with 22mm
diameter holes for fixing FROM ONLY
to the floor (not supplied)
›› These units are powder £83.95
coated yellow for high visibilty
SMG10H
SMG09B
SMG15C
SMG02L
Overall Overall Mounting Plate Weight SMG02L In Use

Height mm Length mm Size mm kg
High Profile Guard 1065 1220 17 SMG10H £171.35
Low Profile Guard 230 1220 12 SMG02L £115.50
200 x 200
Safety Bollard 915 - 10 SMG09B £83.95
Corner Guard 610 610 12 SMG15C £159.90
Protective Posts Modular Barrier System

›› Designed to protect from accidental damage
›› These units provide isolation for drums & machinery
offering protection to products & operators
›› Fully welded construction for floor ›› Manufactured from rectangular hollow section steel these
mounting - fixings included units can be bolted together in a line or at right angles
›› Extra height posts available on ›› Pre-drilled base plates for fixing to the
request for embedding into concrete floor with 12mm bolts (not provided)
›› Powder coated in Yellow or Yellow & Black ›› Extension units are supplied with 2 joining bolts
›› Order quantities may apply, please ›› Finish: powder coated yellow
speak to the sales team
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
YELLOW ONLY
Overall Size
Standard Unit
Colour Model Price Extension Unit
H x Dia. mm
Yellow PP0709YE £112.65 Length Height
760 x 90 Description Model Price
Yellow & Black PP0709YB £112.65 mm mm
Yellow PP0911YE £128.95 Standard 1000 1000 SB1000 £144.50
915 x 115
Yellow & Black PP0911YB £128.95 Extension 1000 1000 SE1000 £138.75
Yellow PP1117YE £193.60 Standard 1500 1000 SB1500 £152.75
1100 x 170
Yellow & Black PP1117YB £193.60 Extension 1500 1000 SE1500 £142.95
147

Open & Mesh Infil Barriers These safety barriers are designed for creating
protective barriers around machinery & equipment
and for defining walkways through industrial,
manufacturing & warehousing areas.
›› Choice of open or mesh infill panels
›› Powder coated high visibility yellow
›› Supplied with floor fixings manufactured
i Information
Gate Barrier Unit TAILOR MAKE YOUR

with Mesh Infil OWN BARRIER Corner
Barrier Unit
Overall Size Mesh Infil Open

L x H mm Model Price Model Price
Gate Barrier Units
900 x 900 SBG0909M £199.05 SBG0909O £156.00
900 x 1100 SBG0911M £207.75 SBG0911O £166.25
1200 x 900 SBG1209M £218.15 SBG1209O £164.05
1200 x 1100 SBG1211M £232.45 SBG1211O £177.10
Straight Barrier Units
Open Straight
1000 x 900 SBS1209M £220.70 SBS1209O £167.60
Barrier Unit
1000 x 1100 SBS1211M £278.15 SBS1211O £214.50
2000 x 900 SBS2409M £352.25 SBS2409O £248.80
2000 x 1100 SBS2411M £368.70 SBS2411O £257.45
OPEN STRAIGHT Corner Barrier Units
BARRIER UNITS 1000 x 900 SBC1209M £348.50 SBC1209O £236.60
1000 x 1100 SBC1211M £349.20 SBC1211O £239.70
Guard Barriers Modular Barriers

These attractive tubular, safety barriers are ideal for ›› An economical range of protection barriers
protecting walkways around machinery & shelving for the end of pallet racking bays
and also for defining walkways through industrial, ›› Constructed from heavy gauge steel tube &
manufacturing & warehouse areas. fully welded - no on-site assembly
›› Powder coated high visibility yellow
›› Fully welded construction ›› Heavy duty floor fixing plate with bolts included
›› Powder coated high visibility yellow ›› Sizes to suit single or double bays
›› Supplied with floor fixings
Corner
Guard Barrier
Long Guard Barrier
MB1900
Pillar
manufactured
Guard Barrier
Overall Size manufactured

Model Price
H x L mm
Short Guard Barrier
Length x Height mm Model Price
940 x 1000 GBSG94 £161.20
Corner Guard Barrier To suit 700 x 620mm MB0700 £153.85
940H x 530W x 530D GBCG94 £179.60 To suit 900 x 620mm MB0900 £171.45
Pillar Guard Barrier (Maximum pillar size: W600 x D480mm) To suit 1100 x 620mm MB1100 £194.90
850H x 750W x 700D GBPG85 £206.05 To suit 1500 x 620mm MB1500 £212.50
Long Guard Barrier To suit 1900 x 620mm MB1900 £259.40
940 x 2000 GBLG94 £210.65 To suit 2300 x 620mm MB2300 £288.70
148

Protective Rail System
›› Constructed from 100mm welded heavy duty square tubular steel
›› Ideal for dividing manufacturing units & equipment in warehouses etc Triple Rail
›› Mounted on square floor plates (200 x 200mm) with pre-drilled fixing

holes (approx 12mm) for fixing to the
floor (fixings not supplied)
›› The corner rail gives the option of a
protective cage around equipment Corner
›› Finish: powder coated yellow Section
SBR304
FROM ONLY
Single Rail
SBR104
£293.80 SBR200
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Single Rail Height 380mm Double Rail Height 750mm Triple Rail Height 1120mm
Rail Length
Double Rail Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
1220mm 27 kg SBR104 £293.80 58 kg SBR204 £556.25 84 kg SBR304 £747.60
Corner Section
50 kg SBR100 £469.70 94 kg SBR200 £786.00 136 kg SBR300 £1048.70
SBR204 1m x 1m
Lift Out Rail System Steel Partition System

›› The rails on this protective barrier system are easy ›› Modular steel partition system which is ideal to
to remove allowing cost efficient access to machinery segregate areas of your workshop/warehouse
›› Posts are constructed from 80mm heavy duty square ›› Posts are constructed from 50mm heavy duty
tubular steel & the rails from 100 x 50mm tubular steel square tubular steel which are mounted on
›› Mounted on square floor plates which are pre-drilled floor plates which are pre-drilled for fixing
for fixing to the floor (fixings not supplied) to the floor (fixings not supplied)
›› Finish: powder coated yellow
›› Finish: powder coated yellow
›› When ordering please send drawing
SBLR04 & showing design layout, including which side
2 x SBLP11 is the front & any corner positions
manufactured
3YR
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GUARANTEE
FROM ONLY
£116.45
4 x SBLR04 &
2 x SBLP21 &
1 x SBLP22
Lift Out Rails
Weight Front View
Rail Length Model Price 1 x SPS110, 2 x SPS210 & 3 x SPS250
kg
1220 mm 9 SBLR04 £116.45
1830 mm 13 SBLR06 £129.15 When ordering please send drawing showing design layout,
including which side is the front & any corner positions
2440 mm 17.5 SBLR08 £161.55
3000 mm 21.5 SBLR10 £187.85 Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Posts Single Height Connector Post 1100 x 50 x 50 SPS110 £85.30

Double Height Connector Post 2100 x 50 x 50 SPS210 £103.65
Single Rail - 500mm High Double Rail - 1100mm High
Description Single Height End Post 1100 x 50 x 50 SPE110 £85.30
Wt kg Model Price Wt kg Model Price
Double Height End Post 2100 x 50 x 50 SPE210 £103.65
End Post 5.5 SBLP11 £130.35 10 SBLP21 £184.45 Single Height Corner Post 1100 x 50 x 50 SPC310 £97.50
Corner Post 6 SBLP12 £153.20 10.5 SBLP22 £207.35 Double Height Corner Post 2100 x 50 x 50 SPC410 £111.50
In Line Post 6 SBLP13 £153.20 10.5 SBLP23 £207.35 Steel Panel 995 x 2500 x 30 SPS250 £279.75
149

Traffic Line - Impact
Protection Railing System
›› Extremely strong & versatile protective railing system
›› Interior use - powder coated yellow
›› Exterior use - hot dip galvanised & powder coated yellow
›› Superior high strength & build quality
›› Posts: 100 x 100mm section

Base Plate: 200 x 200mm
Surface fixing (4 bolts)
›› Lateral rails: 120 x 80mm section
Bollards & Posts

Overall Size Weight Interior Use Exterior Use
Description
H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price
Cross Bars Bollard 1000 x 100 x 100 16 194.15.516 £106.80 194.13.700 £166.30
Cross Weight Interior Use Exterior Use End Post 500 x 100 x 100 10 194.16.094 £84.50 194.15.765 £128.30
Bar mm kg Model Price Model Price Centre Post 500 x 100 x 100 10.5 194.18.550 £92.00 194.18.142 £143.50
1000 9.5 194.18.997 £87.50 194.16.672 £136.60 90o Angle Post 500 x 100 x 100 10.5 194.13.760 £93.50 194.15.032 £145.60
1200 11.5 194.16.172 £94.60 194.14.863 £147.30 End Post 1000 x 100 x 100 17 194.14.244 £126.80 194.13.501 £197.40
1500 14 194.15.942 £117.50 194.16.449 £183.00 Centre Post 1000 x 100 x 100 18 194.17.026 £144.30 194.13.894 £225.00
2000 18 194.13.434 £153.70 194.13.826 £239.30 90o Angle Post 1000 x 100 x 100 18 194.18.205 £149.70 194.15.572 £233.60
Traffic Line - Impact Protection Traffic Line - Impact Protection

Shock Absorbing Pad Railing Gate
›› Shock absorbing pad enables the posts & bollards to ›› Designed to fix to end posts, centre posts or corner
deflect by up to 10°. This allows the railing system posts & can be hung on the left or right hand side
to absorb shocks & impacts whilst damage is reduced ›› Can be manually opened 90° inwards or outwards
significantly. The pad is UV, weather/temperature
resistant & increases the height of the railing system
by 40mm (installed by the use of 4 chemical
anchor bolts per post/bollard)
Overall Size Weight

H x W x D mm kg
Overall Size Gate Size Weight
Model Price
Pad for Post 50 x 200 x 200 0.6 422.21.456 £34.70 L x H mm L x H mm kg
Chemical Anchors 300 x 100 x 100 2 100.20.858 £65.50 905 x 520 835 x 475 12 194.20.653 £238.10
150

Steel Barrier System
›› Simple & easy installation
›› Triple ridge barrier for strength & rigidity
›› Rolled top edges help eliminate sharp edges
›› Available with single & double height posts
›› Mounted on square floor plates with
3 x SGP10Z &
pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied) 4 x SGR11Z In Use
i Information
TAILOR MAKE
YOUR OWN
BARRIER
Barriers
Length Weight
Model Price
mm kg
508 10 SGR05Z £74.80
3 x SGP04Z & 2 x SGR11Z In Use
1118 18 SGR11Z £123.40
1728 26 SGR17Z £174.35
2337 34.5 SGR23Z £224.75
Posts - Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts
Height Post Size Mounting Plate Weight

Model Price
mm W x D mm Size W x D mm kg
Single - 483 100 x 254 x 16.5 SGP04Z £110.20
Double - 1093 100 254 27.5 SGP10Z £167.45
Heavy Duty Barrier System

›› Simple & easy installation i Information
›› Double ridge barrier for strength & rigidity GALVANISED
›› Rolled edges help eliminate sharp edges
BARRIERS ARE
›› Available in either a powder coated yellow FROM ONLY
finish or galvanised for outdoor use IDEAL FOR
›› Mounted on square floor plates with £109.25 OUTDOOR USE
pre-drilled fixing holes (fixings not supplied)
3 x BPY04Z,
1 x BBY06Z
& 1 x BBY24Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
3 x BPG04Z,
1 x BBG06Z
manufactured & 1 x BBG24Z
Barriers
Length Weight Stove Enamel Yellow Galvanised 3 x BPG04Z,
mm kg Model Price Model Price 1 x BBG06Z
& 1 x BBG24Z
610 8 BBY06Z £109.25 BBG06Z £124.80
915 10 BBY09Z £133.75 BBG09Z £154.90
1220 12 BBY12Z £139.65 BBG12Z £162.65
2440 24 BBY24Z £183.85 BBG24Z £231.70
Posts - Suitable for use as both ‘In-Line’ posts & Corner posts
Post Size Mounting Plate Post Weight Stove Enamel Yellow Galvanised
mm Size mm Height mm kg Model Price Model Price
100 x 100 220 x 220 510 10 BPY04Z £159.95 BPG04Z £175.90
151

VISUSAFE™ Flexi Delineator Range
›› Polyurethane posts that will flex, bend & return to shape
›› 80mm diameter posts supplied with 3 floor anchor
bolts suitable for tarmac or concrete (1000mm high)
›› Ideal where demarcation of traffic routes is paramount
›› Can be used on their own or combined with plastic
chains to help segregate traffic & pedestrian routes.
When used with chains, please order the chain
fixing kit (1 per post) & chain separately
›› Highly visible signs with a 285mm diameter are
also available to delineate Disabled Parking Bays &
NEW Electric Car Charging Bays
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow/Silver
White/Red
Black/Yellow
Black/White
FDS/DP & FDS/EC &

FDP/Y FDP/W FDP/B FDP/BW FDP/BW
Yellow Post with Silver Reflectors FDP/Y £79.00

White Post with Red Reflectors FDP/W £79.00
i Information Black Post with Yellow Reflectors FDP/B £79.00
Black Post with White Reflectors FDP/BW £79.00
ENSURE SAFETY BY
Chain Fixing Kit FDK/FK £9.00
SEGREGATING
Black & Yellow 8mm Plastic Chain x 25M PCH/BY £39.00
TRAFFIC &
Red & White 8mm Plastic Chain x 25M PCH/RW £39.00
PEDESTRIAN ROUTES
Disabled Parking Sign - 285mm diameter FDS/DP £32.00
Electric Charging Sign - 285mm diameter FDS/EC £32.00
VISUSAFE™ Wheel Stops VISUSAFE™ Lamp & Sign Post Wrap

›› Suitable for Domestic & HLGV vehicles ›› Clam-Shell design, manufactured from Polyethylene
›› Ideal for use where you need to control the parking with a high density foam absorbing impact core
of vehicles to eliminate clash with vehicles parking ›› Complete with diamond grade reflective
against perimeter walls, perimeter fencing, in bands for night time visibility by vehicle drivers
front of buildings and/or back to back parking ›› Units fit together simply on-site with
stainless security bolts
NEW
NEW

Lamp & Sign Post Protector Kit - Black & Yellow Vis LPK/BY £197.00
Domestic Wheel Stop (Red) - 900L x 200W x 80Hmm DWS/R £65.00 Lamp & Sign Post Protector Kit - Black & Silver Vis LPK/BS £197.00
Domestic Wheel Stop (Yellow) - 900L x 200W x 80Hmm DWS/Y £65.00 Lamp & Sign Post Protector Kit - Green & Silver Vis LPK/GS £197.00
HLGV Wheel Stop (Red) - 1000L x 200W x 130Hmm CWS/R £95.00 Lamp & Sign Post Protector Kit - Red & Silver Vis LPK/RS £197.00
HLGV Wheel Stop (Yellow) - 1000L x 200W x 130Hmm CWS/Y £95.00 Lamp & Sign Post Protector Kit - Yellow & Silver Vis LPK/YS £197.00
152
152 - GPC.indd 15 12/01/2021 12:18:59

VISUSAFE™ Armco Safety Ends VISUSAFE™ Armco Safety Barriers
›› Polymer moulded ends with single point fixing ›› Safety driven design & development to make
›› Ideal for covering razor sharp Armco cut your Armco barrier safer & visible to your
ends that otherwise present safety issues MHE/PIT operators & HGV drivers
›› Fitted with 2 diamond grade reflectors ›› Designed for fitment with a single
›› Simple & quick to install. Designed to suit Armco post, saving costs & install time
Armco 310 x 85mm corrugated rails
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow/Silver
NEW White/Red
ASCE90
NEW
ASCE90 ASCE135
ASE/Y ASE/BK Description Model Price
External Corner - 900 ASCE90 £79.00

External Corner - 1350 ASCE135 £79.00
Yellow Armco Safety End ASE/Y £34.00 Internal Corner - 900 ASCIN90 £79.00
Black Armco Safety End ASE/BK £34.00 ASE/Y Internal Corner - 1350 ASCIN135 £79.00 ASCIN90 ASCIN135
VISUSAFE™ Armco Pedestrian Safety Ends VISUSAFE™ Armco Fishtail Safety Ends
›› Provides a safe & visual termination to Armco rails ›› Provides a safe & visual termination to Armco rails
›› Retrofit compatibility with all Armco terminals ›› Retrofit compatibility with all Armco terminals
›› Quick & easy to install with 2 supplied bolts ›› Flexible under impact - offers low damage to vehicles
›› Fitted with diamond grade reflectors ›› Fitted with diamond grade reflectors
NEW NEW
APSE/Y
APSE/BK
AFSE/Y
Yellow Pedestrian Safety End APSE/Y £39.00 Yellow Fishtail Safety End AFSE/Y £49.00
Black Pedestrian Safety End APSE/BK £39.00 APSE/Y Black Fishtail Safety End AFSE/BK £49.00 AFSE/BK
153

Barriers, Traffic Management & Mirrors i Information
Protect-It HSE GUIDELINES

STATE THAT EVERY
Does your warehouse meet HSE requirements? UPRIGHT SHOULD
BE PROTECTED
HSE document HSG76 states: ‘Where racking is likely to be
struck by lift trucks & other vehicles it should be protected’
If you are going to conform to HSE requirements make sure you fit a
protector that meets the recognised European Standard FEM 10.2.02.
›› Passes both front/side impact tests to conform to FEM 10.2.02

›› Deflects in the same way as a car bumper to absorb impacts
›› Easy to fit by hand - no tools required
›› Easy to remove for rack inspections
›› Effective in cold stores as low as -40oC
›› Sold in over 70 countries throughout the world
Please specify type of racking if known when ordering or send a photo of the racking
Protection Uprights Uprights
Height upto 90mm between 90mm x 120mm wide
268mm £16.95 £19.50

400mm £24.95 £28.95
Protect-It MAXI
Protect-it MAXI is a revolutionary structural column
guard designed to minimize damage to building
columns especially suited to mezzanine floor columns
›› Fits any column size beginning with 100mm (4”) &

increasing in 25mm (1”) increments to fit any size &
shape including square, rectangular, ‘H’ section,
‘I’ section, round or even walls
›› Slim line construction saves space. Only
adds 75mm to each side of the column
›› Provides even impact absorption from all directions
›› Improves workplace safety
›› Securely fits around columns◆
›› Tested to withstand a 2.7 tonne fork lift truck
hitting a 200mm column at 6km/hour - no
damage to the column occurred
Free delivery on orders over £250.00. For orders

less than this please add £25.00 per order.
For Column Sizes Price Price

Between mm 500mm High 1000mm High
Wall Protection: can conform to the shape
Square or ‘H’ Section
of the wall (1080L x 500H mm)
100 x 100 & 140 x 140 £109.98 £212.89
150 x 150 & 300 x 300 £212.89 £425.78
325 x 325 & 425 x 425 £319.34 £638.67
450 x 450 & 600 x 600 £425.78 £851.56
Round Section
175
200 £212.89 £425.78
300
Protect-It Wall (per linear metre - actual size 1080L x 500H mm)
- £425.78 -
154

Column Protectors Slimline Protector - CP100 & CP150
›› Impact protection for

columns & girders
›› Easy to assemble with no fixings
- fit with velcro straps Protector - CP200
›› Manufactured from highly
flexible & strong polyethylene
›› Available in a range of sizes which
are suitable for warehouses,
mezzanine floors & carparks
Universal Protector Protector - CP300
can be cut to required size
Pair of Infils
Infil110 Infil210 Infil310

Size
mm
Slimline Protector to fit columns 100 x 100mm 1000H x 390W x 435D CP100 £171.36
Slimline Protector to fit columns 160 x 160mm 1000H x 390W x 435D CP150 £171.36
Protector to fit columns 160 x 160mm or 210 x 210mm 1100H x 600dia CP200 £230.40
Protector to fit columns 260 x 260mm or 310 x 310mm 1100H x 600dia CP300 £230.40
Pair of infils to increase the CP200 or CP300 by 110mm 1100H x 110W Infil110 £69.12
Universal Protector to fit columns 200mm to 700mm 1000H x 700W x 700D UNCP £204.48
Bollard Sleeves
›› Durable plastic sleeves to protect
steel bollards from weathering
›› Manufactured from low density polyethylene
which requires no maintenance or re painting
& protects the bollard from rust
›› Easy to fit: just slide over existing steel bollard
›› Sleeve is 1200mm high but can be cut
to suit bollards which are smaller than this
›› Secure fit with self adhesive foam strip
›› Available in: yellow & black stripe or
green, yellow, red, blue with reflective strips
105mm Dia. 120mm Dia. 183mm Dia. 215mm Dia.

Description
Yellow with 180mm Black Strip BS105YB £55.00 BS120YB £55.00 BS183YB £58.00 BS215YB £58.00
Yellow with 60mm Reflective Strip BS105Y £55.00 BS120Y £55.00 BS183Y £58.00 BS215Y £58.00
Green with 60mm Reflective Strip BS105G £55.00 BS120G £55.00 BS183G £58.00 BS215G £58.00
Red with 60mm Reflective Strip BS105R £55.00 BS120R £55.00 BS183R £58.00 BS215R £58.00
Blue with 60mm Reflective Strip BS105B £55.00 BS120B £55.00 BS183B £58.00 BS215B £58.00
155
155 - GPC.indd 18 05/01/2021 21:17:41

Traffic Line - Impact Protection
›› Manufactured in flexible, age-resistant
foam which is free from CFC’s & silicones
›› Ideal for interior or exterior use
›› Simply cut to size on site with a knife or fine toothed saw
›› Provide both visual warning & safety cushioning
›› Protect protruding edges in your warehouse or goods in area
›› UV resistant signal colours according to DIN 4844
o o
›› Temperature resistant from -40 C to +90 C
›› Easy to install to dust & grease free surfaces
›› Other colours / profiles available - call for details
Edge Protection Self-Adhesive Fitting Magnetic Fitting

Description Colour Length
Edge Protection
Trapeze - 40/40 Yellow/Black 1000 422.14.275 £28.90 422.23.243 £34.00
Trapeze Right Right Semi
40/40 Angle Angle Circular Yellow/Black 1000 422.17.559 £27.20 422.24.979 £32.30
30/30 60/60 40/40 Right Angle - 30/30
White 1000 422.15.712 £27.20 - -
Surface Protection
Right Angle - 60/60 Yellow/Black 1000 422.18.566 £44.30 422.25.253 £49.40
Yellow/Black 1000 422.19.099 £28.90 422.20.276 £34.00
Semi Circular - 40/40
White 1000 422.15.039 £32.10 - -
Trapeze Semi Rectangle Surface Protection

40/40 Circular 60/20
40/32 Trapeze - 40/40 Yellow/Black 1000 422.18.441 £28.00 422.26.582 £34.00
Push-fit Protection Yellow/Black 1000 422.13.249 £28.00 422.27.977 £34.00

Semi Circular - 40/32
White 1000 422.18.541 £31.20 - -
Yellow/Black 1000 422.19.912 £38.10 422.20.678 £44.10
Rectangle - 60/20
White 1000 422.18.163 £41.20 - -
Trapeze Trapeze Semi Rectangle
40/40/8 40/80/8 Circular
Push-fit Protection (Push Fit)
25/30/5
40/40/8
Trapeze - 40/40/8 Yellow/Black 1000 422.13.264 £26.60 - -
Pipe Protection Trapeze - 40/80/8 Yellow/Black 1000 422.15.601 £42.10 - -
Yellow/Black 1000 422.17.696 £26.60 - -
Semi Circular - 40/40/8
White 1000 422.18.250 £29.80 - -
Rectangle - 25/30/8 Yellow/Black 1000 422.26.168 £28.40 - -
30/50mm 50/70mm 70/100mm
Pipes Pipes Pipes Pipe Protection
Corner Edge Protection 40: for 30-50mm Pipes Yellow/Black 1000 422.16.740 £50.80 422.21.293 £55.90
Trapeze 60: for 50-70mm Pipes Yellow/Black 1000 422.17.049 £54.70 422.22.247 £59.80
85: for 70-100mm Pipes Yellow/Black 1000 422.17.488 £62.40 422.20.581 £67.50
Corner Edge Protection
Trapeze External Corner Black - 422.18.641 £15.60 - -
External Tri Internal
Corner External Corner
Trapeze External Tri Corner Black - 422.16.525 £14.30 - -
Corner
Trapeze Internal Corner Black - 422.18.012 £14.20 - -
Corner Edge Protection
Semi Circular Black - 422.19.578 £13.00 - -
Semi Circular External Corner
White - 422.14.008 £22.50 - -
Black - 422.18.356 £13.00 - -
Semi Circular External Tri Corner
White - 422.17.487 £16.10 - -
External Tri Internal
Corner External Corner Semi Circular Internal Corner Black - 422.17.839 £13.00 - -
Corner
156

Telescopic Posts Expanding Barricade
›› Fully telescopic – fits flush with surface when not in use ›› Constructed from a sturdy steel frame
›› Zinc plated for protection against corrosion ›› Unit is mobile on castors for easy manoeuvrability.
›› Includes PP10 70mm stainless steel discus The barrier stays in position as the castors are braked
padlock with hardened steel shackle ›› Can be joined with other units for a barrier of any length
EB3500
EB4900
NEW
NEW
Interlocking
Folded Design
Extended Submerged Extended Height

Description Code Price Model Price
Height mm Depth mm Length mm mm
Telescopic Post - 70mm Square 550 740 TP740 £135.75 3500 940 EB3500 £101.70
Telescopic Anti Ram Post - 100mm Square 540 770 TA770 £166.40 4900 940 EB4900 £142.90
Stanchions
i Information ›› Robust stanchions which are ideal for
INFORM ALL EMPLOYEES
displaying signs on a temporary basis
& VISITORS OF RISKS ›› Easily & quickly position near
OR TEMPORARY RULES to a potential hazard or danger
ON SITE ST4560DS ›› Manufactured from steel which is painted
in grey primer to discourage rust
›› Available in single or double sided options
›› Clips are provided for sign
retention into the stanchion
ST4560SS &
SS002
ST4560SS Stanchion Signs
Economy Stanchion Signs - 450H x 450Wmm ›› Made from 2mm rigid plastic (economy
stanchion signs) or 2mm rigid foam plastic
(standard stanchion signs)
›› Suitable for indoor or outdoor use
›› Other signs available - call for details
SE009 SE010 SE011 SE012 SE013 Stanchions

Standard Stanchion Signs - 450H x 600Wmm Description Model Price
Economy Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 450W mm Stanchion Signs

Single Sided ST4545SS £25.35
Double Sided ST4545DS £36.65
Standard Stanchions - to Suit 450H x 600W mm Stanchion Signs
Single Sided ST4560SS £22.20
SS001 SS002 SS003 SS004 Double Sided ST4560DS £32.45
Stanchion Signs
Size To
Model Price
H x W mm Suit
See Below 450 x 450 Economy Stanchions £19.60

Illustrations 450 x 600 Standard Stanchions £20.45
SS006 SS007 SS008
157

Galvanised & Stainless Steel Bollards ›› Constructed from either galvanised or stainless
steel - ideal for all weather use
Galvanised Heavy Duty Bollards

76 dia. x 900mm - Bolt Down SB10FSM76 £75.63
76 dia. x 1200mm - Concrete In (900mm above ground) SB10SP76 £65.51
Fixing Bolts - Pack of 4 SB10F £6.57
Stainless Steel Bollards - Bolt Down Option available upon request

NEW

manufactured
Heavy Duty High Vis Bollards

›› A perfect solution to protect buildings, shutter
doors, loading bays or anywhere similar
›› Constructed from 5mm mild steel coated black
with two high visibility stripes
i Information
COMPLETE WITH
HI-VIS STRIPES manufactured
139.7mm dia. Fixed Surface Mounted - 900mm High SB.29FSM9 £125.71
139.7mm dia. Fixed Surface Mounted - 1200mm High SB.29FSM12 £145.89
139.7mm dia. Fixed Sunken Permanent - 1500mm High (Overall) SB29SP1500 £134.29
90mm dia Fixed Surface Mounted (Yellow Stripe) – 1000mm High SB.24SMY £88.21
90mm dia Fixed Surface Mounted (White Stripe) – 1000mm High SB.24SM £88.21
90mm dia Fixed Sunken Permanent (White Stripe) – 1500mm High SB.24SP £75.30
90mm dia fixed Sunken Permanent (Yellow Stripes) – 1500mm High SB.2990 £75.30 SB.29FSM9
Fixings to suit (pack of 4) SB.29F £6.57
Delineator Social Distance Posts

›› This Delineator post is the perfect solution for queue
management & a wide variety of applications
›› Ideal for where you need to channel traffic in hotels,
airports, warehouses, offices & retail areas
›› Suitable for both indoor & outdoor usage
›› Manufactured with eyelets & internal tubing, this
post allows for flexible usage. The inner tube can
facilitate chain or similar to be threaded through,
allowing the post distance or location to be
adjusted whenever required
›› The eyelets are perfect for restricting & allowing
access to anywhere that requires people traffic
to be altered
NEW
manufactured
1000mm Stainless Steel Delineator Post with Chain Fixings SB9 £78.30
Stainless Steel Delineator Chain per Metre SB9CHAIN £3.57
158 Installation services available - please call for details

Parking Posts
›› Fold down parking post, ideal for drive ways or parking spaces
›› Integral lock (c/w 2 keys) or padlock facility
›› Integral lock design can be keyed alike
for multiple posts (extra cost)
›› Smart Zinc plated finish or Powder coated Hi Vis Yellow
manufactured ›› Matching fixed posts for surrounding area
available (bolts down and concrete in)
›› Winged design suitable for larger spaces
or to deter vehicles from parking between
Hinged Padlock Type (Zinc Plated) SB11HP £66.67

Hinged Integral Lock (Zinc Plated) - Concrete In SB11HISP £86.00
SB11W
in Yellow Hinged Integral Lock (Zinc Plated) - Bolt Down SB11HI £71.43
Hinged Integral Lock (Yellow) - Bolt Down SB11HIY £71.43
Hinged Integral Lock (Yellow) - Concrete In SB11HIYSP £86.00
Winged c/w Integral Lock (2 keys) SB11W £128.00
Fixed Surface Mounted SB11SM £62.06
SB11HI
Fixed Sunken Permanent SB11SP £56.43
Economy Posts Removable Security Posts

›› Constructed from 50mm square ›› The base is coupled to the steel post by a padlock
mild steel coated yellow with a (not supplied) & stands 1000mm high. The handles
quick & easy bolt down design create easy lifting for this lightweight, yet strong
& easy collapsing mechanism removable security solution. Powder coated semi
›› Stands 610mm high matt black with a white vinyl stripe complete with the
ground socket (replacement ground sockets available)
manufactured
SB.28W manufactured
SB.28HP
SB.25R
Winged Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied) SB.28W £92.79
Hinged Post c/w Padlock Facility (padlock not supplied) SB.28HP £82.27
Fixed Surface Mounted SB.28SM £51.80 Tough 90mm Square Removable Security Post SB.25R £100.00
Fixed Sunken Permanent SB.28SP £51.20 SB.32 PEDESTRAIN REMOVABLE
SB.24RSECURITY
£100.00
Tough 90mm Round Removable Security Post POST
Heavy Duty Fold Down Bollard Pedestrian Street Bollards
COMPLETE WITH GROUND SOCKET
›› Padlock facility at the top of the post ›› Hi Visibility

BRAND Bollard,
NEW Removable great
Pedestrian for
Bollard pedestrian
manufactured from 76mm Diameter CHS Steel.
(padlock not supplied) complete with areas, paths & driveways
Suitable for protecting pedestrian areas, driveways and pathways or anywhere similar. Standing at 100
handles for easy operation ›› 76mm
the SB.32RDia steelwithpost,
is complete ground 1000mm above
socket and supplied ground
with three Hi-Viz stripes, colour of your choice
›› 1000mm high with a 230 x 230mm White or Yellow.
›› Available as bolt down, concrete in or
base (fixings not supplied)
removable
The base when not (complete with
in use sits flush with socket)
the surface and is designs
manufactured from durbar for an anti-slip pre
›› Powder coated Black
›› Choice of Red, White or Yellow Hi Vis Stripes
1000mm
2 x SB.24HP manufactured
manufactured Folded
SB.25HP SB.32R Padlock Facility
Base sits flush when not in use
76mm dia. Fixed Sunken Permanent SB.32SP £62.54
Tough 90mm Square Hinged Padlock Post SB.25HP £181.99 SOCKET:

76mm dia. Fixed Surface 90mm
Mounted Square
(bolts x 250mm deep.SB.32SM
not supplied) £71.97
Tough 90mm Round Hinged Padlock Post SB.24HP £184.71 76mm Dia Round POST:
Removable
76mm(c/w
o/d xSocket) SB.32R
3mm thick x 1240mm long. £88.69
240mm
Fixings to suit (pack of 4) SB.24F £6.57 Fixings to suit (Pack of 3) SB.32F £4.93
Powder coated with Red, White or Yellow Vinyl Stripes.
Installation services available - please call for details
INSTALLATION: Hole required 400mm x 400mm x 400mm deep.159

manufactured
Speed Ramps Surface Mounted Flow Plates

›› Quick & easy to install ›› DON’T BE FOOLED BY FAKE, this original patented
›› Heavy duty 99% recycled PVC segments which design is and has been UK Manufactured for over
have high UV & chemical resistance. 25 Years. The Surface Mounted Flow Plate has been
designed to offer advantages over the sunken design.
All parts are re-useable & recyclable This product is strong enough to withstand the
›› White reflectors offer excellent visibility heaviest goods vehicle, or with the flap reduced to
›› Will withstand heavy goods vehicles & will not 115mm, will provide the strength and flexibility to
deform or crack in extreme weather conditions allow all types of vehicles (standard design maximum
›› Central channel available for wiring weight 1 tonne per axle) to travel over them.
›› Supplied complete with fixings Another advantage these plates offer is eliminating
the problem of piercing roadway surfaces, no more
50mm Speed Ramp 75mm Speed Ramp digging holes as these simply bolt down to the
Description
Model Price Model Price surface providing an easy yet effective traffic
control solution.
2 Metres SB22(5)20 £110.37 SB22(7.5)20 £125.27
2.5 Metres SB22(5)25 £131.61 SB22(7.5)25 £154.59
3 Metres SB22(5)30 £168.41 SB22(7.5)30 £200.19
3.5 Metres SB22(5)35 £188.39 SB22(7.5)35 £221.47
4 Metres SB22(5)40 £213.19 SB22(7.5)40 £249.04
4.5 Metres SB22(5)45 £234.17 SB22(7.5)45 £287.71
5 Metres SB22(5)50 £255.14 SB22(7.5)50 £314.66
5.5 Metres SB22(5)55 £293.33 SB22(7.5)55 £360.71
6 Metres SB22(5)60 £307.30 SB22(7.5)60 £390.26 Description Model Price
6.5 Metres SB22(5)65 £328.27 SB22(7.5)65 £406.70 Standard Flow Plate (up to 1 tonne per axle) SB14S £171.43
7 Metres SB22(5)70 £349.84 SB22(7.5)70 £443.89 HGV Flow Plate SB14 HGV £314.29
7.5 Metres SB22(5)75 £369.97 SB22(7.5)75 £465.00 Standard Locking Bar - £16.20
8 Metres SB22(5)80 £407.26 SB22(7.5)80 £476.61 HGV Locking Bar - £21.89
8.5 Metres SB22(5)85 £428.23 SB22(7.5)85 £514.23 Fixings (each) - £1.64
Height Restriction Barriers

›› Strong and sturdy design perfect for
car parks or anywhere similar
›› Manufactured from 100mm Steel Box Section
›› Fixed & opening designs
›› Bolt down (up to 7m only) or concrete
in (recommended)
›› Manufactured to suit your width requirements.
E.g. If 5.5m is required order a 6m &
specify bespoke size on your order
›› 2.1 Metre height restriction is standard.
However, 1.9m, 2.0 and 2.3m is available.
Alternative heights will require a quotation.
›› Latch back posts are recommended extra
›› “Maximum Height” Nudge bar is
recommended extra
›› Powder Coated OR Galvanised as standard.
Double Finish (both) is extra cost.
›› Low level locking available upon request
Fixed Opening
Description
3 Metre SB.23F-3 £773.29 SB.23H-3 SINGLE £912.83
SB.23F-6 £1066.09 SB.23H-6 SINGLE £1158.20
6 Metre
- - SB.23H-6 DOUBLE £1285.09
7 Metre SB.23F-7 £1139.26 SB.23H-7 DOUBLE £1356.63 manufactured
8 Metre SB.23F-8 £1182.84 SB.23H-8 DOUBLE £1410.61
9 Metre SB.23F-9 £1232.19 SB.23H-9 DOUBLE £1575.31
160 Installation services available - please call for details

Manual Raise Arm Barrier
›› Our carefully designed pivot post has the strength to cover up to 9 metre road widths (8 metre for the
standard design) and can still be operated by one person alone. Also combined with a strong stainless steel
pivot bar and two heavy duty bearings. Supplied with a high quality aluminium boom this barrier is a great
way of ensuring complete traffic management. Comes complete with Red & White or a Black & Yellow Boom
(size to your specification), Traffic Red Pivot post, end rest, padlock & fixings.
Heavy Duty Version Standard Duty Version
Heavy Duty - thicker steel & heavier ballast Standard Duty

6 Metre Boom SB4-6HD £1017.76 3 Metre Boom SB.43M £642.86

6.5 Metre Boom SB4-6.5HD £1149.81 4 Metre Boom SB.44M £674.00
9 Metre Boom SB4-9HD £1312.69 Optional Extras: Stop / No Entry Sign £25.53
Access Gate
›› Robust, durable gate suitable for access control
which is manufactured from 100mm box section
›› Available as single (up to 6m) or double leaf. Both
options are supplied with hinge posts & can be locked
in the open position using an optional latch back
post. The single leaf option comes with a latch
post for locking in the closed position & the double
leaf comes with a central locking bar
›› Supplied traffic red but can be supplied black,
yellow or galvanised - please call for details
3 Metre - Single Leaf SB.18-3S £801.11
6 Metre - Double Leaf SB.18-6D £1162.89
manufactured
Height Restriction Nudge Bar

›› The perfect solution for warning vehicles of height
restrictions ahead. Suitable for car parks,
construction sites, warehouses or anywhere
that requires restricted access
›› Manufactured from a 76mm Dia aluminium tube
& comes with eyebolts to suit
›› Supplied Yellow & Black as standard. Chain not
supplied, but available at extra cost - call for details
2 Metre Width SB.23HRB-2 £157.86

manufactured 6 Metre Width SB.23HRB-6 £298.49
Installation services available - please call for details 161

Cable Protection Ramp - Reel
›› Easily deployed - roll out, cut to length &
press cable/hose into the recess
›› Enables you to drive over cables &
hoses without causing them damage
›› Manufactured from high strength natural rubber
›› Protects cables/hoses with a dia. of up to 20mm
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
10,000 x 100 x 30 21 279.26.118 £105.50
Small Cable Protection Ramps

›› Easily & quickly installed
›› Enables you to drive over cables &
hoses without causing them damage
›› Manufactured from high strength natural rubber
›› Yellow & black elements provides high visibility
›› Protects cables/hoses with a dia. of up to 40mm
Overall Size Weight

Colour Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
Yellow 279.28.720 £62.40
1200 x 215 x 65 12.8
Black 279.21.784 £62.40
Large Cable Protection Ramps - 3

›› Enables you to drive over cables, hoses
& pipes without causing them damage
›› High strength rubber compound ramp
with a polypropylene chequer plate,
anti-slip, yellow surface moulded cover
›› All sections can be safely interlocked
›› Features 3 cable ducts: 2 cables
68 x 50mm, 1 cable 55 x 50mm
›› End sections & 45º elbow sections
are available for corners & curves
›› Tested to 10,000kg axle weights
Overall Size Weight

L x W x H mm kg
Centre element Black & Yellow 960 x 600 x 75 26.5 279.23.799 £75.00
Angle - left Black & Yellow 500/200 x 279.29.848 £38.60
12
Angle - right Black & Yellow 600 x 75 279.26.562 £38.60
End element - Female Black 279.20.233 £16.30
283 x 600 x 75 3
End element - Male Black 279.22.899 £16.30
162
162 - GPC.indd 25 05/01/2021 21:19:02

Traffic Line - Wheel Stop Park It
i Information
›› Highly visible reflective markings PREVENT VEHICLE
›› Oil & heat resistant. Also UV stable OVERUNS
›› Fixings included
Overall Size Black & Yellow Black & White

L x D x H mm Model Price Model Price
550 x 150 x 100 284.25.388 £31.00 - -
900 x 150 x 100 284.26.220 £40.40 284.22.610 £40.40
1200 x 150 x 100 284.21.568 £60.70 284.26.766 £60.70
1800 x 150 x 100 284.26.285 £76.40 284.27.586 £76.40
20kg 2 Component Resin Based Adhesive (5kg bonding agent & 15kg Quartz Sand Activator) 284.25.975 £119.40
Traffic Line
Kerb Ramp
i Information
›› Enables vehicles, trolleys
MOUNT KERBS & wheelchairs to mount
EASILY kerbs easily
›› All rubber construction
›› Features channels in the
base which allow the
passage of rainwater or
can be used to channel
cable through
›› Load capacity
up to 40,000kg
279.23.929
279.20.108
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
W x D x H mm kg
600 x 300 x 100 11 279.23.929 £40.40
600 x 360 x 150 20 279.20.108 £59.80
163

Traffic Line
Crowd Barrier - HDPE
›› This innovative crowd barrier
is manufactured in virgin
high density polyethylene
with no screws or rivets
used in the assembly
›› It is completely recyclable
& will not rust, is
remarkably durable &
strong, ensuring a long
230.31.607 x 2 productive life-cycle
›› Lighter than traditional
metal barriers it is easily
handled & deployed on
flat or uneven ground
›› No sharp edges
›› Easily stacked for storage
due to 360° swivel feet
›› Suitable for crowd control,
festivals, events,
queue control etc
Overall Size
Weight kg Model Price
W x H x D mm
2000 x 1100 x 50 10 230.31.607 £57.40
Traffic Line
Flexible Post
›› These posts have a knuckle
joint at the base enabling
them to return to a
vertical position after
being hit or run over
›› Ideal for off-highway
applications
Knuckle
Joint
Height mm Model Price
460 291.10.114 £19.60

760 291.12.496 £25.80
1000 291.11.558 £31.30
Traffic Line Flexible Post in application 60 - Base 291.11.145 £7.40
TC3 Cone
Traffic Cones TC2
(Sand Weighted) Cone
›› Two piece & one-piece
moulded cones with
retro-reflective D2 sleeves
›› The cellular construction of
the D2 sleeve provides
greater tear resistance
TC1 Cone
Description Height mm Model Price
TC1-50 500 350.15.478 £11.50

TC1-75 750 350.16.862 £16.50
TC1-100 1000 350.17.100 £20.50
TC2 460 350.18.349 £7.00
TC3 (Sand Weighted) 750 350.13.537 £12.80
164
164 - GPC.indd 27 05/01/2021 21:20:07

Extendable Trellis Barriers
›› Strong steel, expanding trellis
barriers which are very quickly
deployed to highlight no go areas
›› The units incorporate chain hooks
& red reflective warning strips
›› Foot depth of 500mm &
overall height of 1000mm
›› 340.11.363 - trellis bars are 25 x 4mm
›› 340.12.455 - trellis bars are 40 x 5mm
i Information
EXTENDS
UP TO
4000MM
340.11.363
Max. Extended Weight 340.12.455
Width kg
Flexi-Light Barrier 3600 12 340.11.363 £181.30
Flexi Barrier 4000 19 340.12.455 £372.90
Traffic Line - Blow Moulded Barriers

›› Manufactured in HDPE which is UV resistant
›› Bright orange with red/white reflective panels
which make them highly visible, day or night
›› Can be connected to each other using a
“hook & eye” system which makes them
very adaptable for use on uneven ground
›› Lightweight yet stable barriers which
incorporate non-trip 360° swivel feet for
compact storage & transportation
›› Conforms to requirements of BS EN 8442
& reflectivity to BS EN 12899-1
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
W x H x D mm kg
2000 x 1000 x 50 14 230.27.647 £76.00
165

Econovex Safety Mirrors
›› Helps prevent accidents &
injuries by eliminating blind spots
›› Ideal for combating theft of
property & valuables
›› Impact resistant acrylic face
with vacuum metalised coating
›› Supplied with fully adjustable
‘J-arm’ mounting bracket
›› External mirrors
have ACM back for External
Mirror
added rigidity
Interior Mirror Exterior Mirror
Description
300mm dia. M18021A £69.31 - -
400mm dia. M18036A £76.16 M18036JP £103.37
500mm dia. M18040A £99.94 - - Internal Mirror
600mm dia. M18057A £123.83 M18056JP £165.82
A range of convex mirrors ideally suited for security & safety applications. Computer
designed curvature & vacuum metalised coating gives the brightest & sharpest image
Hemisphere Mirrors
360º
Features:
›› Suits retail & industrial use
›› 90º & 180º mirrors wall
mounting - supplied with
dome top screws
›› 360º mirror supplied with
dome top screws. Can be 90º
suspended with kit included
›› Impact resistant acrylic
Hemisphere Model Price
300mm 90o M18541H £48.84
450mm 90o M18562H £57.95
600mm 180o M18535H £86.33
900mm 180o M18552H £124.90
600mm 360o M18585H £162.39

180º
900mm 360o M18589H £258.91
Polycarbonate Anti-ligature Mirrors Stainless Steel Anti-ligature Mirrors

›› Polycarbonate anti-ligature mirrors are specifically ›› Stainless steel anti-ligature mirrors are specifically
designed for use in prisons & secure units where designed for use in prisons & secure units where
security to both staff & prisoner/patient are critical security to both staff & prisoner/patient are critical
›› Virtually indestructible & a unique anti-ligature steel ›› Virtually indestructible, can’t be burnt & more
frame give a clear distortion free reflection resistant to scratching. The unique anti-ligature
›› Anti-ligature fixing hole design are tamperproof steel frame give a clear distortion free reflection
& ideal for tough requirements ›› Anti-ligature fixing hole design are tamperproof
& ideal for tough requirements
M16505W
M500CD
M17527H
Viewing
Distance M
M17537H
250 x 250mm Quarter Dome 5 M16525HL £326.17
Viewing
Distance M 500 x 250mm Half Dome 6 M16529HL £475.28
300 x 300mm Quarter Dome 6 M17527H £264.36 500mm Wall Dome 30 M16505W £447.81
600 x 300mm Half Dome 6 M17537H £353.64 500mm Ceiling Dome 5 M500CD £595.92
166
166 - GPC.indd 29 05/01/2021 21:21:10

Premium Reflective Traffic Mirrors
TMRC60Z
NEW
i Information
COMPLETE WITH BRACKETS
& FIXINGS TO MOUNT THE
MIRRORS ON A WALL/
FLAT SURFACE OR POST
TMR6040Z
Visibility Weight
Distance kg
›› Help reduce accidents & injuries by eliminating blind spots
›› Convex traffic mirrors which are ideal for outdoor use Circular Traffic Mirrors with Reflective Edges
› Durable casing with reflective strips 600mm dia. approx. 15 metres 2.5 TMRC60Z £104.95
& with impact resistant mirror 800mm dia. approx. 15 metres 5 TMRC80Z £171.25
›› Complete with brackets & fixings to fix the mirrors to Rectangular Traffic Mirrors with Reflective Edges
a post or a wall/flat surface. These mirrors are adjustable 600 x 400mm approx. 15 metres 2 TMR6040Z £98.25
for post sizes from 50 to 76mm (2” to 3”) dia. 800 x 600mm approx. 15 metres 4 TMR8060Z £158.65
Indoor Mirrors Traffic Mirrors

with Hoods
NEW
Post Fixing
Bracket
Wall/Flat
Surface
Bracket
›› Help reduce accidents

& injuries by eliminating
blind spots TMH60Z
›› Convex traffic mirrors which
TMN800Z are ideal for outdoor use
›› High visibility orange casing
›› Help reduce accidents & injuries by with impact resistant mirror
eliminating blind spots ›› Complete with hood for weather
›› Convex mirrors which are ideal for indoor use protection to help reduce sun glare
›› High visibility orange casing with impact resistant mirror ›› Complete with brackets & fixings to fix
›› Complete with wall/flat surface bracket & fixings the mirrors on to a 50mm (2”) dia. post
Visibility Weight Visibility Weight
Distance kg Distance kg
600mm dia. approx. 11 metres 2 TMN600Z £41.95 450mm dia. approx. 5 metres 1 TMH45Z £39.80
800mm dia. approx. 15 metres 4.5 TMN800Z £59.75 600mm dia. approx. 11 metres 2 TMH60Z £44.40
167
167 - GPC.indd 30 14/01/2021 12:22:16

Cycle Storage & Smoking Shelters
169.15.334
Wall Mounted Rack 3/4/5 Bicycle Racks Sheffield Style Racks

›› Swivels up to 180o ›› Great value for money ›› Economic, durable &
›› Compact & flexible design ›› Suitable for tyre width: 40mm effective bike storage
›› Suitable for tyre width: 50mm ›› Manufactured in galvanised steel ›› Manufactured in mild
›› Manufactured in galvanised with round tube wheel locators steel galvanised
steel with round tube ›› 48mm dia. x 2.5mm
wheel locators i Information gauge steel tube
›› Size (above ground):
FULLY ASSEMBLED 750W x 850H mm
i Information READY FOR ›› Surface fixing plates:
IMMEDIATE USE
SWIVELS 70 x 160 x 5 mm
UP TO 180° Overall Size
Stores Model Price
H x W x D mm
3 Bikes 255 x 725 x 330 169.28.632 £53.80
Overall Size
Stores Model Price
H x W x D mm 4 Bikes 255 x 1180 x 330 169.15.334 £64.10 Surface Fixing 169.88.041 £85.30
1 Bike 335 x 90 x 285 169.17.113 £22.20 5 Bikes 255 x 1340 x 330 169.19.382 £76.10 Sub-surface Fixing 169.88.045 £70.30
Hi-hoop Cycle Rack Lo-hoop Cycle Rack

›› Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction ›› Strong hot dip galvanised steel construction
›› Suitable for tyre width: 55mm ›› Suitable for tyre width: 55mm
›› Accessible from both sides ›› Accessible from one side
manufactured
169.13.416
169.14.981

Stores Model Price Stores Model Price
2 Bikes 415 x 700 x 390 169.13.535 £64.20 2 Bikes 415 x 700 x 550 169.19.379 £67.40
3 Bikes 415 x 1050 x 390 169.18.628 £88.50 3 Bikes 415 x 1050 x 550 169.17.164 £93.50
4 Bikes 415 x 1400 x 390 169.15.104 £114.50 4 Bikes 415 x 1400 x 550 169.14.842 £125.50
5 Bikes 415 x 1750 x 390 169.14.981 £137.90 5 Bikes 415 x 1750 x 550 169.13.432 £149.20
6 Bikes 415 x 2100 x 390 169.15.566 £164.00 6 Bikes 415 x 2100 x 550 169.13.416 £172.50
168
10 - Cycle Storage & Smoking Shelters - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:35:51

Traditional Cycle Shelters
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Grey
Blue
Green
Red
Black
Finish & Installation

Shelters are supplied in knock down
form. Installation service is available
upon request - call for details
›› Choice of galvanised or powder coated

sheet steel side & back panels
- light grey panels supplied as standard
›› Adjustable feet for on-site positioning
›› Parabolts for surface mounting to concrete
included. Must be bolted to 250mm thick
concrete for stability
›› High capacity shelters can be
created using runs of initial
& extension shelters or
double depth shelters Picture shows
Shelter & Bike Rack
›› Shelter height - 2180mm manufactured
Powder Coated Sides With Open Back Frame With Closed Back Frame
Overall Size Shelter Extension Shelter Extension
Price Price Price Price
H x W x D mm Model Model Model Model
2180 x 2450 x 1900 SC211924B £1761.07 SC211924BE £1582.81 SC211924C £2046.03 SC211924CE £1822.69
Galvanised Sides With Open Back Frame With Closed Back Frame
Overall Size Shelter Extension Shelter Extension
H x W x D mm Model Model Model Model
2180 x 2450 x 1900 SC211924G £1234.37 SC211924GE £1068.26 SC211924K £1422.09 SC211924KE £1216.48
Traditional Racks
›› Twin level bike racks for use with Traditional
Shelters (see the shelter range above)
›› Powder coated dark grey
›› Fully welded - no assembly required
›› Simply bolts to the floor
(fixings not supplied)
manufactured
Overall Size
Stores Model Price
H x W x D mm
6 Bikes 935 x 1750 x 600 SRTRADCR6KXX £270.10
8 Bikes 935 x 2350 x 600 SRTRADCR8KXX £337.63
169

i Information
OFFERS FLOOR
TO ROOF LEVEL
PROTECTION
FROM THE
ELEMENTS
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Grey
Blue
Green
Red
Black
Dudley Cycle Shelters

The Dudley Shelter combines contemporary design at
a competitive price. This Shelter is available with a
perspex roof and optional end panels in a galvanised
finish or a galvanised with a powder coated finish.
›› Leg frames can either be bolted to
the floor or grouted into the ground
›› Designed for use with our Sheffield Loops
›› Initial shelters can be linked side
by side to form longer runs
›› Adjustable feet for on-site positioning SRSHT80713VX
›› Supplied with a 4mm PETG perspex roof
Sheffield Cycle Loop
›› Powder coated finish in 5 colours; jet black,
Galvanised Unit Zinc & Painted Unit
pine green, traffic blue, red or light Size Loops
grey - please specify when ordering. Model Price Model Price
2 SRSHT80712VX £263.77 SRSHT80712JX £263.77
Adult 3 SRSHT80713VX £396.71 SRSHT80713JX £396.71
(800H x
715W) 4 SRSHT80714VX £529.66 SRSHT80714JX £529.66
5 SRSHT80715VX £662.60 SRSHT80715JX £662.60
2 SRSHT60712VX £263.77 SRSHT60712JX £263.77
Junior 3 SRSHT60713VX £396.71 SRSHT60713JX £396.71
manufactured (600H x
715W) 4 SRSHT60714VX £529.66 SRSHT60714JX £529.66
5 SRSHT60715VX £662.60 SRSHT60715JX £662.60
Overall Size Galvanised Unit Galvanised & Painted Unit

Perspex End Panel
H x D x W mm Model Price Model Price
2230 x 2150 x 2000 SCDUD2020VXX £1337.73 SCDUD2020J £1509.82
Without
2230 x 2150 x 4000 SCDUD4020VXX £1606.19 SCDUD4020J £1806.97
2230 x 2150 x 2000 SCDUD2020VPX £1624.55 SCDUD2020P £1796.64
With
2230 x 2150 x 4000 SCDUD4020VPX £1893.02 SCDUD4020P £2093.79
170

Cycle Shelters
BCS07Z
£3398.70
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
i Information
PROVIDE SECURE
STORAGE FOR
BICYCLES
BCS07Z
Staggered Cycle Slots
›› Constructed from heavy gauge steel framework of bolted components

›› BCS07Z - fitted with triple wall polycarbonate roof & sides
›› BCS03Z - fitted with galvanised roof & sides
›› Staggered storage to prevent handle contact
›› On-site construction available - call for details
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload the panelled sections
Overall Size Weight
Description Stores Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
Blue Industrial Cycle Shelter 7 Bikes 2600 x 2480 x 2230 285 BCS03Z £3018.75
Green Cycle Shelter 7 Bikes 2580 x 2430 x 2230 200 BCS07Z £3398.70 BCS03Z
Smoking Shelter
›› Polycarbonate panels provide high
impact strength, 200 TIMES STRONGER
THAN GLASS, & is fire resistant
›› On site construction available - ask for details
›› Features a curved roof & drainage gutters
on a firm & heavy gauge steel skeletal
framework of bolted components
›› PVC roof & 16mm triple wall
polycarbonate side panels
›› This unit is ideal for keeping smokers in a
covered & designated smoking area
›› Powder coated green
N.B. - A Fork Lift & 1 member of staff are needed to
unload the panelled section & this unit must be
bolted down on a prepared level concrete base
3YR
GUARANTEE
BSS27Z
manufactured
Overall Size Weight

L x W x H mm kg
Smoking Shelter 2580 x 2430 x 2230 200 BSS27Z £3516.70
Optional Perch - order with shelter 2580 x 300 30 BSOS7Z £306.65 BSS27Z & BSOS7Z
171

Smoking Canopy
›› Provides cover for up to 3 smokers
›› Translucent polycarbonate roof
provides up to 97% UV protection
›› Simply bolts to a suitable
wall (fixings not included)
›› Site survey and erection service
Frame Colour Options

L B G
Overall Size
For required colour please add Model Price
H x W x D mm
corresponding suffix to end of code manufactured
1100 x 2000 x 1000 SS102011WM2 £653.78
Wall Mounted Shelters

›› Aimed at locations where space is at a
premium, this shelter provides cover for
up to 8 smokers.
›› Robust all-weather construction
›› Greater than 50% open
›› Translucent polycarbonate roof
provides up to 97% UV protection
›› Fixes to a suitable wall on one side
(fixings not included) while supporting
legs can be bolted to the floor
(Parabolts included). Must be bolted
to 250mm thick concrete for stability
›› Site survey and erection service
L B G
Overall Size
For required colour please add Model Price
H x W x D mm
corresponding suffix to end of code manufactured
2270 x 3000 x 1900 SS241930CWM £1090.57
Premier Smoking Shelters

›› Adjustable feet for on-site positioning
›› More than 50% open area to allow
rapid dispersal of fumes
›› Parabolts for surface mounting to
250mm thick concrete for stability
manufactured
Shelter With Perspex Sides

Overall Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm
2270 x 3000 x 2100 SS223021X £4088.23
With Perforated Steel Sides L B G
Overall Size
Model Price For required colour please add
H x W x D mm
corresponding suffix to end of code
2270 x 3000 x 2100 SS223021P £3753.00
Perch Seat
Finish & Installation
Shelters are supplied in knock down
form. Installation service is available
upon request - call for details
Description H x W x D mm Model Price
Light Grey Free Standing Perch Seat 900 x 1150 x 300 SSPAPSETZLXX £205.87
172

Smoking Shelters
›› Fabricated from robust NEW
heavy duty box section
›› Available with tri wall
fluted plastic side panels or
powder coated punched steel
side & back panels. Both have
a galvanised sheet steel roof
›› No fixing required. Simply
secure these units by using six
600 x 600mm paving slabs
(not supplied)
i Information
BSS209
COMPLY TO
SMOKING
REGULATIONS
2007 FROM ONLY
£1032.55
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
These units are supplied complete with

2 braces which fit securely over the bottom
Smoking Shelter with leg brace. This allows you to place paving
Punched Steel Sides slabs directly on top to secure the unit in place
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W x H mm
Smoking Shelter with Punched Steel Sides Smoking Shelter with
1980 x 1250 x 2040 BSS208 £1032.55 Tri Wall Sides
Smoking Shelter with Punched Steel Overall Size
Model Price
Sides & Back Panel L x W x H mm
1980 x 1250 x 2040 BSS209 £1275.05 1980 x 1250 x 2040 BSS204 £1032.55
BSS204
Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter

›› Aesthetically pleasing design
›› On site construction available - ask for details
›› Box section construction which makes the
unit exceptionally sturdy & durable
›› The roof is made up of 16mm thick triple
wall polycarbonate sheet & front capping
of 1mm galvanised sheet steel
›› The unit comes with two upright supports
& additional option of fill in end
panels clad with 16mm triple wall
polycarbonate sheeting
›› Powder coated green
N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units.
The unit must be securely bolted to the wall & floor.
Wall/Floor fixing bolts are not supplied with the unit
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size Weight

L x W x H mm kg
Wall Mounted Smoking Shelter 2440 x 1100 x 2250 65 BSSW6Z £907.55 BSSW6Z &
Optional Single Side Panel 1220 x 80 x 1085 20 BSSP7Z £318.50 2 x BSSP7Z
173

Workbenches & Drawer Cabinets
Rivet Workbenches ›› No nuts & bolts required -
the system simply taps
together with the use
of a hammer/mallet
Allow 10 days
for the MFC Top
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue & Grey
Blue & Orange
FROM ONLY
£108.54
upto
600kg
evenly
distributed
Full Undershelf Workbench

Chipboard MFC
Worktop Worktop
i Information
TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES
T Bar Workbench Half Undershelf Workbench TO BUILD!
Overall Size Bench Shelf Chipboard Top MFC Top

H x W x D mm Load kg Load kg Model Price Model Price
Full Undershelf Workbench
915 x 915 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/09/07 £125.87 RRWB/09/09/07/M £163.60
915 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/09/09 £139.76 RRWB/09/09/09/M £181.73
915 x 1220 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/12/07 £144.97 RRWB/09/12/07/M £188.42
915 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/12/09 £160.49 RRWB/09/12/09/M £208.64
915 x 1525 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/15/07 £160.09 RRWB/09/15/07/M £208.19
915 x 1525 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/15/09 £177.99 RRWB/09/15/09/M £231.42
915 x 1830 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/18/07 £194.65 RRWB/09/18/07/M £252.95
915 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/18/09 £215.22 RRWB/09/18/09/M £279.74
915 x 2135 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/21/07 £214.08 RRWB/09/21/07/M £278.27
915 x 2135 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/21/09 £236.35 RRWB/09/21/09/M £307.21
915 x 2440 x 762 600 400 RRWB/09/24/07 £239.46 RRWB/09/24/07/M £311.29
915 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWB/09/24/09 £265.07 RRWB/09/24/09/M £344.60
Half Undershelf Workbench
915 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/09/09 £128.14 RRWBH/09/09/09/M £166.61
915 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/12/09 £146.32 RRWBH/09/12/09/M £190.23
915 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/18/09 £192.05 RRWBH/09/18/09/M £249.66
915 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWBH/09/24/09 £226.20 RRWBH/09/24/09/M £294.07
T Bar Workbench
915 x 915 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/09/07 £108.54 RRWBT/09/09/07/M £141.06
915 x 915 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/09/09 £119.87 RRWBT/09/09/09/M £155.85
915 x 1220 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/12/07 £117.67 RRWBT/09/12/07/M £152.96
915 x 1220 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/12/09 £129.45 RRWBT/09/12/09/M £168.31
915 x 1830 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/18/07 £147.06 RRWBT/09/18/07/M £191.19
915 x 1830 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/18/09 £161.39 RRWBT/09/18/09/M £209.84
915 x 2440 x 762 600 - RRWBT/09/24/07 £169.32 RRWBT/09/24/07/M £220.14
915 x 2440 x 915 600 - RRWBT/09/24/09 £185.47 RRWBT/09/24/09/M £241.04
174
11 - Workbenches & Drawer Cabinets - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:43:34

Rivet Workstations
›› No nuts & bolts required -
the system simply taps
of a hammer/mallet
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue & Grey FROM ONLY
Blue & Orange
£174.59
upto
600kg
evenly
distributed
Allow 10 days
for the MFC Top
Chipboard MFC
Worktop Worktop
Full Undershelf
Workstation
i Information
TAKES LESS THAN

10 MINUTES
TO BUILD!
Half Undershelf Workstation
T Bar Workstation
Overall Size Bench Lower Shelf Chipboard Top MFC Top

H x W x D mm Load kg Load kg Model Price Model Price
Full Undershelf Workstation
1830 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/09/09/03 £199.52 RRWS/18/09/09/03/M £259.40
1830 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/12/09/03 £230.63 RRWS/18/12/09/03/M £299.79
1830 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/18/09/03 £316.68 RRWS/18/18/09/03/M £411.73
1830 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWS/18/24/09/03 £386.69 RRWS/18/24/09/03/M £502.71
Half Undershelf Workstation
1830 x 915 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/09/09/03 £190.51 RRWSH/18/09/09/03/M £247.73
1830 x 1220 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/12/09/03 £215.16 RRWSH/18/12/09/03/M £279.69
1830 x 1830 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/18/09/03 £292.20 RRWSH/18/18/09/03/M £379.79
1830 x 2440 x 915 600 400 RRWSH/18/24/09/03 £355.08 RRWSH/18/24/09/03/M £461.58
T Bar Workstation
1830 x 915 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/09/09/03 £174.59 RRWST/18/09/09/03/M £227.00
1830 x 1220 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/12/09/03 £198.78 RRWST/18/12/09/03/M £258.43
1830 x 1830 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/18/09/03 £262.12 RRWST/18/18/09/03/M £340.75
1830 x 2440 x 915 600 - RRWST/18/24/09/03 £314.81 RRWST/18/24/09/03/M £409.24
175

Heavy Duty Rivet
Mobile Bench
›› No nuts & bolts required
- the system simply taps
of a hammer/mallet
›› 18mm thick worktops
›› Mobile on 4 swivel
(2 with brakes) castors
300kg
evenly
distributed
RRMB/09/12/07 Allow 10 days Chipboard MFC
for the MFC Top Worktop Worktop
Overall Size Bench Chipboard Top MFC Top

H x W x D mm Load kg Model Price Model Price
880 x 915 x 610 300 RRMB/09/09/06 £172.61 RRMB/09/09/06/M £224.39
880 x 915 x 762 300 RRMB/09/09/07 £181.62 RRMB/09/09/07/M £236.12
880 x 915 x 915 300 RRMB/09/09/09 £192.67 RRMB/09/09/09/M £250.50
880 x 1220 x 610 300 RRMB/09/12/06 £185.19 RRMB/09/12/06/M £240.77
880 x 1220 x 762 300 RRMB/09/12/07 £195.61 RRMB/09/12/07/M £254.30
880 x 1220 x 915 300 RRMB/09/12/09 £208.13 RRMB/09/12/09/M £270.56
880 x 1525 x 610 300 RRMB/09/15/06 £197.71 RRMB/09/15/06/M £257.03
880 x 1525 x 762 300 RRMB/09/15/07 £209.55 RRMB/09/15/07/M £272.37
880 x 1525 x 915 300 RRMB/09/15/09 £223.54 RRMB/09/15/09/M £290.68
880 x 1830 x 610 300 RRMB/09/18/06 £221.78 RRMB/09/18/06/M £288.35
880 x 1830 x 762 300 RRMB/09/18/07 £236.80 RRMB/09/18/07/M £307.84
880 x 1830 x 915 300 RRMB/09/18/09 £254.13 RRMB/09/18/09/M £330.39
Rivet Wide Packing Workstations

›› No nuts & bolts required - the system simply
taps together with the use of a hammer/mallet
›› 18mm thick worktops
›› Complete with 2 x roll dispensers (bubble
wrap, corrugated packaging wrapping &
small parts bins are not included)
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue & Grey
Blue & Orange
Allow 10 days
for the MFC Top specify when ordering
FROM ONLY
£320.64
Chipboard MFC
Worktop Worktop
RRWPS/18/15/09/03
Overall Size Chipboard Top MFC Top

1830 x 1525 x 915 RRWPS/18/15/09/03 £320.64 RRWPS/18/15/09/03/M £416.83
1830 x 1830 x 915 RRWPS/18/18/09/03 £357.63 RRWPS/18/18/09/03/M £464.93
176

Adjustable Height Workbench
›› 38mm MDF worktop with a rubber edge
›› Constructed from steel angle
›› Half depth bottom shelf with rear lip
FROM ONLY
£245.30
WBI00Z
i Information
HEIGHT
ADJUSTABLE IN
25MM INCREMENTS
WBI01Z
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
230kg
1220 x 760 x 760 to 880 45 WBI00Z £245.30 evenly
distributed
1520 x 760 x 760 to 880 50 WBI01Z £269.85
177

Taurus Utility Workbenches
FROM STOCK
›› Ideal for factories, labs, retail environments & schools etc
›› 20mm high density laminate worktop with 3mm PVC edging
›› Powder coated, iridium silver finish on the workbench frames
›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load
capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted
ST1841575
either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can
only be positioned on the right hand side
›› Supplied knock down Overall Size Depth: 750mm Depth: 900mm
Workbench
250kg
evenly 840 x 1500 ST1841575 £382.25 ST1841590 £446.45
distributed
840 x 1800 ST1841875 £389.90 ST1841890 £459.05
manufactured
ST2841575 ST3841575
Overall Size Depth: 750mm Depth: 900mm Overall Size Depth: 750mm Depth: 900mm
H x W mm Model Price Model Price H x W mm Model Price Model Price
Workbench with Single Drawer Workbench with 2 x Single Drawers
840 x 1500 ST2841575 £538.80 ST2841590 £603.00 840 x 1500 ST3841575 £695.35 ST3841590 £759.50
840 x 1800 ST2841875 £546.45 ST2841890 £615.60 840 x 1800 ST3841875 £702.95 ST3841890 £772.15
ST4841575 ST5841575
Workbench with Triple Drawer Workbench with 2 x Triple Drawers
840 x 1500 ST4841575 £679.50 ST4841590 £743.70 840 x 1500 ST5841575 £976.75 ST5841590 £1040.95
840 x 1800 ST4841875 £687.15 ST4841890 £756.30 840 x 1800 ST5841875 £984.40 ST5841890 £1053.55
ST6841575
ST7841575
Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Drawer Workbench with Single Cupboard
840 x 1500 ST6841575 £836.05 ST6841590 £900.20 840 x 1500 ST7841575 £522.50 ST7841590 £586.70
840 x 1800 ST6841875 £843.70 ST6841890 £912.85 840 x 1800 ST7841875 £530.15 ST7841890 £599.30
178

TAURUS WORKBENCHES
FROM STOCK
DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS
Red
Black
manufactured Blue
ST8841575
›› Single Drawer Set: 220H x 420W x 420D mm
ST9841575 ›› Triple Drawer Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm
›› Cupboard Set: 435H x 420W x 420D mm
Workbench with Single Drawer & Single Cupboard Workbench with Triple Drawer & Single Cupboard
840 x 1500 ST8841575 £679.05 ST8841590 £743.25 840 x 1500 ST9841575 £819.75 ST9841590 £883.95
840 x 1800 ST8841875 £686.70 ST8841890 £755.85 840 x 1800 ST9841875 £827.40 ST9841890 £896.55
Taurus Utility Workbench Accessories

C
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS
D
Black
Red Blue extended
FROM STOCK FROM STOCK lead time E
Other colours available - please call for details
i Information
250kg
evenly
distributed COMPLETE YOUR
WORKBENCH - WITH
COMPONENTS
FROM STOCK
Key Description Model Price
A 760mm Rear Support Posts ST076RSP £66.70*
A 1180mm Rear Support Posts ST118RSP £80.75* Louvred back panel (480H mm) with
E ST15LBP £140.15*
Pinboard for 1500mm Benches
B Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1500mm Benches ST3015US £111.05*
Louvred back panel (480H mm) with
B Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1800mm Benches ST3018US £132.20* E ST18LBP £155.85*
C Light/Tool Rail Support for 1500mm Benches ST15LTR £74.70* F Worktop Service Duct for 1500mm Benches** ST15WSD £110.05*
D LED Light - 1200mm Long - please call for details G Flat Screen Support Arm STFSSA £67.00*
**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician *Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches
179

Taurus Cantilever Workbenches FROM STOCK
i Information
IDEAL FOR
ASSEMBLY,
PRODUCTION &
LIGHT ENGINEERING
ENVIRONMENTS
DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS
ST18157 with
Accessories Red
250kg Black
evenly
distributed Blue
›› Workshop bench suitable for use in assembly, production & light engineering environments
›› 20mm high density laminate worktop with 3mm PVC edging
›› Powder coated, iridium silver finish on the workbench frames
›› Cantilever design allows maximum leg room
›› Height adjustable feet for easy levelling
›› Accessories available - see the next page for details
›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set
can be fitted either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can only be positioned on the right hand side
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Overall Size
Cantilever Workbench - 20mm Thick Laminate Top H x W x D mm
840 x 1500 x 750 ST18157 £414.15 Drawers & Cupboards
Cantilever 840 x 1500 x 900 ST18159 £416.95 Single Drawer 220 x 420 x 420 STSD244 £156.55*
Workbench 840 x 1800 x 750 ST18187 £428.90 Triple Drawer 435 x 420 x 420 STTD444 £297.25*
840 x 1800 x 900 ST18189 £498.05 Storage Cupboard 435 x 420 x 420 STSC444 £140.30*
180 900mm deep workbenches are on extended lead time - please call for details

Taurus Cantilever Workbenches
TAURUS WORKBENCHES
FROM STOCK
ST18157 & STSC444
DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS
Red
250kg Black
evenly
distributed Blue
Taurus Cantilever Workbench Accessories

C
DOOR & DRAWER COLOUR OPTIONS
D
Black
Red Blue extended
FROM STOCK FROM STOCK lead time E
Other colours available - please call for details
i Information
250kg
evenly
distributed COMPLETE YOUR
WORKBENCH - WITH
COMPONENTS
FROM STOCK
A 760mm Rear Support Posts ST076RSP £66.70*
A 1180mm Rear Support Posts ST118RSP £80.75* Louvred back panel (480H mm) with
E ST15LBP £140.15*
B Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1500mm Benches ST3015US £111.05*
Louvred back panel (480H mm) with
B Upper Shelf (300Dmm) for 1800mm Benches ST3018US £132.20* E ST18LBP £155.85*
D LED Light - 1200mm Long - please call for details G Flat Screen Support Arm STFSSA £67.00*
**Worktop Service Ducts are not supplied with cabling and must be fitted by a qualified electrician *Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches
181

All-purpose Heavy Duty Workbenches
FROM ONLY
£569.70
ECO157S, ECS750Z,
ECD100L & ECC204R
i Information
HEAVY DUTY
3YR
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly
distributed
WORKBENCHES
IDEAL FOR MANY
manufactured
DIFFERENT
ENVIRONMENTS
›› Robust all-purpose workbench

›› Fully welded construction with
formed steel worktop
›› Optional extras available
›› Worktop height: 840mm
Workbench
Length Depth Weight

Model Price
mm mm kg
1500 750 46 ECO157S £569.70

1800 900 57 ECO189S £603.90
Optional Extras - Factory Fitted
Lower Shelf to Suit ECO157S ECS750Z £95.20

Lower Shelf to Suit ECO189S ECS900Z £106.00
Left ECD100L £252.70
Single Lockable Drawer
ECO157S Right ECD200R £252.70
Left ECC104L £239.30
Lockable Cupboard
Right ECC204R £239.30
182

Heavy Duty Modular Workbenches
PR222M fitted with PRS22M,
PRE22M & PRSE2M
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
i Information
DESIGNED
TO OFFER
INDEFINITE
LENGTHS OF 1000kg
evenly
BENCHING distributed
›› Available up to 1500mm deep to enable working from both sides

›› Worktop height is adjustable in 25mm increments from 840 to 940mm
›› Main benches are supplied fully assembled & extensions knock
down. Extension units are not available on their own
›› 4 colour options available for the drawers & cupboard:
Red, Green, Blue or Grey - please specify when ordering
PR222M
Modular Workbenches & Extension Units
Bench Extension - only supplied with the main benches
Bench mm Top Options Top Options
28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood 28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood
Length Depth Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
750 PR157L £780.90 PR157M £634.05 PR157P £812.90 PRE57L £638.25 PRE57M £519.70 PRE57P £662.10
1500
2000
Optional Lower Shelves to suit Benches & Extension Units - factory fitted
Lower Shelf to suit Bench Lower Shelf to suit Extension
To Suit Shelf Size
Top Options Top Options
Bench mm mm
28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood 28mm Vinyl 25mm MDF 25mm Plywood
Length Depth Length Depth Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
750 630 PRS57L £169.45 PRS57M £91.70 PRS57P £132.10 PRSE7L £169.45 PRSE7M £91.70 PRSE7P £132.10
1500 1500
2000 2000
Optional Extras - factory fitted
Description To Suit Model Price
Upper 2 Shelf 1500 PRPT215Z £210.70

Upper 2 Shelf 2000 PRPT220Z £218.15
Light Rail - requires support legs PRPT97Z £298.80
Tool Rail - requires support legs PRPT99Z £51.10
Support Legs - for use with above PRPT06Z £168.95
Electrical Powerpoint PRPT98Z £344.30
Single Drawer: Left PRPT10ZL £251.45

440W x 570D x 155H mm Right PRPT20ZR £251.45
Double Drawer: Left PRPT11ZL £410.40

Three Drawer: Left PRPT12ZL £558.95

Four Drawer: Left PRPT13ZL £690.00

Lockable Cupboard: Left PRPT14ZL £237.15 PR222M fitted with PRS22M,

440W x 570D x 590H mm Right PRPT24ZR £237.15 PRPT220Z, PRPT13ZL & PRPT21ZR
183

General Purpose Workbenches - Accessories ›› Accessories for the General
Purpose Workbenches shown on
the opposite page
C ›› Support Legs - must be used with
all the optional extras except the
A rear/side lips & the Worktop
D
Electric Power Point
›› Adjustable Cantilever Shelf -
adjustable to 3 positions
›› Tool Rail - runs the length of the bench
›› Fluorescent Light - supplied with
3M of core cable & 13 amp plug
B
›› Worktop Electric Power Point -
complete with 2 double 13 amp
sockets. Supplied with 3M of core
E cable & a safety cut out plug
i Information
COMPLETE YOUR
F
WORKBENCH
WITH THESE
ACCESSORIES
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
Bottom Shelf
Drawer & Cupboards

›› Factory fitted cupboard or single drawer
›› Drawer size: 440W x 570D x 155H mm
›› Cupboard size: 440W x 570D x 590H mm
1500mm Benches 1800mm Benches

Key Description
A Rear Support Legs OPT106Z £168.95* OPT106Z £168.95*
B Adjustable Cantilever Shelf OPT252Z £184.50* OPT282Z £191.60*
C Tool Rail OPT199Z £51.10* OPT199Z £51.10*
D Fluorescent Light - 1220mm Long OPT197Z £299.80* OPT197Z £299.80*
E Louvred back panel OPT353Z £256.90* OPT383Z £311.60*
COLOUR
OPTIONS F Worktop Electric Power Point** OPT198Z £345.15* - -
- Rear Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only) OPT454Z £36.80* OPT484Z £62.75*
Red
Key Description 750mm Deep Benches 900mm Deep Benches
Green
Blue - Side Lips (Vinyl & Plywood Tops only) OPT555Z £41.35* OPT585Z £42.30*
Grey
Bottom Shelf ›› The shelf sits within the frame of the bench
General Purpose Bench - Bottom Shelf
To Suit
28mm Vinyl 25mm Plywood 28mm Warerite
Left Fitting Right Fitting
Price
Model Model Length Depth
mm mm
Lockable Single Drawer
750 ABS57L £251.10* ABS57P £195.45* ABS57W £268.30*
OPT100ZL OPT200ZR £252.70* 1500
900 ABS59L £276.70* ABS59P £241.65* ABS59W £281.10*
Cupboard
750 ABS87L £236.00* ABS87P £196.55* ABS87W £282.20*
OPT104ZL OPT204ZR £239.30* 1800
900 ABS89L £281.10* ABS89P £242.50* ABS89W £354.45*
184 *Accessories must be ordered with the Workbenches

General Purpose Workbenches
AB157W
AB157W & OPT204ZR
i Information
COMPLETE YOUR
WORKBENCH!!
ACCESSORIES
SHOWN ON THE
PREVIOUS PAGE
General Purpose Workbench shown
3YR
with a range of optional extras
300kg
evenly
distributed GUARANTEE
manufactured
›› Fully welded bench frames meet

the requirements of the assembly Worktop Options
Vinyl
& workshop environments ›› 28mm vinyl faced plywood with wood edging
›› 25mm exterior plywood with wood edging Plywood
›› Fitted with adjustable feet to ensure
›› 28mm plastic chipboard faced with warerite or
a level work surface Warerite
similar grey surface & edges
Top Options 28mm Vinyl 25mm Plywood 28mm Warerite
Length Depth
mm mm
750 AB157L £734.45 AB157P £675.25 AB157W £745.90

1500
900 AB159L £762.75 AB159P £694.40 AB159W £784.60
750 AB187L £759.50 AB187P £669.45 AB187W £820.15
1800
900 AB189L £785.95 AB189P £724.15 AB189W £898.15
185

Heavy Duty Workbenches
manufactured
Workbench shown with optional triple drawer, cupboard unit & accessories
›› Steel plate, beech, linoleum &

laminate worktop options
›› Heavy duty bench suitable for heavy duty ›› Full range of accessories available including
applications such as engineering & manufacturing drawers, cupboards, shelves and sliding doors.
›› Fully welded construction for extra strength ›› Standard bench height: 840mm (760 &
›› Powder coated dark grey framework 920mm also available - call for details)
Drawer & Cupboard Options

Description Model Price DOOR & DRAWER
COLOUR OPTIONS
Single Drawer - 220 x 420 x 420 BXDR04021 £179.23
Red
Triple Drawer - 435 x 420 x 420 BXDR04043 £307.93 Blue
Cupboard Unit - 560 x 420 x 420 BXCU04051 £195.51 Green
Light Grey
Please Note: Only Light Grey Drawers & specify when ordering
Cupboards are available on 5 Day Delivery
186

Steel Plate Worktop Linoleum Worktop Solid Beech Worktop

2 mm Thick 20mm Thick thick 27mm Thick
Size H x W x D mm Model Price Size H x W x D mm Model Price Size H x W x D mm Model Price

840 x 1200 x 600 BJ841260SKXX £340.53 840 x 1200 x 600 BJ8412608KXX £405.80 840 x 1200 x 600 BJ841260BKXX £408.87
Laminate Worktop Lower Shelves -

20mm Thick Fitted Steel Plate
Size H x W x D mm Model Price To Fit W x D mm Model Price

840 x 1200 x 600 BJ841260PKXX £405.80 1200 x 600 BXLS1206XXXX £86.43
All RED product codes

are available
on 5 Day Delivery Workbench Accessories
C
Heavy Duty Bench Accessories
A 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £71.84
A 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £87.33 B
B Upper shelf 300mm Laminate for 1200mm bench BEUS1200PXXX £100.33
A

C Light/Tool Rail Support for 1200mm bench BERS1200XLXX £75.09
E
- 3 Setting LED Light - 1200mm BE3LED1200XX £58.64 F
- Tilting LED Light - 30 Watt - 1200mm BELED3012XXX £155.40
E Louvred back panel with pinboard for 1200mm bench BELO4812IXXX £138.84
F Worktop service duct for 1200mm bench BESDWT122XXX £116.18
F Worktop service duct for 1500mm bench BESDWT15XXXX £119.01
F Worktop service duct for 1800mm bench BESDWT18XXXX £124.68
G Post fitted service duct for 1200mm bench BESDSP12XXXX £127.51
H
H Monitor and keyboard Support Arm BEMONARMFMFG £168.76
- Flat Screen Support Arm BEMONARMFLSC £66.41
I
Heavy Duty Bench Accessories
I
I Retaining Lip for 1200 x 600mm bench BXRL1206XXXX £50.56
I Retaining Lip for 1500 x 600mm bench BXRL1506XXXX £57.77 J
J Vice Plate BXVICEPLXXXX £22.67
187

Heavy Duty Workbench Kits with Laminate Tops
NEW
manufactured
Size H x W x D mm Model Price Size H x W x D mm Model Price

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275PX1A £795.51 840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275PX3A £924.22
840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575PX1B £898.59 840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575PX3B £1027.30
840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875PX1C £912.17 840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875PX3C £1040.88

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275PX5A £1106.52 840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275PX7A £1235.23
840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575PX5B £1242.15 840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575PX7B £1370.86
840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875PX5C £1295.56 840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875PX7C £1424.28

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275PX9A £1371.92 840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275P11A £1500.63
840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575PX9B £1516.05 840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575P11B £1644.76
840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875PX9C £1577.97 840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875P11C £1706.68
188

Heavy Duty Workbench Kits with Beech Tops
NEW
manufactured

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275BX2A £809.82 840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275BX4A £938.53
840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575BX2B £928.67 840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575BX4B £1057.38
840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875BX2C £982.62 840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875BX4C £1111.33

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275BX6A £1120.83 840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275BX8A £1249.54
840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575BX6B £1272.23 840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575BX8B £1400.94
840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875BX6C £1366.01 840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875BX8C £1494.73

840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275B10A £1386.23 840 x 1200 x 750 BJ841275BX12A £1514.94
840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575B10B £1546.13 840 x 1500 x 750 BJ841575BX12B £1674.84
840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875B10C £1648.42 840 x 1800 x 750 BJ841875BX12C £1777.14
189

H.D. Premium Stainless
Steel Workbenches
›› Manufactured from food quality
grade 304 stainless steel
›› Ideal for food preperation, healthcare
facilities & any other environment
where hygiene is essential
›› Hygienic - can be steam cleaned
The bottom shelf has an

integral rear lip
i Information
CONSTRUCTED
COMPLETELY FROM
FOOD QUALITY
GRADE 304
STAINLESS STEEL
PB157S shown with PBS57S,

PBD03S, PBC04S, PBRL1S, PBPB5P,
PBSR6P, PBCS2P & PBLF7P
3YR
GUARANTEE
250kg
evenly
distributed
manufactured
Workbench
Overall Size Weight
Model Price
L x D mm kg
1500 x 750 75 PB157S £1278.35
PB157S fitted with
1800 x 900 102 PB189S £1497.30
PBC04S & PBD03S
Optional Extras - factory fitted
Bottom Shelf - 1500 x 575 PBS57S £190.05

Bottom Shelf - 1800 x 575 PBS89S £213.90
Cantilever Shelf* (Horizontal Fitting) PBCS2P £234.05
Rear Retaining Lip PBRL1S £82.70
Side Retaining Lip - Each PBSL2S £52.30
Single Drawer PBD03S £475.20
Lockable Cupboard PBC04S £519.90
Electric Powerpoint PBPB5P £473.30
Light Fitment* PBLF7P £311.10
PB157S shown
Support Rails* - for use with the with PBS57S
PBSR6P £246.90
Light Fitment & Cantilever Shelf
* Support Rails are needed for use with Cantilever Shelf & Light Fitment
190

Stainless Steel Preparation Workbenches
›› Ideal for food preparation, healthcare NEW
facilities & any other environment
›› Manufactured from grade
304 stainless steel
›› Hygienic - can be steam cleaned
›› Complete with undershelf &
rear worktop retaining lip
i Information
CONSTRUCTED
COMPLETELY FROM
FOOD QUALITY
GRADE 304
STAINLESS STEEL
250kg
evenly
distributed
Workbench 650mm Deep 750mm Deep

Length mm Model Price Model Price
900 SSB6501 £491.70 SSB7501 £528.35
1000 SSB6502 £528.35 SSB7502 £566.70 SSB6502
1200 SSB6503 £548.35 SSB7503 £586.70
1500 SSB6504 £576.70 SSB7504 £615.00
1800 SSB6505 £625.00 SSB7505 £663.35
Stainless Steel Preparation Workbenches

with Bowl Sinks NEW 250kg
evenly
distributed
›› Ideal for food preparation,

healthcare facilities &
any other environment
304 stainless steel
›› Hygienic - can be
steam cleaned
›› Complete with undershelf &
rear worktop retaining lip
›› Valance is cladding that
covers the front of the
sink to the bowls
Workbench Accessories
Must be ordered with Workbenches
Mixer Taps for Sinks SSBMT01 £116.70

Aquajet Spray Wash SSBMT02 £406.70
Valance SSBMT03 £80.00 SSB6511 & SSBMT01
Workbench with Single Bowl Sink

Workbench 650mm Deep 750mm Deep Workbench with Double Bowl Sink
Length mm Model Price Model Price 650mm Deep 750mm Deep
Workbench
900 SSB6506 £911.70 SSB7506 £945.00 Length mm Model Price Model Price
1000 SSB6507 £936.70 SSB7507 £970.00 1500 SSB6511 £1295.00 SSB7511 £1328.35
1200 SSB6508 £961.70 SSB7508 £995.00 1800 SSB6512 £1361.70 SSB7512 £1361.70
1500 SSB6509 £995.00 SSB7509 £1028.35 2000 SSB6513 £1428.35 SSB7513 £1428.35
1800 SSB6510 £1053.35 SSB7510 £1095.00 2400 SSB6514 £1495.00 SSB7514 £1495.00
191

Workbenches & Drawer Cabinets i Information
Binary Electric Height Adjustable Workbenches COMPLETE YOUR
WORKBENCH
WITH THESE
F ACCESSORIES
B
Binary Workbench Accessories
D Key Description Model Price

G A Aluminium Accessory Frame (to suit 1200mm bench) BIALBFME12XX £181.38
A Aluminium Accessory Frame (to suit 1500mm bench) BIALBFME15XX £204.33
A Aluminium Accessory Frame (to suit 1800mm bench) BIALBFME18XX £236.01
C
Laminate Upper Shelf (to suit 1200mm bench)
B BIUS3012PLXX £116.91
50H x 1200W x 300Dmm
A Laminate Upper Shelf (to suit 1500mm bench)

50H x 1500W x 300Dmm
Laminate Upper Shelf (to suit 1800mm bench)
50H x 1800W x 300Dmm
Peg Back Panel (to suit 1500mm bench)
C BIBPPEG15LXX £67.74
500H x 450W x 30Dmm
Peg Back Panel (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench)
C BIBPPEG18-12 £71.02
500H x 545W x 30Dmm
Louvre Back Panel (to suit 1500mm bench)
D BIBPLOV15LXX £67.74
500H x 450W x 30Dmm
Louvre Back Panel (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench)
D BIBPLOV18-12 £71.02
500H x 545W x 30Dmm
Magnetic Back Panel (to suit 1500mm bench)
E BIBPMAG15LXX £67.74
500H x 450W x 30Dmm
Magnetic Back Panel (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench)
E BIBPMAG18-12 £71.02
500H x 545W x 30Dmm
F Shelf Dividers (Pack of 5) - to be fitted to the Upper Shelf BIDIVPK5LXXX £60.10
Modular Half Shelf (to suit 1200mm bench)
G BIMDS1200PLX £85.23
50H x 600W x 150Dmm
50H x 500W x 150Dmm
manufactured
50H x 600W x 150Dmm
H
J
I
Q
Light not included
Light Rail not included
Binary Workbench Accessories
Modular Bin Rail (to suit 1200mm bench)

H BIBINRL12LXX £30.59
100H x 600W x 30Dmm (containers sold separately)
K L Modular Bin Rail (to suit 1500mm bench)

Modular Bin Rail (to suit 1800mm bench)

I Above Bench Light Rail (to suit 1200mm bench) BILIGHTRL12LX £105.99
M R
S
J Above Bench LED Light (30 Watt) BILED30WXXXX £151.61
K Worktop Service Duct - 130H x 410W x 55Dmm BISERVDCTLXX £85.00
Side Panel Support Arm (to be fitted with

L BISUPARM530L £81.95
panels or storage shelf) - 530Lmm
Centre Panel Support Arm (to be fitted with

M BISUPARM305L £74.30
panels or storage shelf) - 305Lmm
Side Peg Board (to be fitted to panel support arm)

N BISPPEG4429L £52.45
440H x 290W x 30Dmm
N O P
Side Louvre Panel (to be fitted to panel support arm)
O BISPLOV4429L £52.45
440H x 290W x 30Dmm
T P
Side Magnetic Panel (to be fitted to panel support arm)
BISPMAG4429L £50.26
440H x 290W x 30Dmm
Container Storage Shelf (to be fitted to panel support arm)

Q BICONSH51LXX £74.30
To suit 80H x 100W x 160Dmm plastic containers
R Monitor Support Arm (Centre Fitted) - 305Lmm BIMONARM305L £78.67
S Monitor Support Arm (Side Fitted) - 530Lmm BIMONARM530L £92.88
T Adjustable Tilting Shelf (to suit 1200 & 1800mm bench) BIADJSH18-12 £138.77
E T Adjustable Tilting Shelf (to suit 1500mm bench) BIADJSH15LXX £135.49
192

The Electric Height Adjustable

Binary Workbench offers a
manufactured
premium solution for your
workshop. Each bench comes
fitted with a two-button
adjustment switch which
quickly & effortlessly adjusts
the height of the bench.
›› Adjusts between 660mm &
1300mm high
›› Available in widths of 1200mm,
1500mm & 1800mm
›› All above bench accessories
are fully modular & adjustable
›› Available with either a 30mm
Laminate top or a 27mm
Beech top
›› UDL of 240kg, evenly
distributed
i Information
COMPLETE YOUR
WORKBENCH!
ACCESSORIES
SHOWN ON THE
PREVIOUS PAGE
Workbench with Laminate Worktop (30mm Thick) Workbench with Solid Beech Worktop (27mm Thick)
Size Size
660/1300 x 1200 x 755 BIE661275PLX £1472.89 660/1300 x 1200 x 755 BIE661275BLX £1529.71
Premium Height Adjustment Module
Memory function which can store

BIHADJ3MODXX £51.90
up to 3 height positions
193

Ergonomic Workbenches - Accessories
i Information
4
COMPLETE YOUR
WORKBENCH
SYSTEM!
Overall Size To Suit TPH bench Standard

No. Price
D x W mm length Model
Standard Version
1115 Length 1200 BP 120 £60.33
1415 Length 1500 BP 150 £74.93
ESD Versions are
1715 Length 1800 BP 180 £81.74 1) Bin Rail BP on an extended
1
ESD Version ›› For picking/stacking bins lead time
1115 Length 1200 BP 120 ESD £77.46 ›› Aluminium profile

1415 Length 1500 BP 150 ESD £89.88 ›› Load capacity: 15kg
1715 Length 1800 BP 180 ESD £92.03 ›› For TPH bench
Standard Version
2) Auxiliary Shelf SH
310 x 1200 1200 SH 120 £162.18 › For more than one shelf on your bench
310 x 1500 1500 SH 150 £171.62 ›› Load capacity: 50kg
310 x 1800 1800 SH 180 £178.93
2 ›› For TPH bench
ESD Version
310 x 1200 1200 SH 120 ESD £237.39 3) Tool & Lighting Support Kit KT
310 x 1500 1500 SH 150 ESD £269.47 ›› Includes 1 x C-profile & sliding hook
310 x 1800 1800 SH 180 ESD £293.55 ›› Order extra bar to mount tools & light - SPR
1200 Length 1200 KT 120 £177.21 ›› For TPH bench
1500 Length 1500 KT 150 £180.37
4) LED NaturLite
3 1800 Length 1800 KT 180 £183.56
›› Pre-wired 3 metre cable to UK plug
1500 Length - Bar 1500 SPR 150 £48.01
›› Built in diffuser
1800 Length - Bar 1800 SPR 180 £54.01
430 x 120 1200, 1500 & 1800 TNL500W £357.98 5) 4 x UK Power Sockets
4 900 x 120 1200, 1500 & 1800 TNL900 £503.82 ›› UK BS 1363 power sockets
1180 x 120 1200, 1500 & 1800 TNL1200 £556.84 ›› 1 neon on/off switch
1160 1200 ELTPH12-P04 £265.51 ›› 3M mains cable
5 1460 1500 ELTPH15-P04 £253.50 ›› 13A plug UK BS 1363
1760 1800 ELTPH18-P04 £266.53 ›› 1 USB, Data & RCD sockets available upon request
194

Ergonomic Workbenches
ESD Versions are

on an extended
lead time
Frames are epoxy powder coated steel in light grey

RAL 7035. The worktops are either 25mm melamine-laminate
or volume conductive melamine-laminate on particle board.
ESD benches are earthed via a protective 1 mega-ohm resistor.
Supplied knock down for self-assembly
Workbench TP
›› Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm (by allen key)
›› Can be also supplied as a line or
angle extension
Worktop ESD
Model Price Price
D x W mm Model
500 x 700 TP 507 £293.55 TP 507 ESD £309.99
500 x 1000 TP 510 £321.00 TP 510 ESD £376.85
700 x 1000 TP 710 £342.55 TP 710 ESD £430.13
Workbench TP
700 x 1200 TP 712 £366.79 TP 712 ESD £499.57
700 x 1500 TP 715 £389.83 TP 715 ESD £545.66
700 x 1800 TP 718 £418.90 TP 718 ESD £646.57
900 x 1500 TP 915 £424.97 TP 915 ESD £691.17
900 x 1800 TP 918 £461.55 TP 918 ESD £794.89
Workbench with Shelf TPH

›› Construction as TP with upright profiles
& a 310 mm deep laminate shelf
›› Upper shelf is height adjustable
from 1080 to 1550mm
Worktop ESD
Model Price Price
D x W mm Model
700 x 1200 TPH 712 £584.04 TPH 712 ESD £759.15
700 x 1500 TPH 715 £620.59 TPH 715 ESD £839.26
700 x 1800 TPH 718 £688.04 TPH 718 ESD £999.45
900 x 1500 TPH 915 £678.78 TPH 915 ESD £957.98
900 x 1800 TPH 918 £724.62 TPH 918 ESD £1123.93
Mobile Bench SAP Workbench with

›› Construction as TP but with 100mm shelf TPH
swivel castors, 2 braked
›› Height adjustable from 650 to 900mm
›› Lower shelf & push handles are optional extras
Worktop ESD
Model Price Price
D x W mm Model
500 x 700 SAP 507 £345.49 SAP 507 ESD £400.51
700 x 1000 SAP 710 £409.66 SAP 710 ESD £533.85
700 x 1500 SAP 715 £480.04 SAP 715 ESD £674.60
Lower Shelf
500 x 700 AT 507 £70.00 AT 507 ESD £160.18
700 x 1000 AT 710 £110.07 AT 710 ESD £292.13
Push Handle
Push Handle for 500mm deep benches PUSH 50 £79.26
Push Handle for 700mm deep benches PUSH 70 £81.53
ESD protected workbenches are for use in the

electronics industry & comply with EN61340-5-1 Mobile
Bench SAP with
Push Handle 195

›› Ideal for factories, laboratories,
retail environments & schools etc
›› Heavy duty & robust construction
›› 40mm beech laminated
veneer worktop
›› Drawer sets come complete
with central locking & have a
load capacity of 50kg per drawer
WTB12Z
200kg
evenly
distributed
FROM STOCK
WTB02Z WTB04Z WTB06Z
Overall Size
Configuration Model Price
L x W x H mm
1800 x 650 x 840 WTB01Z £417.05
Workbench
2000 x 650 x 840 WTB02Z £443.60
Workbench with 1800 x 650 x 840 WTB03Z £531.85

a Cupboard Unit 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB04Z £560.20

2 x Cupboard Units 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB06Z £687.85

3 Drawer Set 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB08Z £710.60
Workbench with a 3 Drawer 1800 x 650 x 840 WTB09Z £806.65

Smooth Running Drawers Set & a Cupboard Unit 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB10Z £832.65

Lock 2 x 3 Drawer Sets 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB12Z £978.00
Mechanism
Workbench with
2000 x 650 x 840 WTB13Z £832.65
3 x Cupboard Units
Workbench with
a 3 Drawer Set 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB14Z £954.70
& 2 x Cupboard Units
Workbench with
2 x 3 Drawer Sets 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB15Z £1100.05
& a Cupboard Unit
Workbench with
Cupboard 2000 x 650 x 840 WTB16Z £1243.90
3 x 3 Drawer Sets
196

Super Heavy Duty Framework Benches
›› Suspended cabinets with 75kg UDL
›› Heavy duty braced framework
›› 40mm multiplex or lino worktops capacity drawers with 100% extensions
›› Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue
›› Maximum load capacity: 800kg UDL
›› Multiplex worktop: resin bonded layered beech ply with a cross laminated construction.
A tough general duty worktop suitable for most applications.
›› Lino worktop: chipboard core with 3mm industrial linoleum top surface & plastic edge banding.
Resistant to oils & greases.
800kg 800kg
evenly 41003082.16v evenly 41003396.11v
distributed distributed
Overall Size Worktop Overall Size Worktop

Configuration Model Price Configuration Model Price
L x D x H mm Type L x D x H mm Type
Multiplex 41003082.16v £301.76 Multiplex 41003396.11v £592.89
1500 x 750 x 840 1500 x 750 x 840
Lino 41003084.16v £338.64 Bench with Lino 41003397.11v £619.69
Frame Bench 1 x 150mm
Multiplex 41003178.16v £370.50 Drawer Multiplex 41003399.11v £661.63
2000 x 750 x 840 2000 x 750 x 840
Lino 41003180.16v £409.42 Lino 41003400.11v £689.59
Super Heavy Duty Storage Benches

800kg
evenly
distributed
41002055.11V
›› 40mm multiplex worktop

›› Storage framework
allows easy cleaning
›› Maximum load cap:
800kg UDL
›› Integral cabinets
with full extension
75kg U.D.L.
41002022.11V 41002025.11V 41002064.11V
capacity drawers
Overall Size
Drawers / Cupboards Model Price
L x D x H mm
1500 x 750 x 840 2 x 500mm cupboards each with adjustable shelves 41002022.11V £773.11
2000 x 750 x 840 4 x 150mm drawers, 1 x 200mm drawer & 2 x 350mm cupboards 41002064.11V £1239.15
1500 x 750 x 840 2 x 150mm drawers, 1 x 200mm drawer & 500mm cupboard with adjustable shelf 41002025.11V £866.53
2000 x 750 x 840 2 x 500mm cupboards each with adjustable shelves, 2 x 150mm drawers & 1 x 200mm drawer 41002055.11V £1121.55
197
197 - GPC.indd 24 05/01/2021 21:29:17

Euroslide Superbench
manufactured
1200kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
ADD YOUR CABINET

FROM THE OPPOSITE
PAGE TO COMPLETE
YOUR WORKBENCH
Beech Worktop Laminate Worktop Linoleum Worktop Steel Worktop
Beech Top Laminate Top Linoleum Top Steel Top

Overall Size
840 x 1200 x 750 BSE841275BLX £429.79 BSE841275PLX £450.51 BSE8412758LX £450.51 BSE841275SLX £431.70
198

Euroslide Superbench - Drawer Cabinets B
A C
D
E F
G
I
H
J
DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS
Red i Information
K Green
L M
Blue COMPLETE YOUR
Dark Grey WORKBENCH WITH
specify when ordering THESE CABINETS
Cabinet Size - 620H x 600W x 650D mm
Cabinet Size - 620H x 900W x 650D mm
A Single Cupboard EUC6760651 £163.84
B 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC6760652 £377.74 H Double Cupboard EUC6790651 £227.09
C 1 x 150mm & 2 x 200mm Drawers EUC6760653 £473.92 I 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC6790652 £417.86
D 1 x 100mm & 3 x 150mm Drawers EUC676065A £549.69 J 1 x 150mm & 2 x 200mm Drawers EUC6790653 £497.77
E 2 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC6760654 £551.05 K 1 x 100mm & 3 x 150mm Drawers EUC679065A £573.54
F 4 x 100mm & 1 x 150mm Drawers EUC676065C £625.45 L 2 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC6790655 £574.90
G 2 x 100mm Drawers (275mm High) EUC276065DS £300.87 M 4 x 100mm & 1 x 150mm Drawers EUC679065C £649.30
Above Bench Accessories C

A 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £71.84 D

A 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £87.33
Upper Shelf 300mm G
B BEUS1200PXXX £100.33 B
Laminate for 1200 Bench
Upper Shelf 300mm
B BEUS1500PXXX £120.12
Laminate for 1500 Bench A
Upper Shelf 300mm
B BEUS1800PXXX £142.96
Upper Shelf 300mm
B BEUS1200BXXX £116.13
Beech for 1200 Bench
Upper Shelf 300mm
Upper Shelf 300mm E
Light/Tool Rail Support
C BERS1200XLXX £75.09
for 1200mm Bench
C
BERS1500XLXX £80.76 F
for 1500mm Bench
C BERS1800XLXX £83.59
for 1800mm Bench
D 3 Setting LED Light - 1200mm BE3LED1200XX £58.64
E Combi Panel for 1200mm Bench BECP4812I3XX £151.78
Worktop service duct
F BESDWT122XX £116.18
for 1200mm Bench
F BESDWT15XXXX £119.01
for 1500mm Bench
F BESDWT18XXXX £124.68
for 1800mm Bench i Information
Post fitted service duct
G BESDP12XXXXX £127.51
for 1200mm Bench
COMPLETE YOUR
G BESDP15XXXXX £133.38
for 1500mm Bench WORKBENCH WITH
G
BESDP18XXXXX £142.23 THESE ACCESSORIES
for 1800mm Bench
199

Euroslide Cabinets
Supplied with 1 Galvanised shelf as standard

Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm
Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm Drawer Sizes: 2 x 100mm & 1 x 500mm Cupboard Drawer Sizes: 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm
Single Cupboard EUC18260651 £194.22 2 Drawers & Cupboard EUC18260652 £407.20 4 Drawers EUC1826065A £606.84
Description Model Price Description Model Price Description Model Price
Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm
Drawer Sizes: 5 x 150mm Drawer Sizes: 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawer Sizes: 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm
5 Drawers EUC1826065C £686.22 5 Drawers EUC18260655 £674.03 6 Drawers EUC1826065E £758.96
DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
Dark Grey
manufactured
i Information
IDEAL FOR Description

Worktop
Model Price
STORING ALL Thickness
Description Model Price YOUR TOOLS Worktop Options
Beech 27mm ESBEETOP6065 £75.04
Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 600W x 650D mm
Drawer Sizes: 7 x 100mm Laminate 20mm ESLAMTOP6065 £123.45
7 Drawers EUC1826065V £824.49 Tool Tray 24mm (lip) ESTLTTOP6065 £28.76
200

Euroslide Cabinets

Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 900W x 650D mm Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 900W x 650D mm
Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 900W x 650D mm Drawer Sizes: 2 x 100mm & 1 x 500mm Cupboard Drawer Sizes: 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm
Double Cupboard EUC18290651 £251.84 2 Drawers & Double Cupboard EUC18290653 £453.79 4 Drawers EUC1829065A £630.03
Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 900W x 650D mm Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 900W x 650D mm Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 900W x 650D mm
Drawer Sizes: 5 x 150mm Drawer Sizes: 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawer Sizes: 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm
5 Drawers EUC1829065C £722.07 5 Drawers EUC18290655 £705.51 6 Drawers EUC1829065E £793.45
DOOR & DRAWER

COLOUR OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
Dark Grey
manufactured
i Information
IDEAL FOR Worktop

STORING ALL Thickness
Description Model Price YOUR TOOLS Worktop Options
Beech 27mm ESBEETOP9065 £112.30
Overall Cabinet Size - 825H x 900W x 650D mm
Drawer Sizes: 7 x 100mm Laminate 20mm ESLAMTOP9065 £145.21
7 Drawers EUC1829065V £863.77 Tool Tray 24mm (lip) ESTLTTOP9065 £40.58
201

System Tek Workbenches
A B
C D
E F
2 - Choose your Accessories

DOOR & DRAWER Description Model Price
COLOUR OPTIONS
Red 760mm Rear Support Posts BESP760SXXXX £71.84
Green 1180mm Rear Support Posts BESP1180XXXX £87.33
Blue Upper Shelf 300mm
BEUS1500PXXX £120.12
Dark Grey Laminate for 1500 Bench
manufactured
specify when ordering Upper Shelf 300mm
BEUS1800PXXX £142.96
Upper Shelf 300mm
BEUS1500BXXX £140.58
1 - Choose your Cabinet Upper Shelf 300mm
BEUS1800BXXX £170.93
BERS1500XLXX £80.76
A Single Cupboard EUC18260651 £194.22 for 1500mm Bench
B 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC18260652 £407.20 BERS1800XLXX £83.59
for 1800mm Bench
C 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm Drawers EUC1826065A £606.84 3 Setting LED Light - 1200mm BE3LED1200XX £58.64
D 5 x 150mm Drawers EUC1826065C £686.22 Louvred/Perforated
BECP4815IXXX £151.95
E 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC18260655 £674.03 Back Panel - 1500mm
F 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC1826065E £758.96 Louvred/Perforated
BECP4818IXXX £168.53
Back Panel - 1800mm
G 7 x 100mm Drawers EUC1826065V £824.49
Louvred/Pin
BELO4815IXXX £144.51
Back Panel - 1500mm
2 - Choose your Worktop Louvred/Pin
BELO4818IXXX £168.60
Size Back Panel - 1800mm
H x W x D mm Combi Panel for 1500mm Bench BECP4815I3XX £162.59
Beech Top 27 x 1500 x 650 ESBEETOP1565 £180.56 Combi Panel for 1800mm Bench BECP4818I3XX £180.14
Laminate Top 19 x 1500 x 650 ESLAMTOP1565 £201.77 Worktop Service Duct 1500mm Bench BESDWT15XXXX £119.01
Beech Top 27 x 1880 x 650 ESBEETOP1865 £216.39 Post Fitted Service Duct 1500mm Bench BESDP15XXXXX £133.38
Laminate Top 19 x 1880 x 650 ESLAMTOP1865 £202.65 Support Leg & Modesty Panel E2LEGMOD6560 £84.14
202

Mobile Euroslide Cabinets
A C B
E
D
F G
Mobile Cabinet Size - 980H x 600W x 650D mm

DOOR & DRAWER
A Cupboard EUC9860651M £343.32 COLOUR OPTIONS
B 2 x 100mm Drawers & Cupboard EUC9860652M £556.30 Red

C 2 x 100mm, 2 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC9860655M £802.40
Green
Blue
D 4 x 100mm, 1 x 150mm & 1 x 200mm Drawers EUC986065EM £887.33
Dark Grey manufactured
E 1 x 150mm & 3 x 200mm Drawers EUC986065AM £735.21
F 5 x 150mm Drawers EUC986065CM £814.58
G 7 x 100mm Drawers EUC986065VM £952.86
EUC986065AM shown EUC986065AM shown EUC986065AM shown

with ESBEETOP6065 with ESLAMTOP6065 with ESTLTTOP6065
Size
H x W x D mm
Beech Top 27 x 600 x 650 ESBEETOP6065 £75.04
Laminate Top 20 x 600 x 650 ESLAMTOP6065 £123.45
Tool Tray 24 x 600 x 650 ESTLTTOP6065 £28.76
203

Drawer Cabinets
›› Robust re-inforced housing with ›› 75kg UDL drawer capacity on 100% extension
up to 1 tonne overall capacity ›› Drawer blocking mechanism to prevent
›› Ergonomic handle with label strip & cover more than 1 drawer opening at one time
›› Full range of drawer dividers ›› Epoxy powder coated in grey & blue
40019031.11v 40019035.11v

W x D x H mm W x D x H mm
1 x 100 & 1 x 175mm
650 x 650 2 x 100 & 2 x 150 650 x 650
Drawers with a 40019031.11v £487.06 40019035.11v £593.39
x 800 & 1 x 200mm Drawers x 800
400mm Cupboard
40020033.11v 40020041.11v

1 x 100, 1 x 125 &
800 x 650 5 x 100 & 800 x 650
1 x 150mm Drawers with 40020033.11v £721.44 40020041.11v £906.66
x 900 2 x 150mm Drawers x 900
a 400mm Cupboard
40029031.11v 40029037.11v
2 x 75, 1 x 100, 3 x 150 1050 x 750 4 x 100, 2 x 125, 3 x 150 1050 x 750
40029031.11v £1275.95 40029037.11v £1642.96
& 2 x 200mm Drawers x 1200 & 2 x 200mm Drawers x 1600
204
204 - GPC.indd 31 05/01/2021 21:30:21

Team Leader Workstations
›› Designed for team leaders, supervisors or line managers
›› Fully welded steel frame
›› Ideal for standing at to improve health & fitness, but can
be used in conjunction with an industrial stool or chair
›› Drawer sets come complete with central locking & have a load
capacity of 50kg per drawer. Each drawer set can be fitted
either on the left or right of the bench. Cupboard sets can
only be positioned on the right hand side
›› Sloping top units add 140mm to the overall height
›› Red, blue & black sloping tops available - call for details
›› Red & black drawer & cupboard fronts available - call for details
i Information
IMPROVE HEALTH TLS1010461LX

& FITNESS BY
manufactured
STANDING AT THESE
WORKSTATIONS
TLF9210462LX TLF9210463LX TLF9210464LX TLS1010465LX
TLF9210466LX TLF9210467LX TLS1010468LX TLF9210469LX
Overall Size Workstation with Flat Top Workstation with Sloping Top
Description
920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210461LX £218.99 TLS1010461LX £218.99
Workstation Only
920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210601LX £231.22 TLS1010601LX £231.22
Workstation with 920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210462LX £366.29 TLS1010462LX £366.29

Single Drawer 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210602LX £378.53 TLS1010602LX £378.53

2 x Single Drawers 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210603LX £525.84 TLS1010603LX £525.84

Cupboard 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210604LX £386.05 TLS1010604LX £386.05
Workstation with Single 920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210465LX £498.28 TLS1010465LX £498.27
Drawer & Cupboard 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210605LX £510.51 TLS1010605LX £510.51

Triple Drawer 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210606LX £510.92 TLS1010606LX £510.92
Workstation with Triple 920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210467LX £646.00 TLS1010467LX £646.00
Drawer & Single Drawer 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210607LX £658.23 TLS1010607LX £658.23

Double Cupboard 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210608LX £453.11 TLS1010608LX £453.11
Workstation with Triple 920 x 1000 x 460 TLF9210469LX £630.67 TLS1010469LX £630.67
Drawer & Cupboard 920 x 1000 x 600 TLF9210609LX £642.90 TLS1010609LX £642.90
205

Flat & Sloping Top Workstations
›› Ideal for paperwork based
environments including goods
inwards, despatch & assembly areas.
›› Available fitted with lockable storage
drawers, open fronts & powder
coated adjustable shelves
›› Sloping top available for ease
of use as a writing station
›› Available with various accessories
including extra shelves, ringbinder holder,
perforated back panel & magnetic back
panel - please call for details
DOOR/DRAWER
COLOUR OPTIONS
Blue
Light Grey
DW119245DS
Drawer & Shelf Workstations

Overall Size
H x W x D mm
Flat Top 980 x 920 x 450 DW989245DS £359.28 DW989245DS
Sloping Top 1100 x 920 x 450 DW119245DS £383.99
manufactured
IT Workstation
›› All in one storage for industrial computer
workstations - ideal for industrial environments
›› Includes Workstation, internal shelves, keyboard
pull out shelf, sloping top & lockable monitor box
manufactured
DOOR/DRAWER
COLOUR OPTIONS
Blue
Light Grey
DW989245DD
DW119245SD
Single or Double Drawer Workstations

Drawer Overall Size
Type H x W x D mm
ITCW139245
Single Flat Top 980 x 920 x 450 DW989245SD £549.77
Overall Size Single Sloping Top 1100 x 920 x 450 DW119245SD £574.48
Model Price
H x W x D mm
Double Flat Top 980 x 920 x 450 DW989245DD £461.58
1580 x 920 x 450 ITCW139245 £617.33
Double Sloping Top 1100 x 920 x 450 DW119245DD £486.29
206

Desk Converter
i Information
›› Ideal for your workshop
or production department SIGNIFICANTLY
›› Simply place on a surface & IMPROVE YOUR
enjoy the flexibility of standing POSTURE WHILST
or sitting at your desk WORKING
›› A pneumatic air cylinder allows
smooth adjustments from sit to
stand in mere seconds, bringing
the maximum height of
620mm above the desktop
›› The ergonomic two-tier design
offers a spacious 32-inch (813mm)
top shelf for monitors & a second
shelf for a mouse/keyboard
›› Meets ANSI/BIFMA standards
›› Chamfered keyboard shelf edge
for extra operator comfort
DC831L Lowered
DC831L
DC831L Raised
Overall Size Top Shelf Size Bottom Shelf Size Base Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm W x D mm W x D mm W x D mm
146/620 x 813 x 596 813 x 349 699 x 248 813 x 596 DC831L £325.00
Mobile Work Benches
WTP12Y WTS30Y
FROM ONLY
3YR 300kg
evenly
distributed
£554.40
GUARANTEE
manufactured
WTP42Y
›› Strong welded construction

›› Worktops have a steel retaining lip
›› Constructed from 40mm steel square section
›› Mobile, on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 100mm nylon castors
›› Tubular steel push handle to aid manoeuvrability WTS20Y
›› Bottom shelf comes complete with a 40mm surround
to 3 sides & a 40mm drop edge to the front
Overall Size 2mm Steel Work Top 18mm Plywood Work Top
Description
WxDxH Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
Mobile Work Bench 39 kg WTS10Y £554.40 49 kg WTP12Y £620.55
Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer 1130 50 kg WTS20Y £662.15 60 kg WTP22Y £779.60
x 670
Mobile Work Bench with Cupboard x 1000 mm 55 kg WTS30Y £654.15 65 kg WTP32Y £774.65
Mobile Work Bench with Single Drawer & Cupboard 66 kg WTS40Y £816.05 76 kg WTP42Y £935.55
207

Adjustable
Tool Storage
Height
& Trolleys
Trolleys
‘Proplaz® Handy’ Tool Trolley
100kg ›› Hardwearing black plastic
evenly
distributed shelves with aluminium uprights
›› Complete with optional shelf
dividers to keep your tools tidy
›› Ideal for use in warehouses,
workshops, garages etc
›› Lightweight & easy to clean
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel
castors, 2 with brakes
Complete with optional

shelf dividers to easily ProPlaz ®
HI663Y
keep your tools & Handy

fixings tidy & organised
HI663Y Overall Size Weight Assembly
Model Price
H x W x D mm kg Code / Price
1310 x 550 x 460 8 ASB / £20 HI663Y £119.95
Reversible Tray/Shelf Trolleys

›› Reversible shelves - either a smooth
shelf or a tray with surrounding lip
›› The height of the centre shelf on
the 3 shelf model is adjustable 150kg
evenly
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked distributed
100mm grey non-marking castors
Assembly Available
To have the product delivered
to you assembled please quote
code & price with order
TI246Y
Overall Size Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
670 x 400 x 910 17 ASC / £25 TI246Y £177.90
2 Shelf
820 x 500 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI257Y £201.55
670 x 400 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI346Y £202.50
3 Shelf
820 x 500 x 910 23.5 ASC / £25 TI357Y £246.60 TI357Y
Tool Trolleys
125kg
evenly
distributed
›› Attractive red finish with smooth running
drawers, chrome 1.2mm steel frame & 4
swivel 100mm, rubber castors, 2 with brake
›› Deep 70mm lip around shelves
›› Model TCC22Y has individual keys for each drawer
TCC03Y TCC22Y
Overall Size Drawer Size Space Between Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Shelves kg Code / Price
3 Shelf 770 - 270 mm 16 ASB / £20 TCC03Y £136.50
Assembly Available x 410
TCC12Y To have the product delivered 2 Shelf, 1 Drawer 630 x 340 360 mm 22 ASB / £20 TCC12Y £142.00
x 890
2 Shelf, 2 Drawer x 90 280 mm 29 ASB / £20 TCC22Y £177.50
208
208 - GPC.indd 1 07/01/2021 16:23:31

Tool Storage & Trolleys
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys
›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys
›› Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip
›› Ideal for use in workshops, storerooms, warehouses,
chemical & pharmaceutical industries
›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene
which will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected
by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions
FROM ONLY
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking
rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes
£139.20
FREE! 10 YR
GUARANTEE
GI341L
150kg Assembly Available
GI334L evenly To have the product delivered
GI335L distributed to you assembled please quote
Overall Size Size Between Shelves Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm Top / Bottom mm kg Code / Price
3 Shelf (3 flat shelves) 610 x 458 x 840 305 / 305 11 ASB / £20 GI341L £139.20
2 Shelf Trolley 890 x 610 x 880 650 16 ASB / £20 GI334L £201.50
3 Shelf Trolley 890 x 610 x 865 292 / 292 22 ASB / £20 GI335L £251.10
‘Proplaz’ Shelf Trolleys
HI292Y
HI393Y with the
cupboard closed
®
FROM ONLY ProPlaz
£232.00 ›› High quality hardwearing black plastic
shelves with grey aluminium uprights
›› Ideal for most environments including
warehouses, garages, workshops, laboratories etc
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors (2 with brakes)
›› Incorporate smooth running
HI291Y grey drawers & model Assembly Available
HI393Y also has a To have the product delivered
black plastic cupboard code & price with order
Overall Size Size between Shelves Load Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm Top / Bottom mm Capacity kg kg Code / Price
2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer 16 ASC / £25 HI291Y £232.00
750 x 460 x 940 560 150
2 Shelf Trolley with 2 x Steel Drawers 20 ASD / £30 HI292Y £300.65
3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard 750 x 460 x 980 280 150 24 ASD / £30 HI393Y £334.25
209
209 - GPC.indd 2 05/01/2021 21:39:39

Storage Container Cupboards
›› These storage container cupboards can be
used for a multitude of storage options
›› Louvre panels on the doors & carcass enables
you to conveniently store containers close to hand
›› A weld & rivet construction provides all-round
robustness, with reinforced doors & “No Snag’’
handles with 2-point locking
›› 75kg UDL capacity galvanised shelves
›› Overall size: 1800H x 900W x 460D mm
›› More containers available - call for details
manufactured
CYD189046BBX CYD189046457 CYD189046151
CYD189046461
Container Sizes
L x W x H mm
Cupboard Size 2 - 165 x 100 x 75 CYD189046BBX £581.68
Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 59 Containers (10 x Size 3, 8 x Size 5 & 41 Size 2) Size 3 - 240 x 150 x 132 CYD189046461 £861.60
Size 4 - 350 x 205 x 132
Cupboard with 4 Shelves & 57 Containers (16 x Size 4 & 41 x Size 2) Size 5 - 350 x 205 x 182 CYD189046457 £858.11
Cupboard with 1 Shelf & 51 Containers (10 x Size 6 & 41 x Size 2) Size 6 - 375 x 420 x 182 CYD189046151 £838.58
Multi-Storage Cupboards
DOOR COLOUR
OPTIONS
›› The welded construction offers
Red
high strength & durability
manufactured Dark Grey
›› 1825H x 940W x 710D mm gives Blue
a very large storage capacity Green
›› The cupboards are available with a combination specify when ordering
of accessories including drawer, shelves

& perforated/louvre rear panels
›› Either with solid doors or vision doors which allow
you to inspect the contents of cupboards
›› Each cupboard comes with
adjustable feet for levelling
›› Drawers have a heavy duty slide system giving
100% extension & a capacity of 100kg UDL
Solid Door Cupboard C6MSS181065X £736.37

Vision Door Cupboard C6MSV181065X £912.01
Accessories
100mm Deep Drawer C6MSDRW100DX £105.38
Tool Panel (tools not included) C6MSTOOLPANX £40.52
Square Louvre Panel C6MSLOUVREPX £40.52
Square Perforated Panel C6MSDUALPANX £40.52
Noticeboard Panel C6MSNOTICEBX £33.77 C6MSV181065X, C6MSDRW100DX,
4 x C6MSDRW200DX, C6MSSHELFXXX,
Shelf C6MSSHELFXXX £32.42
C6MSTOOLPANX & C6MSLOUVREPX
(Tools/Containers not included)
210
12 - Tool Storage & Trolleys - GPC Pages.indb 3 30/12/2020 09:49:26

System Flow Trolleys
COLOUR OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
Dark Grey
Light Grey
manufactured
System Flow
Trolley
Perforated Panel
Shelf
Louvre Panel
2 - Choose your Accessories

Size
1 - Choose your Trolley H x W x D mm
Perforated Panel 910 x 630 x 60 RTPERF12*XX £65.05
Overall Size
H x W mm Perforated Panel 910 x 930 x 60 RTPERF16*XX £69.70
Static 1520 x 680 RTSYF1668U*X £264.86 Louvred Panel 910 x 630 x 60 RTLOVR12*XX £67.38
Static 1520 x 1000 RTSYF1610U*X £311.33 Louvred Panel 910 x 930 x 60 RTLOVR16*XX £73.18
Mobile 1650 x 680 RTSYF1668M*X £311.33 Shelf 20 x 600 x 350 RTSHLU80LXX £31.36
Mobile 1650 x 1000 RTSYF1610M*X £357.79 Shelf 20 x 900 x 350 RTSHLU10LXX £38.33
211

Tool Storage System
›› The original Total Storage System
provides space-saving & efficient
tool & spare parts storage
›› It requires only 2 sqm of floor space but
provides 16 sqm of storage area
›› Can be equipped with many accessories
›› There is no need to fasten it to the floor,
as it stands firmly on its own. There is a
wheel on the lower edge of the panels
which makes them easy to move
›› The load capacity is 100 kg/panel. A
maximum of 10 panels can be
fastened to the tool storage system
›› Available in two colours; grey or blue.
Blue comes as standard but if you
require grey please change the 07
to 49 in the model code.
›› 20 piece hook set includes; 5 x 50mm
straight hooks, 5 x 33mm double
hooks, 5 x 19mm spring hooks &
5 x 35mm angle hook
›› 45 piece hook set includes; 5 x 30mm
straight hooks, 5 x 50mm straight hooks,
5 x 33mm double hooks, 5 x 19mm
spring hooks, 5 x 22mm spring hooks,
1 x 220mm tool holder, 1 x 80mm tube,
Description
Overall Size
Model Price 5 x 35mm angle hook, 1 x 90mm cup,
D x W x H mm
5 x 60mm tool hooks, 5 x 35mm plier
Tool Storage System with 4 Panels 1025 x 1035 x 2125 83051807 £1608.43
hooks, 1 x 60mm round hook
Additional Panel 15 x 949 x 1976 83068207 £283.33
& 1 x 238mm tool holder
20 Piece Hook Set - 85500151 £38.98
45 Piece Hook Set - 85500251 £115.20
Industrial Screens
›› Modular industrial screens when used with the
hook sets, shown below, provide space-saving &
efficient tool & spare parts storage
›› Can be equipped with many accessories
›› Industrial screens can also be used as space dividers
›› They also provide noise insulation; the
combinations available have perforated back
panels on both sides & one side is insulated
›› Each section includes 6 perforated back panels,
3 pcs/side & the standard section includes two feet
›› The extension section includes one foot
›› Available in two colours; grey or blue.
Overall Size Model Price Model Price

Description
W x D x H mm Blue Blue Grey Grey
Standard Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot 780 x 560 x 1850 C52007101 £648.75 C52049101 £648.75
Extension Industrial Screen - ‘T’ Foot 750 x 560 x 1850 C52007102 £546.35 C52049102 £546.35
Extension Industrial Screen - ‘L’ Foot 750 x 310 x 1850 C52007103 £537.90 C52049103 £537.90
Extension Industrial Screen - ‘I’ Foot 750 x 60 x 1850 C52007104 £520.64 C52049104 £520.64
212

Tool Storage System Accessories
Hook R1 Hook R2
Hook R3 Hook R10 Perforated Panels
Hook R13 Hook R19 Hook R21 Hook R24
Hook R29 Hook R30 Hook R35 Hook R37
Pack Length Dia. Gap Max Pack Length Dia. Gap Max
Size mm mm mm Load kg Size mm mm mm Load kg
Perforated Panel - 454W x 988H mm 837 369-07 £46.72 5 10 6 - 10 853225-51 £7.67
Hook R3
Perforated Panel - 949W x 988H mm 837 334-07 £92.56 5 50 6 - 10 853226-51 £7.67
Perforated Panel - 949W x 1444H mm 837 342-07 £129.22 5 28 - 9 10 853227-51 £17.08
Hook R10
Perforated Panel - 949W x 1976H mm 837 350-07 £169.01 5 33 - 17 10 853228-51 £17.33
5 30 3 - 10 853207-51 £5.94 Hook R13 5 157 3 1 853229-51 £17.08
5 50 4 - 10 853208-51 £6.60
5 13 - - - 853231-51 £12.09
5 50 6 - 10 853241-51 £7.41
Hook R19 5 19 - - - 853232-51 £12.22
5 80 6 - 10 853209-51 £7.69
5 22 - - - 853233-51 £12.45
5 100 4 - 8 853210-51 £7.16
Hook R21 1 220 - - - 831646-51 £6.63
5 100 6 - 10 853211-51 £7.67
Hook R1 1 65 17 - - 831700-51 £7.06
5 150 4 - 4 853212-51 £8.58
Hook R24 1 80 26 - - 831719-51 £8.32
5 150 6 - 10 853213-51 £8.80
1 100 42 - - 853167-51 £1.47
5 200 4 - 2 853214-51 £9.08
5 40 - - 5 853234-51 £12.47
5 200 6 - 6 853215-51 £9.89
Hook R29 5 60 - - 5 853235-51 £13.76
5 300 6 - 3 853216-51 £17.33
5 80 - - 5 853236-51 £17.63
5 300 8 - 8 853217-51 £19.00
5 33 3 17 10 853218-51 £9.99 5 35 4 - - 853237-51 £6.55
Hook R30
5 43 4 25 10 853219-51 £11.28 5 85 6 - - 853238-51 £7.67
5 43 4 40 10 853220-51 £11.54 5 17 - 35 - 853239-51 £12.45

Hook R35
Hook R2 5 100 6 25 10 853221-51 £12.12 5 17 - 55 - 853240-51 £12.67
5 150 4 16.5 6 853222-51 £12.45 1 - 40 - 10 831433-51 £3.77
5 150 6 25 10 853223-51 £26.39 Hook R37 1 - 60 - 10 831441-51 £4.00
5 200 6 25 10 853224-51 £14.29 1 - 80 - 10 831603-51 £4.15
213

Kitted Cupboards
Welded steel construction with lockable, re-inforced doors
10
››
›› Galvanised steel shelves with 60kg U.D.L. capacity YR
›› Roller bearing drawers with 60kg U.D.L. capacity & 100% extension GUARANTEE
›› Internal panel options in perfo & louvre styles

›› Powder coated RAL5010 blue & RAL7035 grey finish
Overall Size Drawer No of No of
Back Panels Model Price
H x W x D mm Sizes mm Worktops Shelves
2000 x 1050 x 550 Perfo / Louvre 1 x 100, 1 x 125 & 1 x 175 1 1 16926572.11 £754.51
2000 x 1050 x 550 Perfo / Louvre 4 x 125 & 2 x 175 1 - 16926573.11 £990.11
2000 x 1050 x 550 - 2 x 125 - 4 16926574.11 £638.06
2000 x 1050 x 550 - 1 x 100, 2 x 125 & 1 x 175 - 3 16926576.11 £739.81
16926572.11
Accessories
100mm Drawer Kit 16926966.11 £62.24

125mm Drawer Kit 16926967.11 £66.92
175mm Drawer Kit 16926968.11 £74.44
Galvanised Steel Shelf Kit 16926918.51 £32.42
Wooden Shelf / Worktop Kit 16926919 £74.44
11pc hook kit 14030064 £16.62
15pc hook kit 14031411 £37.38
32pc bin kit 13031070 £42.90
40pc bin kit 13021008 £50.55 16926573.11 16926574.11 16926576.11
214
214 - GPC.indd 7 05/01/2021 21:40:49

Perfo Panels Perfo Wall Cupboard
›› Manufactured to withstand the most rigorous ›› Sturdy lockable wall cabinets for secure storage
conditions, giving a long service life ›› Fully welded construction with a perforated back
›› The fully flanged metal panels are reinforced ›› The double skinned doors provide extra storage
with channel backstrips & fixing points area & are secured by 2-point locking
›› All hooks lock into the panel with the perfo ›› Cupboards are 800W x 325D x 700H mm
locking clip, positioned quickly but securely ›› Hooks & accessories not included
Overall Size
Model Price
W x H mm
495 x 457 140 25 115.11 £20.53
990 x 457 140 25 117.11 £29.73
1486 x 457 140 25 118.11 £43.45 Cupboard only (empty) 40031060.11v £230.60
Hook Double Tool Hook Bin Storage Strip Shelf
Pk of 5 Pk of 5
Length Model Price Length Model Price

W x D mm Model Price
25 mm 140 01 102 £3.85 25 mm 140 02 037 £7.12
Length Model Price 450 x 170 140 14 034.16 £12.23
50 mm 140 01 098 £4.16 50 mm 140 02 039 £7.72
75 mm 140 01 104 £4.45 75 mm 140 02 041 £8.31 100 mm 140 14 043.16 £3.32 900 x 170 140 14 006.16 £21.90
100 mm 140 01 147 £4.75 100 mm 140 02 064 £8.91 450 mm 140 14 044.16 £6.97 450 x 250 140 14 031.16 £17.10
150 mm 140 01 148 £5.04 150 mm 140 02 043 £9.82 900 mm 140 14 045.16 £10.09 900 x 250 140 14 007.16 £30.21
Saw Holder Spanner Holder Screwdriver Holder Power Tool Loop
Pk of 5
ø Model Price
40 mm 140 11 016 £9.20

Length Model Price Model Price Width Model Price 60 mm 140 11 018 £9.50
125 mm 140 19 003 £4.29 140 17 002 £5.68 225 mm 140 19 007 £5.63 80 mm 140 11 020 £9.79
Single Spring Clip Double Spring Clip U-Holder Pipe Brackets
Pk of 5 Pk of 5
Pk of 5
ø Model Price WxD Model Price Pk of 2
6 mm 140 13 059 £4.75 ø Model Price 31 x 20 mm 140 10 015 £7.42
10 mm 140 13 061 £4.75 56 x 20 mm 140 10 017 £7.72 W x ø mm Model Price
2 x 6 mm 140 13 075 £7.61
13 mm 140 13 063 £5.04 2 x 10 mm 140 13 077 £7.75 75 x 20 mm 140 10 019 £8.85 35 x 60 140 15 041 £3.92
16 mm 140 13 065 £5.04 2 x 13 mm 140 13 079 £7.88 32 x 50 mm 140 10 032 £10.09 35 x 100 140 15 042 £4.99
19 mm 140 13 067 £5.04 2 x 16 mm 140 13 081 £8.03 32 x 75 mm 140 10 033 £10.68 100 x 60 140 15 043 £8.19
25 mm 140 13 069 £5.04 2 x 19 mm 140 13 083 £8.08 32 x 100 mm 140 10 034 £11.28 100 x 100 140 15 044 £12.33
215
215 - GPC.indd 8 05/01/2021 21:41:27

Drum, Cylinder & Spill Control
Drum Dolly
›› Design allows loading by overhead lifting
›› Suitable for moving standard 210L drums
›› Fitted with 4 x 75mm rubber swivel castors
DID16Y
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Dia. mm kg
616 7.5 DID16Y £93.40
Drum Stands for 210 Litre Drums Drum Dollies

›› Design allows loading
by overhead lifting
›› Quick & easy assembly
›› DID04Y height: 100mm.
FROM ONLY Suitable for drums no more
than 295mm diameter
£136.65 ›› DID09Y handle height: 750mm.
Suitable for moving
standard 210 litre drums
›› Fitted with 4 x 75mm
polyethylene swivel castors.
›› DID04Y - subject to availability
FROM ONLY
£33.00
DH440Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
DID04Y
DH443Z
DH442S DH445S & DH439Z
›› Fully welded tubular steel construction for strength & durability

›› Model DH443Z: with nylon top rollers to
allow drainage from the side bung
›› Models DH442S & DH445S: mobile on
2 x 100mm fixed wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel castors
›› Model DH445S: as per DH442S but with nylon top
rollers to allow drainage from the side bung
Overall Size Height Under Roller Weight DID09Y
L x W x H mm Side of Drum mm Dia. mm kg
Static 865 x 595 x 350 280 - 5.4 DH440Z £136.65
Overall Size Weight
Mobile 865 x 595 x 385 315 - 14 DH442S £262.05 Model Price
L x W mm kg
Static 865 x 595 x 350 290 75mm 7.2 DH443Z £199.85
300 x 300 9 DID04Y £33.00
Mobile 865 x 595 x 385 325 75mm 15.4 DH445S £326.55
615 x 615 10 DID09Y £99.95
Drum Handle Lever - Designed for use with the above stands DH439Z £83.00
216
13 - Drum, Cylinder & Spill Control - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 09:58:01

Hydraulic Drum Lifter
›› CE Tested
›› Designed to allow you to pick up & transport
full or empty 210 litre steel & plastic drums
›› Hydraulic pump smoothly lifts the drum,
held firm by the top rim clamp
›› The retractable clamp holds the drum
securely & releases automatically
›› Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane wheels i Information
& a rear 125mm swivel polyurethane castor
CAN TRANSPORT
PLASTIC DRUMS
DL388Y
£417.65
250kg
evenly
distributed
DL388Y
DL388Y
Overall Size Maximum Lift Weight
Model Price
L x W x H mm Height mm kg
820 x 785 x 1050 200 43 DL388Y £417.65
Drum Tilter
›› CE marked & plated DT300P
Designed to allow you to
£411.35
››
pick up, transport & rotate full
or empty 210L steel drums
›› The saddle secures the drum
›› Mobile on 2 x 180mm polyurethane
wheels & a rear 75mm swivel castor
300kg
evenly
distributed
Drum locking mechanism
i Information
IDEAL FOR LOW

LEVEL POURING
DT300P
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
DT300P L x W x H mm kg
1420 x 900 x 1712 50 DT300P £411.35
217
217 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 11:37:23

Drum Lifters ›› CE marked & plated
›› Foot operated hydraulic pump
›› These units will load / unload 210L steel
i Information drums from pallets / ground with ease
›› The grip holds the top rim of the drum, the
IDEAL FOR user then pumps the foot pedal to lift the drum
MOVING DRUMS ›› Wheel into position & lower accordingly
FROM EURO &
›› The foot pedal hinges up helping to
prevent knocked shins whilst mobile
UK PALLETS ›› DLL03Z is easily manoeuvrable on 2 fixed,
2 swivel 130mm wheels, one with brake
›› DL450Y is mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel
braked 125mm polyurethane castors
›› 450kg load capacity up to 500mm (DL450Y
has a capacity of 350kg above this height)
up to
450kg
evenly
distributed
DLL03Z
£1209.95
DLL03Z
Foot Pedal
DL450Y
DL450Y
Overall Size Lifting Extended Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm Height mm Height mm kg
1100 x 900 x 1250 500 1380 165 DLL03Z £1209.95
940 x 1160 x 1980 1100 2320 165 DL450Y £1342.75 Drum locking mechanism
218

Drum Handler
›› CE marked & plated 250kg
evenly
›› Designed to carry full or distributed
empty 210 litre steel drums

›› This unit smoothly lifts the drum (in 20mm
increments) which is held firm by the clamp
›› Mobile on 2 fixed 130mm
polyurethane wheels & 2 swivel
120mm polyurethane castors
›› Lifting height: 250mm
DL250Y
£662.00
i Information
IDEAL FOR
MOVING DRUMS
FROM EURO &
UK PALLETS
Overall Size Weight

Model Price DL250Y
L x W x H mm kg
812 x 1219 x 1100 50 DL250Y £662.00
Drum Lifter
›› CE marked & plated
›› Designed to carry full or 300kg
evenly
empty 210 litre steel drums distributed
›› Foot operated hydraulic pump

›› Lifts a drum up to 740mm off the ground
›› This unit smoothly lifts the drum
which is held firm by the clamp
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel DL300Y
125mm nylon castors (1 braked)
£769.95
i Information
IDEAL FOR
MOVING DRUMS
FROM EURO &
UK PALLETS
Release
mechanism
Hydraulic
pump action
Overall Size Weight DL300Y

Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
950 x 1200 x 1565 72 DL300Y £769.95
219

Drum Transporter All Purpose Drum Handler
DH451S
DH446L
200kg
evenly
distributed
Drum handle in
DH446L transit position
manufactured
£485.25
3YR
GUARANTEE
300kg
evenly
distributed
DH446L
DH451S
£575.60
3YR
GUARANTEE ›› CE marked & plated
DH451S
manufactured ›› Designed to carry 210 litre steel drums

›› CE marked & plated ›› When positioned vertically, the drum handle
›› Constructed from tubular steel this unit locks onto the drum rim. On levering back, the
is designed to carry 210 litre steel drums. toes engage the base of the drum
Adjustable drum hook enables varying sizes of ›› Mobile on 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels
drum to be carried. Max drum height: 1575mm & 2 swivel 75mm nylon castors
Overall Size Weight Overall Size Weight
Wheels Model Price Model Price
W x H mm kg L x W x H mm kg
705 x 1575 2 x 350mm Cushion 31 DH446L £485.25 800 x 635 x 450 32 DH451S £575.60
Pallet Loader
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
400kg DH482L
evenly
distributed
250kg
evenly
DH482L distributed
REAR
SUPPORTING
CASTORS
DH483J 3YR
GUARANTEE
Drum Transporter manufactured
›› CE marked & plated ›› CE marked & plated

›› Tubular steel construction designed to ›› Drum is held in position by the use of a sliding hook
carry 210 litre steel drums located down the centre of the trolley frame
›› Drum is held in position by an adjustable hook ›› Designed to load & unload standard 210 litre
›› Mobile on 2 x 250mm solid rubber wheels & drums safely & efficiently from a pallet
incorporates 2 x 160mm supporting rear castors ›› Large hooped handles for easy handling
›› This unit is produced/balanced in ›› This unit is produced/balanced in such a way that it
such a way that it should only be should only be used with full or empty drums
used with full or empty drums ›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm & 2 x 250mm rubber wheels
H x W mm kg L x W x H mm kg
1600 x 740 20 DH483J £634.90 1800 x 610 x 1225 46 DH482L £673.55
220

Drum Lifters
i Information
›› One person operation
›› CE marked & plated IDEAL FOR LOW
›› Simply attach/hang the lifter LEVEL POURING
on a hook from an overhead
hoist or crane, saddle around
the drum & raise to the
desired height & position
›› For use with 210 litre
steel drums
›› Model DLV02Z has a geared
chain control. The 3 metre
control chain can be locked to
secure the drum in any position
during transit & dispensing
350kg DLV01Z
evenly
distributed
Overall Size Weight

L x W x H mm kg
Standard 820 x 720 x 230 22 DLV01Z £284.85
DLV02Z
Geared 850 x 850 x 250 40 DLV02Z £500.00
Fork Lift Drum Tilter

›› Can be operated without leaving the fork lift truck
›› Enables your fork truck to be used as a drum handler
›› Can easily lift, transport & tilt loaded drums
›› The 3 metre pull chain loop allows
simple control from the driver seat
›› Fork distance: 620mm apart
›› Fork pockets: 65H x 180W mm
DLF05Z
350kg DLF05Z
i Information
evenly
distributed
EASY OPERATION
FROM YOUR
Overall Size Weight
FORK LIFT CAB L x W x H mm kg
Model Price
1000 x 770 x 510 76 DLF05Z £669.65
Taper Grip Drum Clamp

›› Suitable for use with 210 Litre steel drums
›› The steel jaws grip the rim
of the drum, allowing the
720kg
evenly drums to be picked up or
distributed
set down without spaces 360kg
between them evenly
distributed
›› Automatic grip lock will
not open & ensures safe
drum transportation
›› Grip head has different
positions to fit different
heights
DLC02Z
DLC01Z
N.B. It is important for the safe No. of Fork Overall Size Weight
Model Price
Drums Held Spread L x W x H mm kg
use of this unit that the drum
ring is not damaged & is strong 1 560 mm 830 x 710 x 1000 60 DLC01Z £625.00
enough to support its own weight 2 605 mm 1030 x 850 x 1000 96 DLC02Z £782.15
221
221 - GPC.indd 6 06/01/2021 11:38:37

Plastic IBC Containers IBC Containment Pallets
›› Manufactured from polyethylene
›› Excellent chemical resistance manufactured
›› Fork pockets allowing easy positioning
›› Optional grid available for the
PSP01Z - call for details
i Information
STORE IBCs
IN A SAFE
ENVIRONMENT
›› Long life, blow moulded polyethylene construction

›› UN packaging groups II & III
›› Available certified for hazardous goods
›› 4 Way fork truck/pallet truck entry
›› Complete with label plate 720L x 350H mm
›› Tolerant between -20oC to +60oC
›› 1000 litre capacity - stacks 2 high when full
PSP01Z
›› Valve - 50mm & Filling opening - 150mm
›› Seal Type: standard EPDM (optional PCP, FKM PSP09Z
Viton available) - please call for details Overall Size Capacity
L x W x H mm Litre
Overall Size Volume Weight
Model Price
W x D x H mm Litres kg Single 1490 x 2000 x 770 1100 PSP01Z £786.70
1200 x 1000 x 1175 1000 61 WIBC1000 £377.78 Double 2450 x 1450 x 580 1140 PSP09Z £1138.45
Drum & IBC Storage

›› Weatherproof for outside storage
›› RHS frame galvanised sheet cladding
›› Padlockable dual sliding doors for ease
of access (padlock not included)
›› Benches & spill trays are available
- see below for details
i Information
COMPLY TO
OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
(England) 2001
WCI03Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured WCD02Z
Storage Units Optional Accessories

Overall Size Sump Cap. Weight Overall Size Weight
L x W x H mm Litres kg L x W x H mm kg
Drum Storage Unit - with Sump Base Bench (priced individually)
3150 x 2250 x 2360 780 950 WCD02Z £6023.30 1990 x 500 x 960 62 WCG02Z £424.70
IBC Storage Unit - with Deep Sump Base Spill Tray which sits on top of the above bench (priced individually) - Capacity - 48 Litres
3150 x 2250 x 2360 1200 970 WCI03Z £6205.00 1990 x 500 x 50 - WCG03Z £141.75
222
222 - GPC.indd 7 06/01/2021 11:39:14

Leak Diverters
›› Redirect roof or pipe leaks to prevent water damage
›› Deal with your nuisance ceiling leaks without
disruption to the workplace until a permanent repair
can be made. This device can be hung from the roof
directly under leaks to catch rainwater & divert it to
a convenient collection point, keeping it off the floor,
reducing the potential for slips & falls whilst
minimising damage to goods & machinery.
›› Adjustable hanging straps (not included) ensure easy
levelling & positioning - call for details. Standard UK
Hozelock fittings ensure water can be safely channelled
into a suitable receptacle or other convenient area
›› Can be connected to a garden hose - not included
Overall Size Colour: Yellow Colour: White

W x L mm Model Price Model Price
1000 x 1000 LD1X1Y £35.00 LD1X1W £35.00
2000 x 2000 LD2X2Y £65.00 LD2X2W £65.00
3000 x 3000 LD3X3Y £110.00 LD3X3W £110.00
1000 x 3000 LD1X3Y £70.00 LD1X3W £70.00
Instabund® with Deck Tiles

›› Lightweight, flexible & portable secondary
containment bunds to contain spills & leaks
›› Complies with environmental legislation
– ISO14001 & Oil Storage Regulations (OSR)
›› Corrosion resistant & easy to clean
›› No tools required for easy on site assembly
›› Instabund is easily carried in its own bag (tiles are loose)
1 2
3 4
Capacity Overall Size No of

Model Price
Litres W x L x H mm Decking Tiles
250 1000 x 1000 x 250 4 INB-22/DK22 £261.44

500 1000 x 2000 x 250 8 INB-24/DK24 £382.88
562 1500 x 1500 x 250 9 INB-33/DK33 £390.74
1000 2000 x 2000 x 250 16 INB-44/DK44 £595.76
1750 2000 x 3500 x 250 28 INB-47/DK47 £840.08
1875 2500 x 3000 x 250 30 INB-56/DK56 £915.80
3000 3000 x 4000 x 250 48 INB-68/DK68 £1037.28
3937 3500 x 4500 x 250 63 INB-79/DK79 £1180.18
3750 2500 x 6000 x 250 60 INB-512/DK512 £1271.60
223
223 - GPC.indd 8 06/01/2021 11:40:13

Maintenance Spill Berms ›› Compact & flexible spill containment which
deploys instantly in the shop or field
›› No assembly required - simply unfold & use
›› Encased urethane foam sidewalls offer easy
roll-through access without the need for a ramp
i Information
IDEAL FOR COMPACT
& FLEXIBLE SPILL
CONTAINMENT
Capacity Overall Size Folded Size

Model Price
Litres W x L x H mm W x L x H mm
19 600 x 600 x 51 762 x 762 x 51 MSB606005 £292.65

38 600 x 1200 x 51 762 x 1372 x 51 MSB601205 £297.50
76 600 x 1200 x 102 406 x 762 x 406 MSB601210 £531.70
227 1200 x 1800 x 102 610 x 610 x 406 MSB121810 £824.25
151 1200 x 2400 x 51 762 x 762 x 305 MSB122405 £607.05
167 1800 x 1800 x 51 610 x 610 x 406 MSB181851 £681.70
341 1800 x 1800 x 102 965 x 965 x 406 MSB181810 £872.45
Rigid-Lock QuickBerm®
›› Safe, drive-in spill containment for drums, IBC totes & tanks
›› Single piece construction - patented rigid-lock wall support
system integral to berm provides unobstructed work space
›› Quick & easy setup - no assembly required
›› Durable PVC coated fabric withstands long
term UV exposure - great for outdoor use
Capacity Overall Size Folded Size Capacity Overall Size Folded Size
Litres W x L x H mm W x L x H mm Litres W x L x H mm W x L x H mm
662 1200 x 1800 x 305 610 x 610 x 127 RLB00662 £686.15 2820 3000 x 3000 x 305 711 x 711 x 305 RLB02820 £1481.00
890 1200 x 2400 x 305 610 x 610 x 152 RLB00890 £788.80 5432 3700 x 4900 x 305 660 x 660 x 406 RLB05432 £2162.35
1344 1200 x 2400 x 305 610 x 610 x 305 RLB01344 £935.00 7230 4900 x 4900 x 305 914 x 914 x 406 RLB07230 £2588.60
1798 2400 x 2400 x 305 660 x 660 x 305 RLB01798 £1061.00 11,318 6100 x 6100 x 305 965 x 965 x 559 RLB011318 £3486.15
224

Flexi-trays SDT5252
›› Made from rubberised plastic

which gives strength & flexibility
›› Easy to wheel equipment into
- the sides will just pop back up
›› Easily folded & stored. Contains any
spilt liquid & is easily cleaned
›› SpillTector® Mats are available
- please call for details SDT1212
SDT1252
i Information
STW1212 manufactured
DRIVE OVER THE
Description
Minimum Overall Size
Model
Price TRAY & THE SIDES
Order Qty L x W x H mm each
POP BACK UP
Shallow Trays / Workmats
- 4 520 x 520 x 50 STW5252 £23.65
- 3 1020 x 520 x 50 STW1252 £31.50
- 2 1020 x 1020 x 50 STW1212 £40.35
Shallow Dispensing Trays
1 Grid 3 520 x 520 x 50 SDT5252 £30.55
DTW7013 shown with
2 Grids 2 1020 x 520 x 50 SDT1252 £42.35 SpillTector® Mat which is
4 Grids 2 1020 x 1020 x 50 SDT1212 £62.00 also available - call for details
Deep Trays (SpillTector® Mats not included) DTW7013 shown with a
SpillTector® Mat which
- 3 520 x 700 x 100 DTW5270 £35.45
is also available -
- 2 700 x 1030 x 100 DTW7013 £46.30 call for details
Container Drip Trays

›› Made from 100% recycled polypropylene
›› Tough enough for all working environments
manufactured CDT18Z
›› Re-usable drip & leak containment
›› Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details Overall Size Capacity Minimum
Model
Price
L x W x H mm Litres Order Qty each
410 x 310 x 45 5 5 CDT05Z £9.51
560 x 400 x 40 9 5 CDT09Z £12.26
790 x 400 x 40 12 5 CDT12Z £17.21
1000 x 400 x 40 15 5 CDT15Z £18.46
1170 x 400 x 40 18 5 CDT18Z £19.15
600 x 600 x 70 28 5 CDT28Z £17.21
1100 x 550 x 40 25 4 CDT25Z £25.90
850ø x 60 40 5 CDT40Z £21.00
CDT40Z CDT28Z
Container Bunded Storage
›› Integral grid allows the contents to be raised above the container base
›› Made from 100% recycled polypropylene
›› Tough enough for all work environments
›› Can be ordered in smaller quantities - call for details
manufactured
PSP25Z
PSP28Z
PSP22Z PSP31Z
Overall Size Capacity Minimum

Model Price
L x W x H mm Litres Order Qty
640 x 490 x 120 28 3 PSP22Z £31.10
1000 x 550 x 150 60 2 PSP25Z £49.65
1010 x 1000 x 120 100 2 PSP28Z £70.35 Integral grid allows the contents to be
1200 x 1200 x 120 120 - PSP31Z £89.55 raised above the container base
225
225 - GPC.indd 10 06/01/2021 11:41:03

Container Spill Trays
›› Made from PE - 100% recycled
›› Can be used with / without platform
›› Stackable for easy transportation & storage
›› Non slip platform surface
›› Designed to fit on Euro pallets
›› Can be ordered in smaller
quantities - call for details
manufactured PSP99Z
Overall Size Capacity Minimum Price

Model
L x W x H mm Litres Order Qty each
600 x 400 x 150 20 2 PSP98Z £49.05
800 x 400 x 150 30 2 PSP99Z £53.85
800 x 600 x 150 40 2 PSP100Z £65.80
1000 x 600 x 170 60 - PSP101Z £80.15
1200 x 800 x 170 100 - PSP102Z £134.00
PSP102Z
Bunded Work Floors

A range of polyethylene modular flooring panels, highly
resistant to most chemicals & corrosion, these panels are
designed to protect floors from spills.
›› 2 & 4 drum panels

›› Easy low level loading - 150mm
›› Removable grate allows easy access to sump contents
›› When the sumps are linked together they can be
used to create bunded work/storage areas that
meet the guidelines provided by the Environment
Agency, Scottish Environment Protection Agency
& the Environment & Heritage Service
manufactured
PSF54Z &
PSFR2Z
IDEAL FOR USE COMPLY TO ALL

WITH BOTH 25 & UK OIL STORAGE
205 LITRE DRUMS REGULATIONS
Overall Size Capacity

L x W x H mm Litre
2 Drum 1600 x 800 x 150 121 PSF52Z £207.90
4 Drum 1600 x 1600 x 150 239 PSF54Z £298.00
PSF52Z
Ramp for Above 1260 x 800 x 180 - PSFR2Z £138.35
4 Drum - Inline 2610 x 900 x 150 300 PSF55Z £446.40
Ramp for Above 650 x 800 x 160 - PSFR5Z £145.25
226
226 - GPC.indd 11 06/01/2021 11:41:29

Sump Storage
›› Of polyethylene
construction, these
pallets are highly
resistant to most
chemicals & corrosion
›› Fork pockets allowing
easy positioning
manufactured
i Information
COMPLY TO ALL
UK OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
PSP04Z
PSP02Z
No of Overall Size Capacity

Model Price
Drums Held L x W x H mm Litre
Two 1300 x 750 x 400 250 PSP02Z £217.45
Four 1380 x 1290 x 280 245 PSP04Z £255.85
PSP02Z
227
227 - GPC.indd 12 06/01/2021 11:41:56

Polyethylene Storage Cabinets ›› Rotationally moulded from
medium density polyethylene
›› Lightweight yet robust
›› Lockable
›› Broad band chemical compatability manufactured
›› Polyethylene shelves & grids
PEC03Z
PEC25Z
PEC07Z
External Size Sump Weight

L x W x H mm Capacity kg
1 Door & 2 Shelves 534 x 420 x 990 17 Litres 15 PEC03Z £205.50
1 Door & 2 Shelves 650 x 570 x 1650 70 Litres 44 PEC07Z £374.45
Entire cabinet in Yellow
1 Door & Mesh Grid 920 x 740 x 1520 100 Litres (can be green on orders 55 PEC10Z £500.85
of 10 or more)
1 Door & Mesh Grid 50 PEC25Z £453.25
920 x 720 x 1835 225 Litres
1 Door, 1 Shelf & Mesh Grid 50 PEC25ZS £543.70
Polyethylene Vaults
›› Roller shutter doors for ease of accessing your drums
i Information
COMPLY TO
OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
(ENGLAND) 2001
PEC27H
manufactured
PEC27Z
PEC27S
Overall Size Sump Weight

Vault for 2 x 205L drums stored vertically 85 PEC27Z £714.50
Vault with steel cradle for 1 x 205L drum 1490 x 999 x 1690 230 Litres 95 PEC27H £754.15
Vault with shelving (ideal for 5 & 25 Litre Drums) 90 PEC27S £804.95
228

Bunded Drum Rack System
›› Drum rack to be used
with drum rack base only
›› Ideal for easy dispensing & storage
›› Can store up to four 210 litre drums
›› Compatible with most forklifts
i Information
COMPLY TO ALL
manufactured
UK OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
PSP06Z
PSP05Z PSP07Z

L x W x H mm Litres
Base Unit 1350 x 1370 x 630 500 PSP05Z £443.90
Stacker Unit 940 x 1370 x 390 - PSP06Z £189.45
Base & Stacker Unit 1350 x 1370 x 1580 500 PSP07Z £631.55
Covered Drum Storage System

›› Made from PE - 100% recycled
›› Ideal for easy dispensing & storage
›› Compatible with most forklifts
manufactured
i Information
COMPLY TO ALL
UK OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
PSP21Z PSP21Z

L x W x H mm Litre
2 Drum 1565 x 995 x 2110 250 PSP21Z £1061.70
PSP21Z
4 Drum 1565 x 1620 x 2110 245 PSP41Z £1343.10
229
229 - GPC.indd 14 06/01/2021 11:42:42

Galvanised Sump Pallets ›› Fully welded galvanised steel construction with
removable galvanised grid for ease of cleaning
›› Complete with 150mm wide fork hoops which are used
to move the unit and keep the sump off the ground
GDSP04
manufactured
i Information
COMPLY TO
OIL STORAGE
GDSP04 REGULATIONS
(England) 2001

2 Drum Units 1220 x 815 x 393 225.5 litres 51 GDSP02 £386.15
4 Drum Units 1220 x 1220 x 463 440 litres 82 GDSP04 £476.70
Polyethylene Spill Pallets ›› Medium density polyethylene spill pallet with a 0.6mm
galvanised steel powder coated cover with hinged doors
with Steel Covers ›› Hinged doors have retaining catches to hold them open & are lockable
PSP1100
manufactured
PSP1140
Overall Size Door Aperture Sump Weight
W x L x H mm H x W mm Capacity kg
Stores 4 Drums 1480 x 1385 x 1865 1390 x 1225 410 Litres 221 PSP0410 £2239.30
Stores 1 IBC 1425 x 1840 x 2405 1590 x 1165 1100 Litres 223 PSP1100 £2996.45
Stores 8 Drums or 2 IBC’s 2625 x 1430 x 2110 1200 x 1410 1140 Litres 285 PSP1140 £4002.80
230
230 - GPC.indd 15 11/01/2021 11:55:38

Sump Flooring
›› Versatile sump flooring to
meet your requirements
›› Flush fitting seam welded floor panels
›› Safeguard the contents of the drums
from potentially contaminating
work areas should a drum fail
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
2 x SF1001,
SF2301 & SR1051
i Information
COMPLY TO
OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
(England) 2001
Sump Overall Size

Model Price
Capacity L x W x H mm
Sump Flooring
263 Litres 1400 x 1250 x 160 SF1001 £875.20
347 Litres 2200 x 1050 x 160 *SF2301 £1378.85
525 Litres 2800 x 1250 x 160 *SF2831 £1768.90
Optional Ramp
- 1000 x 500 x 160 SR1051 £312.15
Optional Safety Rail
- 1000 x 40 x 1000 SR1000 £121.45
- 1250 x 40 x 1000 SR1250 £136.60
SF1001, SR1051
*A fork lift will be needed to unload these units & 2 x SR1000
Heavy Duty Sump Pallets

›› Fully welded construction providing secure sump containment
›› Fitted with removable galvanised grid for ease of cleaning
›› Drum Storage Sump Pallets - when not in use the
fork guides give a safe & secure lift
A fork lift will be needed to unload these units
i Information
COMPLY TO
OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
(England) 2001
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
DSP08Z
DSP04G

Floor Sump Pallets
Without Grid 1400 x 625 x 300 230 litres 40 DSP02Z £367.75
2 Drum Units
With Grid 1400 x 625 x 300 230 litres 70 DSP02G £525.00
Without Grid 1400 x 1250 x 175 260 litres 60 DSP04Z £429.25
4 Drum Units
With Grid 1400 x 1250 x 175 260 litres 120 DSP04G £746.00
Drum Storage Sump Pallets
2 Drum Units With Grid 1400 x 625 x 445 230 litres 80 DSP06Z £626.95
4 Drum Units With Grid 1400 x 1250 x 330 260 litres 130 DSP08Z £853.35
231

Vertical Drum Store Horizontal Drum Store
›› Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel ›› Manufactured from heavy duty corrugated steel
›› Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination ›› Enclosed on 3 sides to stop splash contamination
A fork lift will be needed to unload these units ›› Can be stacked 2 high
A fork lift will be needed to unload these units
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
DH274Z
DH941Z
Sump Overall Size Weight Sump Overall Size Weight

Capacity W x D x H mm kg Capacity W x D x H mm kg
250 Litres 820 x 820 x 1375 110 DH941Z £1029.35 490 Litres 1645 x 1360 x 1900 175 DH274Z £1656.55
Drum Storage Units

›› Ground clearance: 150mm
›› Fork centres: 760mm
›› Heavy duty drum storage units
of fully welded construction
›› Safe storage for 8, 10, 16 or 20
standard 210 litre drums, either
palletised or loose loaded
›› Heavy duty frame is rated at 3 tonnes
distributed load over a 3 metre bay
›› The 8 & 10 drum units are single tier
& the 16 & 20 drum units are
double tier
›› Swaged & re-inforced robust sheet
steel walls on 3 sides
›› The sump units can be removed for
steam cleaning & have removable
galvanised grid floor panels
›› Fork guides ensure safe &
secure movement
›› Blue powder coated finish
N.B. A Forklift will be needed
to unload these units.
i Information
3YR
DH916Z
CONTROL OF POLLUTION
GUARANTEE
(OIL STORAGE) (ENGLAND)
REGULATIONS 2001 manufactured
Sump
Drums W x D x H mm kg
Litres
8 3000 x 1275 x 1535 865 420 DH908Z £2845.45

10 3715 x 1275 x 1535 1112 440 DH910Z £3673.75
16 3000 x 1275 x 3070 1729 830 DH916Z £5556.70
20 3715 x 1275 x 3070 2223 860 DH920Z £6593.60 DH910Z
232

Fully Enclosed Drum Stores
DH244Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
DH204Z
manufactured
›› For use outside or where security is of No of

Storage
Sump
Overall Size Weight
Drums Capacity Model Price
importance. Doors have high & low Stored
Type
Litres
W x D X H mm kg
level venting. 1 drum units are fitted
1 234 800 x 800 x 1470 80 DH241Z £1518.15
with 1 door & 2 & 4 drum units have
2 doors - all with 3 point locking 2 Vertical 263 1510 x 750 x 1470 125 DH242Z £1715.00
›› Vertical units are fitted with galvanised 4 439 1510 x 1250 x 1470 150 DH244Z £2600.20
grid floors & horizontal units have an 1 233 1250 x 800 x 1280 80 DH201Z £1725.45
open topped sump 2 Horizontal 439 1510 x 1250 x 1280 110 DH202Z £2130.65
N.B. A Forklift will be needed to
4 439 1510 x 1250 x 2170 150 DH204Z £2288.30
unload these units.
i Information
COMPLY TO
OIL STORAGE
REGULATIONS
(England) 2001
3YR
DH296Z
Drum Stores
GUARANTEE
›› For use outside or where security is of manufactured
importance. Doors have high & low
No of Sump
level venting - with 3 point locking Drums Capacity
Overall Size Weight
Model Price
W x D x H mm kg
›› Drums are set back to allow space to dispense liquids Stored Litres
N.B. A Forklift will be needed to unload these units. 6 631 2250 x 1350 x 2275 220 DH296Z £4839.65
233

Drum & IBC Secure Stores
manufactured
20YR
STRUCTURAL
GUARANTEE
FROM ONLY
£6155.60
with PPG 26 regulations EDRIB1604
Environment Agency
›› Base is manufactured from 3mm mild steel with RHS cross members & pressed ribs
›› Corner posts, shelf frames & main rails are rolled hollow section
›› The roof is pressed with suitable bracing & fully welded around the perimeter, while the back,
side & door panels are pressed from 2mm mild steel sheet & corrugated where required
›› Fitted with crane lifting points (maximum 2000kg per lift point) & sliding doors
›› The floor area above the sump is covered with galvanised steel channel sections so that
loose drums or pallets can be stored directly onto it, whilst the upper shelf is an open box section
which is designed to support pallets. Grid mesh shelving is available - please call for details
›› Shot blasted before being painted (RAL 6029) for greater durability
›› EDRIB9624 - push back system above the sump, allowing the units to be pushed to the back of the units
Model 1 2 3 4
External Size: H x W x L mm 3295 x 1500 x 3000 3295 x 1500 x 5920 3275 x 1500 x 8840 3660 x 2800 x 8840
Sump Capacity: Litres 1125 2200 3300 6100
Capacity - 205 litre drums 16 32 48 96
or Capacity - 1000 litre IBC’s 4 8 12 24
Doors Double Sliding Double Sliding Triple Sliding Triple Sliding
Model: EDRIB1604 EDRIB3208 EDRIB4812 EDRIB9624

Price £6155.60 £8579.30 £12,326.90 £21,670.30
234
234 - GPC.indd 19 11/01/2021 12:03:53

Drum & IBC Secure Stores
EDRIB3208
20YR
STRUCTURAL
with PPG 26 regulations
GUARANTEE
manufactured Environment Agency
Push Back Loading System

on the EDRIB9624
EDRIB9624
235

Storage Vault Cabinets
DC20PH
DC10PS
i Information
up to
SECURE STORAGE 500kg
evenly
FOR VALUABLE distributed
MATERIALS
3YR
GUARANTEE
NEW
manufactured
DC30PH
›› Fully welded construction for heavy duty use (complete

with handles on the mobile units which are bolt-on)
›› Exterior grade plywood shelves with steel
surround for edge protection. Shelves are
centrally positioned within the unit
›› Static units are movable with a pallet truck
›› Mobile units are fitted with 2 fixed & 2 swivel
braked 200mm castors (125mm on DC5’s)
›› Complete with hasp & staple lock with
padlock facility (padlock not included)
›› Extra shelves are available - call for details. DC51PY
›› 500kg load capacity (300kg on the DC5’s)
Static Units Mobile Units
Storage Vault Storage Vault Cabinets Storage Vault Storage Vault Cabinets
Overall Size Cabinets with 1 Shelf Overall Size Cabinets with 1 Shelf
L x W x H mm Weight Weight L x W x H mm Weight Weight
kg kg kg kg
1090 x 730 x 1380 107 DC20PS £715.50 123 DC21PS £785.45 1090 x 730 x 1460 109 DC20PH £750.75 125 DC21PH £820.70
1310 x 535 x 1060 108 DC50PS £704.95 124 DC51PS £768.70 1310 x 535 x 1060 110 DC50PY £709.75 126 DC51PY £773.55
236
236 - GPC.indd 21 06/01/2021 17:25:08

Cylinder Stand Cambuckle Clamping Wall Racks
›› Base size: 520 x 400mm ›› Individual quick release webbing
›› Flat steel construction straps with adjustable cambuckle
with solid sheet steel base ›› These units can be used in pairs, top
›› Hinged latches to & bottom, for secure movement in transit
enable easy positioning
of the cylinder
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
CB200Z
CS202Z
Cylinder No of Overall Size Price Price
Model
Cylinder Height Weight Dia. mm Cylinders Held W x D mm 1 Off 2+ Off
Model Price
Dia. mm mm kg 2 720 x 190 CB200Z £158.65 £155.05
178 20 CS201Z £278.20 180 - 270 3 1036 x 190 CB300Z £215.80 £213.95
230 605 21 CS202Z £292.70 4 1352 x 190 CB400Z £264.90 £263.05
285 23 CS203Z £308.25 205 - 305 2 835 x 230 CB210Z £174.95 £171.35
Cylinder Storage Wall Fixing Storage Racks

›› Fully welded complete with individual securing chains
& Double Sided Floor Stands
Single or Double Sided Floor Stands ›› Fully welded
›› Suitable for use with full height cylinders
complete with
Low Height Floor Stand individual
›› For use with smaller type cylinders
securing
chains
3YR
GUARANTEE
CR353G
manufactured
CR725Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured CR452G/CR454G
Cyl. No of Overall Painted Finish Galvanised Finish

CR740Z CR765Z Dia. Cyl. Size Price Price Price Price
mm Held W x D mm Model Model
1 Off 2+ Off 1 Off 2+ Off
Cylinder No of Overall Size Storage Racks (Wall Fixing)
Model Price
Dia. mm Cylinders Held W x D x H mm 2 720 x 190 CR301Z £109.50 £105.60 CR351G £142.60 £138.70
Up To
Single Sided Floor Stand 180 3 1036 x 190 CR302Z £134.25 £130.35 CR352G £183.50 £179.60
2 618 x 350 x 922 CR725Z £214.70
180 - 270 Up To 2 720 x 190 CR303Z £113.80 £109.90 CR353G £146.45 £142.55
3 924 x 350 x 922 CR735Z £267.45
270 3 1036 x 190 CR304Z £138.45 £134.55 CR354G £187.45 £183.55
Low Height Double Sided Floor Stand
Double Sided Floor Stands - 1000mm in Height
4 440 x 465 x 610 CR740Z £269.65
100 - 180 4 410 x 500 CR401Z £354.90 - CR451G £440.40 -
6 656 x 465 x 610 CR760Z £320.10 Up To
180 6 590 x 500 CR402Z £407.10 - CR452G £504.95 -
Double Sided Floor Stand
4 618 x 544 x 922 CR745Z £315.40 Up To 4 590 x 500 CR403Z £379.25 - CR453G £465.25 -
180 - 270 270
6 924 x 544 x 922 CR765Z £368.35 6 860 x 500 CR404Z £431.35 - CR454G £529.55 -
237

Propane Cylinder Trolleys
›› Tubular steel powder coated trucks designed to safely manoeuvre 47kg propane cylinders
›› The max diameter of cradle supports is 380mm
›› Model CT103L is able to carry one 380mm cylinder & one 230mm cylinder
›› Models CT102L & CT103L are fitted with a rear castor which supports the laden
trolley enabling full operator control when manoeuvring
›› CT101L & CT102L come with puncture proof front wheels
150kg
evenly
distributed
CT103L
CT101L
Overall Size Wheels mm Weight
3YR
Model Price
L x W x H mm Front / Rear kg
570 x 550 x 1310 250 20 CT101L £302.90
GUARANTEE
CT102L
730 x 530 x 1310 250 / 150 26 CT102L £443.00 manufactured
920 x 810 x 1440 400 / 200 50 CT103L £732.10
Cylinder Trolleys
›› Models TS177L & CT277L are designed
to carry a maximum cylinder size of
286mm dia x 1575mm height. Tubular
steel frame fitted with two 125mm
rubber tyred rear support castors
& 250mm puncture proof
pneumatic front wheels
›› Cylinders are held in place with
a retaining chain for added
security when in use
›› Zinc plated models are ideal for use
in damp environments
›› TS177L: painted frame
›› CT277L, CT201L & TS177L
CT201P: zinc plated frame
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
CT201P
TS177L & CT277L

Only
Cylinder Cylinder Wheels Weight

Model Price
Dia. mm Cap Ltr mm kg
286 40 250 / 125 20 TS177L £476.85
286 40 250 / 125 20 CT277L £513.25
140 - 250 10 / 20 / 40 200 Cushion 16 CT201L £239.90
140 - 250 10 / 20 / 40 250 Puncture Proof 16 CT201P £290.80
CT277L
238

Cylinder Trolleys
›› Easily converts from a trolley to a 4 wheel trolley which gives extra support & stability
›› Designed to transport oxygen & acetylene cylinders
›› Complete with chain to secure the cylinders to the trolley
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel braked castors
i Information
CARRY OXYGEN
& ACETYLENE
CYLINDERS
EASILY & SAFELY
CTF12Y CTF20Y
as a Trolley as a Trolley
CTF12Y as 4
Wheel Trolley
FROM ONLY
£199.30 CTF20Y as 4
Wheel Trolley
Overall Size Folded Size Weight

Holds / Transports Model Price
L x W x H mm H x W x D mm kg
1 x 140 to 300mm Cylinder 1010 x 430 x 910 1165 x 430 x 480 18 CTF12Y £199.30
2 x 140 to 300mm Cylinder 1010 x 720 x 910 1165 x 720 x 480 25 CTF20Y £285.60
Oxygen Cylinder Trolleys

TS180L
›› Manufactured in accordance with BS2718, 1979
›› Specially designed for carrying oxygen
cylinders, ideal for use in hospitals TS179L
›› The tubular frame has a sheet steel base &
retaining straps to hold the cylinder in position
›› Fitted with anti-static metal centred wheels &
front 100mm non-marking corner buffers
TS178L
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Maximum Retaining
Overall Size Wheels Weight
Cylinder Strap Model Price
L x W x H mm mm kg
Size mm Heights mm
140 420 x 400 x 1100 220 / 675 125 8 TS178L £340.95

175 460 x 410 x 1100 220 / 675 250 13 TS179L £469.15
230 470 x 480 x 1100 270 / 920 250 14 TS180L £486.05
239

Cylinder Trolleys
i Information
LIFTING TOE
PLATE ALLOWS
EASY UNLOADING
Close up of unique
lifting toe plate
CT209Y
›› This cylinder trolley incorporates a unique lifting toe plate, sliding upwards when
››
the truck is placed up against a pallet to make the cylinders easier to slide off
The support frame is fitted with 2 swivel castors, making the unit easily manoeuvrable 3YR
GUARANTEE
›› The large wheels on the front of the unit make it easier to go over rough terrain manufactured
Max Cylinder Overall Size Toe Plate Size Toe Plate Weight
Wheels mm Model Price
Dia. mm L x W x H mm L x D mm Lifting Height mm kg
350 x 75 Cushion Roller Bearing
240 700 x 610 x 1375 345 x 235 200 30 CT209Y £484.35
2 x 100mm Nylon Castors
Welders Trolley Cylinder Pallet Cages
Rear
castors
GCP03Z
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
GCP01Z
manufactured
supporting sides & central sections
Non-slip steel floor to aid the safe
3
››
TS171L
loading & unloading of cylinders YR
GUARANTEE
›› 2 rear castors provide extra stability, ›› Complete with retaining chain/strap
support & full operator control ›› Models GCP01/2Z are suitable for
›› Steel tubular frame is fitted with cylinder transporting cylinders by pallet truck with
retaining chains & a welding rod holder width across forks of 680mm. Model GCP03Z
›› This unit is suitable for carrying 2 cylinders: 1 x is suitable for transportation by fork lift only
oxygen cylinder 230mm dia x 1560mm high &
1 x acetylene cylinder 236mm dia x 1200mm high L x W x H mm Cylinders held kg
Model Price
Overall Size Weight

Wheels mm Model Price 555 x 480 x 1010 2 - Max Dia. 275mm 20 GCP01Z £453.15
L x W x H mm kg
1100 x 480 x 1010 4 - Max Dia. 275mm 40 GCP02Z £565.20
350 x 75
9 x 286mm /
760 x 760 x 1090 Cushion 31 TS171L £526.65
1200 x 1050 x 995 12 x 229mm 120 GCP03Z £1216.95
Roller Bearing
/ 20 x 178mm
UNSURE OF THE CORRECT TROLLEY FOR YOU? PLEASE CALL FOR ASSISTANCE
240

VIRAWIPE™ Sanitiser Wipes
›› Tested & passed EN14476 as effective on
enveloped viruses, of which Coronaviruses are
›› NHS approved protection against formation of
bacteria & superbugs - proven to kill at least
99.99% of disease causing micro-organisms
including MRSA, Norovirus & Hepatitis B & C
NEW
AVW80
AVW-225 AVW80/9
Case of 6 x 2 litre tubs of 80 VIRAWIPE™ AVW80/6 £28.56

Point of Sale Case of 9 x 2 litre tubs of 80 VIRAWIPE™ AVW80/9 £45.71
2 Litre Tub Holster complete with shoulder strap A2L-HOL £5.36
Case of 2 x 3 litre tubs of 225 VIRAWIPE™ AVW-225/2 £21.36
Case of 4 x 3 litre tubs of 225 VIRAWIPE™ AVW-225/4 £38.14
75 x single 3 litre tubs of 225 VIRAWIPE™ AVW-225/75 £665.00
150 x single 3 litre tubs of 225 VIRAWIPE™ AVW-225/150 £1,280.07 A2L-HOL
MUCKYZ™ Wipes
›› Hand & machinery wipes remove
grime, oil, grease & muck from hands
& machinery - quick, clean & solvent free
›› Kills viruses & bacteria
›› Designed for tough stains
›› Not tested on animals
TWW80/9
i Information
ALL TUBS
FEATURE THE
EASY ACCESS
POP-TOP
NEW
TSS80 TWW80
Case of 6 x 2 litre tubs of 80 MUCKYZ™ Smooth Wipes (Smooth wipes for gentle wiping tasks) TSS80/6 £28.57
Point of Sale Case of 9 x 2 litre tubs of 80 MUCKYZ™ Smooth Wipes (Smooth wipes for gentle wiping tasks) TSS80/9 £44.57
Case of 6 x 2 litre tubs of 80 MUCKYZ™ Rough Wipes (Rough wipes for harder wiping tasks) TWW80/6 £29.29
Point of Sale Case of 9 x 2 litre tubs of 80 MUCKYZ™ Rough Wipes (Rough wipes for harder wiping tasks) TWW80/9 £45.00
2 Litre Tub Holster complete with shoulder strap A2L-HOL £5.36
241

Dispensing Bottles Plunger Cans Polyethylene Cans
›› Heavy duty polyethylene bottles, ›› Manufactured from chemically ›› Resistant to tough
use to dispense liquids directly on resistant Ryton® & brass acids & corrosives
to work single handed ›› Used to safely as well as heat
›› The brass valves are self moisten wipes, ›› Self close lid,
closing & leak proof cleaning wipes pressure relief
›› The body of the bottle etc with solvent mechanism &
is contoured & ›› Any surplus duel density
textured to solvent drains flame arrester
aid grip back into
the can
Capacity Overall Size

Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm
Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm 0.5 125 x 133 PC115Z £66.00
Model Price
0.12 57 x 140 DC002Z £42.70 1 185 x 143 PC118Z £82.70 Litres L x W x H mm
0.24 79 x 140 DC004Z £51.00 2 185 x 187 PC218Z £81.00 2 117 x 194 x 241 PC120Z £106.00
1 102 x 267 DC010Z £54.35 4 185 x 267 PC418Z £91.00 4 117 x 194 x 324 PC140Z £107.70
All products on this page are: 10 YR

GUARANTEE
Type I Steel Cans

›› Cans upto 1L size have a trigger release handle & 4L
onwards have a swinging handle for easier carrying
›› Suitable for corrosive flammable liquids
Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm
0.5 117 x 172 MC050Z £86.00

1 117 x 210 MC100Z £87.70
7.5 241 x 349 MC750Z £81.00
9.5 298 x 292 MC950Z £84.35
19 298 x 429 MC190Z £86.00
Polypropylene Funnels for 4L Can & above MC200Z £24.35
Type II Accuflow™ Steel Cans

›› Innovative manifold automatically
vents for smooth, glug free pouring
›› Safe-squeeze trigger gives you
maximum control when pouring
›› Stainless steel flame arrester dissipates
heat to prevent flashback ignition
Capacity Overall Size Hose
Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm Dia x L mm
4 241 x 267 AC004Z £139.35

16 x 229
7.5 241 x 337 AC075Z £139.35
9.5 298 x 305 AC095Z £146.00
25 x 229
19 298 x 445 AC190Z £151.00
Oily Waste Cans

›› Foot operated self closing lid
›› Safe disposal of used wipes, rags & cloths
›› Lid opens no more than 60º & closes when
released. This ensures that flammable liquids
present on the wipes or rags are not in
contact with ignition sources
Litres Dia x H mm
Model Price
i Information
20 302 x 403 WC100Z £99.35
PERFORATED BASE
34 354 x 464 WC250Z £116.00
FOR GOOD AIR
52 408 x 514 WC500Z £149.35
CIRCULATION
80 467 x 595 WC700Z £214.35
242 All products on this page are Prompt Delivery, FM Approved & TUV/GS Approved

Liquid Disposal Safety Cans
›› High density polyethylene disposal cans provide
superior chemical resistance & leak protection
›› Spring loaded sealed cap, normally
closed, automatically vents between
3 & 5 psig (0.2 & 0.35 bar)
›› Stainless steel handle & hardware with
latch-catch system hold the cap in the
open position for easy filling & pouring
›› Large mouth opening features a
built-in stainless steel flame arrester to
guard against outside ignition
›› Current carrying, patented carbon
insert embedded in the container
allows for proper grounding
›› Broad base design provides stability
& resists accidental tip over
Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm
7.5 305 x 375 LDS075 £251.00

19 305 x 508 LDS190 £257.70
All products on this page are: 10 YR

GUARANTEE
Bench Cans
›› Easy means of cleaning small parts in solvent
›› Simply place work on spring loaded, perforated dasher plate, press
down, agitate, then release to return dasher to drain position
›› Plated steel dasher also works as an effective flame
arrester to reduce the risk of fire flashback
›› Hinged cover minimizes evaporation losses &
protected rim reduces the possibility of hand injury
BC001
BC008 BC004 BCPB01

Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm
1 124 x 140 BC001 £59.35

BC002
2 238 x 83 BC002 £76.00
4 238 x 114 BC004 £74.35
8 292 x 149 BC008 £122.70
Parts basket for BC004 BCPB01 £36.00
Dip Tanks
›› For cleaning parts & sub-assemblies
where the volume of work does not
warrant a larger rinse tank
›› Dip tank covers stay open for convenient access;
self-closing mechanism & fusible link metals at
74°C to snap the cover shut in case of fire
DT008
DT004

Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm
4 238 x 140 DT004 £104.35

8 238 x 254 DT008 £107.70
19 349 x 330 DT019 £156.00
30 397 x 362 DT030 £159.35
All products on this page are Prompt Delivery, FM Approved & TUV/GS Approved
243

EVO Recycled® Absorbents ›› Made in the UK from 85%
recycled natural fibres
›› Weight for weight the most
Oil absorbent pad in Europe
›› Lowest carbon footprint of
any absorbent pad in Europe
›› Tough & soft, high loft construction
for maximum usability
›› Low linting construction
for bench top use
EVO-S20 EVO-P15
EVO-S08
i Information
IDEAL FOR
OIL SPILLS
EVO-P20X
EVO-P100 EVO-P100X
EVO-D5
EVO-R3030
EVO-R3820X
Sheet/Roll Size Pack
Packaging Model Price
L x W x H mm Quantity
Socks manufactured
1200 x 80 20 Poly-wrapped EVO-S20 £45.42

Sheet/Roll Size Pack
Packaging Model Price
3000 x 80 8 Poly-wrapped EVO-S08 £45.42 L x W mm Quantity
Pads (Triple Loft, Oil preferential) Drum-top Pads (with cutout for drum pump)
400 x 500 x 10 50 Poly-wrapped EVO-P50 £26.58 560 dia. 5 Clip-Top Bag EVO-D5 £10.75
400 x 500 x 10 50 Dispenser Box EVO-P50X £28.75 Rolls (Quick Rip Perforated)
400 x 500 x 10 100 Poly-wrapped EVO-P100 £49.27 300 x 30M 1 Poly-wrapped EVO-R3030 £23.67
400 x 500 x 10 100 Dispenser Box EVO-P100X £51.42 380 x 20M 1 Dispenser Box EVO-R3820X £27.98
400 x 500 x 10 20 Dispenser Box EVO-P20X £15.00 380 x 40M 1 Poly-wrapped EVO-R3840 £36.58
400 x 500 x 10 15 Clip-Top Bag EVO-P15 £8.58 500 x 40M 1 Poly-wrapped EVO-R5040 £47.50
244 - GPC.indd 29 06/01/2021 11:44:38

Spill Kits
ABK25 ABK50
ABK100
manufactured
i Information
IDEAL FOR
OIL SPILLS
OSK20CT OSK50
OSK90RY OSK240 OSKE
Oil & Fuel Kit General Kit Chemical Kit

Description Contents
AdBlue Spill Kits
25 Litre Kit 3 x 120cm socks, 10 pads & 1 disposable bag - - ABK25 £22.50 - -
50 Litre Kit 2 x 120cm socks, 25 pads & 1 disposable bag - - ABK50 £61.25 - -
100 Litre Kit 5 x 120cm socks, 40 pads & 3 disposable bags - - ABK100 £106.58 - -
Tanker & Vehicle Spill Kit
20 Litre Kit 2 x 120cm socks, 10 pads & 1 disposable bag OSK20CT £16.58 GSK20CT £16.58 CSK20CT £23.25
30 Litre Kit 3 x 120cm socks, 40 pads & 3 disposable bags OSK30CT £24.92 GSK30CT £24.92 CSK30CT £28.25
Shoulder Bag Spill Kit complete with Shoulder Bag
50 Litre Kit 2 x 300cm socks, 25 pads & 1 disposable bag OSK50 £54.92 GSK50 £54.92 CSK50 £63.25
Workshop Spill Kit complete with Clip-top Bin
90 Litre Kit 4 x 300cm socks, 40 pads & 3 disposable bags OSK90RY £104.92 GSK90RY £104.92 CSK90RY £126.58
Workshop Spill Kit complete with Wheeled Bin
240 Litre Kit 12 x 300cm socks, 100 double-weight pads & 4 disposable bags OSK240 £230.83 GSK240 £230.83 CSK240 £284.17
Locker Spill Kit complete with Locker
- 12 x 300cm socks, 100 pads & 4 disposable bags OSKE £456.58 GSKE £456.58 CSKE £496.25

245

Pallet Trucks, Stackers, Lift Tables & Equipment
G-TRUCK® Premium Pallet Trucks
›› Premium model features upgraded

handle, pump & tandem front rollers
›› Conform to EN 1757-2
›› Fork width: 160mm
›› Raised height of forks: 205mm
›› Lowered height of forks: 85mm
›› Complete with entry & exit rollers
›› Ergonomically designed handle with
a 3 position control lever
›› Manufactured to the recognised
European GS standard
Ergonomically ›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering
designed
handle with wheels & 85mm nylon tandem rollers
3 position
control lever
CAN BE USED WITH
GKN/CHEP/UK Euro
1000 x 1200mm 800 x 1200mm
Closed Pallets Open Pallets
GPT1554P
2500kg
evenly
distributed
2YR
GUARANTEE
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting

equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum
One service visit per annum & a PEWER inspection
Price: £40.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)
PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your
Pallet Truck must be serviced within the above agreement
GPT1054P FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND
Fork Width over Pallet Weight Price Price

Model
Length mm Forks mm Type kg (each) 1 Off (each) 2+
Close up 1000 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 55.5 GPT1054P £325.00 £320.00
of Entry/Exit
1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 60.5 GPT1554P £325.00 £320.00
Rollers &
Tandem Rollers 1000 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 57.5 GPT1068P £340.00 £335.00
1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 62.5 GPT1568P £340.00 £335.00
Narrow Aisle Pallet Trucks

›› 2000kg capacity i Information
›› Overall height: 1160mm IDEAL FOR
›› Raised height of forks: 200mm NARROW AISLE
›› Lowered height of forks: 85mm APPLICATIONS
›› Highly manoeuvrable through full 180º
Fork Width over Weight

Model Price
Length mm Forks mm kg
800 450 58 GX205N £459.05
900 450 58 GX206N £459.05
1000 450 59 GX207N £459.05
1220 450 60 GX209N £459.05
246
246 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 13:31:44

G-TRUCK® Pro Pallet Trucks
2YR
GUARANTEE
2500kg
evenly
distributed
Pallet Wrap Caddy

›› Handy tool to store &
carry pallet wrapping
›› Easy ‘click & release’ to
remove & replace roll on
to hand pallet trucks -
suitable for all makes
›› Pack of 10
Price Price Price
Model
(each) 1+ (each) 20+ (each) 50+
PWC01Z £174.60 £166.70 £136.50
i Information
2500KG
CAN BE USED WITH LOAD CAPACITY
FROM ONLY
GKN/CHEP/UK
1000 x 1200mm
Euro
800 x 1200mm
GPT1054S
£296.70
›› Raised height of forks: 200mm & lowered height of forks: 85mm
›› Ergonomically designed handle with a 3 position control lever
›› Manufactured to the recognised European GS standard
›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering
wheels & 85mm nylon single front rollers

One service visit per annum & a PEWER inspection GPT1154S
FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND
Fork Width over Pallet Weight Price Price

Model
Length mm Forks mm Type kg (each) 1+ (each) 3+
1000 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 55.5 GPT1054S £301.70 £296.70
1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 60.5 GPT1154S £301.70 £296.70
1000 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 57.5 GPT1068S £311.70 £308.35
1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK 62.5 GPT1168S £311.70 £308.35
247
247 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 13:32:25

Pallet
VULCAN Trucks,
®
Pallet
Stackers,
Trucks Lift Tables & Equipment
Low Profile Pallet Trucks Printers Pallet Trucks
›› Conform to EN 1757-2 ›› Conform to EN 1757-2
›› Fork width: 160mm ›› Fork width: 160mm
›› Raised height of forks: 165mm ›› Raised height of forks: 200mm
›› Lowered height of forks: 55mm ›› Lowered height of forks: 85mm
›› Manufactured to the recognised ›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels
European GS standard & 85mm nylon front rollers (picture shows tandem
›› Mobile on 180 x 50mm red front rollers which are available upon request
polyurethane steering wheels & ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral)
50 x 70mm tandem front rollers
›› Ideal for moving crates, vending
machines, appliances etc

2500kg
evenly
2000kg distributed
evenly
distributed
2YR
2YR
GUARANTEE
GUARANTEE
GN0845
LPPT1054
Fork Width over Pallet

Model Price
Length mm Forks mm Type
Model Price
540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1054 £562.50 Length mm Forks mm Type
1000
680 GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1068 £598.25 600 450 Printers GN0645 £442.90
540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1554 £562.50 800 450 Printers GN0845 £442.90
1150
680 GKN/CHEP/UK LPPT1568 £598.25 1000 450 Printers GN1045 £442.90
Braked Pallet Trucks Quick Lift Pallet Trucks

›› Conform to EN 1757-2 2000kg
›› Fork width: 160mm evenly
›› Fork width: 160mm distributed

›› Mobile on 200mm nylon
›› Mobile on 200mm polyurethane steering wheels
steering wheels & 80mm & 85mm nylon front rollers
›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral)
nylon front rollers
›› Progressive braking system with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
›› Quick lift pump action speeds up pallet
& parking brake facility. With the
braking device, the walking speed movement in busy work places like
can be controlled by hand. When parcel/pallet distribution & couriers etc
›› Quick lift function up to 300kg weight
you pull the brake lever in upward
direction, the brake works. You
can use the brake no matter if
the truck is moving or not
›› Other sizes available - call for details
2YR
GUARANTEE
2YR
GUARANTEE
2500kg
GN685BPT evenly QLPT1554
distributed
Fork Width over Pallet Fork Width over Pallet

Length mm Forks mm Type Length mm Forks mm Type
550 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK GN550BPT £614.30 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK QLPT1554 £400.00
1000 1150
685 GKN/CHEP/UK GN685BPT £614.30 685 GKN/CHEP/UK QLPT1568 £415.90
248 PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced with the agreement on page 246 & 247
248 - GPC.indd 3 06/01/2021 13:33:10

Long Fork Pallet Trucks CAN BE USED WITH
›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels
& 85mm nylon front rollers GKN/CHEP/UK Euro
›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral) 1000 x 1200mm 800 x 1200mm
with a comfortable rubber gripped handle
2000kg
evenly
distributed 2YR
GUARANTEE
GN2054
Fork Width over Pallet Fork

Model Price
Length mm Forks mm Type Spacing mm
1500 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK 220 GN1554 £527.00
1500 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN1568 £552.40
GN2054
1800 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN1868 £579.40
2000 685 GKN/CHEP/UK 365 GN2068 £603.20
Heavy Duty Pallet Trucks Extra Heavy Duty Pallet Truck

›› Fork width: 160mm ›› Fork width: 210mm
›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels ›› Mobile on 200mm steel steering wheels
& 85mm nylon front rollers & 80mm steel front rollers
›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral)
& neutral) with a comfortable
rubber gripped handle
2YR
2YR
GUARANTEE
3000kg
evenly
distributed GUARANTEE
5000kg
evenly
distributed
HDPT301554

Model Price
Model Price
1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT301554 £531.75 Length mm Forks mm Type
1150 680 GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT301568 £555.60 1150 580 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK HDPT501558 £1393.70
PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced with the agreement on page 246 & 247 249
249 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 13:34:02

Robust Industrial Pallet Truck Scale ›› Large 25mm LCD display for easy reading,
keyboard with zero & tare functions
›› Powered by 4 x AA easily available batteries
›› Operating time of approximately 80 hours in
i Information continuous use or 3 months in normal use
thanks to its auto switch-off function
MAX CAPACITY OF
2000KG BY 1KG
INCREMENTS
2000kg
evenly
distributed
Large 25mm LCD Display with

4 easily available AA batteries

Model Price
1150 550 120 GTPWN £995.00
GTPWN Optional Upgrade for accuracy - 2000kg x 0.5kg GTPWNIP05 £65.00
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
Calibration Certificates must be ordered ISO-CERT £35.00
at the time of purchase of the scale
Heavy Duty Pallet Truck Scale

›› The ultimate heavy duty pallet truck scale is
extremely accurate, featuring a triple weigh
range, which changes automatically:
0 - 500kg by 0.2kg increments
500 - 1000kg by 0.5kg increments
1000 - 2000kg by 1kg increments
›› Large 25mm LCD display, IP68 rated
indicator housing in stainless steel
›› Supplied with battery charger which
gives an operating time of approx.
60 hours in continuous use, thanks
to its auto switch-off function
›› Rubber steering wheels & polyurethane
double loading front rollers
2000kg
evenly
distributed

Model Price
1150 550 120 GTPWLK £1195.00
1240 680 125 GTPWLKW £1450.00
Optional Thermal Printer GTRP £185.00
Optional spare battery for pack - 24/7 use GTPWBKB £120.00
Optional ISO:9000 Calibration Certificate
Calibration Certificates must be ordered ISO-CERT £35.00
at the time of purchase of the scale
GTPWLK
STAINLESS STEEL & ATEX MODELS ARE AVAILABLE - CALL FOR DETAILS
250
250 - GPC.indd 5 06/01/2021 13:34:28

Weigh Scale Pallet Truck
i Information
›› CE marked & plated WEIGHING
›› Fork width: 182mm ACCURACY TO
›› Raised height of forks: 200mm +/- 0.5% & in
›› Lowered height of forks: 85mm 2kg increments
›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm polyurethane
steering wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers
›› Accuracy (+/- 0.5% and in 2kg increments)
›› Electronic lifting height indication in display
›› Highly reliable - all components are compact,
designed for mobile use & low power usage
›› Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the
pallet truck to be used outside or on
lorries & can be cleaned with water (under
normal pressure). The load cells in the
forks have an even protection level
›› Power supply - built in rechargeable batteries
give up to 70 hours use from one charge
2YR
2000kg
evenly
distributed
GUARANTEE
WPT57H Weigh Scale Display

Model Price
1150 545 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK WPT57H £773.05 WPT57H
Premium Weigh Scale Pallet Truck

›› Conform to EN 1757-2 i Information
CE marked & plated
2
››
›› Fork width: 160mm YR HIGH WEIGHING
›› Raised height of forks: 200mm GUARANTEE ACCURACY TO
›› Lowered height of forks: 85mm +/- 0.1% & in
›› Mobile on 180 x 50mm polyurethane 0.5kg increments
steering wheels & 74 x 70mm tandem rollers
›› High accuracy (+/- 0.1% and in 0.5kg increments)
›› Electronic lifting height indication in display 2000kg
›› Highly reliable - all components are compact, evenly
distributed
designed for mobile use & low power usage
›› Water & dust proof to IP65. IP65 allows the
pallet truck to be used outside or on
lorries & can be cleaned with water (under
normal pressure). The load cells in the
forks have an even protection level
›› Power supply - fitted with rechargeable
batteries. The battery will last 70-80 hours & to
re-charge simply plug to the mains (cable
included). Charging takes approx. 4hrs.
Weigh Scale Display

Model Price
1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK PWS1157 £1169.85
PWS1270
1220 690 GKN/CHEP/UK PWS1270 £1234.95
PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced within the below agreement
One service visit per annum, a PEWER inspection & Calibration - Price: £96.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)
251
251 - GPC.indd 6 06/01/2021 13:34:56

Semi Powered Pallet Truck
›› Conform to EN 1757-1 1800kg
evenly
›› Fork width: 54mm distributed

›› Modern, compact & light design makes this unit suitable for application
in a variety of warehouses, supermarkets & even on large lorries
›› Brand new Lithium maintenance-free, pollution free battery that is slower
discharging & requires significantly shorter time to recharge
›› 400W motor driven without the need for pushing or pulling.
›› Maximum driving speed of 4.8 km/h
›› CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller
›› Incorporates stabilising wheels either side of the drive wheel arrangement
›› Mobile on 150mm polyurethane steering wheels & 80 x 60mm polyurethane tandem rollers
›› Power supply: 24V/30A. Complete with 13amp single phase 3 pin charging plug
›› 8 hours average runtime and 3 hours runtime for continuous use
›› Spare battery available - call for details
›› The Pallet Truck can be used as a normal Pallet Truck by disengaging the brake lever
CAN BE USED WITH
i Information
2YR
GUARANTEE
FAST CHARGE
ONLY 3.5 HOURS Euro
GKN/CHEP/UK BATTERY IS EXCLUDED
1000 x 1200mm 800 x 1200mm FROM THE GUARANTEE

Easy to remove
Lithium battery
Battery Life
Indicator

Model Price
1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK SPPT40 £1341.30
252
252 - GPC.indd 7 06/01/2021 13:35:17

Fully Powered Pallet Truck with Lithium Battery
›› Modern, compact & light design makes these units suitable for application
in a variety of warehouses, supermarkets & even on large lorries
›› Incredibly smooth travel & lift combined with multi-functional
controls greatly help reduce product damage & increase productivity
›› Open design of the truck makes battery removal & installation easier
›› Electric lifting function saves operator effort; manual lowering
function can adjust lowering speed through handle angle
›› Auxiliary wheels on two sides increases truck stability
›› CURTIS controller unit with a nonpolar speed controller
up to
1500kg
evenly
distributed
FPPT40
CAN BE USED WITH i Information
2YR
GUARANTEE
CURTIS
CONTROLLER
UNIT & A
GKN/CHEP/UK Euro BATTERY IS EXCLUDED NONPOLAR SPEED
1000 x 1200mm 800 x 1200mm FROM THE GUARANTEE CONTROLLER
FPPT30
Capacity Fork Width over Pallet Price: £165.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)
Model Price
kg Length mm Forks mm Type PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your
1200 1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT30 £1500.00 Pallet Truck must be serviced within the above agreement
1500 1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT40 £1563.50 FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND
253
253 - GPC.indd 8 06/01/2021 13:35:46

Fully Powered Pallet Truck
i Information
›› Fork width: 167mm CURTIS
›› Raised height of forks: 205mm CONTROLLER
›› Lowered height of forks: 85mm UNIT & A
›› 400W motor driven without the NONPOLAR SPEED
need for pushing or pulling. Maximum CONTROLLER
driving speed of 4.5 km/h
›› CURTIS controller unit with
a nonpolar speed controller
›› Incorporates stabilising wheels either
side of the drive wheel arrangement
›› Mobile on 250mm polyurethane steering wheels
& 80 x 70mm polyurethane tandem rollers
›› Power supply: 2 x 12/80Ah. Complete with
13amp single phase 3 pin charging plug
›› Other fork lengths & widths available
1500kg
evenly
distributed
2YR
GUARANTEE
Battery Life Indicator & Key
FPPT10
CAN BE USED WITH
GKN/CHEP/UK Euro
1000 x 1200mm 800 x 1200mm
Control Panel

Fork Width over Pallet FPPT10

Model Price
1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT10 £2127.00
254
254 - GPC.indd 9 06/01/2021 13:36:17

Premium Fully Powered Pallet Trucks

›› Approved acceleration enhances CAN BE USED WITH
efficient pallet entry & exit. Nonpolar
control is programmable for specific
tasks or operator skill levels
›› High quality hydraulic pump ensures
little noise & maximum durability
GKN/CHEP/UK Euro
›› Drive unit incorporates an electro 1000 x 1200mm 800 x 1200mm
magnetic brake that is spring applied Closed Pallets Open Pallets
& electrically released. The brake
is activated by the control handle
›› Ergonomically designed control handle
›› Mobile on 252mm steering
wheels & 84mm tandem rollers
›› 3000kg option available

FULL NATIONWIDE COVERAGE OF UK MAINLAND FPPT20 &
FPPTPLSA
Control
Panel
FPPT20 &
FPPTPLSA
2YR
GUARANTEE
2000kg
evenly
distributed
Load Fork Fork Width over Pallet

Model Price
Cap. kg Length mm Width mm Forks mm Type
2000 1150 160 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK FPPT20 £5295.25
Optional Driver Platform & Side Protection Bars FPPTPLSA £690.50
255
14 - Pallet Trucks, Stackers, Lift Tables & Equipment - GPC Pages.indb 10 30/12/2020 10:13:42
Galvanised Pallet Trucks Stainless Steel Pallet Trucks
›› Complete with entry & exit rollers ›› Grade 304 stainless chassis & pump unit
›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm ›› Suitable for food & pharmaceutical use
nylon steering wheels & ›› Mobile on 200mm nylon steering wheels
80 x 70mm nylon front rollers & 85mm nylon front rollers
›› Corrosion resistant - ideal for ›› 3 position trigger (lift, lower & neutral)
use in wet & damp conditions
2000kg
evenly
distributed
2000kg
evenly
2YR
GUARANTEE
distributed
SSPT1554
GAPT1154
Fork Width over Pallet Fork Width over Pallet

Length mm Forks mm Type Length mm Forks mm Type
540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK GAPT1154 £663.75 1150 540 Euro & GKN/CHEP/UK SSPT1554 £2491.10
1150
680 GKN/CHEP/UK GAPT1168 £693.35 1220 685 GKN/CHEP/UK SSPT1568 £2544.65
Rough Terrain Pallet Truck Reel Handling Pallet Trucks

›› Lowered height of forks: 50mm ›› Designed to carry horizontal loads such
›› Adjustable forks (up to 580mm wide) adapt as rolls, reels, cable drums etc
to a maximum pallet width of 1200mm ›› Strong & robust chassis which is reinforced at the ‘A’
›› Ideal for rough terrain outdoor applications such frame & the legs are strengthened along their length
as building sites, agricultural environments etc ›› Hydraulic pump with a slow lowering hand control
›› Mobile on pneumatic wheels mounted valve. A 3 position control lever provides fingertip
on hubs with sealed bearings control of all hydraulic system functions
›› Hydraulic lifting system with the handle in any position
1500kg
with integrated hand pump evenly
›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm steering
›› 2000kg & a 1200kg electric version distributed
wheels & 82 x 70mm roller tandems
available - please call for details ›› Other fork lengths available
- call for details
2YR
GUARANTEE
2000kg
evenly
distributed
RHPT0500
GZR11N
To Suit Fork Fork
Model Price
Reel Size Length mm Width mm
400/600 760 RHPT0500 £674.65
600/800 850 RHPT0700 £692.10
Overall Size Fork Weight 1000
Model Price 800/1200 1000 RHPT1000 £725.40
W x L x H mm Length mm kg
1640 x 1413 x 800 890 173 GZR11N £1201.60 1200/1600 1150 RHPT1500 £777.80
256 PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Pallet Truck must be serviced within the agreement below:
One service visit per annum & a PEWER inspection - Price: £70.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)
256 - GPC.indd 11 06/01/2021 13:38:09

High Lift Pallet Trucks
2YR
›› Mobile on 180 x 50mm nylon steering 1000kg
wheels & 74 x 50mm front rollers evenly
distributed
›› Stabilising bars automatically come into GUARANTEE
operation to prevent the unit moving

›› Automatically slow descending speed
to prevent damage of your goods
CAN BE
USED WITH
HLPT1755 Euro HLPT1755

Half Height 800 x 1200mm Full Height
Open Pallets
Fork Width over Pallet Weight

Model Price
Length mm Forks mm Type kg
540 Euro 95 HLPT1755 £660.75
1170
685 Euro 115 HLPT1768 £660.75
PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your High Lift Pallet Truck must be serviced within the agreement below:
One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection - Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)
Electric High Lift Pallet Trucks

›› Mobile on 180 x 55mm steering wheels & 75 x 50mm front rollers
›› Adjustable stabilising bars come into operation to prevent the unit moving
›› Battery & charger included: Battery - 12v/60Ah
›› Lifting motor power: 0.8kw
›› Manual operation included
1000kg
evenly
distributed
i Information Stabilising bars

prevent the unit
MANUAL & moving whilst in use
ELECTRIC
LIFT/LOWER
FOR PRECISE
POSITIONING PHL54H
Lowered
Fork Width over Pallet Weight

Model Price
PHL54H Length mm Forks mm Type kg
Full Height 540 Euro 125 PHL54H £1641.30
1170
680 Euro 136 PHL68H £1755.60
PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Electric High Lift Pallet Truck must be serviced within the agreement below:
One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection - Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra) 257
257 - GPC.indd 12 06/01/2021 13:38:44

Scissor Lift Tables
2YR
GUARANTEE
FROM ONLY
£299.70
MLTD80Y ›› Conforms to EN 1757-4

›› These units are elevated by pump
action foot pedal & lowered by
hand operated release trigger
braked castors with wheel guards
Load Platform Lowered Max Lift
Wheels Model Price
Capacity Size mm Height mm Height mm
Single Scissor
150 kg 700 x 450 255 720 100 x 25mm Polyurethane Castor MLTS15Y £299.70
Double Scissor
350 kg 910 x 500 350 1300 125 x 40mm Polyurethane Castor MLTD35Y £551.05
Winch Scissor Lift Tables

›› Conforms to EN 1757-4
›› These units are elevated by using
the hand operated winch mechanism
125mm braked castors
2YR
GUARANTEE
i Information
FIND YOUR PERFECT

WORKING POSITION
EASILY BY ADJUSTING
THE HAND OPERATED
WINCH MECHANISM
WLT30Y
Load Platform Lowered Max Lift
Model Price
Capacity Size mm Height mm Height mm
300 kg 950 x 600 440 1000 WLT30Y £377.15
500 kg 950 x 600 550 1000 WLT50Y £520.00
258 PLEASE NOTE: In order for us to offer a 2 year guarantee your Scissor Lift Tables must be serviced within the agreement below:
One service visit per annum & a PEWER inspection - Price: £120.00 per truck & per annum (any parts are extra)
258 - GPC.indd 13 06/01/2021 13:39:15

Premium Scissor Lift Tables
›› These units are elevated by pump action foot 150kg
evenly
pedal & lowered by hand operated release trigger distributed
›› Comply to EN1570:2011
braked castors with wheel guards
›› Handles supplied loose
›› SL150Y incorporates a folding handle
›› CE marked
i Information
REPAIR & MAINTENANCE

SERVICE AVAILABLE FROM ONLY
SEE BELOW FOR DETAILS
£368.80
SL150Y
350kg
evenly
distributed
300kg
SL300Y evenly
Part Elevated distributed

SLD35Y HAND SCISSOR LIFT TABLE
One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection
Price: £120.00 per truck, per annum
Load Platform Pedal Strokes to Lowered Max Lift Weight Price Price
Wheels Model
Capacity Size mm Elevate Height mm Height mm kg (each) 1 Off (each) 2+
Single Scissor
150 kg 750 x 450 25 225 740 100mm PVC Tyre with a Nylon Centre 49 SL150Y £392.60 £368.80
300 kg 850 x 500 32 340 900 127mm Polyurethane Tyre 87 SL300Y £503.60 £476.10
500 kg 850 x 500 45 340 900 with a Steel Centre 91 SL500Y £538.30 £509.45
Double Scissor
350 kg 910 x 500 55 348 1300 127mm Polyurethane Tyre / Steel Centre 115 SLD35Y £626.95 £595.45
259
Large Load Movers
›› Load is raised & can be easily
moved around in any direction,
even in the tightest of areas
›› Incorporates a 5M securing strap to
secure your loads to the units
i Information
IDEAL FOR
BULKY & HEAVY
LLM18H
WEIGHT ITEMS LLM06M
Load Max Lift Toe Plate Size Overall Size Weight Model Price
Lift Wheels
Capacity kg Height mm D x W mm L x W x H mm kg (pairs) (pairs)
600 Manual 300 120 x 225 125mm Polyurethane 570 x 390 x 780 25 LLM06M £612.90
1800 Hydraulic 250 60 x 600 150mm Polyurethane 680 x 420 x 1070 86 LLM18H £997.50
Lifters/Transporters
›› Carry out a range of functions in
production, warehousing environments
›› Simple controls all mounted within Roll & Coil
Handler
Roller Bed
Platform
easy reach of the operator
›› Attachments are easily & quickly
changed with simple tools
›› Built in battery allows the truck to be charged
from any convenient 13 amp socket
›› Mobile on 100mm steering wheels (fitted with
Drum & Roll
foot pedal brakes) & 80mm tandem rollers Work Platform Turner
›› Load centre: 300mm
›› Lift motor: 24v / 0.37Kw
›› N.B load capacities may alter depending
on what accessories are used wth the Lifter
Jib Bevelled
Crane Arm Platform
Roll & Coil Handler LTMLRCH £178.60

up to
200kg Work Platform LTMLWP £303.20
evenly
distributed
Jib Crane Arm LTMLJCA £301.60
Roller Bed Platform LTMLRBP £582.55
Drum & Roll Turner LTMLDRT £1577.80
Bevelled Platform LTMLBP £404.80
Load Lift Overall Size Lift Speed Battery Weight

Model Price
Cap. kg Height mm H x W x L mm cm / sec v / Ah kg
100 1500 1920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 6 2 x 12 / 17 86 LTML086 £3013.35
100 2000 2420 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 6 2 x 12 / 17 115 LTML115 £3420.75
100 2300 2920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 6 2 x 12 / 17 144 LTML144 £3810.40
200 1500 1920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 4.2 2 x 12 / 40 106 LTML106 £3810.40
200 2000 2420 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 4.2 2 x 12 / 40 135 LTML135 £3954.10
200 2300 2920 x 560 x 1045 8.3 / 4.2 2 x 12 / 40 164 LTML164 £4405.95
LTML115
260
260 - GPC.indd 15 06/01/2021 13:39:51

Hydraulic Lifter
›› Conforms to EN 1757-1:2001
›› Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which
can be either hand operated or foot operated
›› Complete with a removable yellow platform
›› Mobile on 2 swivel 130mm braked
polyurethane castors with wheel guards
& 2 x 75mm front polyurethane rollers
ML400L shown ML400L without

with Platform Platform
Load Lifting Height Lifting Overall Size Fork Width over Weight
Model Price
Capacity kg per stroke Height mm H x W x L mm Length mm Forks mm kg
400 22 mm 1500 1720 x 590 x 1100 650 540 85 ML400L £845.00
Mini Lifters
›› Designed for ultimate flexibility & able
to carry out a huge range of functions
›› Complete with a removable work platform
(removable with the use of simple tools
leaving two forks underneath)
›› Electric models: automatic electronic
overload protection systems
Remote Control Winch System
›› Manual model: operated via hand winch, for the MLM01Y
for the MLE03Y
with auto brake system
›› Choice of easy to change options available:
bevelled platform, drum & roll turner, roll &
coil handler & roller bed - please call for details
›› Mobile on 125mm steering wheels
with foot guards & 75mm rollers
›› 24v/20Ah battery with a built-in charger
i Information
MANY OPTIONAL
ACCESSORIES
AVAILABLE.
PLEASE CALL
FOR DETAILS
MLM01Y MLE03Y
Load Load Lift Platform Size Overall Size

Model Model Price
Capacity kg Centre mm Height mm W x L mm L x W x H mm
Manual 100 235 1500 840 x 600 x 1830 MLM01Y £701.60

Manual 200 235 1500 870 x 600 x 1920 MLM02Y £761.95
470 x 600
Electric 150 235 1500 870 x 600 x 1790 MLE03Y £1130.20
Electric 100 200 1700 870 x 740 x 1990 MLE04Y £1109.55
261
261 - GPC.indd 16 06/01/2021 13:40:15

Straddle Stackers
with Adjustable Forks
›› Brake & pulling handle
›› Tandem lift chains with full guarding
1000kg
Manual Straddle Stackers evenly
distributed

›› Adjustable forks give an overall
width of: 1080 to 1360mm
›› Mobile on 150mm steering wheels with
foot guards & 80mm load wheels
Semi Electric Straddle Stackers

›› Manual push/electric lift
›› Load centre: 600mm
›› Turning radius: 1350mm
›› Adjustable forks & straddle legs giving an
overall width of: 1100 to 1380mm
foot guards & 100mm load wheels
›› 12v 150Ah battery with built-in automatic charger
PSS21M
i Information
ADJUSTABLE
STRADDLE LEGS
SUITABLE FOR PSS30E
MOST PALLETS
Fork Lowered Fork Raised Fork Fork Overall Size

Model Price
Length mm Height mm Height mm Width mm H x L mm
Manual Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks
85 1600 2020 x 1580 PSS21M £1614.30
915 2500 210 to 800 1770 x 1480 PSS30M £1857.15
75
3000 2020 x 1480 PSS35M £1901.60
Semi Electric Straddle Stackers with Adjustable Forks
1600 2020 x 1550 PSS16E £2742.90
915 75
2000 2020 x 1550 PSS20E £2895.25
220 to 850
2500 1854 x 1800 PSS30E £2946.05
1150 70
3000 2104 x 1800 PSS35E £3111.15
262
262 - GPC.indd 17 06/01/2021 13:40:35

Hydraulic Stackers
›› Conform to EN ISO3691-5:2009 based on directive 2006/42/EC
›› Lifting is controlled by a hydraulic pump which
can be either hand operated or foot operated
›› Mobile on 2 swivel 180mm braked nylon castors with wheel
guards & 2 tandem 80mm front nylon rollers
N.B. Appropriate facilities will be required to unload these units on delivery
Adjustable
Forks
STI02Y STI18Y STI01Y
i Information
EASILY LIFT &
MANOEUVRE
PALLETISED LOADS
AT HEIGHTS
STI17Y STI16Y STI19Y
In accordance with HSE HS (9) it is recommended that all lifting equipment supplied must have a minimum of one service per annum
HYDRAULIC STACKER
One service visit per annum & a LOLER inspection
Price: £185.00 per truck, per annum
Load Lifting Overall Size Fork Width over Load Weight

Model Price
Cap. kg Height mm H x W x L mm Length mm Forks mm Centre mm kg
Fork Type: Fixed
500 1600 2080 x 755 x 1705 1150 550 600 205 STI16Y £1043.35
1000 1000 1790 x 755 x 1655 1150 550 600 210 STI04Y £1043.40
1000 1600 2080 x 755 x 1655 1150 550 600 210 STI02Y £1223.95
1000 2500 2925 x 860 x 1705 1150 580 600 286 STI05Y £1610.60
1500 1600 2080 x 755 x 1705 1150 550 400 245 STI03Y £1540.00
Fork Type: Adjustable
500 1600 2010 x 805 x 1640 1060 up to 745 500 161 STI17Y £1012.20
1000 1600 2165 x 1000 x 1380 1060 up to 950 500 250 STI01Y £1309.50
1000 2500 2928 x 750 x 1640 1060 up to 700 500 316 STI18Y £1726.10
Fork Type: Straddle
1000 1600 2155 x 1450 x 1560 1060 up to 950 500 336 STI19Y £1620.40
263
Semi Electric Stackers
›› Effortless manual push & pull movement
›› Easy control powered lifting
›› Steering & pulling handle
foot guards & 74mm tandem rollers
›› 12v/150Ah battery with a built-in charger
i Information
ADJUSTABLE FORK Key, Battery Life Indicator &
UNITS AVAILABLE - the Fork Operating Lever on the
CALL FOR DETAILS Semi Electric Stacker
up to
1500kg
evenly
distributed
SESCT15
Load Fork Lift Lowered Fork Fork Overall Size

Model Price
Capacity kg Length mm Height mm Height mm Width mm H x L mm
1600 1980 x 1720 SESCT10 £2344.45

1000 2500 3070 x 1720 SESCT15 £2627.00
1100 85 570
3000 3570 x 1720 SESCT20 £2796.85
1500 3300 4020 x 1720 SESCT25 £3260.35
Fully Powered Straddle Stackers

›› Battery voltage: 2 x 12/85 V/Ah
Powerful maintenance free batteries (large
1000kg 2 x 12/106 V/ah are available - call for details)
evenly
distributed ›› Built in charger as standard, together with battery
discharge indicator with automatic lift cut off function,
ensure high battery lifetime
›› Fully powered stacker, with duplex mast
lifting, that provide smooth travel & lift
with easy to operate controls
›› High quality hydraulic pump ensures very
little noise, maximum efficiency, durability
& shortens the lifting time
›› Four wheel supporting design at the
driving end, with offset tiller for perfect view,
allows stable & safe operation when the truck
is used for high position stacking
›› Compact & ergonomic design
improves operator performance
›› More load capacity options available - call for details
FPST1016
Load Fork Lift Height of Mast Height of Mast Fork
Model Price
Capacity kg Length mm Height mm Lowered mm Raised mm Width mm
1000 1150 1600 2099 2099 570 FPST1016 £3723.00
1000 1150 2000 1580 2549 570 FPST1020 £3911.15
1000 1150 2500 1830 3049 570 FPST1025 £4000.00
1000 1150 3000 2080 3549 570 FPST1030 £4044.45
1000 1150 3300 2230 3849 570 FPST1033 £4817.80
264
264 - GPC.indd 19 06/01/2021 13:41:38

Fully Powered Stackers
›› Battery voltage: 2 x 12/85 V/Ah
Powerful maintenance free batteries (large
2 x 12/106 V/ah are available - call for details)
›› Built in charger as standard, together with battery
discharge indicator with automatic lift cut off function,
ensure high battery lifetime
›› Fully powered stacker, with duplex mast lifting, that
provide smooth travel & lift with easy to operate controls
›› High quality hydraulic pump ensures very
little noise, maximum efficiency, durability
& shortens the lifting time
›› Four wheel supporting design at the driving end, with
offset tiller for perfect view, allows stable & safe
operation when the truck is used for high position stacking
›› Compact & ergonomic design
improves operator performance
›› 1500kg & 2000kg models available - call for details
1000kg
evenly
distributed
FPSCC1030
Load Fork Lift Height of Mast Height of Mast Fork

Model Price
Capacity kg Length mm Height mm Lowered mm Raised mm Width mm
1000 1150 1600 2014 2014 570 FPSCC1016 £3197.05
1000 1150 2000 1494 2424 570 FPSCC1020 £3385.20
1000 1150 3000 1994 3424 570 FPSCC1030 £3518.55
1000 1150 3300 2144 3724 570 FPSCC1033 £4291.90
Fully Powered Counterbalance Stackers

›› Duplex mast configuration allows
good sight through the mast uprights
›› Short wheel base, compact & low noise
›› Adjustable fork spread to handle all pallet types
›› Uses latest AC control technology for superior control & battery life
›› External battery charger means that the truck can
be charged from any convenient UK 3-pin socket
›› Heavy duty traction battery for 8 to 9 hours continuous work
upto
›› Smooth step less drive controls
1600kg
evenly ›› Power steering & full free lift
distributed
›› Can pick up closed board pallets, standard UK pallets & Euro pallets
i Information
IDEAL FOR
GETTING THE
UNIT CLOSE
TO RACKING OR
WHERE SPACE IS
AT A PREMIUM
CBS1614
Load Fork Lowered Fork Raised Fork Height of Mast Height of Mast Adjustable Width
Model Price
Capacity kg Length mm Height mm Height mm Lowered mm Raised mm over Forks mm
600 1070 80 1400 2100 2100 200 / 690 CBS0614 £9074.10
600 1070 80 3000 2020 3705 200 / 690 CBS0630 £9438.55
1200 1070 80 1400 1230 2400 200 / 690 CBS1214 £10,663.75
1200 1070 80 3000 2030 4000 200 / 690 CBS1230 £10,940.75

1600 1070 80 1400 1230 2500 200 / 690 CBS1614 £11,629.65
1600 1070 80 3700 1817 4350 200 / 690 CBS1637 £12,992.60
265
Static Lift Tables - Mains Operated
›› Comply to BS EN 1570 & BS EN 60204-1
›› Remote power system, easy for
controlling, convenient for maintenance
›› Electronic control box with up,
down & emergency buttons
›› PSL82U: specially designed in ‘U’ shape
for handling pallets & boxes
Platform cut out - 1050L x 585Wmm
›› Lifting speed with load: 42mm/sec
›› Three phase (414V) power supply
required & units need to be
installed by an electrician
PSL80F
PSL80F Lowered
Ramp Size:
1140L x 890W mm
PSL82U
Load Lowered Platform Raised Platform Platform Size Lifting Motor Weight
Model Price
Capacity kg Height mm Height mm L x W mm Time kw kg
80 235 PSL80F £1996.85
1000 760 1450 x 1140 18 secs. 0.75
82 250 PSL82U £1950.80
Chain Hoist Chain Hoists Lever Hoist

›› Robust steel construction
›› Issued with its own certification
& is CE marked & plated
CCH21C
CCH66C
›› Robust steel construction ›› Robust steel construction

›› Standard lift: 2500mm ›› Standard lift: 1500mm
›› Issued with its own certification ›› Rubber safety grip handle
& is CE marked & plated ›› Fully enclosed brake system
›› Electroplated load chain ›› Issued with its own certification
to help resist wear & is CE marked & plated
›› Strong forged hooks - both ›› Free wheeling feature
are fitted with safety latches eliminates the need to use
Capacity Standard Wt.
& rotate 360º kg Lift mm kg
Model Price the lever to take up slack
›› No of columns of load chain: 1 2000 2500 21.5 CCH21C £61.55
›› No of columns of load chain: 1
›› Subject to availability 3000 3000 22 CCH22C £78.70
Capacity Weight 5000 3000 44 CCH40C £109.50 Capacity Weight
kg kg kg kg
10,000 3000 66 CCH66C £193.95
1000 9.5 NCH10C £62.50 1500 11 NLH15L £76.25
266
266 - GPC.indd 21 06/01/2021 13:42:53

Pallet Level Loader
›› Heavy duty springs allows the
platform to move heavy loads
easily, keeping the load at a
comfortable working height
›› Helps reduce injuries
associated with loading pallets
at the floor level & will also
improve productivity
›› Maximum lift height: 1000mm
›› Galvanised version available
- call for details
2000kg
evenly
distributed
PLL1211
i Information
LOAD A PALLET
NEW WITHOUT
BENDING OR
STRETCHING
PLL1312 Overall Size

W x D mm
Pallet Level Loader 1220 x 1110 PLL1211 £1552.40
Pallet Level Loader with Bellows 1220 x 1110 PLL1312 £2152.40
PalletDisc PalletRing
›› Free-rotating ramped edge ›› Strong, lightweight & simple to use
for easy pallet truck loading ›› Free turning - does not tighten or bind under load
›› Lock prevents accidental rotation ›› Ideal for many environments
›› Ideal for many environments
2000kg
evenly
distributed
PLD1100
2000kg
evenly
distributed
Overall Size Turntable Overall Size Inner

Dia. x H mm Dia. mm Dia. x H mm Dia. mm
1100 x 22 1100 PLD1100 £1158.75 1016 x 60 960 PLR1016 £352.40
267
267 - GPC.indd 22 06/01/2021 13:43:19

Sack Trucks
‘Apollo’ Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with ›› Mobile on REACH compliant &
puncture proof pneumatic wheels
Puncture Proof Wheels ›› High quality steel with a hardwearing
aqua blue powder coated finish
›› Complete with strong, riveted
knuckle guard hand grips
250kg
evenly ›› GI701R - high back unit with wheel
distributed
guards & robust plastic covered skids
›› GI702R - extra wide unit
200kg with wheel guards
evenly
distributed ›› GI703R - standard unit
›› GI704R - complete with wheel guards.
GI703R This unit also comes with a fixed (250kg
capacity) & folding toe plate (150kg
£74.35 capacity). The folding toe plate
stays in the folded position by
the use of a magnet
›› GI705R - complete with wheel guards
& ‘P’ handle. The ‘P’ handle allows
GI705R
the unit to be laid horizontally for
£86.15 ››
ease of loading or unloading
GI706R - strong angle iron unit complete
with wheel guards
i Information
UNITS COMPLETE
WITH PUNCTURE
PROOF WHEELS
“WILL NOT LET
YOU DOWN”
GI705R
GI703R
up to
250kg
evenly
distributed
GI704R
£94.25
300kg
evenly
distributed
GI701R
£129.95
Folding Toe Plate stays

GI701R GI704R in folded position by
the use of a magnet
Capacity Overall Size Fixed Toe Plate Size Folding Toe Plate Size Wheel Weight
Model Price
kg H x W x D mm W x D mm W x D mm Size mm kg
300 1320 x 510 x 630 285 x 280 - 250 13 GI701R £129.95
250 1085 x 610 x 585 475 x 240 - 250 12.5 GI702R £116.80
200 1110 x 515 x 490 360 x 250 - 200 8.5 GI703R £74.35
up to 250 1240 x 535 x 710 390 x 165 320 x 430 250 11.5 GI704R £94.25
250 1310 x 520 x 460 366 x 220 - 250 10 GI705R £86.15
300 1185 x 580 x 600 385 x 300 - 250 14.5 GI706R £118.95
268
268 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 13:46:35

Sack Trucks
‘Apollo’ Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels
i Information
300kg
evenly
distributed UNITS COMPLETE
WITH PUNCTURE
PROOF WHEELS
“WILL NOT LET
YOU DOWN”
250kg
evenly
GI706R distributed
£118.95
GI702R
£116.80
GI706R
REACH
COMPLIANT
WHEELS
REACH (Registration,
Evaluation, Authorisation &
Restriction of Chemicals)
is a European regulation
that addresses the
production & use
of chemical substances,
& their potential impacts
on both human health
& the environment
GI702R
269
15 - Sack Trucks - GPC Pages.indb 2 30/12/2020 10:24:56

Sack Trucks
Fort® Heavy Duty Sack Trucks ›› Mobile on 250mm REACH compliant
& puncture proof pneumatic wheels
with Puncture Proof Wheels ›› High quality steel with a
hardwearing powder coated finish
›› Complete with strong, screw fixed
i Information knuckle guard hand grips
UNITS COMPLETE (FJ170P has a looped handle)
WITH PUNCTURE
›› Close couple wheel mounting with
PROOF WHEELS integrated wheel guards - wheels
“WILL NOT LET don’t protrude the sack frame
YOU DOWN”
280kg manufactured
evenly
distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE
260kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
WHEELS SIT WITHIN
THE FRAME TO AID
MANOEUVRABILITY
THROUGH
DOORWAYS & FJ171P
CORRIDORS FJ178P
up to
250kg
280kg evenly
260kg evenly distributed
evenly distributed
distributed
FJ177P
FJ175P
FJ176P FJ173P
Capacity Overall Size Fixed Toe Plate Size Weight

kg H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
Concave Cross Members with Loop Handle 230 1100 x 450 x 500 410 x 200 10 FJ170P £120.40
Straight Cross Members 260 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 11 FJ171P £125.70
Concave Cross Members with Standard Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 11 FJ172P £128.05
Concave Cross Members & Axle Supports 280 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 12 FJ173P £142.45
Concave Cross Members with Large Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 700 410 x 400 14 FJ174P £135.50
Mesh Back with Standard Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 11 FJ175P £133.10
Mesh Back with Large Toe Plate 260 1110 x 500 x 700 410 x 400 14 FJ176P £141.70
Fixed & Folding Toe Plate (folding toe plate - 320W x 450D mm) 250 / 230 1110 x 500 x 500 410 x 200 13 FJ177P £145.20
High Back 280 1410 x 580 x 500 410 x 200 14 FJ178P £151.50
270

Sack Trucks
Fort® Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FROM ONLY
REACH
230kg
£120.40 COMPLIANT
WHEELS
evenly
distributed
i Information is a European regulation
that addresses the
production & use
UNITS COMPLETE of chemical substances,
WITH PUNCTURE & their potential impacts
PROOF WHEELS & the environment
“WILL NOT LET
YOU DOWN”
260kg
FJ170P evenly
distributed
260kg
evenly
distributed
FJ174P
i Information
WHEELS SIT WITHIN
THE FRAME TO AID
MANOEUVRABILITY
THROUGH
DOORWAYS &
CORRIDORS FJ172P
271

Sack Trucks
Sack & Case Sack Trucks Chair Bulk Load Sack Truck
›› Concave back units come complete ›› Toe plate size: 565W x 150D mm
with knuckle guard hand grips ›› Fully welded steel construction
to protect your knuckles ›› Mobile on 200 x 50mm cushion
›› Mobile on 200mm cushion
roller bearing wheels
3YR
GUARANTEE ››
roller bearing wheels
Ideal for moving
manufactured
stacked chairs
TS139H
70kg
evenly
up to
distributed
250kg
evenly
COLOUR distributed
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
TS149H
TS143H
TS142H
Capacity Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight
Model Price
kg H x W mm W x D mm kg manufactured
250 1100 x 420 410 x 200 11 TS139H £237.25
Overall Size Weight
250 1100 x 510 360 x 200 12 TS149H £244.20 Model Price
H x W x D mm kg
200 1168 x 495 400 x 483 12.5 TS143H £260.05 1168 x 570 x 380 14.5 TS142H £250.85
Heavy Duty Sack Trucks Angle Iron Sack Truck

›› Complete with knuckle guard hand grips to protect your knuckles ›› 200mm rubber wheels
›› Mobile on cushion roller bearing wheels ›› Hardwearing powder coat finish
›› Knuckle guard hand grips
& wheel guards
›› Toe plate size of 320W x 240D mm
300kg
evenly
distributed
COLOUR
OPTIONS
manufactured
Red
250kg
evenly
Blue distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
TS146L fitted
TS157H
with TS240Z
Height Toe Plate Size Wheels

Width mm Weight kg Model Price
mm W x D mm mm TCS57Y
1140 585 380 x 130 27 350 x 75 TS146L £429.65
Overall Size Weight
Extended Toe Plate - Factory Fitted (380W x 300D mm) for the TS146L TS240Z £26.60 Model Price
H x W x D mm kg
1160 550 390 x 300 19.5 200 x 50 TS157H £296.10 1220 x 450 x 350 19 TCS57Y £241.25
272

Sack Trucks
Fort® Super Heavy Duty Sack Trucks with Puncture Proof Wheels
›› Mobile on 250mm REACH compliant

puncture proof wheels
›› Durable, large diameter tubular construction
frame with a hardwearing powder coated finish
›› Complete with heavy duty looped
handles & wheel guards
5YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured up to
290kg
evenly
distributed
REACH
COMPLIANT
WHEELS
is a European regulation
that addresses the
production & use
& the environment
i Information
UNITS COMPLETE
WITH PUNCTURE
PROOF WHEELS
“WILL NOT LET FJ189P
YOU DOWN”
FROM ONLY
£201.50
FJ187P
(Toe Plate Up)
FJ180P
FJ186P FJ187P FJ188P
(Toe Plate Down)
Capacity Overall Size Fixed Toe Plate Size Weight
kg H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
Concave Cross Members with Loop Handle 240 1100 x 540 x 480 410 x 200 14 FJ180P £201.50
Mesh Back with Large Toe Plate 270 1100 x 540 x 680 410 x 400 17 FJ186P £225.25
Fixed & Folding Toe Plate (folding toe plate - 320W x 450D mm) 250 1100 x 540 x 480 410 x 200 16 FJ187P £220.45
High Back 290 1410 x 540 x 570 410 x 200 17 FJ188P £228.10
Extra Wide 270 1100 x 640 x 495 510 x 200 15 FJ189P £211.70
273
273 - GPC.indd 6 15/01/2021 12:50:29

Sack Trucks
Folding Toe Sack Truck Telescopic Folding Toe Sack Truck
100kg
evenly
distributed
100kg
evenly
distributed
GI151Y
£68.45 GI162Y
£69.50
GI162Y
GI151Y
›› Mobile on 150mm rubber plain bearing wheels

›› Straight back frame ›› Ideal for storing in a car boot or van
›› Mobile on 150mm rubber plain bearing wheels ›› Telescopic handle with 3 positional heights
›› Ideal for storing in a car boot or van - 800, 930 & 1060mm
Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight
H x W mm W x D mm kg H x W mm W x D mm kg
1020 x 360 300 x 380 5 GI151Y £68.45 1060 x 360 300 x 380 5 GI162Y £69.50
Heavy Duty Steel Sack Truck ‘P’ Handle Sack Truck

›› Fully welded, strong & robust ›› Concave cross members
›› 200mm rubber tyred wheels ›› ‘P’ handle to allow the unit
›› Folding toe plate to be laid horizontally for
ease of loading & unloading
›› Large 300mm pneumatic
wheels to give this unit a
smooth ride over rough
manufactured
& uneven terrain
3YR
GUARANTEE GI300P
£96.65
200kg
evenly
distributed
300kg
evenly
distributed
FJ182H
Folded
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
FJ182H
GI300P
H x W mm W x D mm kg H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
960 x 500 310 x 330 10 FJ182H £139.80 1260 x 570 x 460 350 x 230 15 GI300P £96.65
274
274 - GPC.indd 7 06/01/2021 13:49:59

Sack Trucks
Steel Sack Trucks Budget Sack Trucks
›› Lightweight
›› 200mm rubber wheels
›› Hardwearing finish
100kg
250kg evenly
distributed
evenly
distributed
150kg
evenly FROM ONLY FROM ONLY
distributed
£66.70 £48.60
GI521H
GI523P
GI258H
GI256H
›› REACH compliant wheels ›› Knuckle guard hand grips

›› Wheel guards ›› Hardwearing finish
Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight
Wheels Model Price
H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
200mm 1135 x 480 Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight

350 x 200 11.5 GI521H £66.70 Model Price
Cushion x 445 H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
250mm 1120 x 545 1120 x 470 x 410 350 x 228 11 GI256H £49.95
350 x 185 11 GI523P £76.20
Pneumatic x 435 1000 x 470 x 410 350 x 180 10 GI258H £48.60
‘P’ Handle Sack Truck White Goods Sack Truck

›› ‘P’ handle allows the unit ›› Designed for moving electrical goods.
to be laid horizontally for Fitted with plastic tube protectors to
ease of loading & unloading protect your load from damage
›› 250mm pneumatic ›› Wide toe plate (510W x
wheels give this unit a 190Dmm) & wheel guards
smooth ride over ›› Fitted with 250mm
uneven terrain pneumatic wheels
250kg
evenly
distributed
100kg
evenly
distributed
GI708P GI340Y
H x W x D mm W x D mm kg H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
1310 x 550 x 460 350 x 210 9 GI708P £57.50 1315 x 550 x 495 510 x 190 14 GI340Y £88.75
275
275 - GPC.indd 8 06/01/2021 13:51:08

Sack Trucks
Folding Toe Sack Trucks
TCS66Y
TCS58Y
TCS82Y
3YR
GUARANTEE ›› TCS66Y: mobile on 260mm pneumatic
manufactured wheels. Double toe gives extra versatility
Capacity Height Width Toe Plate Size Weight
Model Price
(fixed: 460W x 150Dmm & folding: 330W x 330Dmm)
kg mm mm W x D mm kg ›› TCS58Y: mobile on 200mm rubber wheels.
150 1150 560 330 x 330 12 TCS66Y £206.15
Large toe plate is ideal for bulky items
250 1050 420 300 x 460 12 TCS58Y £223.50 ›› TCS82Y: mobile on 200mm rubber wheels.
250 1200 480 460 x 360 12 TCS82Y £225.15
Knuckle guard hand grips protect your knuckles
Step-A-Trucks
›› Certified to EN 131 ›› Versatile - neat & compact
›› Large toe plate & wide step treads
›› Load capacity: as sack truck - 60kg & as step unit - 150kg
›› Multi purpose, simple & easy to convert from step to sack truck
›› When in sack truck mode they are mobile on two 100mm wheels
FROM ONLY
Easy to move
£91.60 into position
FOLD AWAY
FMS83Y as WHEELS
Step Unit
FMS82Y as
Step Unit FMS83Y as
Sack Truck
No. of Overall Size - W x D x H mm Platform Sack Truck Step Weight Price Price
Model
Treads Folded as Sack Truck as Step Unit Height mm Toe Plate Tread Size kg 1 Off (each) 2+
2 460 x 70 x 990 480 x 490 x 990 470 x 530 x 920 490 390 x 375 x 6.5 FMS82Y £99.95 £91.60
3 470 x 90 x 1265 490 x 450 x 1265 470 x 735 x 1190 750 280 mm 210 mm 9 FMS83Y £116.80 £106.40
276

Sack Trucks
Super Compact Trucks
›› Unfold in seconds FROM ONLY
£45.00
›› Lightweight, simple to use & easy to carry
›› Three versions available:
›› GI025Y - the ‘mini’ model
›› GI033Y - the ‘super’ model
›› GI043Y - the ‘heavy duty’ model
›› All units are of aluminium construction
›› These units can be stored or transported in
confined spaces making them ideal for deliveries
›› GI043Y comes complete with knuckle guard hand grips
‘MINI’ ‘SUPER’ ‘HEAVY DUTY’

COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT
TRUCK TRUCK TRUCK
GI025Y
GI033Y
GI043Y
Fitted with elasticated Fitted with elasticated

load retaining straps load retaining straps Large folding toe
i Information
IDEAL FOR USE

IN SCHOOLS &
OFFICES ETC
Padded handles &
knuckle guard hand grips
on the GI043Y which fold
flat for compact storage
GI033Y
GI043Y GI025Y
GI043Y GI033Y
Folded Folded
Folded
Load Overall Size Overall Size Price

Toe Plate Wheels Weight Price Price
Description Capacity H x W x D mm H x W x D mm Model (each)
W x D mm mm kg 1 Off (each) 2+
kg when folded when open Box of 4
Mini Compact 60 650 x 390 x 60 1000 x 400 x 420 390 x 240 2 x 120 3 GI025Y £55.00 £50.00 £45.00
Super Compact 100 700 x 490 x 60 1000 x 490 x 450 490 x 270 2 x 180 4 GI033Y £77.50 £74.50 -
Heavy Duty Compact 200 1010 x 595 x 97 1255 x 620 x 600 590 x 335 2 x 200 10 GI043Y £169.95 - -
277

Sack Trucks
Compact Aluminium Stairclimber
›› Toe plate size: 387 x 270mm
›› Complete with load strap
›› Mounted on 58mm wheels
on a ‘3 star’ system
›› Max load: 30kg on stairs
& 60kg as truck
Load Strap Storage

Compartment
ONLY
£59.95
GI083Y
Folded
GI083Y

Easy operation Model Price
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
on stairs
1050 x 415 x 415 635 x 395 x 67 3.5 GI083Y £59.95
Large Folding Toe Aluminium Sack Truck

Aluminium Sack Truck ›› Concave cross members &
›› Mobile on 260mm pneumatic wheels knuckle guard hand grips
›› Fixed plate size: 440W x 140D mm ›› 260mm pneumatic wheels
›› Folding plate size: 300W x 500D mm for rough terrain
›› Fixed solid toe plate
& wheel guards
›› Fitted with skids to enable
200kg this unit to be placed
evenly
distributed horizontally for ease of
loading & unloading
100kg
evenly
distributed
GI991P GI998P
Overall Size Weight Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight

H x W mm kg H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
1260 x 430 11 GI991P £189.55 1310 x 470 x 610 250 x 270 11 GI998P £165.85
278

Sack Trucks
Aluminium Sack Trucks
200kg
evenly
distributed
GI804P GI803P
GI802P
GI801P
›› Aluminium frame is lightweight

& easily manoeuvrable
›› 250mm pneumatic wheels for Overall Overall Toe Plate Size Weight
Model Price
use on uneven or rough terrain Height mm Width mm W x D mm kg
›› Flat frame gives extra stability when 1595 515 12 GI801P £157.95
moving large or bulky loads 1250 9 GI802P £142.85

355 x 225
›› The robust construction, with heavy 1345 470 10 GI803P £152.75
duty toe plates, gives strength & durability 1320 10 GI804P £146.65
‘THE PRO’ Folding Sack Truck Compact Sack Truck

›› Quickly & easily folds for ›› Aluminium frame with
compact storage & a folding steel toe plate
transportation. The toe ›› Easily folded to fit
plate, wheels & handles fold in your car/van boot
into the sack truck with a ›› Easily carried & stored
simple move of the handles once folded
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm ›› 2 x 150mm solid
puncture-proof rubber wheels rubber wheels
›› Folding toe plate size: ›› Folding toe plate
310W x 310D mm size: 360W x 250D mm
THIS TO THIS
270kg
evenly
distributed
90kg
evenly
distributed
Simply turn the handles which will lift

the toe plate & fold the wheels
GI960Y
Folded
GI960Y
GI270H
Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
1150 x 480 x 520 1165 x 435 x 145 6 GI270H £142.20 1090 x 412 x 406 715 x 412 x 190 7 GI960Y £48.95
279
279 - GPC.indd 12 06/01/2021 13:52:08

Sack Trucks
Telescopic Truck ›› Toe plate size: Heavy Duty ‘BULKY’ Sack Truck
255 x 295mm
›› Telescopic handle slides ›› ‘Bulky’ load sack truck is 1310H x 655W mm
in nylon sleeves for ›› Folding toe plate size: 600W x 405D mm
smooth operation ›› Large, robust puncture proof semi-pneumatic
›› Incorporates knuckle 250mm wheels for a smooth ride over uneven terrain
guard hand grips & ›› Ideal for rough & tough applications
wheel guards ›› Fixed (400kg capacity) & folding
›› Large 250mm (350kg capacity) toe plates
pneumatic wheels
›› Subject to availability GI400P In Use
100kg
evenly
distributed
up to
400kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
GI405P shown folded BULKY SACK
TRUCK WITH
A MASSIVE
CAPACITY -
UP TO 400KG
GI405P
GI400P
Overall Size - In Use Overall Size - Folded Weight Overall Size Fixed Toe Plate Weight
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg H x W x D mm Size W x D mm kg
1130 x 488 x 550 773 x 488 x 295 13 GI405P £62.00 1310 x 655 x 710 655 x 190 20 GI400P £145.60
Distribution Truck White Goods Sack Truck

250kg
evenly ›› Fully welded tubular ›› Designed for
distributed
steel frame with moving electrical goods
50 x 50mm mesh infil ›› Fitted with heavy duty
›› Internal load area: rubber tubing to protect your
855Hx400Wx275Dmm load from damage
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm ›› Toe plate: 410 x 200mm
cushion roller bearing
wheels
manufactured
3YR
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
GUARANTEE
250kg
evenly
distributed
TS340H
TS231Y Overall Size Weight

Wheels mm Model Price
H x W mm kg
Overall Size Weight
Model Price 11 200mm Cushion TS340H £298.70
H x W mm kg
1100 x 420
1070 x 510 15 TS231Y £250.35 11 200mm Pneumatic TS340P £386.25
280
280 - GPC.indd 13 06/01/2021 13:53:17

Sack Trucks
Three Position Truck with Bag Holder
›› Converts from a sack truck to a platform truck in seconds
›› Mobile on 200mm solid rubber wheels & 100mm swivel castors
›› Complete with a movable bag holder which
incorporates an elastic strap to hold the bag in place (bag not supplied)
80kg
evenly
distributed
Elastic strap holding

the bag in place
GI354Y as GI354Y as
Sack Truck Platform Truck
GI354Y with
with bag
bag holder down
holder up
Overall Size - L x W x H mm Toe Plate Size Weight
Model Price
Sack Truck Mode Platform Truck Mode D x W mm kg
350 x 450 x 1180 630 x 450 x 795 130 x 350 8.5 GI354Y £63.85
Aluminium Two Way Truck

›› Strong, robust & lightweight
›› 250mm pneumatic wheels
›› Use as a sack truck or platform truck
›› Toe plate size: 455W x 225D mm 150kg
evenly
distributed
GI805P as
Sack Truck
Overall Overall Weight GI805P as
Model Price Platform Truck
Height mm Width mm kg
Folded: 1310 & Unfolded: 1020 510 20 GI805P £223.95
Aluminium Three Way Truck GI935P

4 Wheel Sack Truck
›› Easily converts from a basic sack truck to

a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck
›› Incorporates 2 toe plates. A fixed toe
plate (457W x 190Dmm) & a large
folding toe plate (228W x 686Dmm)
›› Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels
& 125mm polyurethane castors
i Information 350kg
evenly
distributed
CONVERTS QUICKLY
& EASILY INTO 3
POSITIONS
GI935P
Platform Truck

Weight
As Platform Truck As Sack Truck Model Price
kg
1500 x 530 x 980 470 x 530 x 1325 18 GI935P £338.10
GI935P
Sack Truck 281
281 - GPC.indd 14 06/01/2021 13:54:11

Sack Trucks
Two Way Truck
›› Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors
200kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
GI358Y as
CONVERTS IN Platform Truck
SECONDS

Model Price
450 x 550 x 1240 980 x 550 x 890 180 x 350 12 GI358Y £85.00
GI358Y as Sack Truck
Two Way Cargo Truck

›› Mobile on 250mm pneumatic wheels & 100mm swivel castors
›› Load Capacity: 150kg in platform truck
mode & 250kg in sack truck mode
150kg
evenly
distributed
250kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
Close up of clasp
holding the handle in CONVERTS IN
position when the unit
is in sack truck mode
SECONDS
GI352Y as
Platform Truck

Model Price
GI352Y as Sack Truck 585 x 390 x 1175 1175 x 390 x 930 335 x 310 14 GI352Y £119.95
Heavy Duty Three Way Trucks

›› A heavy duty truck which easily & quickly
converts from a basic sack truck to a
4 wheel sack truck or platform truck
›› Fitted with 2 x 200mm 400kg
evenly
rubber tyred wheels & distributed
2 x 125mm rubber Close up of the

mechanism which
tyred castors keeps the rear
›› Horizontal platform wheels in position
height: 240mm
›› Toe plate size:
470 x 190mm
3YR
GUARANTEE
TS134Y
manufactured TS132Y
TS133Y
As Platform Truck As 4 Wheel Sack Truck As Basic Sack Truck Weight
H x L mm H x L mm H mm kg
Bright Zinc Plated 24 TS132Y £405.90
9mm Exterior Plywood Platform 795 x 1270 890 x 1190 1270 26 TS133Y £421.10
Blue Powder Coated 24 TS134Y £378.80
282

Sack Trucks
Medium Duty Three Way Truck
›› A multi-purpose truck which easily & quickly converts from a
basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck
›› Fitted with 2 x 200mm rubber tyred wheels &
2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors
›› Horizontal platform height: 260mm
i Information
CONVERTS QUICKLY
& EASILY INTO 3
POSITIONS
GI135Y as
Platform Truck
250kg GI135Y as 4
evenly
distributed
Wheel Sack Truck

Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm W x H mm kg
1280 x 470 x 710 1205 x 470 x 840 470 x 1280 19 GI135Y £119.50
GI135Y as Sack Truck
Heavy Duty Three Way Truck

›› A multi-purpose truck which easily & quickly converts from a
basic sack truck to a 4 wheel sack truck or platform truck
›› Fitted with 2 x 200mm rubber tyred wheels &
2 x 125mm rubber tyred castors
›› Horizontal platform height: 240mm
FJ135Y as
Platform Truck
300kg
evenly
distributed FJ135Y as 4
Wheel Sack Truck
FJ135Y as Sack Truck

Model Price
3YR
GUARANTEE
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm W x H mm kg
manufactured
1270 x 510 x 795 1190 x 510 x 890 510 x 1270 28 FJ135Y £253.35
283

Sack Trucks
Wide Stairclimber ›› Fixed & folding Stairclimber with Skids
toe plates
›› Complete with ›› Mounted on
adjustable strap 150mm wheels on
›› Folding toe plate a ‘3 star’ system
size: 395 x 460mm ›› Max load:
›› Mounted on 160mm 60kg on stairs
pneumatic wheels 150kg as a sack truck
on a ‘3 star’ system ›› Fitted with knuckle
›› Max load: guard hand grips,
50kg on stairs wheel guards &
150kg as truck plastic guarded skids
Adjustable strap
holding items in place
GI360Y GI370Y
Overall Size Fixed Toe Plate Size Weight Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight
H x W x D mm W x D mm kg H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
1160 x 605 x 795 410 x 200 22 GI360Y £125.95 1180 x 480 x 600 300 x 245 11 GI370Y £99.95
For safe use of stairclimbers please ensure the load does not overhang the leading edge of the toe plate
Telescopic Stairclimber Aluminium Stairclimber with Skids

›› Toe plate size: ›› Mounted on
290 x 285mm 150mm wheels on
›› Mounted on 150mm a ‘3 star’ system
wheels on a ›› Max load:
‘3 star’ system 60kg on stairs
›› Max load: 150kg as a sack truck
50kg on stairs ›› Fitted with knuckle
150kg as a sack truck guard hand grips,
›› Fitted with knuckle wheel guards &
guard hand grips plastic guarded skids
& wheel guards
GI390Y
Folded
GI390Y GI380Y

Model Price Overall Size Toe Plate Size Weight
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price
H x W x D mm W x D mm kg
1230 x 500 x 680 830 x 500 x 430 15.5 GI390Y £75.85
1180 x 500 x 550 300 x 210 8.5 GI380Y £131.95
284
284 - GPC.indd 17 06/01/2021 13:55:10

Sack Trucks
‘Proplaz®’ Folding Box Trucks
FROM ONLY
Durable plastic construction
£22.45
››
›› Opens & folds in seconds
›› Folds flat for easy carrying & storage
®
ProPlaz
box truck
i Information
HOLDS A4 FILES
PI041Y
GI040Y
i Information GI041Y
®
HOLD FOOLSCAP
LEVER ARCH & ProPlaz
BOX FILES
box truck
i Information
STRONG CANVAS BAG
Folding Box Trucks CARRY & STORE YOUR TOOLS
fold to a depth
of just 85mm
ProPlaz
box truck
GI042Y with BI045Y

removable lid
Load Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Internal Size Weight Price Price
Description Model
Capacity H x W x D mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg (each) 1+ (each) 3+
Blue/Yellow 25 kg 850 x 375 x 325 410 x 375 x 85 290 x 345 x 270 3 GI040Y £28.30 £25.80
Blue/Yellow 35 kg 990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330 4 GI041Y £33.95 £31.50
Black 35 kg 4 BI041Y £31.85 £29.15
990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330
Black with Compartment Bag 35 kg 5 BI045Y £47.75 £44.20
Pink 35 kg 990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330 4 PI041Y £24.95 £22.45
Grey/Red with removable lid 35 kg 990 x 460 x 390 470 x 460 x 85 350 x 395 x 330 5 GI042Y £37.50 £35.30
285
285 - GPC.indd 18 06/01/2021 13:55:36

ProPlaz
Platform & Shelf Trolleys ®
‘Proplaz® Blue’ Platform & Shelf Trolleys

Blue
PPU96Y PPU95Y
£265.20 £181.40
PPU96Y PPU95Y
up to
300kg PPU24Y
PPU23Y evenly
£233.70
distributed
£190.20
Assembly Available
PPU23Y to you assembled please quote
code & price with order PPU24Y
Hinged Lid Top & 1/2 Drop Side Mechanism on the 1/2 Drop Side
Platform Size Handle Size between Shelves Internal Size Load Weight Assembly
L x W x H mm Height mm Top / Bottom mm L x W x H mm Capacity kg Code / Price
Platform Trolley - Small 720 x 490 x 170 860 - - 150kg 10 ASA / £15 PPU81Y £89.75
Platform Trolley - Large 900 x 600 x 220 890 - - 300kg 15 ASA / £15 PPU91Y £125.25
Two Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 465 - 300kg 22.5 ASB / £20 PPU95Y £181.40
Three Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 208 / 208 - 300kg 30 ASC / £25 PPU96Y £265.20
Two Tier Trolley
900 x 600 x 730 920 465 - 300kg 25 ASC / £25 PPU25Y £216.85
with Wire Surround
Mesh Truck with Open
900 x 600 x 210 880 - 860 x 560 x 500 300kg 27 ASC / £25 PPU23Y £190.20
Top & ½ Drop Side
Mesh Truck with Hinged
900 x 600 x 210 895 - 860 x 560 x 500 300kg 29 ASC / £25 PPU24Y £233.70
Lid Top & ½ Drop Side
286
16 - Platform & Shelf Trolleys - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 10:41:38

Platform & Shelf Trolleys
‘Proplaz® Blue’ Platform & Shelf Trolleys
›› Constructed from re-inforced polypropylene platforms & shelves
›› Ideal for many different environments - hygienic & easy to clean
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm low noise castors
(PPU81Y has 100mm castors)
FROM ONLY
ProPlaz
up to ®
300kg
£89.75
evenly
Blue
distributed
PPU81Y
Folded
PPU91Y
i Information
HIGH QUALITY
POLYPROPYLENE
PLATFORMS &
SHELVES
PPU25Y
£216.85
Anti-slip discs on Strong sub-structure

all platforms & shelves on all units for greater PPU25Y
prevent your goods load capacity
from slipping
287

ProPlaz
Platform & Shelf Trolleys upto ®
‘Proplaz® Super Silent’ Platform & Shelf Trolleys

Super Silent
PPS76Y PPS75Y
£312.45 £228.60
PPS76Y PPS75Y
300kg PPS44Y
PPS43Y evenly
distributed
£237.45 £280.95
PPS43Y Assembly Available

To have the product delivered PPS44Y
Hinged Lid Top & 1/2 Drop Side Mechanism on the 1/2 Drop Side
Platform Size Handle Size between Shelves Internal Size Load Weight Assembly
L x W x H mm Height mm Top / Bottom mm L x W x H mm Capacity kg Code / Price
Platform Trolley - Large 900 x 600 x 220 890 - - 300kg 15 ASA / £15 PPS71Y £172.50
Two Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 465 - 300kg 22.5 ASB / £20 PPS75Y £228.60
Three Tier Trolley 900 x 600 x 730 930 208 / 208 - 300kg 30 ASC / £25 PPS76Y £312.45
Two Tier Trolley
900 x 600 x 730 920 465 - 300kg 25 ASC / £25 PPS45Y £264.10
with Wire Surround
Mesh Truck with Open
900 x 600 x 210 880 - 860 x 560 x 500 300kg 27 ASC / £25 PPS43Y £237.45
Top & ½ Drop Side
Mesh Truck with Hinged
900 x 600 x 210 895 - 860 x 560 x 500 300kg 29 ASC / £25 PPS44Y £280.95
Lid Top & ½ Drop Side
288

‘Proplaz® Super Silent’ Platform & Shelf Trolleys
›› Constructed from re-inforced polypropylene platforms & shelves
›› Ideal for many different environments - hygienic & easy to clean
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm low noise castors
FROM ONLY
ProPlaz
upto ®
£172.50
300kg
evenly
Super Silent
distributed
PPS71Y
Folded
PPS71Y
ProPlaz ®
Super Silent
PPS45Y
£264.10
The Proplaz® Super Silent units are mobile on

superior smooth running rubber, silent castors.
4 Effortless manoeuvrability with minimal resistance
4 Non-conductive, water proof & wear resistant
PPS45Y
4 REACH compliant, resistant to chemicals
& extreme temperatures
289

Platform & Shelf Trolleys upto
Plastic Platform Trolley Plastic Platform Trolleys

›› Constructed from injection moulded, ›› Constructed from injection moulded,
lightweight & hygienic plastic lightweight & hygienic plastic
›› Handle Height: 825mm ›› The handle folds neatly into the
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel recessed holes in the platform
100mm rubber castors enabling the unit to be used as a dolly
›› The platform has integral carry handles
›› GI920Y - 100kg load capacity.
Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel
75mm castors
›› GI921Y - 150kg load capacity.
100mm castors
GI152Y
Folded
GI152Y
120kg
£67.95 evenly
distributed GI921Y
Folded
GI921Y
being Carried
Assembly Available
Assembly Available
To have the product delivered GI921Y to you assembled please quote
GI152Y to you assembled please quote

Platform Size Weight Assembly
Model Price
Platform Size Weight Assembly L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
Model Price
L x W x H mm kg Code / Price 600 x 385 x 130 6 ASA / £15 GI920Y £49.95
710 x 460 x 140 8.5 ASA / £15 GI152Y £67.95 710 x 453 x 160 7 ASA / £15 GI921Y £66.85
Plastic Platform Trolleys ‘Proplaz® Connect’ Trolley/Dolly

›› Constructed from injection moulded, ›› A modular trolley/dolly system which comes
lightweight & hygienic plastic complete with a handle which can easily
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel be removed to create a dolly
100mm rubber castors ›› Constructed from a re-inforced polypropylene deck
›› Handle Height: 820mm ›› Lightweight, hygienic & easy to clean
›› GI153YW - subject to availability ›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm low noise castors
ProPlaz
®
120kg
Connect
evenly
distributed
GI153YW
COLOUR
OPTIONS PPU82Y with
handle removed
Red
Blue
Grey 120kg
evenly
White distributed
specify when ordering GI153Y in
Red
Easy carrying handle
Assembly Available PPU82Y

GI153Y in To have the product delivered
Blue to you assembled please quote Assembly Available
code & price with order To have the product delivered
Platform Size Wt Assembly
Colours Model Price
L x W x H mm kg Code / Price Platform Size Handle Weight Assembly
Model Price
White 600 x 385 x 150 6 ASA / £15 GI153YW £34.95 L x W x H mm Height mm kg Code / Price
Blue, Red or Grey 600 x 385 x 150 6 ASA / £15 GI153Y £59.95 675 x 425 x 170 860 10 ASA / £15 PPU82Y £59.50
290
290 - GPC.indd 5 06/01/2021 14:15:19

Multi Position Foldaway Trolleys
GI001Y
Folded
FROM ONLY
£69.95
GI001Y
Extended
GI111Y Quick Release

Folded Mechanism
›› Aluminium construction with a telescopic

handle & expanding/contracting base
›› Fits easily into a car boot/van
›› GI001Y incorporates a foam rubber handle for
GI111Y
your comfort, plastic load protectors on the base
of the rear uprights & corner buffers for
added protection to your walls Assembly Available
›› GI111Y incorporates fully moulded plastic ends To have the product delivered 150kg
›› Mobile on 100mm castors (2 fixed & 2 swivel) to you assembled please quote
evenly
distributed
›› Platform height: 160mm
Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight Assembly
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
Multi Position Trolley 725 x 420 x 960 570 x 420 x 230 8.5 ASA / £15 GI001Y £69.95
Multi Position Trolley with Moulded Ends 760 x 440 x 930 570 x 440 x 240 8 ASA / £15 GI111Y £89.65
291
291 - GPC.indd 6 06/01/2021 14:16:31

Folding Trolleys
FROM ONLY
£57.75
250kg
evenly 150kg
distributed evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
GI102Y
GI103Y
i Information
›› Flat pressed sheet steel base with PVC surface
›› GI102Y - mobile on 100mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel rubber castors
FLAT PRESSED ›› GI103Y - mobile on 125mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel rubber castors
STEEL BASE WITH Overall Size Weight Assembly
Model Price
PVC SURFACE
725 x 472 x 820 9.5 ASA / £15 GI102Y £57.75
907 x 608 x 850 16.5 ASA / £15 GI103Y £89.95
Wooden Deck Trolley ‘Foldaway’ Platform Trolley

›› This trolley has a high quality wooden deck ›› Unique wheels which fold underneath the
& chrome plated folding handle platform when the handle is folded
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, & 2 swivel 100mm ›› Plastic platform with integral carry handles
non-marking rubber castors 150kg ›› Telescopic handle with 3 heights: 720/820/920mm
›› Subject to availability evenly
distributed
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 100mm castors
GI110Y
Folded GI392Y carried
GI392Y
folded
GI392Y
folded
GI392Y
handle recess
GI392Y
GI110Y
120kg
evenly
distributed
Braked Castors
Overall Size Weight Overall Size Folded Size Weight
L x W x H mm kg L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg
740 x 480 x 860 11 GI110Y £59.95 680 x 410 x 920 680 x 410 x 80 7 GI392Y £116.85
292
292 - GPC.indd 7 06/01/2021 14:17:12

Deluxe Folding Trolleys
›› Yellow foam covered handle for your comfort
›› Flat pressed sheet steel base with PVC surface
›› GIK02Y - mobile on 100mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel polyurethane castors
›› GIK03Y - mobile on 125mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel polyurethane castors
300kg
evenly
distributed
150kg
evenly
distributed
GIK02Y
Folded
Assembly Available
to you assembled please quote GIK02Y GIK03Y i Information
HIGH QUALITY
Model Price SMOOTH RUNNING
740 x 482 x 830 9.5 ASA / £15 GIK02Y £73.85 CASTORS
914 x 620 x 870 16.5 ASA / £15 GIK03Y £109.10
Large Wheeled Folding Trolley with a

Foam Covered Handle
›› Foldable handle makes this unit easy to store
›› Heavy duty 200mm 2 fixed & 2 swivel
pneumatic wheels - ideal for rough terrain 350kg
evenly
distributed
GI009P
Folded
Assembly Available
Platform Size Handle Folded Weight Assembly GI009P

Model Price
L x W x H mm Height mm Height mm kg Code / Price
870 x 560 x 260 900 300 22 ASB / £20 GI009P £168.20
293
293 - GPC.indd 8 06/01/2021 14:18:40

Pro-Dek Heavy Duty Platform Trolleys with ‘QuietCastors’
›› Heavy duty plastic trolley with corner buffers
›› Can be stacked 5 high for easy storage ›› Complete with mechanism protectors
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked non-marking rubber ‘QuietCastors’
FROM ONLY
£104.25
GI918Y
GI918Y Carried
Folded
Carry
Handles
Braked ‘QuietCastors’
Assembly Available
GI918Y To have the product delivered
GI918Y Stacked 5 high code & price with order
Overall Size Overall Size - Folded Capacity Castor Weight Assembly

Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg Size mm kg Code / Price
740 x 468 x 930 740 x 468 x 274 200 100 8.5 ASA / £15 GI918Y £104.25
900 x 610 x 945 900 x 610 x 298 350 125 13 ASA / £15 GI919Y £145.75
Plastic Platform Trolley

›› 3 position handle:
›› Upright - for pushing
›› Angled - for towing
›› Flat - for use as a dolly
›› Manufactured from rugged structural foam plastic
›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel non-marking 125mm rubber castors
i Information
3 POSITION
Easy to
HANDLE carry
HI914C folded
for use as a dolly
180kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
HI914C To have the product delivered
Platform Size Handle Weight Assembly

Model Price
L x W x H mm Height mm kg Code / Price
790 x 500 x 150 800 11 ASA / £15 HI914C £119.95
HI914C - Angled
294

Platform Truck
PI100Y
Heavy duty veneer supported by a steel frame
£119.50
››
250kg
evenly
distributed
PI100Y
Platform Handle Platform Weight Assembly PI100Y

Model Price
Size mm Height mm Height mm kg Code / Price
990 x 490 900 140 12.5 ASC / £25 PI100Y £119.50
Platform Trucks
›› Protected wood edges ›› Strong & manoeuvrable
›› The deck & sides are of heavy duty veneer supported
by a steel frame. PI205Y has a plywood base
›› Sides/ends are fixed in position FROM ONLY
Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked rubber castors
£199.75
››
PI207Y PI205Y
Up to
500kg
evenly
distributed
PI200Y
Assembly Available
PI208Y To have the product delivered
Capacity Platform Handle Platform Plywood Wheel Weight Assembly

kg Size mm Height mm Height mm Depth mm Size mm kg Code / Price
Single Bar End 810 - 200 28 ASC / £25 PI200Y £199.75
4 Corner Uprights 500 1000 x 700 900 - 200 27.5 ASC / £25 PI205Y £230.95
240
2 Tubular Bar Sides 820 - 200 35.5 ASC / £25 PI207Y £244.05
4 Plywood ½ Sides 300 850 x 500 880 250 150 25.5 ASC / £25 PI208Y £217.85
295
295 - GPC.indd 10 06/01/2021 14:19:33

Platform Trucks with Sides & Ends
›› Super quality heavy duty veneer deck finish
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked, steel centred 200mm rubber castors
›› Sides, ends & deck are supported by a steel frame
›› Available with mesh or heavy duty veneer sides & ends
Heavy Duty Braked Castors
PI816H
Heavy Duty Veneer Deck

with Mesh Sides & Ends
PI811H
Heavy Duty Veneer Deck

with Veneer Sides & Ends
500kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
PI812H PI813H PI814H
Platform Size: 1000 x 700 mm Platform Size: 1200 x 800 mm

Platform
Description Overall Size Assembly Overall Size Assembly
Height mm Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
H x L mm Code / Price H x L mm Code / Price
Platform Trucks with Veneer Sides & Ends
Single Veneer End 35 kg ASD / £30 PI811H £244.50 38 kg ASD / £30 PI831H £263.50
2 Veneer Ends 41 kg ASD / £30 PI812H £268.75 44 kg ASD / £30 PI832H £301.05
2 Veneer Sides 270 1050 x 1300 43 kg ASD / £30 PI816H £297.70 1050 x 1500 46 kg ASD / £30 PI836H £324.10
3 Veneer Sides 44 kg ASE / £35 PI813H £294.10 49 kg ASE / £35 PI833H £327.15
4 Veneer Sides 45 kg ASE / £35 PI814H £310.95 50 kg ASE / £35 PI834H £336.50
Platform Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends
Single Mesh End 35 kg ASD / £30 PI801H £244.50 38 kg ASD / £30 PI821H £263.50
2 Mesh Ends 41 kg ASD / £30 PI802H £268.75 44 kg ASD / £30 PI822H £301.05
2 Mesh Sides 270 1050 x 1300 43 kg ASD / £30 PI806H £297.70 1050 x 1500 46 kg ASD / £30 PI826H £324.10
3 Mesh Sides 44 kg ASE / £35 PI803H £294.10 49 kg ASE / £35 PI823H £327.15
4 Mesh Sides 45 kg ASE / £35 PI804H £310.95 50 kg ASE / £35 PI824H £336.50
296
296 - GPC.indd 11 06/01/2021 14:20:02

FROM ONLY
£244.50
PI806H
500kg
evenly
distributed
PI801H
PI802H PI804H
PI803H
297
297 - GPC.indd 12 06/01/2021 14:20:29

Shelf & Tray
Platform & Shelf
Trolleys
Trolleys
Fort® Platform Trucks - Plywood
›› These platform trucks are fitted with parking brakes in accordance
manufactured with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber tyred castors
except 850 x 500mm base size which has 160mm castors
5YR
GUARANTEE FB300H Fort Folding
£330.85 Platform Trucks
500kg braked rubber tyred castors
evenly
distributed ›› FT119H - 125mm castors (350kg load cap.)
FB300H
›› FT319H - 160mm castors (450kg load cap.)
FT119H Folded
FT311H
FT119H
£394.15 £296.10
FT119H
FT311H Overall Size Folded Size Wt

Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg
830 x 460 x 910 760 x 460 x 290 14 FT119H £296.10
1000 x 600 x 960 930 x 600 x 340 21 FT319H £351.95
FT306H FT312H
FT314H
£418.60 £458.10
£536.00
FT314H FT306H FT312H
Base Size - mm Base Size - mm Base Size - mm Base Size - mm Base Size - mm
850L x 500W 1000L x 600W 1000L x 700W 1200L x 600W 1200L x 800W
Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm
Description 990L x 500W x 980H 1140L x 600W x 1020H 1140L x 700W x 1020H 1340L x 600W x 1020H 1340L x 800W x 1020H
Base Height - mm Base Height - mm Base Height - mm Base Height - mm Base Height - mm
240 280 280 280 280
Plywood Deck Units with Plywood Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame
Single Plywood End FT111H £336.65 FT211H £370.55 FT311H £394.15 FT411H £382.10 FT511H £420.25
Double Plywood End FT112H £392.95 FT212H £430.25 FT312H £458.10 FT412H £442.05 FT512H £488.20
3 Plywood Sides FT113H £383.45 FT213H £469.20 FT313H £497.00 FT413H £482.30 FT513H £528.50
4 Plywood Sides FT114H £409.75 FT214H £508.35 FT314H £536.00 FT414H £522.65 FT514H £568.65
Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame
Base Only FB100H £280.35 FB200H £311.65 FB300H £330.85 FB400H £324.20 FB500H £354.30
Single Bar End FT100H £316.75 FT200H £357.45 FT300H £378.50 FT400H £373.45 FT500H £406.55
2 Bar Sides FT106H £354.45 FT206H £396.40 FT306H £418.60 FT406H £412.40 FT506H £448.25
Adjustable Board Trolley - - - - FT307H £456.55 FT407H £450.40 FT507H £484.40
298

Fort® Platform Trucks - Plywood with Mesh
with the recommendations of EuroNorm BS EN 1757-3, 2002
5YR
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly
distributed
manufactured
FT307H
£456.55
FT307H
See opposite
page for the FT301H
specification & price
£407.50
FT305H FT301H
£615.05
FT305H
FT302H FT303H FT304H
£476.30 £530.65 £584.85
FT302H
FT303H FT304H
240 280 280 280 280
Plywood Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame
Single Mesh End FT101H £338.05 FT201H £383.00 FT301H £407.50 FT401H £398.85 FT501H £436.95
Double Mesh End FT102H £396.25 FT202H £447.05 FT302H £476.30 FT402H £462.95 FT502H £508.80
3 Mesh Sides FT103H £439.70 FT203H £501.30 FT303H £530.65 FT403H £520.90 FT503H £566.60
4 Mesh Sides & ½ Drop Side FT105H £511.65 FT205H £585.85 FT305H £615.05 FT405H £608.80 FT505H £654.75
299

Shelf & Tray
Platform & Shelf
Trolleys
Trolleys
Fort® Platform Trucks - Phenolic
500kg
evenly
distributed
5YR
GUARANTEE
FT320H
manufactured
£440.70
i Information
WATERPROOF &
WEATHERPROOF
IDEAL FOR
FT320H
OUTDOOR USE
FT331H
£485.35
FT325H
FT331H £677.65 FT325H
FT333H FT332H
FT334H
£759.95 £664.75 £569.85
FT334H FT332H
FT333H
240 280 280 280 280
Phenolic Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame
4 Mesh Sides & ½ Drop Side FT125H £550.10 FT225H £632.10 FT325H £677.65 FT425H £654.15 FT525H £716.05
Phenolic Deck Units with Phenolic Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame
Single Phenolic End FT131H £389.90 FT231H £448.80 FT331H £485.35 FT431H £463.90 FT531H £527.00
Double Phenolic End FT132H £463.20 FT232H £532.00 FT332H £569.85 FT432H £549.50 FT532H £627.45
3 Phenolic Sides FT133H £476.40 FT233H £626.85 FT333H £664.75 FT433H £643.05 FT533H £723.50
4 Phenolic Sides FT134H £532.15 FT234H £722.00 FT334H £759.95 FT434H £739.05 FT534H £819.30
Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame
300

Fort® Platform Trucks - Galvanised with Mesh
500kg
evenly
distributed
5YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FT346H
£524.70
FT346H
FT341H
£513.45
FT347H
£551.60
FT341H
FT347H
FT343H FT344H
FT342H
£582.45 £636.90 £691.25
FT342H
FT343H FT344H
240 280 280 280 280
Galvanised Deck Units with Mesh Sides & Ends in a Tubular Frame
4 Mesh Sides & ½ Half Drop Side FT145H £587.50 FT245H £664.45 FT345H £721.15 FT445H £686.90 FT545H £759.95
Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame
301

Shelf & Tray
Platform & Shelf
Trolleys
Trolleys
Galvanised Platform Trolley Aluminium Platform Trolley
›› Chrome handle & galvanised deck ›› Ergonomically designed folding handles
›› All round PVC buffer ›› Fits easily into a car boot/van
›› Handle height: 860mm ›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 180mm castors
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm rubber castors
GI064Y
Folded GI066Y
Folded
300kg
evenly
distributed
300kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
Assembly Available GI066Y to you assembled please quote
To have the product delivered code & price with order
GI064Y to you assembled please quote
Overall Size Handle
Platform Size Weight Assembly
Platform Size Folded Weight Assembly Folded Height Model Price
Model Price L x W mm kg Code / Price
L x W x H mm Height mm kg Code / Price L x W x H mm mm
880 x 590 x 185 330 25 ASB / £20 GI064Y £186.40 900 x 610 x 395 900 x 610 1040 19 ASB / £20 GI066Y £219.85
Stainless Steel Platform Trucks Folding Stainless Steel Trolleys

›› Heavy duty type 304 stainless steel truck ›› Stainless steel corrosion resistant platform & handle
›› Suitable for food processing plants, laundries etc ›› Handle folds for ease of storage
›› Mobile on 4 swivel (2 braked) ›› Mobile on 4 swivel (2 braked)
125mm rubber tyred castors 100mm rubber tyred castors
5YR
GUARANTEE
100kg
evenly
distributed
100kg
evenly
distributed
SST01Y
SST515

Model Price
Shelves L x W x H mm kg
Overall Size Folded Weight
Model Price
1 880 x 575 x 905 11 SST01Y £475.65 L x W x H mm Height mm kg
2 700 x 435 x 905 12 SST02Y £437.00 515 x 820 x 970 185 15 SST515 £277.35
302
302 - GPC.indd 17 06/01/2021 14:21:15

Heavy Duty Container Dolly
300kg
evenly
distributed
ONLY
£73.50
PD665Y
Carry Handle
Rear Tow
Hook
PD665Y
›› Ideal for carrying 600 x 400mm containers. The rim around the
deck of the dolly helps to keep the containers/boxes on the unit
›› The unit incorporates a handy carry handle & tow hook
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 75mm polypropylene castors (2 braked)
Overall Size Weight PD665Y
Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
670 x 460 x 145 5.5 PD665Y £73.50
Heavy Duty Plastic Dolly Wooden Dolly

›› Strong & durable ›› Strong & durable MDF wood dolly with 4 anti-slip pads
›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm ›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm polypropylene swivel castors
polypropylene swivel 200kg PD663Y
evenly
castors distributed Carried
150kg
ONLY evenly
distributed
£87.50 Anti-slip pads
PD350N
PD663Y

L x W x H mm kg L x W x H mm kg
610 x 405 x 125 6 PD350N £87.50 580 x 290 x 110 4 PD663Y £32.75
303
303 - GPC.indd 18 06/01/2021 14:21:54

Interconnecting Dollies
›› Each pack consists of 2 dollies. For a
greater saving purchase 5 packs (10 dollies)
›› Simply ‘snap lock’ the dollies together
to create your required size
›› Mobile on 4 x 50mm polypropylene castors FROM ONLY
150kg
evenly
distributed £53.10
per Dolly
i Information
SIMPLY SNAP
LOCK THE DOLLIES
TOGETHER TO
CREATE YOUR
REQUIRED SIZE
PD638Y Overall Size Weight Pack Price 5 Pack Price

Model
L x W x H mm kg (per Pair) (per Pair)
485 x 380 x 85 5 PD638Y £65.30 £53.10
‘Connect ‘N’ Roll’ Dollies

›› Each pack consists of 2 dollies (1 black
& 1 red). For a greater saving purchase
10 packs (10 black & 10 red dollies)
›› Simply ‘snap lock’ the dollies
together to create your required size
›› Mobile on 4 x 40mm
polypropylene castors
Handling Equipment
FROM ONLY
£19.95
6 x PD502Y
35kg ‘CONNE
evenly CT
distributed N
ROLL’
per Dolly DOLLIE
S
SNAP LOCK THE DOLLIES TOGETHER

TO CREATE YOUR REQUIRED SIZE
Overall Size Weight Pack Price 10 Pack Price

Model
L x W x H mm kg (per Pair) (per Pair)
6 x PD502Y
260 x 260 x 65 2 PD502Y £24.95 £19.95
304
304 - GPC.indd 19 06/01/2021 14:22:26

Plastic Dollies
i Information ›› Strong, robust & versatile
›› Ideal for use with 600 x 400mm containers
EASY WAY ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors
OF MOVING
CONTAINERS
250kg
evenly
distributed
PD064S
Overall Size Weight

L x W x H mm kg
PDT63S
Dolly 600 x 400 x 170 4 PD064S £76.85
Containers not Included
Dolly with Handle 610 x 400 x 930 9 PDT63S £110.95
Carpeted Dollies Furniture Dolly

›› Strong & durable ›› Supplied in pairs
›› Hardwood construction ›› Fitted with ribbed green carpet
with carpeted ends ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors
200kg
evenly
distributed
per Dolly
FD900Y
FD400Y
FD201N
Overall Size Load Weight Price Price

Model
L x W mm Capacity kg 1 Off (each) 2+
460 x 310 450 kg 5.5 FD400Y £39.95 £34.95
Overall Size Weight Pack Price 2+ Pack Price
Model
450 x 750 380 kg 8 FD750Y £45.75 £39.50 L x W x H mm kg (per Pair) (per Pair)
600 x 900 300 kg 10 FD900Y £62.75 £54.20 600 x 300 x 130 5 FD201N £89.85 £84.20
‘Mini’ Plastic Platform Dolly

100kg
›› Constructed from injection moulded, evenly
distributed
lightweight & hygienic plastic
plastic swivel castors
GI154Y
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Grey
Blue Easy carrying handle
Platform Size Weight Price Price

Colour Model
L x W x H mm kg (each) 1+ (each) 3+
Blue, Red & Grey 600 x 400 x 110 3.5 GI154Y £48.80 £37.50
305
305 - GPC.indd 20 06/01/2021 14:23:26

‘Proplaz® Handy’ Tool Trolley
100kg ›› High quality hardwearing black plastic
evenly
distributed shelves with aluminium uprights
›› Complete with optional shelf dividers to keep your tools tidy
›› Ideal for use in warehouses, workshops, warehouses etc
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
Complete with optional shelf

dividers to easily keep your tools &
fixings tidy & organised
ProPlaz ®
Handy HI663Y
HI663Y Assembly Available

To have the product delivered Overall Size Weight Assembly
to you assembled please quote Model Price
1310 x 550 x 460 8 ASB / £20 HI663Y £119.95
‘Proplaz Super Silent’

®
Shelf Trolleys
›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm
ultra smooth silent castors
›› Constructed from re-inforced
polypropylene shelves
›› Ideal for hospitals, libraries, laboratories,
offices, warehouses, workshops etc
›› Lightweight, hygienic & easy to clean
ProPlaz
®
Super Silent
Anti-slip discs on
all platforms & shelves
prevent your goods
from slipping
PPS97Y
PPS98Y Assembly Available

to you assembled please quote Strong sub-structure
Super Silent castors - see code & price with order on all units for greater
page 289 for more information load capacity
Platform Size Handle Size between Shelves Load Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm Height mm Top / Bottom mm Capacity kg Code / Price
Three Tier Trolley with Mesh Ends 900 x 600 x 1000 1200 300 / 300 300kg 30 ASC / £25 PPS97Y £306.80
Three Tier Trolley with Mesh Side & Ends 900 x 600 x 1000 1200 300 / 300 300kg 31 ASC / £25 PPS98Y £339.55
306

ProPlaz
‘Proplaz® Fold’ Folding Trolley ®
›› A versatile & extremely useful folding
Fold
trolley manufactured with an anodised
aluminium frame & polypropylene shelves
›› Ideal for use in offices, shops, schools etc
›› Can be folded in one simple move -
ideal in areas where space is limited Easy Fold
›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel Mechanism
polypropylene castors (2 braked)
›› Clearance between shelves: 300mm
›› Capacity of 25kg per shelf U.D.L.
›› Shelf size: 560L x 370W mm
CI583Y
£124.20
75kg
evenly
distributed
CI583Y
CI583Y Part Folded
Folded
Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight CI583Y

Model Price
430 x 670 x 850 430 x 200 x 1060 8 CI583Y £124.20
Steel Folding Trolley

›› Sturdy, easy to fold & neat to store
›› Ideal for use in offices, warehouses, schools etc
›› Can be folded in one simple move
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber
tyred castors, 2 with brakes
›› Size when folded: 580L x 100W x 1080H mm
›› Capacity of 25kg per shelf U.D.L.
(30kg U.D.L. on the top shelf)
80kg
evenly
distributed
CI203Y
£158.85
CI203Y
Folded CI203Y
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
580 x 450 x 890 14 CI203Y £158.85
307
307 - GPC.indd 22 06/01/2021 14:24:01

ProPlaz
Platform & Shelf Trolleys ®
‘Proplaz®’ Shelf Trolleys
150kg
evenly
distributed
HI291Y
HI292Y
£232.00 £300.65
i Information HI292Y
HI291Y
LOCKABLE
DRAWERS &
CUPBOARDS
Smooth running drawers on all units
HI393Y
£334.25
150kg
evenly
distributed
HI393Y with the HI393Y with the

Assembly Available
To have the product delivered cupboard closed cupboard open
Overall Size Size between Shelves Load Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm Top / Bottom mm Capacity kg kg Code / Price
750 x 460 x 940 10 ASB / £20 HI275Y £119.45
2 Shelf Trolley 560 150
990 x 515 x 970 15 ASB / £20 HI299Y £187.85
750 x 460 x 980 13 ASB / £20 HI375Y £136.05
3 Shelf Trolley 280 / 280 150
990 x 515 x 1010 21 ASB / £20 HI399Y £230.55
750 x 460 x 980 15 ASC / £25 HI346Y £222.70
3 Shelf Trolley with high quality Plastic Sides 280 / 280 150
990 x 515 x 1010 25 ASC / £25 HI351Y £279.40
2 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer 16 ASC / £25 HI291Y £232.00
750 x 460 x 940 560 150
2 Shelf Trolley with 2 x Steel Drawers 20 ASD / £30 HI292Y £300.65
3 Shelf Trolley with a Lockable Steel Drawer & Cupboard 750 x 460 x 980 280 150 24 ASD / £30 HI393Y £334.25
308
308 - GPC.indd 23 06/01/2021 14:24:26

‘Proplaz®’ Shelf Trolleys
ProPlaz
›› High quality hardwearing black
®
plastic shelves with grey
anodised aluminium uprights
›› Ideal for warehouses,
garages, workshops,
laboratories etc
swivel castors (2
with brakes)
›› HI291Y, HI292Y &
HI393Y incorporate
smooth running grey
drawers & model HI393Y
also has a black
plastic cupboard
HI375Y
£136.05
Red Comfort Grip Handles
150kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
ALL SHELVES HAVE
HI375Y
RETENTION LIPS
ON 3 SIDES
HI351Y HI346Y
HI275Y
£279.40 £222.70
£119.45
HI275Y
HI351Y HI346Y
309
309 - GPC.indd 24 06/01/2021 14:24:50

Shelf Trolleys 100kg
evenly
›› Hygienic - easy to clean distributed

›› Plastic shelves with strong aluminium uprights
›› Model HI424Y has a 25mm lip on
3 sides & a 5mm rim on 1 side
›› HI524Y has a full 25mm lip surround
›› Mobile on 4 swivel non marking rubber castors
›› Optional plastic buckets are available
HI424Y
120kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
HI524Y
Overall Size Wheel Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm Size mm kg Code / Price
3 Shelf 850 x 420 x 910 75 8 ASB / £20 HI424Y £113.70

Grey Trolley 1030 x 510 x 960 100 19 ASB / £20 HI524Y £153.70
Optional 332 x 232 x 172

Buckets 336 x 236 x 562
- - - HI004Z £39.90*
HI424Y & HI004Z *price applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.
Plastic Service Trolleys ›› 70mm deep trays

›› Heavy duty construction
›› Push/pull handle has
integral storage facility
2 swivel 125mm
rubber castors
FROM ONLY 225kg
£181.60
evenly
distributed
HI934C
HI935C
HI924C & HI934C Tool Handle

2 Tray Unit 18 ASC / £25 HI924C £181.60
950 x 440 x 850
Assembly Available 3 Tray Unit 22 ASD / £30 HI934C £231.05
2 Tray Unit 23 ASC / £25 HI925C £214.80
to you assembled please quote 1100 x 650 x 850
code & price with order 3 Tray Unit 30 ASD / £30 HI935C £282.25
HI925C & HI935C Tool Handle
310
310 - GPC.indd 25 07/01/2021 11:10:13

‘Proplaz® Plus’ Trolleys with Deep Trays
›› High quality hardwearing black plastic trays ProPlaz ®
››
with grey anodised aluminium uprights
Ideal for warehouses, garages, workshops etc Plus
›› Tray depth of 100mm
›› HIT32Y - comes complete with buckets which attach
to the top shelf. Bucket sizes are: 200H x 350W x 240Dmm
& 470H x 350W x 240Dmm
FROM ONLY
£147.20
150kg
evenly
distributed
HIT29Y
HIT31Y
HIT32Y
Assembly Available
Overall Size Size between Shelves Weight Assembly

2 Tray Trolley 870 x 490 x 990 553 10.5 ASB / £20 HIT29Y £147.20
3 Tray Trolley 870 x 490 x 1050 275 / 275 11.5 ASC / £25 HIT31Y £175.75
3 Tray Trolley (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays) 1100 x 490 x 1030 275 / 275 13.5 ASC / £25 HIT32Y £203.60
180kg
evenly
distributed
FREE!
10 YR
GUARANTEE
GI402L
›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ›› Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip GI403L
›› Ergonomic push handle moulded into the top shelf ›› Depth of storage trays: 63mm
›› Mobile on 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brake
›› These units are ideal for heavy duty use in workshops, maintenance departments,
Assembly Available
storerooms, warehouses, electronic, chemical & pharmaceutical industries To have the product delivered to
›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical you assembled please quote code
current & is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions & price with order

2 Storage Trays 571.5 10 ASB / £20 GI402L £181.85
895 x 457 x 920
3 Storage Trays 266 / 266 14 ASB / £20 GI403L £227.60
311
311 - GPC.indd 26 07/01/2021 11:11:44

‘Super Strength®’ Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys
GI335L GI334L
£251.10 £201.50
150kg
evenly
distributed
GI335L GI334L
FREE! 10 YR
GUARANTEE
175kg
evenly
distributed
GI337L
GI237L Assembly Available

2 Shelf Trolley (2 flat shelves) 610 x 458 x 840 660 8 ASB / £20 GI241L £119.95
3 Shelf Trolley (3 flat shelves) 610 x 458 x 840 305 / 305 11 ASB / £20 GI341L £139.20
2 Shelf Trolley (2 flat shelves) 890 x 610 x 880 650 16 ASB / £20 GI334L £201.50
3 Shelf Trolley (3 flat shelves) 890 x 610 x 865 292 / 292 22 ASB / £20 GI335L £251.10
2 Storage Trays - Black 610 x 460 x 980 660 10.5 ASB / £20 GI927L £145.50
3 Storage Trays - Black 610 x 460 x 1000 305 / 305 14 ASB / £20 GI937L £179.70
2 Storage Trays - Grey 610 x 460 x 980 660 10.5 ASB / £20 GI627L £161.10
3 Storage Trays - Grey 610 x 460 x 1000 305 / 305 14 ASB / £20 GI637L £204.30
2 Storage Trays - Black 920 x 640 x 960 635 20 ASB / £20 GI237L £300.45
3 Storage Trays - Black 920 x 640 x 975 280 / 280 24 ASC / £25 GI337L £401.90
312

‘Super Strength®’ Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys
›› Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys
›› Easy to clean - will not rust, dent or chip
›› Ideal for workshops, storerooms,
warehouses, automotive, electronics,
chemical & pharmaceutical industries
›› Manufactured from a non conductive
polyethylene which will not pass an
electrical current & is unaffected by GI341L
battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions
›› Models GI237L & GI337L have a higher £139.20
load capacity as the shelves are
re-inforced with a steel bar
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking
rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes
Optional Buckets
›› Set of 2 buckets to suit “Super Strength”
Trolleys with Storage Trays
GI241L
Complete with
removable,
half open lids
Overall Size Weight
Model Price GI341L
H x W x D mm kg
229 x 356 x 260 2 GI004L £57.00
*price applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.
i Information
UNAFFECTED BY
BATTERY ACID,
10 YR
GUARANTEE
150kg
evenly
distributed FREE!
SOLVENTS &
CLEANING
SOLUTIONS
GI937L GI627L
GI927L GI637L
313

Service Trolleys with Coloured Shelves ›› Super strong thermoplastic
moulded trolleys
›› Versatile & easy to clean -
will not rust, dent or chip
›› Ideal for offices, schools
& hospitals etc
›› Resistant to most substances
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm rubber
castors, 2 with brake
90kg
evenly
distributed
FREE!
Assembly Available
GI426CW GI425W code & price with order
Overall Size Size Between Wt Assembly Size Between Wt Assembly

L x W x H mm Shelves mm kg Code / Price Shelves mm kg Code / Price
Service Trolleys (610L x 457W x 1067Hmm) available in Green, Red, Blue or Cream
610 x 457 x 1067 3 Shelf Trolley 419 / 419 13 ASB / £20 GI425W £107.25 2 Shelf Trolley with Cabinet 419 / 419 22 ASC / £25 GI426CW £201.10
Service Trolleys with Coloured Shelves

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys
›› Ideal for colour coded departments
›› Resistant to most substances
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber
castors, 2 with brakes
›› Yellow shelves are subject to availability
10 YR
GUARANTEE
Assembly Available
GI844CW SHELF COLOUR

OPTIONS
GI843W
Red
90kg Yellow
evenly
distributed FREE! Blue
GI826CW

3 Shelf Trolley 13 ASB / £20 GI843W £180.85
610 x 457 x 864 216 / 419
2 Shelf Trolley with Cupboard 21 ASC / £25 GI844CW £359.00
3 Shelf Trolley 14 ASB / £20 GI825W £186.45
610 x 457 x 1067 419 / 419
2 Shelf Trolley with Cupboard 22 ASC / £25 GI826CW £364.65
314

Coloured Service Trolleys
150kg
›› Super strong polyethylene evenly
distributed
moulded trolleys
›› Easy to clean - will not
rust, dent or chip
›› Manufactured from a non
conductive polyethylene
which will not pass an
electrical current & is
unaffected by battery
acid, solvents &
cleaning solutions
swivel castors, 2
with brakes
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red GI852LR
GI852LG
Blue
Green
Assembly Available
FREE! GI852LB
Size Between Red Blue Green

Overall Size Wt Assembly
Description Shelves
L x W x H mm kg Code/Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
Top/Bottom
2 Shelf - top flat shelf, bottom storage trays 660mm 11 ASB / £20 GI851LR £113.70 GI851LB £113.70 GI851LG £113.70
3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays 610 x 458 x 980 305 / 305mm 12 ASB / £20 GI852LR £127.00 GI852LB £127.00 - -
3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays 305 / 305mm 13.5 ASB / £20 GI853LR £137.90 GI853LB £137.90 GI853LG £137.90
3 Shelf - top & middle flat shelves & bottom storage trays 280 / 280mm 26 ASB / £20 - - - - GI862LG £234.00
813 x 610 x 915
3 Shelf - top, middle & bottom storage trays 280 / 280mm 28 ASB / £20 GI863LR £281.50 GI863LB £281.50
150kg
evenly
distributed
150kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
GI488CL
To have the product delivered GI347L
to you assembled please quote FREE!
›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys which are easy to clean, versatile & will not rust, dent or chip
›› Ideal for workshops, storerooms, warehouses, automotive, electronics, chemical & pharmaceutical industries
›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which will not pass an electrical current
& is unaffected by battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non-marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes ›› Subject to availability

Top flat shelf, cupboard with flat shelf 895 x 615 x 1230 480 / 388 39 ASE / £35 GI488CL £276.95
2 Shelf (Top storage tray, Bottom flat shelf) 610 x 468 x 864 598 12 ASB / £20 GI347L £97.25
315

Shelf Trolleys ›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys - will not rust, dent or chip.
These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in many different environments
›› Constructed from a
non conductive material
- resistant to most
substances
rubber swivel castors,
2 with brakes
10 YR
GUARANTEE
FREE!
GI541L
150kg
evenly
distributed
No Clearance
Overall Size Wt Assembly
of Between Model Price
Shelves Shelves
Assembly Available
GI534L To have the product delivered
3 610 x 458 x 840 305 mm 11 ASB / £20 GI541L £173.85
code & price with order 2 890 x 610 x 880 650 mm 16 ASC / £20 GI534L £252.75
Shelf Trolleys
GI535L
GI543L
150kg
evenly
distributed
GI538L
FREE!
›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys - will not rust, dent or chip GI536L
›› These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in many different environments
›› Constructed from a non conductive material - resistant to most substances
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes
Assembly Available
›› Subject to availability to you assembled please quote
Standard Range Larger Range
No Clearance No Clearance
Overall Size Wt Assembly Overall Size Wt Assembly
of Between Model Price of Between Model Price
L x W x H mm kg Code / Price L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
Shelves Shelves Shelves Shelves
3 890 x 610 x 865 292 mm 22 ASB / £20 GI535L £228.00

4 610 x 458 x 915 222 mm 13 ASB / £20 GI542L £167.00
4 813 x 610 x 915 203 mm 24 ASB / £20 GI536L £254.75
5 610 x 458 x 915 159 mm 17 ASB / £20 GI543L £181.00 5 813 x 610 x 1220 203 mm 29 ASC / £25 GI537L £281.00
6 610 x 458 x 1143 159 mm 19 ASC / £25 GI544L £187.50 6 813 x 610 x 1423 203 mm 34 ASD / £30 GI538L £316.00
316
316 - GPC.indd 31 30/12/2020 14:47:08

›› Super strong black polyethylene moulded trolleys
›› Easy to clean, versatile - will not rust, dent or chip
›› Constructed from a non-conductive
material, resistant to most substances 150kg
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm non marking
rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes YR
GUARANTEE
10 evenly
distributed
150kg
evenly
distributed
FREE!
Assembly Available
to you assembled please quote GI644L
GI645L code & price with order

Top flat shelf, middle & bottom storage trays 13 ASB / £20 GI644L £175.00
610 x 460 x 970 300 / 300
Top & bottom storage trays, middle flat shelf 13 ASB / £20 GI645L £185.05
Plastic Multi Purpose Trolleys with Half Shelf Top Tray
FREE!
175kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
GI652L to you assembled please quote
GI653L
›› Depth of trays: 70mm

›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ›› Will not rust, dent or chip - versatile & easy to clean
›› Multi purpose trolleys constructed from a non-conductive material, resistant to most substances
›› Ideal for use in the automotive & electronics industry, workshops, maintenance departments etc
›› Fitted with 4 x 100mm non marking rubber swivel castors, 2 with brakes ›› Subject to availability
Overall Size Size Between Weight Assembly

L x W x H mm Shelves Top / Bottom kg Code / Price
2 Shelf, plus additional half shelf storage tray 810 x 610 x 997 200 / 460 mm 21.5 ASB / £20 GI652L £166.45
3 Shelf, plus additional half shelf storage tray 810 x 610 x 1244 200 / 250 / 250 mm 23 ASC / £25 GI653L £204.55
317

Shelf Trolley
›› Super strong polyethylene
moulded trolleys
›› Ideal for use in storerooms, 225kg
evenly
warehouses etc distributed
›› Integral cup holder & tool
compartments in the handle
›› Size between shelves: 558mm
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel
braked rubber 130mm
plate fixing castors
FREE! 10 YR
GUARANTEE
GI699L
Assembly Available
To have the product delivered GI699L
Overall Size Weight Assembly to you assembled please quote
Model Price
L x W x H mm kg Code / Price code & price with order
1155 x 622 x 838 17 ASB / £20 GI699L £245.00
Service Trolleys with a Lockable Toolbox
GI695L
110mm deep
Lockable Toolbox
180kg
evenly
distributed
GI694L
›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys complete

with a lockable toolbox (110mm deep) which can be
secured to the top tray using the fixings provided
›› Mobile on 100mm non-marking rubber
swivel castors, 2 with brake
›› Ideal for workshops, maintenance departments,
stores, warehouses, chemical/pharmaceutical industries
›› Manufactured from a non conductive polyethylene which
Assembly Available
will not pass an electrical current & is unaffected by
to you assembled please quote battery acid, solvents & cleaning solutions
FREE! code & price with order
2 Shelf with Toolbox 571.5 22 ASB / £20 GI694L £177.50
895 x 457 x 920
3 Shelf with Toolbox 266 / 266 26 ASB / £20 GI695L £203.40
318

‘Proplaz®’ Clever Folding Trolley
›› Load capacity: 25kg on top tray 70kg
evenly
45kg on bottom tray distributed
›› Manufactured from injection moulded
plastic & anodised aluminium
›› Folding boxes are stackable & are kept
securely in place by male & female connectors
›› Folding box has a capacity of 46 litres
›› Folding boxes can be stacked up to 4 high FROM ONLY
Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110D mm
£179.80
››
ProPlaz
clever trolley
2 x GC066Z
Brake Mechanism Box Fixing Mechanism
GC062Y
Folding Box Male & Female Connectors
FROM THIS TO THIS TO THIS TO THIS TO THIS
Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit. Push the blue button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply
strap the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go.... The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.
Overall Size Weight
L x W x H mm kg
Clever Trolley - c/w 1 folding box 890 x 550 x 1030 10 GC062Y £179.80
Extra Folding Box 525 x 375 x 280 1.5 GC066Z £22.45*
*price applicable when ordering with the GC062Y. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
319

Distribution Trolleys
5YR
›› Trolleys with adjustable laminated shelves &/or wire baskets
›› Available in black or electro galvanised finish
›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm rubber tyred castors GUARANTEE
35kg
evenly
distributed
PBT04Y
PBT03Y GBT02Y
Overall Size Basket Size Shelf Size Weight Painted Black Electro galvanised
Description
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm L x W mm kg Model Price Model Price
Trolley with 1 Upper Shelf - 410 x 355 10 PBT01Y £137.85 GBT01Y £137.85
Trolley with 1 Upper Basket 415 x 355 x 220 - 8 PBT02Y £137.85 GBT02Y £137.85
Trolley with 2 Upper Shelves 660 x 385 x 1090 - 410 x 355 12 PBT03Y £158.85 GBT03Y £158.85
Trolley with 2 Upper Baskets 415 x 355 x 220 - 9 PBT04Y £158.85 GBT04Y £158.85
Trolley with 1 Upper Shelf & 1 Upper Basket 415 x 355 x 220 410 x 355 13 PBT05Y £158.85 GBT05Y £158.85
Tray Trolleys
›› Utility budget price trolleys ›› 85mm deep sides on the shelves
›› Easy to manoeuvre with a push/pull handle & 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked 125mm rubber castors
FROM ONLY
£155.70
WI203Y
WI202Y
Assembly Available
250kg No of Overall Size Shelf Weight Assembly

Model Price
evenly Shelves L x W x H mm Heights mm kg Code / Price
distributed
2 1015 x 635 x 805 150, 720 25 ASC / £25 WI202Y £155.70
3 1015 x 635 x 805 150, 435, 720 32.5 ASD / £30 WI203Y £196.40
320

Adjustable Height Trolleys
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 braked 150kg
evenly
›› Perfect for colour co-ordinating company depts etc distributed
›› Shelves are manufactured from 20 gauge steel with smooth

rounded edges for extra strength, with the legs constructed from 14 gauge steel
›› Easily adjustable from 660 to 1070mm in 100mm increments & comes complete with a ribbed rubber mat
COLOUR
OPTIONS
3 x GI942W
Red
Assembly Available Grey
Overall Size Weight Assembly To have the product delivered
Model Price Blue
L x W mm kg Code / Price to you assembled please quote
code & price with order specify when ordering
610 x 460 20 ASB / £20 GI942W £212.40
Reversible Tray/Shelf Trolleys

›› Reversible shelves enable use as
either a smooth shelf or as a
tray with surrounding lip
›› The height of the centre shelf on
the 3 shelf model is adjustable
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked
100mm grey non-marking castors
150kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
TI246Y code & price with order

TI357Y
670 x 400 x 910 17 ASC / £25 TI246Y £177.90
2 Shelf
820 x 500 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI257Y £201.55
670 x 400 x 910 20 ASC / £25 TI346Y £202.50
3 Shelf
820 x 500 x 910 23.5 ASC / £25 TI357Y £246.60
321
321 - GPC.indd 36 07/01/2021 16:25:33

Heavy Duty Tray Trolleys 2 Tier Shelf Trolley
›› Chassis is of square ›› This unit has a push/pull handle
tubular steel with round ›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber castors
tubular steel handles
›› Three steel shelves
with a 40mm lip
›› Mobile on 2 fixed,
2 swivel roller
350kg
bearing evenly
cushion distributed
castors
›› Platform GI230H
size: 900L
x 500W mm
£338.70
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
GI230H
KT832H
Assembly Available
300kg To have the product delivered
evenly to you assembled please quote
Tray Heights Total Wheels Weight distributed code & price with order
Model Price
mm Height mm mm kg
210 / 520 / 810 850 150 35 KT831Y £442.40
Platform Shelf
265 / 570 / 860 900 200 38 KT831H £448.60 Overall Size Wt Assembly
Size Heights Model Price
215 / 665 / 1110 1150 150 38 KT832Y £488.65 mm mm
265 / 715 / 1160 1200 200 41 KT832H £496.60 1100 x 700 x 980 1000 x 700 320 / 960 55 ASD / £30 GI230H £338.70
Tray Trolleys Tray Trolleys

›› Fully welded frame ›› Fully welded frame
›› Easy to wipe clean - suitable ›› Tubular steel frames with easy
for kitchen/canteen use to clean, removable trays
›› Trays are open on one ›› Handle height: 980mm manufactured
side for easy access
››
cushion swivel castors
Tray size: 785 x 590mm
TT3343
3YR
GUARANTEE
›› Height between shelves: 457mm
125kg
evenly
distributed
125kg
evenly
distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
WT1303
PT1223
Tray Size: 755 x 450 mm

TT3363 No of
Tray
Height Wheels Weight Plastic Plywood
Trays
mm kg Model Price Model Price
165 127mm Cushion 24 PT1203 £397.70 WT1303 £346.50

2
Tray 830 127mm Nylon 22 PT1204 £410.10 WT1304 £370.40
No of Weight Vinyl Trays Melamine Trays
Height
Trays kg Model Price Model Price 165 127mm Cushion 28 PT1223 £476.70 WT1323 £493.40
mm
3 500
2 240/736 23 TT3343 £469.70 TT3363 £450.70 830 127mm Nylon 26 PT1224 £489.15 WT1324 £520.15
322

Shelf Trolleys
FROM ONLY
›› Square tube frame with strong 120kg
››
15mm white melamine shelves
evenly
distributed £176.30
braked 100mm castors
BST22Y BST23Y
Overall Size Size between Shelves Weight

NEW
L x W x H mm Top / Bottom mm kg
2 Shelf 900 x 555 x 945 500 9 BST22Y £176.30
3 Shelf 900 x 555 x 945 200 / 200 12 BST23Y £217.90
Tray Trolleys
125kg
evenly
distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
TT4513 i Information
Steel Removable
/Reversible Shelf/Trays
3 SHELF/TRAY
OPTIONS AVAILABLE
TO SUIT YOUR
REQUIREMENTS
TT4313
MFC Shelves
›› Fully welded frame

›› 3 options available:- MFC shelves, plastic removable trays or steel TT4413
removable/reversible shelf/trays which are powder coated cream Plastic Removable Trays
›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm non-marking castors
Overall Size: 1110L x 1030H x 500W mm Tray Size 760 x 460 mm
No of Tray Height
MFC Shelves Plastic Removable Trays Steel Removable/Reversible Shelf/Trays
Trays mm
Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price Weight kg Model Price
2 175 / 840 15 TT4312 £295.60 15 TT4412 £308.80 17 TT4512 £364.70
3 175 / 510 / 840 20 TT4313 £344.80 20 TT4413 £396.40 22 TT4513 £480.60
323
323 - GPC.indd 38 07/01/2021 12:10:51

Fort® Shelf Trolleys
with a 5 Year Guarantee
›› These shelf trolleys are fitted with
parking brakes in accordance with
the recommendations of EuroNorm
500kg BS EN 1757-3, 2002
evenly
distributed
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked
200mm rubber tyred castors except
850 x 500mm base size which
has 160mm castors
manufactured
500kg
evenly
5YR
distributed
GUARANTEE
FT291H
FT282H
No. of Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm Overall Size - mm
Shelves 990L x 500W x 980H 1140L x 600W x 1020H 1140L x 700W x 1020H 1340L x 600W x 1020H 1340L x 800W x 1020H
Shelf Heights: 240, (610) & 980 Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020 Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020 Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020 Shelf Heights: 280, (650) & 1020
Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
Plywood Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame
2 20 kg FT181H £409.35 23 kg FT281H £471.15 25 kg FT381H £509.60 26 kg FT481H £495.00 30 kg FT581H £554.95
Phenolic Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame
Galvanised Deck Units with Tubular Steel Frame
Shelf Trucks
PI306Y
£323.60 PI305Y
£277.95
PI306Y
Assembly Available
PI305Y To have the product delivered
›› Budget range of trucks with veneer finish
›› Manoeuvrable ›› Strong ›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked rubber castors
Platform Size Overall Size Load Wheel Weight Assembly
mm L x W x H mm Capacity Size mm kg Code / Price
2 Shelf - Push Handle 940 x 695 1100 x 700 x 940 500 kg 200 41.5 ASC / £25 PI305Y £277.95
3 Shelf - Push Handle 940 x 695 1100 x 700 x 965 500 kg 200 53 ASD / £30 PI306Y £323.60
324
324 - GPC.indd 39 06/01/2021 14:27:29

Shelf Trucks
FROM ONLY
£219.50
i Information
PI302Y
Assembly Available
UNITS CAN BE To have the product delivered
USED FOR MANY to you assembled please quote

APPLICATIONS
PI303Y PI304Y PI307Y
›› Budget range of trucks with veneer finish

›› Manoeuvrable ›› Strong ›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked rubber castors
Platform Size Overall Size Load Wheel Weight Assembly
mm L x W x H mm Capacity Size mm kg Code / Price
2 Shelf 1000 x 600 1050 x 605 x 890 250 kg 125 31.5 ASC / £25 PI302Y £219.50
3 Shelf 1000 x 600 1050 x 605 x 890 250 kg 125 36.5 ASC / £25 PI303Y £243.15
2 Shelf - Tubular End 940 x 695 1050 x 700 x 1050 400 kg 150 41 ASC / £25 PI304Y £279.50
2 Shelf - with 60mm Lip Surround 1000 x 600 1050 x 605 x 910 250 kg 125 36 ASC / £25 PI307Y £234.70
325
325 - GPC.indd 40 06/01/2021 14:27:51

2 & 3 Tier General Purpose Trolleys 2 & 3 Tier Basket Trolleys
›› Strong & durable ›› Versatile & adjustable
chrome wire trolley ›› 4 x 75mm swivel castors, 2 braked
›› 4 x 75mm
swivel castors,
2 braked
ET1824/3 EBT1836/2
Overall Size 2 Tier 3 Tier Overall Size 2 Tier 3 Tier

W x L x H mm Model Price Model Price W x L x H mm Model Price Model Price
460 x 610 x 1060 ET1824/2 £100.00 ET1824/3 £115.85 460 x 610 x 1060 EBT1824/2 £115.00 EBT1824/3 £138.35
460 x 915 x 1060 ET1836/2 £110.00 ET1836/3 £130.85 460 x 915 x 1060 EBT1836/2 £125.00 EBT1836/3 £153.35
Euro Box Carts

›› Fully adjustable
›› Bolt Free assembly
›› Robust chrome finish
›› Mix & match different height boxes
›› Designed to hold 600W x 400D mm &
300W x 400D mm euro boxes
Boxes are not included in the below prices
120mm High Box 220mm High Box 320mm High Box

Description
2 Box - 1200H mm - - - - BC2325 £113.35
3 Box - 1200H mm - - BC3220 £124.20 - -
4 Box - 1750H mm - - - - BC4325 £135.00
6 Box - 1200H mm BC6120 £156.70 - - - -
6 Box - 1750H mm - - BC6220 £156.70 - -
8 Box - 1450H mm BC8120 £178.35 - - - -
BC6220
10 Box - 1750H mm BC10120 £200.00 - - - -
Eclipse - Security Enclosures

›› Eclipse chrome wire shelving enclosed
in a tough, durable chrome wire cage
›› The unit incorporates 2 hinged padlocked*
doors & 4 shelves (top, bottom & 2 adjustable
intermediate) *padlock not included
**units delivered fully assembled
Static Unit Complete
Size
Finish Model Price
D x L x H mm
Standard Chrome 460 x 915 x 1625 ESC41836 £433.35
Perma Plus Nylon* 610 x 1220 x 1625 EPPSC42448 £593.35
Mobile Unit c/w 4 x 120mm Castors

Size
Finish Model Price
D x L x H mm
MSC41836
Standard Chrome 460 x 915 x 1750 MSC41836 £485.85
*NEW Perma Plus models have Standard Chrome 460 x 1220 x 1750 MSC41848 £542.50
anti-bacterial additives which help Standard Chrome 610 x 1220 x 1750 MSC42448 £638.35
fight the build up of germs &
326 improve hygiene standards
Perma Plus Nylon* 610 x 1220 x 1750 MEPPSC42448 £645.00
326 - GPC.indd 41 06/01/2021 14:28:13

Chrome Plated Wire Tray Trolley
›› Removable centre shelf for bulky loads
›› Mobile on 2 large fixed 200mm wheels
& 2 swivel braked 125mm castors
Removable Shelf
SWI52Y
Assembly Available
SWI52Y
120kg Overall Size Weight Assembly
Model Price
evenly L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
distributed
860 x 660 x 990 17.5 ASC / £25 SWI52Y £209.95
Chrome Plated Wire Tray Trolley

›› Corner buffers for added protection
›› Mobile on 125mm rubber wheels, 2 with brakes
›› Both trays have deep 130mm sides
to help contain contents
i Information
CORNER BUFFERS
FOR ADDED
PROTECTION
Assembly Available
To have the product delivered 120kg SWI42Y
to you assembled please quote evenly
code & price with order distributed

Model Price
950 x 510 x 1100 16.5 ASC / £25 SWI42Y £185.90
327

Chrome Plated Wire Trolleys
›› Adjustable chrome plated wire shelves
FROM ONLY
›› Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked,
125mm polypropylene castors
£93.50
200kg
evenly
distributed
SWI22Y
Corner Buffers Assembly Available

Help protect SWI31Y
your walls code & price with order
2 Shelf Units 3 Shelf Units

Overall Size
L x W x H mm Wt Assembly Wt Assembly
kg Code / Price kg Code / Price
915 x 457 x 990 - - - - 23 ASD / £30 SWI31Y £102.00
1067 x 457 x 990 20 ASC / £25 SWI22Y £93.50 25 ASD / £30 SWI32Y £109.25
Stainless Steel Tray Trolleys

201 stainless steel
›› Useable tray size: 775L x
400Wmm with a 100mm tray depth
›› Mobile on 4 swivel braked
non-marking 100mm castors
100kg
evenly
distributed
SI822Y
£206.60
Assembly Available
SI822Y to you assembled please quote
No of Overall Size Weight Assembly

Model Price
Shelves L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
2 837 x 443 x 895 14 ASC / £25 SI822Y £206.60
328

Stainless Steel Shelf Trolleys
›› Manufactured from grade 304 stainless steel
›› Useable shelf size: 610L x 410Wmm
with a 30mm lip depth
›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm non-marking castors
100kg
evenly SI203Y
distributed
£276.65
i Information
HYGIENIC - EASY
TO CLEAN
SI202Y
£231.75
Assembly Available SI203Y

SI202Y No of Overall Size Shelf Wt Assembly

Model Price
Shelves L x W x H mm Heights mm kg Code / Price
2 710 x 470 170 & 780 7 ASC / £25 SI202Y £231.75
3 x 900 170, 475 & 780 8.5 ASD / £30 SI203Y £276.65
Stainless Steel Shelf Trolleys

›› Manufactured from grade 201 stainless steel
›› Mobile on 4 non-marking 100mm
braked swivel castors
›› Tray size: 775L x 400Wmm FROM ONLY
£193.30
SI812Y
100kg
SI803Y evenly
distributed
No of Overall Size Distance Between Wt Assembly

Assembly Available Model Price
Shelves L x W x H mm Shelves kg Code / Price
to you assembled please quote 3 260 14 ASD / £30 SI803Y £193.30
850 x 445 x 895
code & price with order 2 with rod surround 345 10 ASD / £30 SI812Y £197.55
329
329 - GPC.indd 44 06/01/2021 14:29:02

Distribution Trucks & Roll Containers
Heavy Duty Shelf Trucks
300kg
evenly
distributed
FROM ONLY
£449.25
Heavy Duty Veneer Finish
Heavy Duty Braked Castors
Assembly Available
DT809Y with
2 x DTS08S
DT809Y
Base / Shelf Overall Size Wt Assembly

Model Price
›› Ideal for use in factories, warehouses etc.
Size mm L x W x H mm kg Code / Price ›› Standard unit comes with 1 x shelf but the unit
960 x 660 1035 x 705 x 1750 52.5 ASF / £40 DT809Y £449.25
can hold 2 further shelves (available as extras)
ASF / £40 £488.30
1160 x 760 1235 x 805 x 1750 57 DT810Y ›› Load capacity per shelf: 30kg
Optional Shelves (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Shelf Trucks) ›› Heavy duty veneer removable shelves
Shelf to Suit DT809Y - 960 x 660 12 - DTS08S £44.30 ›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked castors - 200 x 50mm rubber
Shelf to Suit DT810Y - 1160 x 760 13.5 - DTS10S £45.80
330
330 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 14:31:51

Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks
with Steel Shelves 500kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
AVAILABLE
WITH OR
WITHOUT DOORS
FROM ONLY
£454.10
DT701Y & 3 x DTS07S

DT403Y
›› Available with or without lockable doors

›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber castors
›› DT403Y & DT401Y: comes with the base and the unit can hold an additional
2 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 690 & 1090mm heights Assembly Available
›› DT703Y & DT701Y: comes with the base and the unit can hold an additional To have the product delivered
3 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 630, 1050 & 1440mm heights code & price with order
›› Load capacity per shelf: 50kg
Base / Overall Size Weight Assembly
Shelf Size mm L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks - 1490mm high
Without Doors 860 x 620 900 x 650 x 1490 54 ASF / £40 DT403Y £454.10
With Lockable Doors 860 x 620 900 x 650 x 1490 68 ASF / £40 DT401Y £487.45
Large Heavy Duty Distribution Trucks - 1790mm high
Optional Shelves (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Distribution Truck)
Optional Shelves to Suit the DT403Y or DT401Y - Shelf Size: 860W x 620Dmm DTS04S £58.00
Optional Shelves to Suit the DT703Y or DT701Y - Shelf Size: 1150W x 720Dmm DTS07S £59.15
331
331 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 14:32:20

DT603Y
DT603Y & 2 x DTS06S

DT601Y & 2 x DTS06S
DT903Y & 3 x DTS09S DT903Y DT901Y
332
17 - Distribution Trucks & Rolcontainers - GPC Pages.indb 3 30/12/2020 13:01:12

500kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
NOW AVAILABLE
WITH OR
WITHOUT DOORS &
1490H OR 1790H
DT601Y FROM ONLY
£479.80 £446.10
DT901Y & 3 x DTS09S
DT601Y
›› Available with or without lockable doors

›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked 200mm rubber castors
›› DT603Y & DT601Y: comes with the base and the unit can hold an additional
2 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 690 & 1090mm heights
Assembly Available
›› DT903Y & DT901Y: comes with the base and the unit can hold an additional To have the product delivered
3 shelves (available as extras) which can be placed at 630, 1050 & 1440mm heights to you assembled please quote
Base / Overall Size Weight Assembly
Shelf Size mm L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
Optional Shelves (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Distribution Truck)
Optional Shelves to Suit the DT603Y or DT601Y - Shelf Size: 860 x 620 DTS06S £46.75
Optional Shelves to Suit the DT903Y or DT901Y - Shelf Size: 1150 x 750 DTS09S £45.80
333
333 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 14:32:49

Folding Shelf Trucks
›› Folding shelves & ends
enable these units to fold
flat for compact storage
›› Tubular steel construction
with steel shelves
100mm rubber castors
i Information Bolt which holds shelf

in folded position
FOLDS IN SECONDS
100kg
evenly
distributed
CI9002 CI9003
No of Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight

Model Price
Shelves L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg
2 850 x 460 x 1040 850 x 150 x 1040 19.5 CI9002 £191.95
CI9002 Folded 3 850 x 460 x 1502 850 x 180 x 1502 28 CI9003 £233.85
Heavy Duty Roll Containers

›› Demountable units with stackable bases
›› Constructed from tubular box section
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm nylon castors
500kg
evenly
distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size Internal Size Weight

1100 x 848 x 1690 1000 x 800 x 1500 36 RB9501 £642.85
Base &
1540 x 848 x 1690 1440 x 800 x 1500 46 RB9502 £729.20
2 Ends
2100 x 848 x 1690 2000 x 800 x 1500 60 RB9503 £828.70 RB9502 shown with RC9502,
RH9502 & RS9502
Optional Extras (factory fitted)
990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9501 9 RC9501 £113.35
Full
1430 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9502 12 RC9502 £143.30
Side
1990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9503 17 RC9503 £179.85
990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9501 10 RH9501 £135.55
Half Drop
1430 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9502 14 RH9502 £174.45
Side
1990 x 25 x 1500 To Suit RB9503 20 RH9503 £208.30
980 x 730 x 25 To Suit RB9501 5 RS9501 £70.75
Rod Infil RB9502 shown
1420 x 730 x 25 To Suit RB9502 7 RS9502 £97.30
Shelf with RC9502
1980 x 730 x 25 To Suit RB9503 10 RS9503 £138.95
334
334 - GPC.indd 5 06/01/2021 14:33:21

Storage Vault Cabinets NEW
i Information
3YR
GUARANTEE
STATIC UNITS
AVAILABLE - PLEASE
manufactured
SEE PAGE 236
up to
500kg
evenly
distributed
DC51PZ
›› Fully welded construction for heavy

duty use (handles are bolt-on)
›› Exterior grade plywood shelves with steel
surround for edge protection. Shelves
are centrally positioned within the unit
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel braked
200mm castors (125mm on DC5’s)
›› Complete with hasp & staple lock with
padlock facility (padlock not included)
›› Extra shelves are available - call for details
›› 500kg load capacity (300kg on the DC5’s)
Overall Size with 1 Shelf
L x W x H mm Weight Weight
kg kg
1090 x 730 x 1460 109 DC20PH £750.75 125 DC21PH £820.70
DC20PZ 1090 x 830 x 1260 112 DC40PH £751.30 128 DC41PH £821.75
1290 x 730 x 1260 112 DC30PH £752.20 128 DC31PH £823.70
1290 x 830 x 1460 114 DC10PH £788.30 130 DC11PH £859.00
1310 x 535 x 1060 110 DC50PY £709.75 126 DC51PY £773.55
Heavy Duty Roll Container

›› 3 tubular sides & sheet steel base 600kg
evenly
›› Rigidity bar when the unit is open distributed
›› Nestable units - ideal where space is limited
›› Mobile on 4 swivel, 2 braked, 150mm rubber castors
Rigidity Bar
i Information
IDEAL WHERE
SPACE IS LIMITED
RI2003
ready for nesting
RI2003 Overall Size Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
800 x 600 x 1690 42 RI2003 £279.95
335
335 - GPC.indd 6 06/01/2021 17:18:51

Fort® Sturdy Trucks
500kg
evenly
distributed
FJ780H
FJ707H FJ701H
5YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm rubber castors

›› These platform trucks are manufactured
from tubular steel with a smooth plywood
platform set within a steel angle frame
›› Model FJ780H has 3 removable rails
with 7 different positions. Rail heights (from
FJ726H
platform) - 320, 630 & 930mm
›› Model FJ726H has the addition of 3 shelves
(340mm apart), which will take 40kg each,
& also has 2 braked castors
Platform Platform Overall Weight
Size mm Height mm Height mm kg
Single Bar End 1200 x 700 310 1000 32 FJ701H £441.40

Double Bar Ends 1200 x 700 310 1000 34 FJ702H £539.85
Single Plywood End 1200 x 700 310 1000 33 FJ811H £543.05
Double Plywood Ends 1200 x 700 310 1000 35 FJ812H £656.50
Tubular Sided 1200 x 700 310 1000 35 FJ707H £557.15
Base with 3 Dividing Rails 1200 x 700 310 1240 30 FJ780H £557.15
Shelf Truck, Base with 3 Shelves 1200 x 700 310 1800 69 FJ726H £855.55
Security Distribution Trolley

›› Shelf size: 1120 x 430mm
COLOUR
›› Handle height: 1000mm OPTIONS
›› Constructed from steel angle with
Red
50 x 50mm mesh sides & centre shelf
Green
›› The trolley has a security latch with
Blue
padlock facility (not supplied) Yellow
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm specify when ordering
non-marking quiet running castors
3YR
GUARANTEE
400kg
evenly
distributed
manufactured
Overall Size Shelf Weight

Model Price
NA700R L x W x H mm Heights mm kg
1220 x 480 x 1100 180, 635, 1070 60 NA700R £1044.55
2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted GM003Z £52.20
336

DT1020Y
3YR
GUARANTEE
500kg
evenly
distributed
Shelves adjustable
in 75mm
manufactured
increments

›› Manufactured from 50 x 50mm mesh
panels with steel frame plywood shelves
›› Complete with 2 shelves which are
adjustable in 75mm increments
›› Mobile on 4 cushion swivel 200mm castors
›› Load capacity per shelf: 75 kg Lock
›› DT1020Y is fitted with a locking Mechanism DT1010Y
handle & supplied with keys DT1020Y Lock
Overall Size Shelf Size Weight
H x L x W mm L x W mm kg
Mesh End Distribution Cage 1770 x 1205 x 725 1100 x 690 60 DT1010Y £718.10
Security Distribution Cage 1770 x 1205 x 770 1100 x 690 80 DT1020Y £887.20
Extra Plywood Shelf (must be ordered with the Heavy Duty Distribution Truck) 1100 x 690 6 DT7970ES £75.15
337

Narrow Aisle Distribution Trucks
FROM ONLY
£678.35
NA615R NA604R
COLOUR
OPTIONS
NA603R
3YR
GUARANTEE
Red
Green
NA614R Blue
manufactured
›› Overall size: 1180L x 690W x 1850Hmm
›› Deck/shelf size: 1100L x 600Wmm ›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber tyred castors
›› Manufactured from 25mm tubular steel, with ›› 4 shelf height options - 590, 890, 1190, 1490mm
either rod infil, mesh infil or just open ended ›› Load capacity - 75kg per shelf
Number of Model without Shelves Model with Shelves
Description
Ends / Sides Weight Model Price Shelves Weight Model Price
Open Ended 2 - - - 2 x Zinc Plated 52 kg NA602R £833.90
2 43 kg NA603R £678.35 2 x Zinc Plated 57 kg NA612R £866.20
Rod Infil 3 49 kg NA604R £726.20 2 x Zinc Plated 63 kg NA613R £913.95
4 55 kg NA605R £773.95 2 x Zinc Plated 69 kg NA614R £961.65
Full Security Mesh Infil - 66 kg NA615R £1385.00 2 x Zinc Plated 80 kg NA618R £1612.85
Optional Extras - Factory Fitted
Bolt in Zinc Plated Rod Shelf 7 kg NA621S £112.10
Braked Castors - 2 off fitted to swivel castors - NA004Z £91.40
Distribution Trucks
›› Mobile distribution trucks
ideal for many environments
›› Complete with 2 adjustable
steel or plywood shelves with
a capacity of 100kg UDL per shelf
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel castors
COLOUR
OPTIONS
manufactured Green
Light Grey
Blue
FROM ONLY Red
£508.90
Extra Shelves
Overall Size Steel Shelf Plywood Shelf
W x D mm Model Price each Model Price each
DCDS696 DCOS696
900 x 600 DCESST £46.30 DCESPL £56.10
Distribution Trucks - Open Front Distribution Trucks - With Doors

Overall Size Steel Shelves Plywood Shelves Overall Size Steel Shelves Plywood Shelves
H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price
1355 x 900 x 600 DCOS396 £508.90 DCOP396 £536.90 1355 x 900 x 600 DCDS396 £642.05 DCDP396 £668.70
338

Security Trolleys
›› Wire shelf security enclosure FROM ONLY
complete with 2 height
adjustable shelves - ideal
350kg
evenly
distributed
£525.40
for securely storing items
but ensuring goods
are easily viewed
›› Deep shelves for extra
capacity & stability
rubber castors, 2 braked
›› Complete with hasp & staple
facility (padlock not included)
i Information
DEEP SHELVES
FOR EXTRA
CAPACITY &
STABILITY
Assembly Available
code & price with order SW092Y

Small Unit 1750 x 910 x 650 61 ASF / £40 SW091Y £525.40
Large Unit 1750 x 1220 x 650 73 ASF / £40 SW092Y £555.15
Wire Mesh Trolley

›› Wire shelf trolley complete with
4 height adjustable shelves - ideal
for storing items but ensuring
goods are easily viewed SW491Y
rubber castors, 2 braked
£225.25
320kg
evenly
distributed
i Information
4 HIGH QUALITY
CHROME WIRE
BASKET SHELVES
Assembly Available
Overall Size Basket Size Weight Assembly SW491Y

Model Price
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg Code / Price
1750 x 910 x 460 135 x 910 x 460 22 ASD / £30 SW491Y £225.25
339

Large Size Roll Containers
›› Bright zinc plated finish ›› Stackable bases
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm nylon castors
›› Robust & durable construction
RB8623 & 4 x RC8613
500kg
evenly
RB8621 distributed
manufactured
Optional Half Side Optional Full Side

Overall Size Internal Weight Roll Container (2 Ends)
(factory fitted) (factory fitted)
H x W mm Length mm kg
1000 23 RB8621 £473.10 RC8611 £71.40 - -
1680 x 800 1500 35 RB8622 £554.80 RC8612 £88.40 - -
2000 47 RB8623 £615.25 RC8613 £120.55 - -
1000 23 RB8624 £413.50 - - RC8611 £71.40
930 x 800 1500 35 RB8625 £494.65 - - RC8612 £88.40 RB8624 &
2000 47 RB8626 £554.35 - - RC8613 £120.55 2 x RC8611
‘A’ Type Nestable Roll Containers

›› Bright zinc electroplated finish ›› RB1725: on this model the front gate opens through 270º
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors with roller bearings ›› Re-inforced wire base
FROM ONLY
£186.45
500kg
evenly
distributed
RB1725 RB1723
(comes with Units Nesting
1 Shelf)
External Size Internal 3 Sided 4 Sided Security (50 x 50mm Mesh) Shelf to Suit (factory fitted)
L x W x H mm Height mm Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
735 x 830 x 1720 1430 RB1723 £186.45 RB1724 £209.95 RB1725 £234.35 RC7383 £16.15
340

Demountable Roll Containers
›› Bright zinc electroplated
finish with a re-inforced
wire base
›› Hygienic - steam clean
or pressure wash
›› Detachable rod infil
sides for easy storage
2 swivel 100mm nylon
castors with roller bearings
i Information
MANY SIZES &
MODELS AVAILABLE
TO SUIT YOUR
APPLICATION
RB1693
RB1694
RB1692
500kg
evenly
RB1835 & distributed
RC7180
External Size Internal 2 Sided & Straps 3 Sided 4 Sided (½ Drop Side) Security (50 x 50mm Mesh)
L x W x H mm Height Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
715 x 800 x 1520 1360mm RB1522 £145.95 RB1523 £170.75 RB1524 £206.25
715 x 800 x 1690 1530mm RB1692 £152.75 RB1693 £177.85 RB1694 £212.85 - -
715 x 800 x 1815 1630mm RB1812 £156.45 RB1813 £182.25 RB1814 £217.25 - -
715 x 800 x 1830 1640mm - - - - - - RB1835 £409.65
Shelf to Suit Above Roll Containers - 715 x 800mm (factory fitted) RC7180 £16.15
341
341 - GPC.indd 12 06/01/2021 14:34:08

Plastic Base Nestable Roll Containers
›› Bright zinc electroplated finish with heavy duty plastic bases NEW
›› PBR2725: on this model the front gate opens through 270º
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors with roller bearings
PBR2723
PBR2725
(comes with 1
shelf)
BASE COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Purple
Blue
Heavy duty plastic base
i Information
IDEAL FOR MANY
ENVIRONMENTS
PBR2723 - ready
to be nested 3 x PBR2725
Nested
External Size Internal 3 Sided Security (50 x 50mm Mesh) Wire Shelf to Suit (factory fitted)
L x W x H mm Height mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
735 x 850 x 1690 1430 PBR2723 £206.30 PBR2725 £254.25 RC7383 £16.15
342

Nesting Stock Trolleys ›› Ergonomically designed handles for your comfort
›› Nestable trolleys with either mesh or solid base
›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm rubber tyred castors
FROM ONLY
200kg
evenly £248.25
distributed
5YR
i Information
IDEAL FOR MANY GUARANTEE
ENVIRONMENTS
NST20Y
NST30Y
Overall Size Platform Weight

L x W x H mm L x W mm kg
Mesh Base 1170 x 700 x 980 850 x 540/600 20 NST20Y £248.25
Solid MDF Base 1170 x 700 x 980 850 x 540/600 22 NST30Y £358.95
3 Way Convertible Trolley 5 Way Convertible Trolley

›› Versatile trolley constructed in tubular steel with ›› Converts quickly & easily into 5 different trolleys
sides & base of white melamine faced chipboard ›› Shelves convert without removing any nuts & bolts
›› Trolley sides can be pivoted to form 1 or 2 shelves ›› Versatile trolley constructed in
›› Platform height: 200mm tubular steel with sides & base of
›› Shelf & Base Size: 990L x 585Wmm varnished, exterior plywood
›› 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm wheels ›› Single shelf section: 375 x 1220mm
GC8765 - Position 2
3YR
GUARANTEE
3YR
GUARANTEE
250kg 200kg
evenly evenly
manufactured
manufactured GC8765 -
Position 1
GC8743 - Position 1
GC8743 - Position 2 GC8743 - Position 3 GC8765 - Position 3 GC8765 - Position 4 GC8765 - Position 5
Overall Size Internal Size Weight Overall Size Wt

Wheels Model Price Wheels Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg L x W x H mm kg
1070 x 610 990 x 560 Nylon 35 GC8733 £615.45 1280 x 760 200mm Cushion - Firm Load 70 GC8755 £1047.35
x 910 x 585 Cushion 35 GC8743 £615.45 x 1240 200mm & 150mm Cushion - Easy Steer 70 GC8765 £1047.35
343

Wire Mesh Truck Security Trolley - Mesh
›› Lockable lid for full security & half drop front
GIS73M ›› Mobile on 4 x 200mm rubber (2 fixed & 2 swivel braked)
50 x 50mm mesh sides & half hinged lid
£367.05
››
which provides easy access & visibility of goods
350kg
evenly
distributed
GIS73M
250kg
evenly Assembly Available
distributed To have the product delivered
›› 40mm mesh with a half drop down front GIS71M

›› Internal size of 840L x 545W x 520Hmm Key Locking Mechanism
Overall Size Weight Assembly Overall Size Weight

L x W x H mm kg Code / Price L x W x H mm kg
1155 x 615 x 905 24 ASD / £30 GIS73M £367.05 1100 x 700 x 1140 81 GIS71M £499.70
Wire Mesh Trucks

Constructed from 50mm mesh with
3YR
››
18mm exterior grade plywood base 250kg
›› The lids are padlockable (padlock not included) evenly
distributed
GUARANTEE
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors manufactured

›› When the lid is shut the drop down
front will not open leaving a
FROM ONLY
completely secure & enclosed unit
£436.80
GL1573
GL1263
1260L x 610W x 970Hmm Units 1560L x 730W x 970Hmm Units

Weight Weight
kg kg
4 Mesh Sides 25 GL1243 £436.80 4 Mesh Sides 28 GL1543 £576.50
4 Mesh Sides with Lid 30 GL1253 £552.90 4 Mesh Sides with Lid 35 GL1553 £700.55
4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side 28 GL1263 £508.05 4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side 33 GL1563 £632.05
4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side & Lid 33 GL1273 £624.25 4 Mesh Sides with ½ Drop Side & Lid 40 GL1573 £756.05
344
344 - GPC.indd 15 06/01/2021 14:34:52

Security Trolley ®
350kg ProPlaz
evenly
distributed
Blue
300kg
evenly
distributed
Hinged Lid Top

& 1/2 Drop Side
GIS72S
Anti-slip discs on Strong sub-structure

all platforms & shelves on all units for greater
‘anti-close’ mechanism which prevent your goods load capacity
stops the lid from closing whilst from slipping
the unit is in use
‘Proplaz® Blue’ Security Trolley
›› Lockable lid for full security
›› Half drop front for easy access ›› Constructed from re-inforced polypropylene decks
›› Mobile on 4 x 200mm rubber (2 fixed & 2 swivel braked) - ideal for warehouses, offices, workshops etc
›› An ‘anti-close’ mechanism on the lid which keeps ›› Lightweight, hygienic & easy to clean
the lid in position whilst in use ›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm low noise castors
›› Strong timber deck at the bottom of the unit ›› Internal size of 860L x 560W x 500Hmm
Overall Size Weight Platform Size Handle Weight Assembly
L x W x H mm kg L x W x H mm Height mm kg Code / Price
1100 x 700 x 1140 81 GIS72S £560.65 900 x 600 x 210 895 29 ASC / £25 PPU24Y £233.70
Security Box Trolleys

›› Heavy duty - bigger storage space
›› Handle height: 1000mm
›› Units have a lockable lid for full manufactured
security, & a half drop front to aid
access to the contents
››
››
Padlock not supplied
Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel
3YR
GUARANTEE
200mm rubber tyred castors
500kg
evenly
distributed
BT271M BT272S
Overall Size Useable Body Size Weight

W x D x H mm W x D x H mm kg
Steel Box Truck 130 BT272S £1075.15
1320 x 770 1150 x 715
BT273W Wooden Box Truck
x 1140 x 850
110 BT273W £893.20
Mesh Box Truck 85 BT271M £924.40
345
345 - GPC.indd 16 06/01/2021 14:35:33

Board Trolley ›› Rubber matted platform for grip
›› Adjustable support bar which hooks onto the top
of the board & is height adjustable from 1260 to
2050mm depending on the size of your board
Adjustable Support Bar
GIC96Y 300kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
To have the product delivered Rubber Matted Platform
Overall Size Platform Size Weight Assembly

Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W mm kg Code / Price
1410 x 560 x 1260/2050 600 x 200 22 ASC / £25 GIC96Y £124.45
Folding Top Shelf Stock Trolleys Stock Trolley

›› Folding top shelf to allow you to fit ›› Folding top shelf to allow you to fit
larger goods on the bottom shelf larger goods on the bottom shelf
›› Available with mesh platform shelf/basket ›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm rubber castors
›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm rubber castors ›› Load cap: top shelf 50kg & bottom shelf 150kg
›› Capacity: top shelf 100kg
& bottom shelf 200kg
NST40Y
Nested
NST40Y
300kg
evenly
distributed
5YR
GUARANTEE
NST10Y
NST10Y
200kg
evenly
distributed
FROM ONLY
£230.40
NST50Y
3 x NST10Y Nested
Overall Size Weight
L x W x H mm kg
Overall Size Shelf Weight
Model Price
Folding Flat Top Shelf 870 x 530 x 1010 18 NST40Y £230.40 L x W x H mm Heights mm kg
Folding Basket Top Shelf 870 x 530 x 1010 21 NST50Y £262.50 905 x 540 x 940 220 / 535 24 NST10Y £191.50
346

Heavy Duty Dry Wall Board Trolley
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 200mm heavy duty castors
›› Ideal for a vast range of boards from doors,
fences, drywall to large sheet panels
›› The platform incorporates lips either side to help
make it easier to put the board on the trolley
800kg
evenly
distributed
Platform
Lips
Assembly Available
to you assembled please quote DWT80Y
DWT80Y Overall Size Weight Assembly

Model Price
1219 x 584 x 1219 40 ASD / £30 DWT80Y £293.25
Narrow Aisle Cash & Carry Trolley Heavy Duty Board Trolley
›› Ideal for use where there is restricted turning space ›› Mobile on 4 swivel rubber tyred castors
›› Mobile on 4 x 125mm swivel rubber castors & ›› Ideal for a vast range of boards from doors,
2 x 200mm centrally positioned fixed rubber wheels fences, drywall to large sheet panels
›› 230mm platform height ›› 300mm deep load space
250kg
evenly
3YR
GUARANTEE
3YR
GUARANTEE
distributed
i Information
IDEAL FOR NARROW
PASSAGEWAYS
GS202H
GP160H GS203H
Overall Size Weight Load Overall Size Wheels Weight

L x W x H mm kg Capacity L x W x H mm mm kg
1220 x 400 x 1209 28 GP160H £421.00 300 kg 1500 x 700 x 1205 125 25 GS202H £490.55
1525 x 400 x 1209 39 GP162H £436.20 500 kg 1500 x 700 x 1290 200 28 GS203H £512.75
347

Clever Folding Trolley
›› Load capacity: 20kg on top tray & 40kg on bottom tray
›› Manufactured from injection moulded plastic & anodised aluminium
›› Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110L mm
FROM THIS
TO THIS
60kg
evenly
distributed
GC058Y
in Red
TO THIS
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
GC058Y
Black
in Black
Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit.
Push the green button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply strap
the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go....
The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.
Overall Size Weight
GC051Y L x W x H mm kg
in Green Clever Trolley - Green 890 x 550 x 1030 7 GC051Y £199.60
c/w 1 folding box Red or Black 890 x 550 x 1030 7 GC058Y £204.50
Extra Folding Box - 46 litre capacity 525 x 375 x 280 1.5 GC055Z £24.85*
Cash & Carry Nestable Trolleys

*price applicable when ordering with the Clever Trolley. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
3YR
›› Platform size: 1130 x 620mm
›› 100 nestable trolleys can be stored in the space normally
occupied by 27 conventional units (37m) manufactured
GUARANTEE
›› Both models with roller bearing wheels

›› Load capacity: GP1633 - 300kg & GP164H - 500kg
2 x GP1633 &
1 x GP701A
Overall Size Platform Wheels Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm Height mm mm kg
Standard
1230 x 700 2 fixed - 125
215 23 GP1633 £428.20
x 950 2 swivel - 125
2 x GP164H & Heavy Duty

1 x GP701A 1230 x 750 2 fixed - 200
292 29 GP164H £501.05
x 975 2 swivel - 125
Bottle Basket 500 x 203 mm GP701A £42.85
348

‘Proplaz®’ Clever Folding Trolley ®
›› Load capacity: 25kg on top tray

ProPlaz
››
45kg on bottom tray
Manufactured from injection moulded clever trolley
›› Folding boxes are stackable
& are kept securely in place by
male & female connectors
›› Folding boxes can be stacked up to 4 high
›› Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110D mm
Overall Size Weight
L x W x H mm kg
46 Litre Extra Folding Box 525 x 375 x 280 1.5 GC066Z £22.45*
D.I.Y. Trolleys
›› Heavy duty units suitable for large sheet or
panels & heavy bagged / boxed materials
›› Tubular steel support frame helps
prevent larger items sliding off
i Information
IDEAL FOR A
VARIETY OF USES
3YR
GUARANTEE
GS201H
manufactured
GS200H
Overall Size Load Weight
Wheels Model Price
1370 x 700 x 1010 4 x 125mm Rubber tyred swivel castors 250 kg 38 GS201H £594.50
1370 x 700 x 1050 4 x 125mm Rubber tyred swivel castors & 2 x 160mm rubber tyred castors 450 kg 40 GS200H £641.40
349

Turntable, General Purpose & Ackerman Trucks
General Purpose Trucks
›› General Purpose Trucks with either mesh or 15mm exterior grade plywood base
›› Mobile on REACH compliant, 340mm pneumatic steel centred wheels
›› Sides (2 x 275mm drop down) & ends interlock together
400kg
evenly
TI205R distributed
£232.80
TI205R
i Information
GENERAL PURPOSE
TRUCKS IDEAL FOR
USE THROUGHOUT
INDUSTRY
TI216R
£205.10
TI216R
REACH REACH Compliant

Platform Size Weight Assembly Compliant Wheels Puncture Proof Wheels
Description

Mesh Base 26 ASE / £35 TI212R £184.55 TI222R £285.80
1200 x 600 x 360
Plywood Base 30 ASE / £35 TI216R £205.10 TI226R £306.35 Assembly Available
General Purpose Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends To have the product delivered
Mesh Base 32 ASF / £40 TI201R £212.60 TI231R £313.85 code & price with order
1200 x 600 x 360
Plywood Base 36 ASF / £40 TI205R £232.80 TI235R £334.05
350
350 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 14:37:49

TI212R
£184.55
TI212R
i Information
UNITS AVAILABLE
WITH PUNCTURE
PROOF WHEELS
“WILL NOT LET REACH
YOU DOWN” i Information COMPLIANT
WHEELS
FOR HEAVY DUTY REACH (Registration,
USE WITH A Evaluation, Authorisation &
MASSIVE is a European regulation
400KG
that addresses the
production & use
LOAD CAPACITY & their potential impacts
& the environment
TI201R
£212.60
400kg
evenly
distributed TI201R
351
351 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 14:38:32

Plastic Platform Truck Turntable Truck
›› Mobile on 330mm pneumatic wheels ›› Heavy gauge steel frame with 18mm thick plywood deck
›› The corners on this unit are rounded ›› Heavy duty 4.5mm thick ball race plate for strength
to help prevent damage to walls & easy movement when fully loaded
›› Handle height of 1090mm & body height of 575mm ›› Mobile on 400mm REACH compliant pneumatic wheels
& frame size of 1170L x 760W x 229Hmm ›› Heavy duty powder coated paint for a supreme finish
i Information
350kg
evenly
distributed HEAVY DUTY
4.5MM THICK BALL
RACE PLATE FOR
STRENGTH & EASY
MOVEMENT
TT127705
Assembly Available
500kg
NEW
TI204B To have the product delivered
evenly
to you assembled please quote distributed
Overall Size Weight Assembly Platform Size

L x W x H mm kg Code / Price L x W mm
1315 x 765 x 1090 29 ASC / £25 TI204B £231.85 1200 x 770 TT127705 £398.00
Stock Trolley Plywood Decked Balanced Trucks

›› Fully welded frame, push/pull
handles & steel base
200mm cushion castors
›› Durable powder coated finish
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
400kg
evenly
distributed
HB850J
350kg
evenly
distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
›› Strong & robust plywood decked trucks HB800J

›› Fully welded rolled steel & tubular sections
›› Hinged plywood sides can be easily
removed when required
›› Mobile on 2 x 250mm & 2 x 200mm rubber wheels
GP700H
Overall Size Platform Size Weight
Model Price
4 Wheel Truck
Platform Size Overall Size Weight 1420 x 810 x 1000 1135 x 800 x 450 52 HB800J £680.85
Model Price
L x W mm L x W x H mm kg 4 Wheel Truck with 300mm high sides
1000 x 700 1200 x 700 x 1245 30 GP700H £447.90 1420 x 810 x 1000 1100 x 765 x 450 60 HB850J £766.95
352
18 - General Purpose, Turntable & Ackermen Trucks - GPC Pages.indb 3 30/12/2020 13:10:48
Turntable, General
Distribution
Purpose
Trucks
& Ackerman
& Rolcontainers
Trucks
Industrial General Purpose Trucks
500kg
›› Large 1500L x 750Wmm platform evenly
distributed
›› Industrial General Purpose Trucks with either
mesh or 15mm exterior grade plywood base
›› Mobile on REACH compliant, 340mm
pneumatic steel centred wheels
›› Sides (2 x 275mm drop down) &
ends interlock together
i Information
FOR HEAVY DUTY
USE WITH A
MASSIVE
500KG TI541R
LOAD CAPACITY
FROM ONLY
£245.20
TI545R
i Information
UNITS AVAILABLE WITH

PUNCTURE PROOF WHEELS
“WILL NOT LET YOU DOWN”
TI552R
Assembly Available
to you assembled please quote TI556R
REACH REACH Compliant REACH

Platform Size Weight Assembly Compliant Wheels Puncture Proof Wheels COMPLIANT
Description WHEELS
Model Price Model Price REACH (Registration,
General Purpose Trucks Restriction of Chemicals)
Mesh Base 27 ASE / £35 TI552R £245.20 TI592R £350.75 is a European regulation
1500 x 750 x 360 that addresses the
Plywood Base 33 ASE / £35 TI556R £290.65 TI596R £396.20 production & use
General Purpose Trucks with Mesh Sides & Ends of chemical substances,
Mesh Base 34.5 ASF / £40 TI541R £277.45 TI581R £383.00 on both human health
1500 x 750 x 360 & the environment
Plywood Base 40.5 ASF / £40 TI545R £327.70 TI585R £433.25
353
353 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 14:39:16

Tip-A-Trucks
FROM ONLY
›› Unique tipping action - the trucks easily tip when
lifted to make it easier to dispense the contents
£149.95
›› Large wheels give these units a smooth
ride over rough & uneven terrain
›› The easy to clean polyethylene body is
supported by a strong & durable steel frame
UNIQUE TIPPING ACTION

As the unit is tipped, the wheels
slide to the middle of the unit,
giving you a greater degree of
stability when emptying
Locking mechanism keeps
the easy clean Polyethylene
body from tipping,
controlled by an easy TI208B
release mechanism
Assembly Available
Load Capacity Overall Size Weight Assembly

Wheel Size Model Price
Capacity Litres L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
200 kg 80 1150 x 500 x 470 250mm 17 ASC / £25 TI207B £149.95
400 kg 125 1180 x 580 x 630 300mm 25 ASC / £25 TI208B £199.95
‘Hefty’ Wheelbarrow Galv. & Steel Pan Wheelbarrows

›› Heavy duty polypropylene ›› WB713B: features galvanised steel
plastic body with a strong rust resistant body. Mobile on a 300mm
galvanised steel frame & pneumatic wheel for use over rough terrain
reinforced galvanised ›› WB712B: features under pan support that gives
base plate far greater strength. Mobile on a 300mm pneumatic
›› Mobile on a 400mm wheel for uneven terrain
pneumatic wheel
WB713B
WB712B
WB714B
Body Capacity Overall Size

Model Price
Capacity Overall Size Material Litres L x W x H mm
Model Price
Litres L x W x H mm Galvanised 90 1280 x 590 x 540 WB713B £71.60
110 1280 x 540 x 590 WB714B £89.95 Steel 90 1280 x 590 x 540 WB712B £69.95
H.D 200L Wheelbarrow

›› Strong galvanised steel frame
& polypropylene body
›› Mobile on 2 x 400mm pneumatic
wheels for use over rough terrain
i Information
WB200B
LARGE 200L
£219.90 HEAPED CAPACITY
Capacity Overall Size Body Size Weight

Model Price
Litres L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg
200 1620 x 700 x 770 1080 x 700 x 420 20 WB200B £219.90
WB200B
354
354 - GPC.indd 5 06/01/2021 14:39:56

Prime Heavy Duty Turntable Trucks
700kg
›› 250mm dia rubber, steel centred heavy duty wheels evenly
›› Handle height: 1070mm distributed
›› 180mm fixed ends & hinged sides

›› TI802B & TI801B incorporate a heavy duty handle
operated park brake - lift the handle up & it
operates the stoppers on the wheels
TI801B
FROM ONLY
TI802B
£456.65
Standard Unit Units with Brake
Platform Size Weight
Description
L x W x H mm kg Assembly Assembly Assembly Available
Code / Price Code / Price To have the product delivered
Flat Deck Unit 65 ASF / £40 TI812B £456.65 ASF / £40 TI802B £478.80
1250 x 700 x 335 code & price with order
4 Sided Unit 86 ASF / £40 TI811B £526.20 ASF / £40 TI801B £551.95
Tow Trucks
››
››
Fully welded frame construction with fixed ends
Designed for either manual or power towing
3YR
GUARANTEE
750kg
evenly
distributed
using the rear towing hitch & towbar manufactured

›› Mobile on 2 swivel 200mm rubber castors
& 2 fixed 200mm rubber wheels
›› 18mm exterior grade plywood deck - varnished
Tow Bar
FROM ONLY
£930.15
Platform Size Overall Size Weight Manual Unit Towbar Unit
L x W mm L x W x H mm kg Model Price Model Price WTT01T
1500 x 1000 1700 x 1000 x 1065 WTT01M £930.15 WTT01T £1014.90
75
2000 x 1000 2200 x 1000 x 1065 WTT02M £1006.00 WTT02T £1090.65
Four Wheel Ackerman Trucks

›› Available in 3 wheel options
Ackerman, dual axle trolley - enables tight turning circles
3YR
››
without threatening the stability of the load
GUARANTEE
›› Detachable sides & ends are available as options
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£508.25
AT901J & AT901S
Platform Size Platform Load Weight

Description Wheels Model Price
L x W mm Height mm Capacity kg kg
250mm Pneumatic 250 38 AT901P £508.25
Flat Deck 310
Unit
250mm Cushion 1200 x 600 250 42 AT901J £525.05 ACKERMAN
350mm Cushion 435 400 60 AT901L £555.90 AT901L STEERING
Detachable Sides & Ends - - - - AT901S £175.70* LINKAGE
*price applicable when ordering with the Ackerman Trucks. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
355
Utility Turntable Trucks Rough Terrain Trucks
›› Fully welded construction with exterior ›› The aluminium deck model has an
grade plywood deck with optional factory all tubular steel deck surround with
fitted fixed plywood sides & ends radiused corners & an aluminium
›› Friction turntable mechanism with fixed rear axle chequer plate deck
›› It is fitted with a ball bearing
turntable plate & the handle is spring
loaded to return to upright position
200kg ›› The sheet steel & expanded
evenly
distributed
metal models have a 35mm lip
all round the deck
up to
500kg
evenly
distributed
GP717J
GP902H
GP901H
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured GP898P
Truck without Truck with

Platform Size Wheel Sides & Ends 200mm Sides & Ends
L x W x H mm Type
Wt. kg Model Price Wt. kg Model Price
900 x 500 x 328 200mm Rubber 21 GP901H €531.00 28 GP902H €647.63
900 x 500 x 398 260mm Pneumatic 21 GP901P €604.73 28 GP902P €720.53
1200 x 600 x 328 200mm Rubber 28 GP903H €595.73 37 GP904H €755.10
1500 x 700 x 328 200mm Rubber 35 GP905H €736.50 45 GP906H €966.90 GP998P
2 Tonne Trucks
›› Heavy duty steel frame manufactured
with exterior grade
plywood deck & mobile
››
on H.D. 300mm wheels
Heavy duty ball
GP998P
with GP890Z 3YR
GUARANTEE
bearing turntable Heavy duty ball bearing Sheet Steel Deck

assembly for turntable assembly for easy
910L x 610W x 300H Platform Size
movement when fully loaded
easy movement Load Weight
Wheels Model Price
when fully loaded Cap. kg kg
200mm Cushion 350 35 GP897H €753.45
2000kg
evenly 250mm Pneumatic 450 36 GP898P €867.30
distributed
250mm Cushion 450 39 GP899J €867.30
Expanded Steel Deck

Load Weight
Wheels Model Price
Cap. kg kg
200mm Cushion 350 27 GP997H €758.18
250mm Pneumatic 450 28 GP998P €871.28
250mm Cushion 450 31 GP999J €871.28
Aluminium Deck
Load Weight
Wheels Model Price
Cap. kg kg
3YR
250mm Pneumatic 500 33 GP716P €1205.40
TT2000Y
250mm Cushion 500 36 GP717J €1205.40
GUARANTEE
manufactured Box Body

900L x 600W x 250H with 18mm Plywood Base
Platform Size Handle Weight
Model Price
L x W mm Height mm kg Description Model Price
1200 x 600 1080 90 TT1200Y €1784.33
Factory Fitted to suit Sheet Steel or
1500 x 800 1080 110 TT1500Y €1927.28 GP890Z €244.13
Expanded Steel Models
2000 x 1000 1080 130 TT2000Y €2109.00
356
Hand Drawn Trucks
NT502B
750kg
evenly
distributed
3YR
GUARANTEE NT482B
manufactured
›› All sizes are fitted with a friction

turntable plate assembly. Ball Bearing
turntable plate assembly is available on
all models - call for details
›› Both metal & plywood sided units have
removable hinged sides & fixed ends
Friction Parking Brake
Friction Parking Brake - Can be fitted to all new trucks. NT482B & NT482B &
ET709A £248.50
Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform 2000x1000/TG10 2000x1000/WG
Wire Mesh Superstructure Tubular Steel Superstructure

›› Suitable for trucks without sides & ends ›› Factory fitted
›› Height: 910mm infilled with 50 x 50mm ›› Available either 500 or 1000mm high. 1000mm
mesh & a half drop side gate high comes with a half side for easy access
›› Demountable to enable wider application ›› Demountable to enable wider application
Platform Box with Half Drop Platform Tubular Steel Suffix Tubular Steel Suffix
Price Price Price
Size mm Side Suffix Size mm - 500mm High - 1000mm High
1220 x 760 / WG £572.20 1220 x 760 /TG5 £335.95 /TG10 £548.80
1500 x 760 / WG £641.95 1500 x 760 /TG5 £616.05 /TG10 £655.00

2000 x 1000 / WG £772.25 2000 x 1000 /TG5 £642.90 /TG10 £684.40
With Plywood Sides & Ends With Sheet Steel Sides & Ends
Without Sides & Ends
Platform 300mm Deep 200mm Deep
Load Platform
Height Wheels
Capacity Size mm Weight Weight Weight
mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
kg kg kg
480 350mm Cushion Roller Bearing 60 NT480L £688.90 84 NT490L £979.75 108 NT500L £992.15
1220
750 kg 505 400mm Cushion Roller Bearing 70 NT480M £727.50 94 NT490M £1018.15 118 NT500M £1030.40
x 760
505 400mm Pneumatic Roller Bearing 50 NT480B £669.20 74 NT490B £960.00 98 NT500B £972.35
1500
x 760
2000
x 1000
357
Turntable & Ackerman Trucks
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£835.65
TP622C
i Information
SUITABLE FOR
USE THROUGHOUT
INDUSTRY
›› Manufactured from fully welded tubular

steel & angle section with an exterior
grade plywood platform
›› Turntable Trucks: fitted with ball-bearing turntable assembly. Easily steered when loaded
›› Ackerman Trucks: steers from a central pivot, transmitted by adjustable track rods. No
possibility of tipping whilst turning as the wheels are located underneath the corners at all times
Friction Parking Brake - Can be fitted to all new trucks.

TP709A £248.50
Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform
Wire Mesh Superstructure

›› Suitable for turntable or ackerman trucks
without sides & ends
›› Height: 915mm infilled with 50 x 50mm mesh
›› Box construction with 1 lift out long side
Platform Box Box with Half
Price Price
TP602C Size mm Suffix Drop Side Suffix
1200 x 700 / WM £526.30 / WG £572.70
1500 x 800 / WM £620.80 / WG £641.95
2000 x 1000 / WM £762.05 / WG £772.25
Without Sides & Ends With Sides & Ends (300mm Deep)
Load Platform Platform Wheels
Capacity Size mm Height mm 4 x Roller Bearing Plywood Plywood
Weight Price Weight Price
Model Model
Turntable Trucks
750 kg 1200 x 700 400mm Pneumatic 62 kg TP600C £835.65 88 kg TP620C £1297.60
1500 400mm Cushion 105 kg TP601M £1071.75 133 kg TP621M £1604.45

x 800 505 400mm Pneumatic 77 kg TP601C £968.90 105 kg TP621C £1490.25
1000 kg
2000 400mm Cushion 132 kg TP602M £1314.35 165 kg TP622M £1838.20
x 1000 400mm Pneumatic 105 kg TP602C £1201.55 138 kg TP622C £1724.75
Two Wheel Ackerman Trucks
1500 400mm Pneumatic 79 kg TP603C £1197.40 109 kg TP623C £1656.75

x 800 400mm Cushion 106 kg TP603M £1311.05 137 kg TP623M £1773.95
1000 kg 505
2000 400mm Pneumatic 99 kg TP604C £1380.35 133 kg TP624C £1911.70
x 1000 400mm Cushion 126 kg TP604M £1493.50 160 kg TP624M £2025.00
358
Industrial Trailers
›› Platforms of exterior grade
plywood construction
›› Ball bearing turntable
design assuring easy turning
even when fully laden
›› Safety Features Include:
›› A ‘stop’ prevents the
drawbar dropping below
230mm from the ground
›› A ‘lock’ holds the drawbar vertically
›› Heavy king pins & spring loaded
retaining ball in the rear coupling
pin ensure safe towing &
eliminates self-releasing
›› Wire mesh superstructure,
IT561C
many more sizes & options are
Towing Hitch - When several trailers are to be used in a

IT710A £100.05
train. A rear towing hitch can be fitted to all new trucks
3YR
FROM ONLY
Friction Parking Brake - Can be fitted to all new trucks.

IT709A £253.30
£1332.70 GUARANTEE
Operated by a foot pedal at the rear of the platform manufactured
Load Platform Platform Wheels Without Sides & Ends With Sides & Ends (300mm Deep)
Capacity Size mm Height mm 4 x Roller Bearing Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
2000 400mm Pneumatic 110 kg IT541C £1332.70 143 kg IT561C £1933.15

1000 kg 505
x 1000 400mm Cushion 138 kg IT541M £1459.55 171 kg IT561M £2059.65
Heavy Duty Industrial Trailers

›› CE Marked & Plated
›› Towing eye diameter 50mm
›› Safety features include:
›› A ‘stop’ prevents the drawbar dropping below 230mm
›› A ‘lock’ holds the drawbar vertically
›› Heavy king pins & spring loaded retaining ball in the rear
coupling pin ensure safe towing & eliminates self-releasing
ACKERMAN STEERING TRAILERS

›› Ackerman steering for tight turning circles without destabilising the load Four Wheel
›› Removable drawbar which can be used at either end of the trailers Steering
Ackerman
›› Heavy duty steering turrets fitted with thrust bearing & phosper bronze bushes Trailer
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Load Platform Size Platform Weight

Wheels Platform Type Model Price
Capacity L x W mm Height mm kg
Heavy Duty Industrial Trailers
2500 420 300mm Cast Centred Polyurethane Tyres Steel - Chequer Plate 350 HT875P £6383.40
5000kg
x 1250 470 32mm Taper Roller Bearing Exterior Grade Plywood 350 HT895P £6577.20
Four Wheel Steering Ackerman Trailers
2500 580 450mm Solid Rubber Tyred Steel - Chequer Plate 350 HA573N £4679.25
3000kg
x 1250 630 30mm Roller Bearings Exterior Grade Plywood 350 HA583N £5045.50
359
Electric Tugs
FROM ONLY
Reduces strain & manual
NEW
››
››
exertions for users
Great alternative to forklifts
£2903.75
›› Interchangeable battery packs
are ideal to cover multiple
working shifts (extra
battery packs available)
›› Many hitch options available -
please see below. Electric &
specialist hitches also available
- call for more details
DEMONSTRATIONS SUITABLE FOR

AVAILABLE - PLEASE MANY INDUSTRIES
CALL FOR DETAILS & APPLICATIONS
Electric Tug - Hitch Options

1 2 3 4
No Description Model Price

1 Ball Top Hitch MT01H £140.15
2 Pin Hitch MT02H £140.15
3 Ball Top Hitch with Flat Plate MT03H £140.15
4 Pin Hitch with Flat Plate MT04H £140.15
360
360 - GPC.indd 11 14/01/2021 12:29:35

Premium Electric Tug
1500kg
towing
capacity
NEW
2YR
GUARANTEE
MT100312
›› Compact design - can be used where other materials handling equipment can’t be used because of their dimensions
›› Pedestrian tug doesn’t require a licence - safe tillerhead controls
›› Equipped with a 5 speed switch
›› Interchangeable battery pack system so it is ideal to cover multiple working shifts (extra battery packs available)
›› Mobile on 340mm pneumatic driving wheels but many other wheel types are available - please call for details
Towing Overall Size Wheelbase Turning
Driving Wheels Model Price
Capacity L x W x H mm mm Circle mm
1500kg 592 x 535 x 1256 340 900 340mm Pneumatic MT100312 £5182.25
Electric Tug - 1500kg Electric Tug - 1000kg

›› Allows easy pulling operations in low ›› Allows easy pulling operations in low
duty applications over short distances duty applications over short distances
›› Rear castors ensure higher ›› Interchangeable battery pack
stability when in use system so it is ideal to cover
›› Interchangeable battery pack multiple working shifts (extra
system so it is ideal to cover battery packs available)
multiple working shifts (extra ›› Rear castors ensure higher
battery packs available) stability when in use
›› Mobile on 250mm solid ›› Adjustable tiller position
foam filled wheels for easy operation NEW
›› Mobile on
250mm
NEW non-marking
solid tyres
1500kg
towing
capacity
1500kg
towing MT100215
capacity
MT100110
Towing Overall Size Wheelbase Turning Towing Overall Size Wheelbase Turning
Capacity L x W x H mm mm Circle mm Capacity L x W x H mm mm Circle mm
1500kg 590 x 700 x 1350 345 950 MT100215 £3822.25 1000kg 487 x 460 x 1250 325 950 MT100110 £2903.75
361
361 - GPC.indd 12 06/01/2021 17:02:54

Container Trucks & Trolleys
‘Proplaz® Xtra’ Mobile Tapered Trucks ›› Moulded in food grade polyethylene COLOUR
›› Tolerant between -20oC to +47oC OPTIONS
›› Tapered for easy storage Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
Natural
manufactured BLUE
ProPlaz ®
Xtra
Overall Size L x W x H mm Capacity Container Lid to Suit
Wheels
Internal External Litres Model Price Model Price
420 x 420 x 415 480 x 480 x 515 72 4 x 75mm swivel castors GC0072 £67.45 GC0087 £13.50*
880 x 550 x 570 1000 x 670 x 695 320 2 fixed & 2 swivel GC0320 £141.65 GC0090 £31.80*
1245 x 615 x 640 1410 x 775 x 790 455 100mm castors GC0455 £183.10 GC0091 £42.40*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
100% Recycled Mobile Tapered Trucks

›› Moulded from 100% recycled polyethylene
›› Tapered for easy storage
›› Not food grade
i Information
MOULDED FROM
100% RECYCLED
POLYETHYLENE
manufactured
Overall Size L x W x H mm Capacity Container Lid to Suit

Wheels
420 x 420 x 415 480 x 480 x 515 72 4 x 75mm swivel castors GBK072 £59.55 GBK087 £11.50*
880 x 550 x 570 1000 x 670 x 695 320 2 fixed & 2 swivel GBK320 £121.60 GBK090 £26.85*
1245 x 615 x 640 1410 x 775 x 790 455 100mm castors GBK455 £156.45 GBK091 £34.50*
362
362 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 14:41:46

‘Proplaz® Xtra’ Bottle Skips
ProPlaz ®
Xtra
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
i Information
manufactured
Green
IDEAL FOR
Blue
HOTEL & BARS
Yellow
Natural BLUE ONLY
Overall Size - L x W x H mm Capacity Weight
Model Price
kg
›› Tolerant between -20oC to +47oC Internal External Litres kg
›› Tapered for easy storage 600 x 390 x 580 650 x 460 x 660 135 135 8 GC9414 £71.65
›› Moulded in food grade polyethylene 555 x 400 x 685 615 x 455 x 750 150 150 8 GC9424 £71.15
›› Fully nestable when empty, moulded 780 x 405 x 555 820 x 455 x 620 165 165 8 GC9434 £72.60
in anti-jam design & fully watertight 610 x 555 x 560 670 x 615 x 620 185 185 8 GC9444 £77.40
›› Mobile on 4 x 50mm swivel castors 910 x 320 x 555 970 x 380 x 620 165 165 8 GC9454 £77.40
100% Recycled Bottle Skips

›› Moulded from 100% recycled polyethylene
›› Not food grade material
i Information
MOULDED FROM
100% RECYCLED
POLYETHYLENE
manufactured

Model Price
Internal External Litres kg kg
600 x 390 x 580 650 x 460 x 660 135 135 8 GBK9414 £62.25
555 x 400 x 685 615 x 455 x 750 150 150 8 GBK9424 £62.75
780 x 405 x 555 820 x 455 x 620 165 165 8 GBK9434 £63.25
610 x 555 x 560 670 x 615 x 620 185 185 8 GBK9444 £68.55
910 x 320 x 555 970 x 380 x 620 165 165 8 GBK9454 £69.00
363
363 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 14:42:20

Mobile Tapered Trucks with Handles ›› Moulded in food grade or 100% recycled polyethylene
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
GBK18200H GC180455H
manufactured
Overall Size L x W x H mm Capacity Coloured Container Black Recycled Container

Wheels
765 x 420 x 650 1060 x 480 x 905 200 4 x 75mm swivel castors GC180200H £127.20 GBK18200H £110.90
880 x 550 x 570 1200 x 690 x 810 320 2 fixed & 2 swivel GC180320H £165.30 GBK18320H £143.70
1245 x 615 x 640 1570 x 780 x 900 455 100mm castors GC180455H £206.75 GBK18455H £178.60
Tapered Bins
GC5417
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
Natural
GC5412 &
GC5415
GC5413 & GC0403 GD542Y
manufactured
›› Manufactured from food grade polyethylene ›› Tolerant between -20oC to +47oC
›› Resistant to most acids & alkalies ›› Blue dollies mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel castors
Overall Size Dia. x H mm Capacity Weight Container Lid to Suit Blue Dolly to Suit
Internal External Litres kg kg Model Price Model Price Model Price
305 x 380 350 x 390 20 20 1.66 GC5411 £36.75 GC0401 £9.10* GD541Y £115.00
400 x 510 460 x 520 45 45 2.72 GC5412 £42.20 GC0402 £9.45* GD542Y £118.70
440 x 570 510 x 585 65 65 4.09 GC5413 £50.35 GC0403 £10.90* GD543Y £118.70
485 x 635 540 x 645 85 85 4.54 GC5414 £53.00 GC0404 £12.70* GD544Y £122.40
505 x 640 575 x 650 110 110 5.45 GC5415 £67.30 GC0405 £14.50* GD545Y £126.05
610 x 870 700 x 890 215 215 7.5 GC5417 £72.75 GC0407 £18.15* GD547Y £127.90
364
364 - GPC.indd 3 06/01/2021 14:42:45

Tilt Trucks ERGONOMIC
HANDLE
›› Easy tilt polypropylene trucks
›› Push/pull handle & 2 fixed 230mm rubber wheels
& 2 swivel 100mm polypropylene castors which
make the units extremely manoeuvrable
450L
capacity
PCN95Y
EASY TO OPEN HALF PCN95Y

HINGED REMOVABLE LID
PCN95Y
Overall Size Capacity Weight with the lid
L x W x H mm Litres/kg kg removed for tipping
Without Lid 1180 x 780 x 925 21 PCN92Y £382.55
450/250
With Removable Lid 1180 x 780 x 955 23 PCN95Y £451.05
Container Trucks
350L
capacity
250L
capacity
PCI09Y
i Information
IDEAL FOR
PCI08Y BULKY ITEMS

›› Removable polypropylene containers
Model Price
External Internal Litres kg ›› Push/pull handle & 2 fixed & 2 swivel
1170 x 720 x 800 900 x 630 x 590 250 32 PCI08Y £345.40 125mm rubber castors make
1400 x 770 x 810 1130 x 680 x 600 350 39 PCI09Y £398.00 the units manoeuvrable
365
19 - Container Trucks & Trolleys - GPC Pages.indb 4 30/12/2020 13:19:18

Nesting Mobile Container with Lid
manufactured
NC5509
£108.95
COLOUR
OPTIONS
›› Easily cleaned Red
›› Smooth snag free Natural
›› Stackable Blue
›› Moulded from high density polyethylene Yellow
›› Stackable for compact storage the container
comes complete with a close fitting lid Overall Size Capacity Weight
Model Price
›› Tolerant between -40ºC to +70ºC W x D x H mm kg kg
›› Mobile on 4 x 50 mm diameter nylon swivel castors 610 x 510 x 540 50 7.5 NC5509 £108.95
Tidy Trucks
›› Manufactured from food grade polyethylene
›› Tolerant between -20ºC to +60ºC
›› Supplied with a removable 2 part lid, which
is hinged in the centre by galvanised pins
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm nylon
castors in a diamond formation
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red manufactured
Natural
Blue Overall Size - L x W x H mm Capacity Weight
Model Price
Yellow External Internal Litres kg
specify when ordering 1160 x 750 x 790 1060 x 620 x 580 350 22 ETT350 £260.30
1160 x 750 x 980 1060 x 620 x 760 500 28 ETT500 £282.80
366

Container Trucks
›› Manufactured from food grade polyethylene
›› Inert to a wide range of chemicals
›› Other colours available for quantities
i Information
HYGIENIC &
EASY TO CLEAN
GC420H
COLOUR
OPTIONS
250kg Red
evenly
distributed Blue
Capacity Overall Size Container Size

Litres L x W x H mm L x W x H mm
Container & Truck with 200mm corner mounted Rubber wheels 370 1040 x 730 x 845 940 x 640 x 610 GC420H £291.20
Container Only 370 - 940 x 640 x 610 GC4200 £122.30
Robust Rim Trucks

COLOUR
›› Strong & durable trucks moulded from OPTIONS
100% virgin (red, blue, yellow or green) or Red
100% recycled (black only) high density polyethylene Blue
›› Robust rim with recessed gripping improves handling Yellow
›› Suitable for temperatures between - 20oC and + 47oC Green
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm rubber tyred Black
castors. These are able to be fixed either in the corners specify when ordering
or in a diamond pattern - please specify when ordering.

The 100% virgin have 2 swivel braked castors
›› 600 litre capacity
4 x GC1105
Overall Size Internal

L x W x H mm Depth mm
100% Virgin High Density Polyethylene Robust Rim Trucks - Red, Blue, Yellow or Green
Container Only 1105 x 765 x 880 690 GC1105 £233.35
Container with removable Half Hinged Lid 1120 x 780 x 1000 690 GC1120 £316.00
100% Recycled High Density Polyethylene Robust Rim Trucks - Black GC1120
Container Only 1105 x 765 x 880 690 GC1205 £200.00
Container with removable Half Hinged Lid 1120 x 780 x 1000 690 GC1220 £275.65
367

Order Picking Trucks
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
885kg
Green evenly
distributed
Blue
Yellow
i Information
HYGIENIC &
EASY TO CLEAN
›› Manufactured from medium density polyethylene

›› Tolerant between -20ºC to +47ºC
›› The unique design of the truck allows for Overall Size - L x W x H mm Weight
Model Price
kg
easy loading & unloading of goods External Internal
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 100mm nylon castors 1255 x 785 x 1180 1175 x 720 x 1045 45 EPT885 £282.80
Interstacking Bins
2 x GC5422
›› Manufactured from food
grade polyethylene
›› Tolerant between
-20oC to +47oC
GC5424
›› PD001Y is 440L x 400Wmm
with an internal dia. of
380mm. Mobile on 4 x
75mm swivel castors
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
Blue
i Information manufactured
Yellow
Natural
HYGIENIC & EASY specify when ordering
3 x GC5421 TO CLEAN
& 1 x PD001Y
GC5423
Overall Size Dia. x H mm Capacity Weight Container Lid to Suit Dolly to Suit
Internal External Litres kg kg Model Price Model Price Model Price
357 x 160 440 x 175 15 15 1.82 GC5421 £38.60
357 x 280 440 x 300 25 25 2.72 GC5422 £41.30
GC0400 £13.60* PD001Y £62.55
357 x 390 440 x 405 40 40 2.27 GC5423 £46.70
357 x 620 440 x 650 60 60 3.18 GC5424 £61.20
*price applicable when ordering with the Containers. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
368
368 - GPC.indd 7 06/01/2021 14:43:26

Large Container Carrier Distribution Container Carrier
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber castors ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel rubber castors
›› Complete with 4 nesting containers: ›› Complete with 2 attached lid containers:
External size: 520L x 350W x 200H mm External size: 594L x 394W x 315H mm
Internal size: 440L x 315W x 195H mm Internal size: 510L x 338W x 280H mm
50kg 50kg
evenly evenly
GC4112
GC4113
Overall Size Trolley Overall Size Trolley

L x W x H mm Weight kg L x W x H mm Weight kg
1010 x 570 x 990 12 GC4112 £363.15 1060 x 450 x 1000 13 GC4113 £367.65
Three Tier Order Picking Trolleys

›› Load capacity 150kg, 50kg per shelf (GC5000 - load capacity 70kg, 35kg per shelf)
›› Fitted with plywood shelves or used with a
combination of plastic containers (supplied as extras)
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 125mm rubber tyred castors
(except GC5000 which has 4 x 100mm swivel braked castors)
Handling Equipment
GC4407 each
tier fitted
with a
varnished GC5000 (holds 1
Plywood 600 x 400mm
shelf container & 2
400 x 300
containers -
not included)
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size Weight Shelf

L x W x H mm kg Heights
2 tier trolley with upper tier able 410 x 680
18 - GC5000 £384.45
to tilt. To fit 3 x drop in containers x 750/1130
3 tier trolley with fixed tiers 850 x 520 210 / 750
28 GC4407 £508.55
& drop in plywood shelves x 1290 /1200
3 tier trolley with fixed tiers 850 x 520 210 / 750
27 GC4408 £471.55
to fit 3 x drop in containers x 1290 /1200 GC4409
3 tier trolley with 2 upper tiers able 850 x 520 210 / 750 (containers not included)
27 GC4409 £547.65
to tilt. To fit 3 x drop in containers x 1290 /1200
Optional Extra - 2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted GC4400 £65.60
369

Clever Folding Trolley
›› Load capacity: 20kg on top tray & 40kg on bottom tray
›› Manufactured from injection moulded plastic & anodised aluminium
›› Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110L mm
FROM THIS
TO THIS
60kg
evenly
distributed
GC051Y
in Green
TO THIS
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Green
GC058Y
Black
in Black
Unclip the wheels from the base & clip into the frame of the unit.
Push the green button on the handle & lift up to open the unit. Then simply strap
the box into the top tray using the Safety Straps & you’re ready to go....
The unit even has a foot operated brake between the rear wheels.
Overall Size Weight
GC058Y L x W x H mm kg
in Red Clever Trolley - Green 890 x 550 x 1030 7 GC051Y £199.60
c/w 1 folding box Red or Black 890 x 550 x 1030 7 GC058Y £204.50
Extra Folding Box - 46 litre capacity 525 x 375 x 280 1.5 GC055Z £24.85*
‘Foldaway’ Platform Trolley

*price applicable when ordering with the Clever Trolley. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
›› Unique wheels which fold underneath the 120kg

evenly
platform when the handle is folded distributed
›› Plastic platform with integral carry handles Telescopic

›› Telescopic handle with 3 heights: 720/820/920mm Rubber Handle
›› Folding box size open - 570L x 410W x 265H mm
›› Folding box size folded - 570L x 410W x 75H mm
GI392Y
folded
Box folded
GI392Y folded
GI393Y
GI392Y
handle recess GI392Y carried GI394Y
Braked Castors
Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Handle Weight

H x W x L mm H x W x L mm Heights mm kg
Platform Trolley 7 GI392Y £116.85
920 x 410 x 680 80 x 410 x 680 720 / 820 / 920
Platform Trolley with 1 x Removable Folding Box 9 GI393Y £142.25
(trolley only) (trolley only) (trolley only)
Platform Trolley with 2 x Removable Folding Boxes 11 GI394Y £165.70
370

‘Proplaz®’ Clever Folding Trolley
›› Load capacity: 25kg on top tray 70kg
evenly
45kg on bottom tray distributed
›› Manufactured from injection moulded
›› Folding boxes are stackable & are kept
securely in place by male & female connectors
›› Folding box has a capacity of 46 litres
›› Folding boxes can be stacked up to 4 high FROM ONLY
Folded size: 670H x 470W x 110D mm
£179.80
››
ProPlaz
clever trolley
2 x GC066Z
GC062Y
Overall Size Weight
L x W x H mm kg
Extra Folding Box 525 x 375 x 280 1.5 GC066Z £22.45*
371

Stock Trolley c/w Bins 300kg Container Storage Trolleys
evenly
distributed
›› Adjustable ›› Fitted with non-slip rubber matting
shelves on the top shelf & 4 grey non marking manufactured
›› Shelf size: 100mm swivel castors
630 x 415mm Complete with plastic containers:
3YR
››
›› Manufactured 415L x 370W x 185Hmm
GUARANTEE
in square
section steel
›› Mobile on 4
swivel castors
(2 braked)
125mm blue 150kg
non-marking evenly
distributed
wheels
›› Complete with
9 x grey bins
(455L x 210W
x 230H mm)
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
GC779Y CT404Y CT408Y
Overall Size Shelf Trolley

Model Price CORNER BUFFERS
L x W x H mm Heights mm Weight
Number of Overall Size Weight
Shelf 1 - 200 Model Price
Containers L x W x H mm kg
700 x 530 Shelf 2 - 510, 580 & 650
30kg GC779Y £947.65 4 490 x 575 x 1120 22 CT404Y £532.05
x 1280 Shelf 3 - 815, 890 & 960
Shelf 4 - 1270 8 490 x 1020 x 1120 37 CT408Y £814.20
Container Trolleys
›› Manufactured to a high specification in tubular steel
›› Complete with removable heavy duty grey polypropylene containers
›› Model CT3303 is ›› Model CT3306 is fitted with ›› Model CT3305 is fitted with 4
fitted with 4 non 2 fixed & 2 swivel castors non marking swivel castors &
marking swivel castors with non marking blue is available either complete with
& comes complete wheels & corner buffers 5 containers as shown or as a
›› The unit comes complete trolley only model - CT3405
with 3 Containers with 6 containers
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
CT3303 CT3306
*Container type may CT3305
differ to those shown
Description Shelf Heights mm Wheels mm Model Price
L x W x H mm Cap Kg Kg
Container Trolley Complete with 3 containers 600 x 455 x 1020 300/600/900 150 20 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors CT3303 £389.15
Container Trolley Complete with 5 containers 600 x 455 x 1610 200/490/780/1070/1360 150 26 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors CT3305 £578.95
2 x Fixed, 2 x Swivel Castors fitted
Container Trolley Complete with 6 containers 910 x 650 x 1065 325/625/925 200 37 CT3306 £777.80
with 125 non marking blue wheels
Container Trolley only 600 x 455 x 1610 200/490/780/1070/1360 150 18 4 x 100 non marking Swivel Castors CT3405 £424.10
2 Braked Castors for Models CT3303 / CT3305 + CT3405 Factory Fitted CT003Z £34.10
2 Braked Castors for Model CT3306 (Blue Wheels) Factory Fitted CT006Z £42.60
372

Mobile Tray Racks with Trays COLOUR
OPTIONS
›› Stainless steel models available Red
›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors Green
›› Fully welded steel angle tray racks Blue
›› Supplied with food grade polypropylene trays Yellow
›› Tolerant between -10ºC to +40ºC specify when ordering
›› Tray size - external: 762 x 457 x 95mm

›› Tray size - internal: 720 x 415 x 78mm
TR3110 TR4110
Overall Size Capacity Weight

L x W x H mm kg kg
Painted Models - c/w trays
10 Tray 800 x 570 x 1240 200 43 TR3110 £652.60 manufactured
15 Tray 800 x 570 x 1740 250 57.5 TR3115 £870.00
Stainless Steel Models - c/w trays
10 Tray
15 Tray
800 x 570 x 1240
800 x 570 x 1740
200
250
47
63
TR4110
TR4115
£1279.00
£1713.90
3YR
GUARANTEE
TR3115
& TR003Z
2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted TR003Z £34.10
Mobile Container Racks with Containers

›› Fully welded steel angle with 4 x 100 mm swivel nylon castors
›› Supplied with heavy duty grey polypropylene containers
›› Container size - external: 600 x 400 x 175mm
›› Container size - internal: 555 x 355 x 164mm COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
i Information Green
Blue
IDEAL FOR USE specify when ordering
IN BAKERIES &
SUPERMARKETS
MR3205 DMR25Y
Overall Size Capacity Weight

L x W x H mm kg kg
3YR
5 Containers 640 x 500 x 1110 200 25 MR3205 £455.35
10 Containers 940 x 640 x 1110 250 53 DMR25Y £678.30
8 Containers 640 x 500 x 1645 250 38 MR3208 £625.20 GUARANTEE
2 Braked Castors - Factory Fitted MR003Z £34.10 manufactured

MR3208
373

Baker Trolleys Preparation Trolleys
›› Made from corrosion resistant anodised aluminium ›› Made from corrosion resistant anodised aluminium
›› Containers & trays are extra ›› Containers & trays are extra
›› More sizes available - call for details ›› More sizes available - call for details
NEW
manufactured
manufactured
NEW
STT16
STT6 STT4 STT10/PREP

500 x 600 x 1565 STT4 £361.55 500 x 600 x 1275 STT8 £385.47
500 x 600 x 1715 STT6 £387.73 955 x 600 x 1275 STT16 £535.31
553 x 762 x 1535 STT10/BAKER £485.07 955 x 600 x 890 STT10/PREP £507.37
Trolleys - suitable for Healthcare, Education & Pharmaceutical Environments

›› Made from corrosion
resistant anodised
aluminium NEW
›› Complete with trays
›› More sizes available
- call for details
Tray Hanging
Facility
SCT8
SCT12 manufactured
Overall Size
Model Price
W x D x H mm
530 x 430 x 1105 SCT8 £203.65 SCT5
1090 x 430 x 1850 SCT12 £329.60
515 x 490 x 550 SCT5 £676.27
Lineside Trolley & Combi Trolley Dispensing Box Trolley

›› Made from ›› Made from corrosion resistant
corrosion anodised aluminium
resistant
anodised
›› Designed to hold 12 x 240mm
aluminium cardboard boxes of fluid bags
›› Containers such as saline drips, rubber
& trays are gloves etc
extra
NEW
manufactured
CSTT4LS
NEW STT6C
manufactured
Overall Size DBT1687
W x D x H mm
Overall Size
Model Price
Combi Trolley 500 x 870 x 1015 STT6C £499.73 W x D x H mm
Lineside Trolley 460 x 600 x 880 CSTT4LS £297.60 395 x 800 x 1687 DBT1687 £697.67
374

Self Levelling Trolleys
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Spring Loaded
mechanism moves up &
down dependent on
the load applied
i Information
HELP PREVENT
BACK STRAIN
GS9226
Self Levelling Trolleys - Box

›› Constructed from galvanised steel sides & ends
›› Fully welded frame & plastic deck
›› Unloaded platform height: 800mm
›› Loaded platform height: 300mm
›› 26kg is needed to initiate the lowering process
Self Levelling Trolleys - Bag

›› Re-inforced heavy duty PVC bag
›› Fully welded frame & exterior grade plywood deck
›› Unloaded platform height: 650mm
›› Loaded platform height: 150mm
›› 26kg is needed to initiate the lowering process
Version Wheels Model Price
GS9125 Box 935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 50 GS9226 £1012.20
Bag 935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 40 GS9125 £984.70
Folding Container Trolleys

›› All metal construction with a zinc plate coating
›› Neatly folds away when not in use
Capacity Length Overall Size Folded Size Weight

Model Price
kg mm H x W mm W x L mm kg
100mm Swivel Rubber Castors
700 100 x 1400 13 FC8611 £530.10
100 1000 770 x 670 100 x 1700 16 FC8612 £602.65
1200 100 x 1900 18 FC8613 £659.20
125mm Swivel Rubber Castors
700 100 x 1400 13 FC8614 £624.90
150 1000 770 x 670 100 x 1700 16 FC8615 £698.30
manufactured
1200 100 x 1900 18 FC8616 £754.90
375

Order Picking Trolleys with Clipboard Shelf
›› Manufactured in angle steel with fixed painted steel trays
›› Tray sizes: KTI13Y - 900 x 500mm & KTI14Y - 1000 x 700mm
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel braked castors
FROM ONLY
£291.55
250kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
Overall Size Shelf Weight Assembly

Wheels Model Price
L x W x H mm Heights mm kg Code / Price
KTI13Y 1330 x 500 x 1070 43 ASD / £30 KTI13Y £291.55
220/800 125mm Rubber
1430 x 700 x 1070 53 ASD / £30 KTI14Y £335.75
Order Picking Trolleys Heavy Duty Order Picking Trolley

›› Mobile on 4 swivel 125mm castors ›› No. of trays: 4
›› See pages 72 to 79 for suitable containers ›› Tray size: 1220 x 615mm
›› Top tread height of 920mm
›› Mobile on 2 fixed, 2 swivel 150mm rubber castors
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured 400kg
evenly
distributed
250kg
evenly
distributed
MS5702
(containers not included)
IDEAL FOR 600 x 400MM CONTAINERS MS5722 3YR

GUARANTEE
Containers Overall Size Tray Weight manufactured

Model Price
Held L x W x H mm Size mm kg
No of Tray Overall Size Weight
4 1360 x 620 x 1230 820 x 620 40 MS5701 £802.35 Model Price
Steps Type L x W x H mm kg
6 1760 x 620 x 1230 1220 x 620 51 MS5702 £874.15 4 Galvanised 1650 x 615 x 1950 107 MS5722 £1436.00
376
376 - GPC.indd 15 06/01/2021 14:44:45

Fort® Order Picking Trolleys
›› Ergonomically designed
handrails positioned 580mm
higher than the top step for
increased safety & comfort IFA
›› Top step size:

350W x 210Dmm 250kg
evenly
›› Top step height - distributed
3 step units: 720mm

4 step units: 960mm
›› Sprung loaded steps with
ribbed rubber treads
›› Tray size: 780L x 470W mm
Standard Order
Picking Trolleys
tyred swivel castors
GS Approved Order
Picking Trolleys
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2
swivel braked 125mm
rubber tyred castors
GS5633
3YR
FROM ONLY
GUARANTEE £437.60
manufactured ERGONOMIC
HANDLES
SPRUNG
WS5603 LOADED
WS5613 STEPS
No of No of Tray Overall Size Shelf Weight

Model Price
Steps Trays Material H x W x L mm Heights mm kg
Fort Standard Order Picking Trolleys
2 200 / 1000 29 WS5602 £437.60
Steel
3 200 / 600 / 1000 40 WS5603 £482.65
3 1320 x 520 x 1320
2 200 / 1000 28 WS5612 £448.20
Plywood
3 200 / 600 / 1000 39 WS5613 £498.95
Fort GS Approved Order Picking Trolleys
2 200 / 1000 31 GS5602 £504.10
3 1320 x 520 x 1320
3 200 / 600 / 1000 42 GS5603 £548.65
Steel
2 200 / 1240 41 GS5622 £564.35
4 1560 x 520 x 1520
3 200 / 720 / 1240 46 GS5623 £608.85
2 200 / 1000 30 GS5612 £514.90
3 1320 x 520 x 1320
3 200 / 600 / 1000 41 GS5613 £564.80
Plywood
2 200 / 1240 38 GS5632 £575.00
4 1560 x 520 x 1520
3 200 / 720 / 1240 43 GS5633 £625.10
377

Wheels, Castors & Conveyors
Light Duty Roller Tracks - packs of 4
5YR
GUARANTEE
5YR
GUARANTEE
5YR
GUARANTEE
›› Cylindrical plastic rollers ›› Flanged plastic rollers ›› Steel spindle cylindrical rollers
›› Roller pitch: 28mm ›› Roller pitch: 42mm ›› Roller pitch: 28mm
›› Can be supplied individually ›› Can be supplied individually ›› Can be supplied individually
- please call for details - please call for details - please call for details
Length Capacity per Price Length Capacity per Price Length Capacity per Price each
Model Model Model
mm Linear Metre (pack of 4) mm Linear Metre (pack of 4) mm Linear Metre (pack of 4)
2000 140kg RT20CR28X4 £42.00 2000 90kg RT20FR42X4 £53.80 2000 280kg RT20SSR28X4 £60.80
3000 140kg RT30CR28X4 £61.60 3000 90kg RT30FR42X4 £80.60 3000 280kg RT30SSR28X4 £90.80
Heavy Duty Roller Tracks
›› Flanged plastic rollers

2YR
GUARANTEE
Length Capacity per Roller Pitch: 96mm Roller Pitch: 72mm

mm Linear Metre Model Price (each) Model Price (each)
2400 845kg RT24FPR96 £104.50 RT24FPR72 £115.85
3600 845kg RT36FPR96 £149.85 RT36FPR72 £169.55
›› Cylindrical plastic rollers

2YR
GUARANTEE
Length Capacity per Roller Pitch: 96mm Roller Pitch: 72mm Roller Pitch: 48mm
mm Linear Metre Model Price (each) Model Price (each) Model Price (each)
2400 1300kg RT24CPR96 £108.85 RT24CPR72 £127.65 RT24CPR48 £160.55
3600 1300kg RT36CPR96 £155.90 RT36CPR72 £186.25 RT36CPR48 £234.45
›› Cylindrical steel rollers 2YR

GUARANTEE
Length Capacity per Roller Pitch: 96mm Roller Pitch: 72mm Roller Pitch: 48mm
mm Linear Metre Model Price (each) Model Price (each) Model Price (each)
2400 2600kg RT24STR96 £188.45 RT24STR72 £229.55 RT24STR48 £315.60
3600 2600kg RT36STR96 £271.70 RT36STR72 £338.60 RT36STR48 £467.25
378
20 - Wheels, Castors & Conveyors - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 13:24:00

Light Duty Top Plate Castors
›› A competitively priced range of robust light duty castors
›› Wheel sizes from 50mm to 200mm
Black Rubber Tyred Swivel Grey Rubber Tyred Braked White Polypropylene Swivel Grey Rubber Tyred Fixed
Wheel Load Overall Bearing Fixing Castor Code Castor Code Castor Code
Wheel Type Price Price Price
Dia. Capacity Height Type Centres Swivel Fixed Braked
White Polypropylene 50DRL4PP £3.45 - - 50DRL4PPSWB £4.20
50mm 40kg 73mm 35 x 35
Grey Rubber Tyred 50DRL4GRG £3.45 - - 50DRL4GRGSWB £4.20
Plain
White Polypropylene 75DRL4PP £4.25 - - 75DRL4PPSWB £4.60
75mm 50kg 100mm 45 x 45
Grey Rubber Tyred 75DRL4GRG £4.60 - - 75DRL4GRGSWB £5.55
White Polypropylene 185kg 100DR4PPB £5.70 100DR8PPB £4.50 100DR4PPBSWB £8.80
100mm Grey Rubber Tyred 75kg 128mm Roller 100DR4GRB £6.75 100DR8GRB £5.30 100DR4GRBSWB £7.70
Black Rubber Tyred 80kg 100DR4BSB £6.15 100DR8BSB £5.55 100DR4BSBSWB £7.80
80 x 60
White Polypropylene 220kg 125DR4PPB £7.60 125DR8PPB £6.80 125DR4PPBSWB £10.75
125mm Grey Rubber Tyred 152mm Roller 125DR4GRB £10.00 125DR8GRB £8.45 125DR4GRBSWB £13.55
100kg
Black Rubber Tyred 125DR4BSB £10.40 125DR8BSB £8.45 125DR4BSBSWB £14.70
White Polypropylene 250kg 160DR4PP £13.70 160DR8PP £12.95 160DR4PPSWB £19.35
160kg
105 x 80
White Polypropylene 250kg 200DR4PP £17.65 200DR8PP £16.50 200DR4PPSWB £19.75
205kg
Light Duty Bolt Hole Castors
White Polypropylene White Polypropylene Grey Rubber Tyred Grey Rubber Tyred
Bolt Hole - Swivel Bolt Hole - Swivel Braked Bolt Hole - Swivel Bolt Hole - Swivel Braked
Load Overall Bearing Suits Bolts Castor Code Castor Code
Wheel Dia. Wheel Type Price Price
Capacity Height Type Dia. - Swivel - Braked
White Polypropylene 50DRLBH10PP £3.55 50DRLBH10PPSWB £4.30
50mm 40kg 71mm
Grey Rubber Tyred 50DRLBH10GRG £3.90 50DRLBH10GRGSWB £4.70
10mm
75mm 50kg 95mm
Plain
100mm 80kg 128mm
12mm
125mm 100kg 150mm
Expander Fittings Tube Size

Round Square
Round
Expander
Square
Expander
(Internal mm)
Price
Code Code
›› This range of nylon fittings Min Max
allow castors to be fitted to 19 21.5 R19 - £2.05

hollow tube equipment 21.5 24 R21 S21 £2.05
›› Add expander code & price to 24 27 R24 S24 £2.05

27 30 R27 S27 £2.05
your choice of bolt hole castor
31 35 R31 - £3.90
31 35 - S31 £3.90
36 40 - S36 £3.90
Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS 379
379 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 14:46:14

Medium Duty Steel Castors
›› Load capacities from 27kg to 600kg
›› Traditional style castors with
original UK bolt hole spacings
Footbrake
›› Brakes are available on 75 or 100mm

swivel castors with RN or NY wheels
The 75mm castors have a single
ended brake & the 100mm castors
have a double ended brake
add suffix BR to swivel castor code
Price Extra: 75mm = £2.50
100mm = £3.65 Fixed Swivel
Swivel Braked Swivel

Wheel Swivel/ Overall Bolt Hole Poly Tyred Poly Tyred Rubber Tyred
Bearing Price Nylon Price Cast Iron Price Price Price
dia. Fixed Height Spacing Cast Iron Nylon Nylon
P961NY P961CI P961RN
Swivel - - £2.55 £4.80 - - £5.05
54kg 54kg 27kg
50 64 54 x 25 Plain
Fixed - - £2.15 £4.10 - - £4.35
54kg 54kg 27kg
Swivel - - £3.90 £8.80 - - £8.25
122kg 122kg 45kg
63 81 76 x 44 Plain
Fixed - - £2.85 £7.20 - - £6.80
122kg 122kg 45kg
PS075PC P361NY P361CI P361RN
Swivel 80 x 60 £19.15 £4.65 £11.20 - - £5.75
115kg 170kg 170kg 90kg
75 95 Plain
PF075PC P388NY P388CI P388RN
Fixed 83 x 35 £17.85 £3.35 £9.80 - - £4.75
115kg 170kg 170kg 90kg
P461NY P461CI P461PN P461RN
Plain - - £9.75 £13.70 £13.10 £10.20
270kg 340kg 250kg 160kg
Swivel 105 x 80
PS100PCB
Roller £28.55 - - - - - - - -
250kg
100 125
Plain - - £5.80 £12.70 £10.20 £9.05
270kg 340kg 250kg 160kg
Fixed 110 x 38
PF100PCB
Roller £25.20 - - - - - - - -
250kg
116 x 64 Plain - - £16.20 £18.55 £17.10 £16.00
365kg 475kg 300kg 180kg
Swivel
PS125PCB
108 x 80 Roller £41.50 - - - - - - - -
270kg
125 153
116 x 64 Plain - - £9.20 £11.45 £13.70 £10.20
365kg 475kg 300kg 180kg
Fixed
PF125PCB
105 x 80 Roller £34.95 - - - - - - - -
270kg
P661NY P661CI P661PN
Plain - - £28.45 £39.20 £44.20 - -
520kg 680kg 600kg
Swivel 140 x 105
PS150PCB P661NYBJ P661PNBJ P661RNBJ
Ball £61.55 £46.50 - - £55.80 £49.25
540kg 520kg 600kg 300kg
150 181
P688NY P688CI P688PN
Plain - - £21.75 £32.65 £36.55 - -
520kg 680kg 600kg
Fixed 133 x 67
PF150PCB P688NYBJ P688PNBJ P688RNBJ
Ball £54.35 £38.80 - - £48.10 £41.60
540kg 520kg 600kg 300kg
380 Low value orders may be subject to a handling charge - CALL FOR DETAILS
380 - GPC.indd 3 06/01/2021 14:46:34

Expanding Fitting Castors
›› Robust institutional castors
›› Precision ball bearings & plastic thread guards to reduce noise & rolling resistance
›› 10mm single bolt hole fixing but can be used with any of the expanders listed
WR4721.5-24
Expanding Tubular Adaptors

To suit
Model Price
Tubing
Round
19mm to 21.5mm WR0719-21.5 £2.65
21.5mm to 24mm WR0721.5-24 £2.65
24mm to 27mm WR0724-27 £2.65
27mm to 30mm WR0727-30 £2.65 PS75PJPBHBR
31mm to 35mm WR0731-35 £3.40

Square
21.5mm to 24mm WR4721.5-24 £2.65
24mm to 27mm WR4724-27 £2.65
27mm to 30mm WR4727-30 £2.65
32mm to 35mm WR4732-35 £3.40
36mm to 40mm WR4736-40 £3.40 PS75PJPBH
Wheel Tread Load Overall Bearing Swivel Swivel Braked

Wheel Type Price Price
Dia. Width Cap kg Height Type Model Model
75 Grey Rubber 30mm 75 100 Ball PS75PJPBH £8.60 PS75PJPBHBR £10.80
Medium Duty Stainless Steel Castors

›› A range of stainless steel castors with double ball race heads for use in environments where there
is a high level of moisture present or where hygiene requirements demand frequent washing
›› Plate size: 105 x 85mm ›› Hole centres - 80 x 60mm
8477UOO100P62 8478UAD125P62
8470UED100P62
Wheel Tread Load Overall Bearing Swivel Castor Model Castor Model Castor Model
Dia. Width Capacity Height Type Radius Swivel Fixed Braked
Nylon 34mm 100kg Plain 8470UOO080P62 £18.00 8478UOO080P62 £13.95 8477UOO080P62 £21.45
80mm Polyurethane 108mm 80
30mm Roller 8470UAD080P62 £23.85 8478UAD080P62 £19.35 8477UAD080P62 £29.00
Tyre / Nylon Centre
Nylon 35mm Plain 8470UOO100P62 £18.70 8478UOO100P62 £14.55 8477UOO100P62 £22.25
Polyurethane 150kg 90
100mm 128mm Roller 8470UAD100P62 £22.80 8478UAD100P62 £18.45 8477UAD100P62 £29.90
Tyre / Nylon Centre
30mm
Elastic Rubber
Roller 8470UED100P62 £30.95 8478UED100P62 £22.40 8477UED100P62 £37.05
Tyre / Nylon Centre
Nylon 300kg Plain 107.5 8470UOO125P62 £21.15 8478UOO125P62 £15.90 8477UOO125P62 £24.45
125mm Polyurethane 40mm 155mm
200kg Roller 8470UAD125P62 £26.45 8478UAD125P62 £20.70 8477UAD125P62 £33.55
Tyre / Nylon Centre
381 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 14:46:59

Top Plate Medium Duty Castors
›› Pressed steel double
ball race swivel heads
›› Wheel sizes from
100mm to 200mm
›› Load capacity: ranges
from 80kg to 350kg
Swivel with Brake Swivel Swivel
Wheel Tread Load Overall Plate Bolt Suits Bearing Swivel Fixed Braked
Dia. Width Cap kg Height Dims Centres Bolt Type Model Model Model
Nylon 35 200 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Plain 100DR4NY £13.80 100DR8NY £10.80 100DR4NYSWB £18.30
Polyurethane 38 220 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Ball 100DR4PNBJ £16.95 100DR8PNBJ £14.10 100DR4PNBJSWB £21.70
100
Blue Rubber Tyred 34 180 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Roller 100DR4BNB £15.50 100DR8BNB £12.45 100DR4BNBSWB £20.40
Black Rubber Tyred 32 80 128 105x85 80x60 M8 Roller 100DR4PSB £12.90 100DR8PSB £9.60 100DR4PSBSWB £17.60
125
150
160
200
Bolt Hole Medium Duty Castors

›› Pressed steel double
ball race swivel heads
›› Wheel sizes from
100mm to 200mm
›› Load capacity: ranges
from 80kg to 350kg
Swivel with Brake Swivel Swivel - Black

- Polyurethane - Nylon Rubber Tyred
Wheel Tread Load Cap Overall Suits Bearing Swivel Braked
Wheel Type Price Price
Dia. Width kg Height Bolt Type Model Model
Nylon 35 200 128 M12 Plain 100DRBH12NY £13.80 100DRBH12NYSWB £18.30
Polyurethane 38 220 128 M12 Ball 100DRBH12PNBJ £16.95 100DRBH12PNBJSWB £21.70
100
Blue Rubber Tyred 34 180 128 M12 Roller 100DRBH12BNB £15.50 100DRBH12BNBSWB £20.40
Black Rubber Tyred 32 80 128 M12 Roller 100DRBH12PSB £12.90 100DRBH12PSBSWB £17.60
125
150
160
200
382 - GPC.indd 5 06/01/2021 14:47:17

Heavy Duty Pressed Steel Castors
›› Manufactured from heavy gauge zinc plated pressed steel
›› Robust range of castors are all fitted with double ball races
& hardened steel tracks in the swivel heads
›› Suitable for power towing up to 6kph
›› Load capacities from 300kg to 800kg
150GDH4PTBJ 150GDH4NYBJ 160GDH4EABJSWB 150GDH8PTBJ

Wheel Tread Load Overall Plate Bolt Suits Bearing Swivel Fixed Braked
Dia. Width Cap kg Height Dims Centres Bolt Type Model Model Model
Nylon 50 800 166 135x110 105x80 M12 Ball 125GDH4NYBJ £33.95 125GDH8NYBJ £28.30 125GDH4NYBJSWB £41.45
125 Rubber Tyred 50 300 166 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 125GDH4EABJ £34.25 125GDH8EABJ £29.75 125GDH4EABJSWB £43.20
Polyurethane 50 550 166 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 125GDH4PTBJ £42.70 125GDH8PTBJ £37.05 125GDH4PTBJSWB £46.90
150 Nylon 45 700 194 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 150GDH4NYBJ £41.35 150GDH8NYBJ £29.55 150GDH4NYBJSWB £46.20
150 Polyurethane 50 800 194 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 150GDH4PTBJ £49.20 150GDH8PTBJ £38.50 150GDH4PTBJSWB £53.65
Nylon 50 800 239 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 200GDH4NYBJ £48.50 200GDH8NYBJ £56.45 200GDH4NYBJSWB £54.40
Polyurethane 50 800 239 135x105 105x80 M12 Ball 200GDH4PTBJ £57.65 200GDH8PTBJ £65.35 200GDH4PTBJSWB £64.20
Heavy Duty Fabricated Castors
Directional Lock
›› 2 way directional lock
add suffix ’D‘ to swivel castor code
Price Extra: £12.60
available as a retro fit on
all the swivel castors
PSL100CIBJ PFL100PTBJ PSL100PTBJBR
Wheel Tread Load Overall Bearing Swivel Fixed Swivel Braked

Dia. Width Cap kg Height Type Model Model Model
Polyurethane 50mm 450 Ball PSL100PTBJ £44.40 PFL100PTBJ £33.70 PSL100PTBJBR £49.30
100 Nylon 40mm 450 140 Ball PSL100NYBJ £28.05 PFL100NYBJ £23.15 PSL100NYBJBR £34.70
Cast Iron 50mm 450 Ball PSL100CIBJ £29.10 PFL100CIBJ £23.80 PSL100CIBJBR £33.70
383 - GPC.indd 6 06/01/2021 14:47:35

Heavy Duty Castors
›› PFH fixed castors: heavy gauge press formed sideplates welded to the top plate
›› PSH swivel castors: heavy duty forged steel top plate joined to an outer swivel ring by a full complement ball
race running in hardened tracks. The race serves as both a thrust & radial bearing & is provided with a nylon
seal at the top & greased through a hydraulic nipple. The closed base of the ring prevents downward escape of
the lubricant & completes the grease reservoir. The sideplates are press formed to a cylindrical shape to give
the best strength to weight ratio & are continuously welded to the swivel ring
›› Top plates are 149 x 110mm with 105 x 80mm centres & holes drilled to suit M12 bolts.
PSH125NYBJBR
PSH125PTBJ
Directional Lock
›› 2 way directional lock for all plain swivel castors
add suffix ’D‘ to swivel castor code
Price Extra: £12.60 PSH125CIBJ
Wheel Tread Load Overall Bearing Swivel Fixed Swivel Braked

Dia. Width Cap kg Height Type Model Model Model
Polyurethane 50mm 550 Ball PSH125PTBJ £78.85 PFH125PTBJ £61.60 PSH125PTBJBR £88.70
125 Nylon 45mm 750 177 Ball PSH125NYBJ £71.45 PFH125NYBJ £54.50 PSH125NYBJBR £81.30
Cast Iron 40mm 650 Ball PSH125CIBJ £69.10 PFH125CIBJ £52.25 PSH125CIBJBR £78.95
384 - GPC.indd 7 06/01/2021 14:47:53

Wheels
›› Full range of industrial rubber tyred
wheels in solid rubber & pneumatic
›› Wide range of uses including sack manufactured
trucks, wheel barrows, boat trailers,
industrial trucks & trolleys
BW SERIES
PW SERIES
Rubber
NSS SERIES
BW SERIES
EPR SERIES PBW SERIES Pneumatic
Wheel Dia. Tyre Hub Hub Load Wheel
Model Bearing Price
Inch mm Width Bore Length Capacity Centres
NSS Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Metal centres
NSS8 Plain £17.25
8” 200 250kg
NSS8R Roller £21.30
NSS10 Plain £19.10
10” 250 50mm 25.4mm 51mm 350kg Metal
NSS12 Plain £26.15
12” 300 400kg
EPR Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres
EPR620 20mm £5.50

6.25” 160 40mm 150kg
EPR61 Red £5.50
51mm Plain
EPR81 8” 200 50mm 25.4mm 200kg Polypropylene £6.15
EPR101 10” 250 60mm 275kg £10.00
PW Series - Black Pneumatic tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres
PW250-425.4/764/51R 76mm Plain £19.70
8.75” 220 65mm 100kg
PWR250-425.4/764/51R 76mm Roller £19.70
Red
PW300-425.4/764/52R 82mm 25.4mm 76mm Plain £23.55
10.5” 260 120kg Polypropylene
PWR300-425.4/634/52R 85mm £23.50
63mm Roller
PWR400-425.4/634/52R 12” 300 100mm 150kg £26.60
PBW Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Red Polypropylene centres
PBW28025.4/66RIBRED 11” 280 80mm 250kg Red £17.50
25.4mm 66mm Plain
PBW35525.4/66RIBBLK 14” 355 75mm 300kg Polypropylene £27.05
BW Series - Black solid Rubber tyred wheels with Metal centres
BWR33025.4/63RIBRED 63mm Roller £30.75
13” 330 70mm 300kg
BWB33025.4/83RIBRED 83mm Red Ball Journal £59.65
BWG35525.4/66RIBRED 66mm Metal Plain £29.60
BWR35525.4/63RIBRED 14” 355 75mm 63mm 400kg Roller £40.10
25.4mm
BWB35525.4/83RIBBLK 83mm Black Metal Ball Journal £54.10
BWG40025.4/66RIBRED 66mm Red Plain £38.60
BWR40025.4/63RIBRED 16” 400 90mm 63mm 500kg Metal Roller £39.25
BWB40025.4/83RIBBLK 83mm Black Metal Ball Journal £59.65
BW Series - Black Pneumatic tyred wheels with Metal Centres
BWR250-425.4/634/51R 8.75” 220 65 25.4 63 100 Roller £29.50
Red
BWG300-425.4/764/52R 10.5” 260 85 25.4 76 170 Plain £29.40
Metal
BWR300-425.4/634/52R 10.5” 260 85 25.4 63 170 Roller £35.75
BWR400-425.4/634/52B 12” 300 100 25.4 63 245 Roller £36.20
Black
BWR400-825.4/634/01B 16” 400 100 25.4 63 305 Roller £37.40
Metal
BWB400-825.4/654/01B 16” 400 100 25.4 65 305 Ball Journal £42.00
385 - GPC.indd 8 06/01/2021 14:48:15

Telescopic Container/Trailer Conveyor – (for use over a level loading dock)
The Telescopic Expressway has been developed as a cost

effective solution for efficient loading & unloading of shipping
containers & trailers over a level loading dock. High impact,
low inertia, 50mm diameter PVC rollers mounted in fully welded,
powder coated steel channel frames. 50mm bright zinc plated
mild steel rollers at load point & 20mm diameter bright zinc
plated mild steel rollers at deck transfer sections. Each deck
height adjustable by screw jacks. Alternative widths &
lengths available on request.

600mm Wide x 12M Extended (5M Closed) TE4-600-3-12.0 £4137.03
600mm Wide x 16M Extended (5.5M Closed) TE4-600-4-16.0 £5404.90
Container/Trailer Conveyor – (where no loading dock available)
The High Rise Telescopic conveyor has

been developed as a safe, efficient & cost
effective solution for quickly unloading
shipping containers or trailers where no
level loading dock is available. 600mm
wide the conveyor will extend up to 10m
inside the shipping container or trailer &
will convey cartons under gravity to an
offload point at ground level. The conveyor
can be further extended by connecting an
Expandaveyor, please see opposite page
for specification. Suitable for container floor
heights of 1,300-1,650mm (height options
from 250-1,700mm available on request)

High Rise Telescopic Conveyor HRTE £7639.03
6M Expandaveyor Extension 6MEE £1556.32
7.5M Expandaveyor Extension 7MEE £1933.70
9M Expandaveyor Extension 9MEE £2278.37
Medium Duty Belt Conveyors

Motorised drum drive belt conveyor
ideal for warehousing & light
industrial use. Smooth faced
anti-static PVC belt, supplied with
variable speed controller with
forward & reverse function. Rated
at 30kg per running metre uniformly
distributed load. Runs from a 230V
(single phase) supply.
A complete range of belt conveyors,

including inclined, mezzanine floor &
vehicle loading conveyors available
on request.
Belt Length: 1.5M Length: 2M Length: 3M Length: 4M Length: 5M Length: 7.5M Length: 10M
Width Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price Model Price
300mm BC130 £2269.45 BC2030 £2459.01 BC3030 £2661.91 BC4030 £2864.82 BC5030 £3067.72 BC7530 £3574.98 BC1030 £4082.24
386 Due to the size of these units additional carriage costs may be incurred - call for details
386 - GPC.indd 9 11/01/2021 16:36:20

Expanding Conveyors
i Information
›› Versatile mobile conveyor system which
improves productivity & reduces manual OTHER CONVEYOR
handling - ideal for warehouse & SYSTEMS AVAILABLE
industrial applications CALL FOR DETAILS
›› Extends to suit changing applications
& closes for efficient storage
›› Can be stretched around corners
›› High impact PVC Skatewheel &
roller models available
›› Height adjustable from 650 to 1100mm
›› Supplied as standard with handles
& 100mm swivel braked castors
›› Rated at 80kg per metre
›› Axle pitch when fully extended 125mm
›› All steelwork protected with a bright zinc plated finish
›› Options include end stops & hooks
to connect multiple conveyors
Available on request
›› Bright zinc plated steel roller & skatewheel models
›› Height ranges of 450-700mm or 900-1200mm
›› Heavy duty models
›› Different lengths & widths
›› Roller end stops
Accessories
Accessories Model Price
Connecting Hooks CH £30.71
End Stop ESP £43.87
Skatewheel Model - use where conveyed items Roller Model - use where conveyed items
have a flat base & for tighter bends do not have a flat base
Length Length 400mm Width 600mm Width Length Length 400mm Width 600mm Width
Extended Closed Model Price Model Price Extended Closed Model Price Model Price
2M 0.63M EXP-PW400-2.0-L2 £389.35 EXP-PW600-2.0-L2 £502.32 2M 0.94M EXP-PR400-2.0-L2 £495.74 EXP-PR600-2.0-L2 £529.74
3.5M 1.02M EXP-PW400-3.5-L2 £605.42 EXP-PW600-3.5-L2 £786.39 3.5M 1.56M EXP-PR400-3.5-L2 £777.61 EXP-PR600-3.5-L2 £832.45
Gravity Roller Conveyors

›› Improves productivity & reduces manual handling
›› Versatile modular design
›› Ideal for warehouse & industrial applications
›› Powder coated mild steel multipunched
smoothline section frames
›› 50mm diameter rollers - 20kg capacity
free running PVC or 80kg capacity heavy
duty bright zinc plated rollers Accessories
›› Bright zinc plated steel stands, recommended Accessories Model Price
1500mm centres. Stands can be used to join lengths Stands - 450/650mm 3190-M1 £41.64
›› Can be set at a decline or used horizontally Stands - 650/1100mm 3190-M2 £47.32
›› Other roller diameters, widths & pitches available & also Stands - 900/1500mm 3190-M3 £54.44
gate sections, bends & ball transfer tables - call for details End Stop ST700-ESP £35.10
75mm Roller Pitch (for items greater than 225mm long) - prefix below codes with ST700- 125mm Roller Pitch (for items greater than 375mm long) - prefix below codes with ST700-
Description
1M Long 1.5M Long 2M Long 3M Long 1M Long 1.5M Long 2M Long 3M Long
300mm PR50-300-75-1.0 PR50-300-75-1.5 PR50-300-75-2.0 PR50-300-75-3.0 PR50-300-125-1.0 PR50-300-125-1.5 PR50-300-125-2.0 PR50-300-125-3.0

PVC Roller £132.08 £177.29 £229.07 £310.71 £109.28 £143.09 £183.47 £242.30

PVC Roller £140.33 £189.66 £245.57 £335.45 £114.54 £150.97 £193.98 £258.06

PVC Roller £148.58 £202.03 £262.06 £360.19 £119.80 £158.86 £204.50 £273.85
300mm ZR50-300-75-1.0 ZR50-300-75-1.5 ZR50-300-75-2.0 ZR50-300-75-3.0 ZR50-300-125-1.0 ZR50-300-125-1.5 ZR50-300-125-2.0 ZR50-300-125-3.0
Zinc Plated
Steel Roller £150.04 £204.22 £264.98 £364.57 £120.05 £159.24 £205.01 £274.61
Zinc Plated
Steel Roller £159.79 £218.84 £284.48 £393.82 £126.21 £168.47 £217.31 £293.07
Zinc Plated
Steel Roller £169.54 £233.47 £303.98 £423.07 £132.37 £177.72 £229.64 £311.56
Side Guide 75-1.0-SG 75-1.5-SG 75-2.0-SG 75-3.0-SG 125-1.0-SG 125-1.5-SG 125-2.0-SG 125-3.0-SG
per Side £24.13 £32.35 £40.58 £49.35 £24.13 £32.35 £40.58 £49.35
Due to the size of these units additional carriage costs may be incurred - call for details
387
387 - GPC.indd 10 11/01/2021 16:54:56

Kick, Handy & Low Level Steps
Plastic Step Stool Handy carry Steel Step-ups
hole
HE400Z
£29.95
150kg
evenly
distributed
HJS02Z
130kg
evenly
distributed HJS01Z
HE400Z ›› These nestable steps are constructed from tubular

steel & come complete with grooved plastic feet
›› Manufactured from high quality plastic ›› Platform size: 380W x 260D mm
›› Lightweight yet durable 2 step unit ›› Ribbed rubber mat platforms
›› Large anti-slip platform & feet No of Overall Size Weight
Model Price
Treads H x W x D mm kg
Overall Size Weight
Model Price 1 255 x 440 x 385 2.2 HJS01Z £28.95
L x W x H mm kg
470 x 510 x 400 1.8 HE400Z £29.95 2 375 x 445 x 555 3.5 HJS02Z £35.85
Heavy Duty Industrial Steps Plastic Step-up

260kg
evenly 130kg
distributed ›› This versatile nestable step is evenly
HPE04Z manufactured from injection moulded distributed
HPE03Z plastic complete with non-slip feet

›› Platform height: 240mm
manufactured
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
specify when ordering FROM ONLY
£31.95
HPE01Z
HPE02Z
WHERE HIGHLIGHTED,
RED, BLUE OR
COLOUR
YELLOW ONLY
OPTIONS
›› Manufactured from tough, Grey

medium density polyethylene & Black
HS501Z
resistant to most chemicals
›› Ideal for wash down applications
›› Fitted with anti-slip strips on the treads HPE05Z
i Information
Model Price
Treads H x W x D mm kg EASY TO
1 300 x 485 x 310 5 HPE01Z £58.35 STACK & STORE
2 415 x 475 x 540 10 HPE02Z £84.90
3 620 x 440 x 795 15 HPE03Z £117.60
Platform Size Overall Size Weight Price Price
4 820 x 490 x 1080 20 HPE04Z £192.75 Model
W x D mm W x D mm kg 1 Off (each) 2+
4 with Handrail 1620 x 490 x 1080 22 HPE05Z £316.65 425 x 280 480 x 330 1 HS501Z £37.80 £31.95
388
388 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 14:49:41

Kick, Handy & Low Level Steps
Kick Steps
›› Manufactured & approved to the
recognised European GS approval
›› Manufactured from rugged plastic or quality
steel. Both models have a thick rubber ring
around the base for safety & durability
›› Mounted on 3 sprung loaded polypropylene
castors which retract when weight is applied
›› Snap-lock for quick assembly
Steel Kick
Step Model:
GA009Z
STEEL COLOUR
OPTIONS PLASTIC COLOUR
GA009Z OPTIONS
Red GA008Z
Green Red
Blue Blue
Black Black
Grey Grey
Yellow specify when ordering
FROM ONLY
150kg
evenly
£36.75
distributed
Plastic Kick
Step Model:
GA008Z
Loaded Unloaded Base Top Weight Price Price

Description Model
Height mm Height mm Dia. mm Dia. mm kg (each) 1+ (each) 3+
Plastic 445 450 440 300 2 GA008Z £39.90 £36.75
Steel 430 435 435 290 5 GA009Z £44.85 £39.95
389
21 - Kick, Handy & Low Level Steps - GPC Pages.indb 2 30/12/2020 13:26:52
Aluminium & Glass Fibre Steps/Ladders
Folding Steps with Soft Grip Handle
›› Certified to EN 14183 standard
›› Tubular steel construction, fitted with non-slip treads, non-slip
feet & soft grip foam handle, giving a comfortable backing when used as a seat
›› Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm
FROM ONLY
£44.95
i Information
SOFT GRIP
HANDLE FOR
YOUR COMFORT
GS403Z GS404Z
GS402Z
No. Height of Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight

Model Price
of Treads top tread mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
2 480 820 x 450 x 520 1065 x 450 x 90 4 GS402Z £44.95

3 725 1180 x 460 x 670 1310 x 460 x 90 6 GS403Z £57.95
4 980 1435 x 500 x 850 1580 x 500 x 90 8 GS404Z £75.40
FROM ONLY
FROM ONLY
£67.85
£46.95
FJS64Z
FCI02Z
FJS63Z FJS62Z
Folding Steps with High Back FCI03Z
›› Certified to EN 14183 Chrome Plated Folding Steps

›› High safety rail, non-slip treads & feet
›› Tread size: 380W x 260Dmm ›› Certified to EN 14183
›› Subject to availability ›› Chrome plated tubular steel construction
No. Height Overall Size Overall Size
Wt
›› High safety rail, non-slip treads & plastic feet
of of top when open when folded Model Price
kg No. Height Overall Size Overall Size
Treads tread mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm Wt
of of top when open when folded Model Price
2 470 1070 x 520 x 540 1080 x 520 x 220 7.2 FJS62Z £46.95 kg
Treads tread mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm
3 705 1305 x 520 x 655 1310 x 520 x 150 10 FJS63Z £51.25 2 470 1070 x 480 x 470 960 x 480 x 100 5.5 FCI02Z £67.85
4 960 1560 x 520 x 810 1600 x 520 x 140 12.5 FJS64Z £64.40 3 700 1340 x 540 x 630 1410 x 540 x 110 8 FCI03Z £89.00
390
22 - Aluminium & Glass Fibre Steps,Ladders - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 13:33:58

Climb-It® Slim Folding Steps
›› Certified to EN 14183 standard Only
›› Compact storage, ideal 55mm
for storing in small gaps when
›› Aluminium construction, Folded
with non-slip feet
›› Distance between the top
platform & handrail is 600mm
providing safety when in use
›› Large platform size: W330 x D260mm
i Information
SLIM FOLDING STEP
FOR STORING IN
SMALL GAPS
i Information
DEEP TREADS FOR
INCREASED SAFETY
& STABILITY
FS193Z
FS192Z
No. Height of Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight

Model Price
of Treads top tread mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
2 with Handrail 450 1050 x 475 x 565 1160 x 475 x 55 4 FS192Z £66.95
3 with Handrail 680 1280 x 475 x 745 1410 x 475 x 55 5.5 FS193Z £81.30
4 with Handrail 910 1510 x 475 x 915 1660 x 475 x 55 7 FS194Z £94.15
Folding Aluminium Handy Steps
FROM ONLY
£39.95
FS253Z
150kg
evenly
distributed
›› Certified to EN 14183
›› Strong & sturdy folding aluminum steps
›› Large (405W x 242D mm) durable FS369Z
platform for safe & comfortable standing
No. of O/A Size - In Use O/A Size - Folded Wt Price Price (each)
Model
Treads H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg (each) Box of 3
2 450 x 450 x 530 503 x 450 x 230 3 FS253Z £49.75 £39.95
3 667 x 480 x 690 735 x 480 x 230 4 FS369Z £63.05 £53.10
391

Step-A-Trucks
›› Certified to EN 131 ›› Versatile - neat & compact
›› Large toe plate & wide step treads
SOFT GRIP ›› Load capacity: as sack truck - 60kg & as step unit - 150kg
FOAM RUBBER ›› Multi purpose, simple & easy to convert from step to sack truck
HANDLE
›› When in sack truck mode they are mobile on two 100mm wheels
FROM ONLY
£91.60
NON SLIP
PLASTIC
TREADS FMS83Y
as Sack
Truck
FOLD AWAY
FMS83Y as WHEELS
Step Unit
FMS82Y as
Step Unit
No. of Overall Size - W x D x H mm Platform Sack Truck Step Weight Price Price
Model
Treads Folded as Sack Truck as Step Unit Height mm Toe Plate Tread Size kg 1 Off (each) 2+
460 x 70 480 x 490 470 x 530

2 490 6.5 FMS82Y £99.95 £91.60
x 990 x 990 x 920 390 x 375 x Easy to
470 x 90 490 x 450 470 x 735 280 mm 210 mm move into
3 750 9 FMS83Y £116.80 £106.40
x 1265 x 1265 x 1190 position
Folding Steps
›› Conforms to EN 14183
›› Tubular steel & non-slip treads
›› Folds down flat for easy
compact storage -
only 70mm deep
FROM ONLY
£56.15
FS202Z
FS203Z
No. Height Overall Size

Folded Wt
of of top when open Model Price
Height mm kg
Treads tread H x W x D mm
FS204Z 2 470 810 x 410 x 540 900 4 FS202Z £56.15
3 710 1050 x 410 x 670 1180 6 FS203Z £77.25
4 940 1300 x 410 x 810 1440 8 FS204Z £85.15
392

Easy Slope Aluminium Folding Leader Steps
›› Aluminium folding steps are ideal for use
in offices, storerooms, warehouses etc.
›› Large aluminium serrated treads (360W x 205Dmm) & high
handrail offer increased safety during use
›› Tilt & pull wheels for easy
movement without lifting Tool Tray - on 3
Easy slope incline & 4 tread models
››
AFGS4Z
›› Folded size: only 120mm deep
£176.45
Only
AFGS3Z 120mm
£155.90 when
Folded
AFGS3Z
Folded
AFGS3Z AFGS4Z
i Information
ROBUST & STURDY
AFGS2Z -
AFGS2Z
Tilt & Pull
£129.95
AFGS2Z
AFGS2Z Folded
Platform Overall Size - In Use Overall Height Weight

Height mm H x W x D mm when Folded mm kg
2 Tread with Aluminium Treads 440 850 x 520 x 545 790 6.5 AFGS2Z £129.95
3 Tread with Aluminium Treads 660 1240 x 550 x 830 1060 9 AFGS3Z £155.90
4 Tread with Aluminium Treads 880 1440 x 580 x 1110 1360 11 AFGS4Z £176.45
393
393 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 14:53:42

Climb-It® Aluminium Swingback Stepladders
FROM ONLY
£77.20
10 YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
CTS08Z
CTS06Z
i Information
IDEAL FOR
›› Certified to EN 131 Professional MAINTENANCE
›› Meets all strength requirements of BS2037 Class 1 APPLICATIONS
›› Deep 80mm serrated non-slip treads with
ridge reinforcement & double riveting for
maximum durability & comfort
›› Large ribbed channel section stiles, box section
back legs, steel hinge & reinforced horns for
improved resistance to heavy usage
›› No tapes or flimsy arms to break
›› Hard wearing, non-slip feet for maximum grip on all floor surfaces Complete with Integral
›› Integral tool tray for convenient storage Tool Tray
No. of Without Handrails With Handrails
Closed Open Wt.
Treads
Height mm Depth mm kg Model Price Model Price No. of Without Handrails With Handrails
inc. Tray Closed Open Wt.
Treads
4 1190 700 5 CTS04Z £77.20 CTS14Z £107.25 Height mm Depth mm kg Model Price Model Price
inc. Tray
5 1440 1000 6 CTS05Z £86.20 CTS15Z £114.85 8 2170 1500 9 CTS08Z £110.70 CTS18Z £148.35
394
394 - GPC.indd 5 31/12/2020 09:19:56

Climb-It® Aluminium Stepladders
›› Certified to EN 131 Professional
›› Meets all strength requirements of BS2037 Class 1
ridge reinforcement & double riveting
for maximum durability & comfort
›› Large ribbed channel section stiles,
box section back legs, steel hinge
& reinforced horns for improved 10 YR
resistance to heavy usage FROM ONLY GUARANTEE
No tapes or flimsy arms to break

£99.80
››
›› Hard wearing, non-slip
feet for maximum grip
on all floor surfaces
›› Integral tool tray for
convenient storage
manufactured
Handrails
Available
CPS05Z
i Information Complete with Integral

CPS07Z Tool Tray
IDEAL FOR MANY
APPLICATIONS &
INDUSTRIES
No. of Platform Open Wt. Without Handrails With Handrails No. of Platform Open Wt. Without Handrails With Handrails
Treads Height mm Depth mm kg Model Price Model Price Treads Height mm Depth mm kg Model Price Model Price
3 600 740 6.5 CPS03Z £99.80 CPS13Z £126.65 7 1600 1500 10 CPS07Z £132.85 CPS17Z £159.70
4 900 930 7.3 CPS04Z £108.35 CPS14Z £135.20 8 1800 1690 11 CPS08Z £142.40 CPS18Z £178.85
5 1100 1120 8 CPS05Z £115.15 CPS15Z £142.05 10 2200 2070 13 CPS10Z £179.45 CPS110Z £215.90
6 1300 1310 9 CPS06Z £122.55 CPS16Z £149.40 12 2700 2450 15 CPS12Z £196.40 CPS112Z £232.90
395

Aluminium Folding Steps
›› Strong, lightweight & robust
FROM ONLY aluminium platform range
£58.60 ›› Distance between the platform
& top handrail is 600mm
providing safety at high levels
›› Tread depth: 80mm
Rubber feet Fitted with high Slim design which is

provide slip resistance tensile straps ideal for storage
& floor protection & transport
No. of Platform Open Size Folded Weight

Model Price
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm Height mm kg
ALR06Z 3 610 1220 x 427 x 657 1250 3.2 ALR03Z £58.60

4 830 1440 x 452 x 811 1490 3.8 ALR04Z £65.75
5 1050 1660 x 476 x 967 1730 4.5 ALR05Z £70.65
6 1270 1860 x 500 x 1127 1970 5.9 ALR06Z £81.55
8 1705 2315 x 555 x 1437 2450 8.1 ALR08Z £103.80
Professional Aluminium Folding Steps

›› Large working platform - 275W x 400Dmm
›› Deep non-slip aluminium treads
›› These units have an extra large standing platform,
twin handrails, handy work tray & high support rail
›› Distance from platform to top hand rail: 750mm
High Tool Tray

Support
Rail
AFA04Z Large
Platform
No. of Platform Overall Size - In Use Overall Height Weight

Model Price
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm when folded kg
3 580 1330 x 445 x 805 1420 mm 5 AFA03Z £93.35
AFA06Z 4 800 1550 x 465 x 955 1660 mm 6 AFA04Z £113.40

5 1020 1775 x 490 x 1110 1900 mm 6.5 AFA05Z £128.10
6 1250 2000 x 515 x 1260 2140 mm 7.5 AFA06Z £143.50
7 1470 2225 x 535 x 1415 2380 mm 9 AFA07Z £159.55
396

Double Decker
›› Integral toolholder, bucket
hook & screwtray
›› A quality professional aluminium
stepladder, light enough to facilitate
easy movement & transportation
›› The aluminium platform features a
red safety strip - indicator for maximum
recommended step height & protective TOOL TRAY & UNIQUE DOUBLE
edge to prevent cuts & grazes BUCKET HOOK STEP & RUBBER
PLATFORM STRIP
›› Patented large double step underneath FOR EXTRA
the platform for safe & comfortable standing COMFORT
›› The unit comes complete with heavy-duty
sturdy rubber anti-slip feet to make this a
superior, professional, stepladder
5YR
GUARANTEE
FROM ONLY
No. of
Treads
Platform
Height
O/A Size - In Use
H x W x D mm
Folded
Height mm
Wt
kg
Model Price £92.80
3 616mm 1244 x 470 x 723 1426 3.8 ALT-502103 £92.80
4 828mm 1461 x 496 x 869 1656 4.4 ALT-502104 £101.40
5 1041mm 1677 x 525 x 1016 1887 5 ALT-502105 £112.95
6 1253mm 1893 x 552 x 1163 2117 6.1 ALT-502106 £124.15
7 1465mm 2110 x 580 x 1309 2348 7.2 ALT-502107 £140.00 ALT-502105
8 1677mm 2326 x 607 x 1456 2529 8.4 ALT-502108 £153.65
Aluminium Wide Steps

›› 360 enclosed platform ensures safety at all times
›› Folds flat with easy storage or transport
››
››
Extra wide frame provides superior stability
Integral wheels for easy manoeuvring into position
5YR
GUARANTEE
›› Deep 80mm serrated non-slip treads with ridge
reinforcement & double riveting for maximum durability
›› Large ribbed channel section stiles, box section back legs &
steel hinges provide strength & resistance to heavy wear & tear
›› Hard wearing, non-slip feet for maximum grip on all floor surfaces
›› Platform size: 380W x 630D mm
FROM ONLY
manufactured
£266.80
Platform Safety Chain Large 380W x 630D

platform
No. of Platform Closed Open Weight

Model Price
Treads Height mm Height mm Depth mm kg
AWS04Z
2 500 1710 900 13 AWS02Z £266.80
3 750 1980 1100 14 AWS03Z £277.00
4 1000 2250 1300 15 AWS04Z £292.30
6 1500 2790 1700 17 AWS06Z £329.65
8 2000 3330 2100 19 AWS08Z £373.15
397

Regina Special Aluminium Folding Steps
›› A high quality professional aluminium stepladder
complete with large safe hand rails
›› Benefits from sturdy deep treads welded to ensure
maximum strength & longevity of performance
›› Integral tool tray in the guardrail, which enables
safe storage of tools & materials when in use
›› Heavy-duty non-slip sturdy feet
›› Platform size: 280W x 255Dmm
›› Handrails are supplied loose for easy assembly
›› Subject to availabilty
Tool Tray
5YR
GUARANTEE
Platform Overall Size - Overall Height

No. of Weight 5 Tread
Height In Use when folded Model Price
Treads kg Shown
mm H x W x D mm mm
12 2770 3410 x 670 x 2250 3800 16 SV-REGSP-12 £399.25
Vera
›› Large platform size: 450 x 500mm
SV-VERA-6 ›› Integral tool tray in the guardrail
›› Welded ribbed aluminium, this quality folding
£512.35 warehouse stepladder is comfortable, sturdy
& includes a large platform, which
allows safe work at height
›› Equipped with two reinforcing arms,
which prevent sudden unwanted opening
or closing & are used to move the
ladder via two 125mm rubber wheels
›› Subject to availabilty
Tool Tray
5YR
GUARANTEE
Platform Overall
No. of Overall Size - In Use Weight
Height Height when Model Price
Treads H x W x D mm kg
mm folded mm
SV-VERA-6 6 1400 2200 x 700 x 1640 2460 17 SV-VERA-6 £512.35
8 1900 2660 x 740 x 1970 2970 20 SV-VERA-8 £550.45
10 2300 3100 x 780 x 2340 3460 23 SV-VERA-10 £624.40
12 2800 3570 x 820 x 2700 3940 26 SV-VERA-12 £677.55
398

Climb-It® Aluminium Warehouse Steps
›› Strong but lightweight aluminium & steel construction
›› Permanently fixed bracing for improved strength & durability
›› Handrails on both sides for stability whilst climbing
ridge reinforcement & double riveting at
each corner for maximum durability manufactured
›› Large ribbed channel section stiles, box section
back legs & reinforced bottom tread for
improved resistance to heavy usage
›› Hard wearing, non-slip feet for maximum
grip on all floor surfaces
›› Wheels at the back of the unit make
this range of steps easy to manoeuvre
10 YR
GUARANTEE
CWH04Z
i Information
IDEAL FOR MANY
APPLICATIONS &
INDUSTRIES
CWH08Z
No. of Platform Size Weight No. of Platform Size Weight

Treads Height mm W x D mm kg Treads Height mm W x D mm kg
4 700 490 x 900 9 CWH04Z £203.00 8 2000 600 x 1400 16 CWH08Z £271.35
5 1000 510 x 1000 10 CWH05Z £219.70 10 2500 660 x 1700 20 CWH10Z £325.45
6 1200 530 x 1100 11 CWH06Z £236.45 12 3000 700 x 1900 24 CWH12Z £369.05
Climb-It® Aluminium Library Steps

›› Robust fixed-frame designed for servicing machinery
›› Large 420 x 400mm chequer plate platform gives ample workspace & grip
›› Deep 80mm serrated non-slip treads with ridge reinforcement
& double riveting at each corner for maximum durability
›› Large ribbed channel section stiles, box section back legs & reinforced
bottom tread for improved resistance to heavy usage
›› Hard wearing, non-slip feet for maximum grip on all floor surfaces
›› Available as a double sided step unit - call for details
10 YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
i Information
STRAIGHT BACKED
FOR CLOSER CMS03Z
ACCESS CMS14Z
No. of Overall Size Platform Units without Handrails Units with Handrails
Treads W x D mm Height mm Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
3 480 x 800 700 7.5 kg CMS03Z £141.75 10.5 kg CMS13Z £283.55
4 510 x 900 1000 8.5 kg CMS04Z £159.00 11.5 kg CMS14Z £300.75
5 540 x 1100 1200 9.5 kg CMS05Z £176.20 12.5 kg CMS15Z £318.00
6 570 x 1200 1500 10.5 kg CMS06Z £195.60 13.5 kg CMS16Z £350.75
7 590 x 1400 1700 11.5 kg CMS07Z £218.90 14.5 kg CMS17Z £374.00
399
399 - GPC.indd 10 31/12/2020 09:23:16

Multi Purpose Ladders ›› Can be used as a stepladder with base stabiliser,
extension ladder & as a platform ladder
›› Complete with a removable platform
PL4X3Z ›› Complete with stabilisers for extra stability
Simple ‘click lock’ hinge system
£144.80
››
PL4X3Z in
Platform Position PL4X3Z
Extended
PL4X3Z
Extended
PL4X3Z
Folded
PL4X3Z
No. of Platform Stepladder Extended Weight
Model Price
Rungs Height mm Height mm Length mm kg
4 x 3 Steps 940 1750 3570 14 PL4X3Z £144.80
Telescopic Ladder System

›› Adjustable telescopic sections with
simple ‘click lock’ hinge system
›› Can be used as a stepladder, stairwell
ladder & extension ladder
›› Non-slip feet & splayed base give extra stability
FROM ONLY
£213.85
TL4X4Z
Folded
TL4X3Z
TL4X4Z in Extended
Stairwell Position
No. of Stepladder Extended Weight

Model Price
TL4X4Z Rungs Height mm Length mm kg
4 x 3 Steps 1020 to 1600 2010 to 3200 11 TL4X3Z £213.85
4 x 4 Steps 1030 to 2170 3660 to 4430 14 TL4X4Z £273.45
400

Telescopic Ladder with Stabiliser Bar
›› Certified to EN 131 standard
›› To open the unit lift from any step dependent
on the height you are trying to achieve. The
step can be adjusted all in one go or
step by step to suit your requirements
›› Folds quickly & easily for compact storage
›› Controlled retraction to guard FROM ONLY
against trapped fingers
›› One time release locking mechanism £199.95
›› Manufactured in strong aluminium
›› For safe use, do not stand on
or above the red rung
GXF18Z
In Use
Folds quickly & easily for compact

storage. Simply push the buttons to close.
The unit has a flange in the legs which
restricts air flow and therefore gives
controlled retraction to compact the unit
smoothly from 3910mm extended
height to 930mm closed height
No. of Extended Closed Weight

Model Price
Rungs Height mm Height mm kg
13 3910 930 14 GXF18Z £199.95
401
401 - GPC.indd 12 06/01/2021 14:54:44

5 Way Combination Ladder
NEW
›› Combines a stepladder, extension ladder, stairwell
ladder, work platform & stairwell platform
›› Complete with large platform for increased safety
›› Rigid construction with wide base stabilisers
CLW05Z
CLW05Z Stairwell
Stairwell Platform
Ladder
CLW05Z
£179.85
CLW05Z
Stepladder
CLW05Z
Work
Platform CLW05Z
Extended
manufactured Ladder
No of Base to Closed Stepladder Extended Weight

Model Price
Rungs Platform mm Height mm Height mm Length mm kg
2x5 850 1550 1490 2480 17 CLW05Z £179.85
3 Way Aluminium Steps

›› Aluminium combination ladders which can be used
as a stepladder, extension ladder or freestanding
extension ladder, as well as for use on stairwells
›› Euro 3 - features wall wheels & a base stabiliser
›› Luxe 3 - features wall wheels as standard & a
unique patented adjustable stabiliser Wall Wheels
UNIQUE
PATENTED
STABILISER
Euro 3
FROM ONLY
Wall Wheels
£169.30
Luxe 3 SV-EUR3-3x8
Closed Extended Overall Height

No. of Weight
Length Length in aa Model Price
Rungs kg
mm mm position mm
Euro 3 - 3 Way Aluminium Ladder

3x8 2400 5000 2300 15 SV-EUR3-3x8 £169.30
3 x 10 3000 6300 2900 20 SV-EUR3-3x10 £191.40
3 x 12 3500 8000 3400 26 SV-EUR3-3x12 £231.70
Luxe 3 - 3 Way Aluminium Ladder with Unique Patented Stabiliser
7+8+8 2550 5850 2400 18.5 SV-LX3-7+8+8 £187.80
8+9+9 2850 6450 2700 20 SV-LX3-8+9+9 £211.45
9+10+10 3100 7300 3000 25 SV-LX3-9+10+10 £271.95
10+11+11 3400 8500 3300 30 SV-LX3-10+11+11 £313.60 SV-LX3-7+8+8
402
402 - GPC.indd 13 06/01/2021 14:55:08

Extension Ladders
›› Meets new improved strength &
slip-tests in BS EN131-2:2010 + A2:2017
›› Stabiliser comes as standard on all
ladders that extend beyond 3m
›› Large 32mm serrated Trilobular rungs
with 4-way crimp & swage design for
maximum durability & comfort
›› Rungs orientate flat when erected at correct
climbing angle to give stable standing surface manufactured
›› Deep serrated rubber feet for
maximum grip on all surfaces
›› Heavy duty galvanised steel locking
catch standard on all extension ladders
No. of
Rungs
Closed
Height mm
Extended
Height mm
Weight
kg
Model Price
5YR
GUARANTEE
Two Section Push Up Ladders

2x9 2500 4000 10.5 DEL209 £139.75
2 x 11
2 x 13
3000
3500
5000
6000
12.5
14.5
DEL211
DEL213
£151.55
£183.90
NEW
2 x 15 4000 7000 19 DEL215 £212.75
2 x 17 4500 8000 22.5 DEL217 £243.45
2 x 19 5000 9000 25 DEL219 £261.95
2 x 21 5500 10,000 30 DEL221 £298.40
Three Section Push Up Ladders
3x9 2600 5500 17.5 TEL309 £198.20
3 x 11 3000 7000 21 TEL311 £223.85
3 x 13 3500 8500 26.5 TEL313 £281.50
3 x 15 4000 10,000 34 TEL315 £329.75
Combination Ladder
›› Meets new improved strength &
slip-tests in BS EN131-2:2010 + A2:2017
›› Super-lightweight & sturdy aluminium FROM ONLY
››
design ensures easy handling
3 modes of operation for ultimate flexibility £245.00
›› Stabiliser as standard to ensure maximum stability
›› Deep serrated rubber feet for
maximum grip on all surfaces
›› Locking catch keeps the sections
secure during use & storage.
NEW
CL307
5YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Closed Extended Open

No. of Weight
Length Length Depth Model Price
Rungs kg
mm mm mm
3x7 2000 4000 500 14 CL307 £245.00

CL313
3x9 2500 5500 700 18.5 CL309 £287.75
3 x 11 3000 7000 1000 22 CL311 £335.40
3 x 13 3500 8500 1200 27.5 CL313 £403.10
403
403 - GPC.indd 14 31/12/2020 09:28:19

Climb-It® Glass Fibre Swingback Stepladders
›› Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips
& twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break
›› Lightweight & easy to carry
›› Integral tool tray incorporates Complete with Integral Tool Tray
a bucket hook & 110mm & 180mm
recesses for holding paint cans
i Information
INSULATED TO
30,000 VOLTS GFS34Z
GFS35Z GFS33Z
No. of Open Size Folded Weight No. of Open Size Folded Weight
Treads H x W x D mm Height mm kg Treads H x W x D mm Height mm kg
3 950 x 460 x 780 1060 5.5 GFS33Z £83.85 6 1550 x 560 x 1230 1830 8.5 GFS36Z £129.15
4 1190 x 490 x 890 1300 6.5 GFS34Z £100.50 7 1890 x 590 x 1340 2080 10 GFS37Z £143.30
5 1390 x 530 x 990 1560 7.5 GFS35Z £114.65 8 2130 x 625 x 1500 2290 11 GFS38Z £160.25
404

Climb-It® Glass Fibre Platform Stepladders
›› Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips
& twists as there are no tapes or flimsy arms to break
›› Lightweight steps with high safety rail providing
added safety when working at high levels
›› Integral tool tray incorporates a bucket hook &
110mm & 180mm recesses for holding paint cans
i Information
INSULATED TO
30,000 VOLTS
GFP43Z
Complete with Integral Tool Tray

GFP46Z
Folded Folded
No. of Platform Open Size Wt No. of Platform Open Size Wt
Height Model Price Height Model Price
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg
mm mm
3 725 1350 x 490 x 810 1490 8 GFP43Z £121.95 6 1420 2054 x 585 x 1300 2260 11 GFP46Z £167.20
4 950 1590 x 525 x 970 1740 9 GFP44Z £136.40 7 1650 2280 x 620 x 1460 2490 12 GFP47Z £183.60
5 1190 1930 x 555 x 1130 1980 10 GFP45Z £151.50 8 1885 2530 x 650 x 1610 2740 14 GFP48Z £199.95
405

Glass Fibre Wide Steps
›› Manufactured from a glass fibre
frame with aluminium treads
›› Wheels at the back of the unit
make this range of steps
easy to manoeuvre
SAFETY ›› The unit incorporates a safety
CHAIN
chain at the front of the
platform for increased safety
i Information
INSULATED TO
25,000 VOLTS GLF26Z
No. of Open Platform Closed Weight

Model Price
Treads Height mm Height mm Height mm kg
2 1410 385 1570 8 GLF22Z £308.10

3 1625 610 1750 9 GLF23Z £345.15
4 1855 835 2020 11 GLF24Z £382.20
5 2050 1050 2225 14 GLF25Z £432.70
6 2260 1260 2490 16 GLF26Z £469.75
7 2470 1480 2730 18 GLF27Z £506.90
GLF24Z 8 2700 1710 2965 20 GLF28Z £543.95
V3 - Glass Fibre Ladder

›› Locking mechanism to ensure increased safety
›› Roller wheels for ease of movement on a building/against a wall
›› Available for use as a stepladder, extension ladder or
freestanding extension ladder
5YR
GUARANTEE
i Information
INSULATED TO
100,000 VOLTS
Wall Wheels
Stabiliser Bar
Closed Extended Overall

No. of Weight
Length Length Height in aa Model Price
Rungs kg
mm mm position mm
SV-V3-3x8
3x8 2400 5470 2300 21 SV-V3-3x8 £543.50
3 x 10 3000 7450 2900 32 SV-V3-3x10 £742.50
406

Climb-It® Glass Fibre Podium Steps
›› Large platform: 406W x 475Dmm with kick boards
›› Podium steps with high safety rail, which is 950mm above the
platform, provides added safety when working at high levels
›› Includes an integral tool tray
›› Wheels enable easy positioning (when folded)
›› Rubber feet & aluminium side arms help prevent slips & twists
›› Stabilisers on the GFP55Z, GFP56Z, GFP57Z & GFP58Z
gives increased safety & stability when working at height
i Information
INSULATED TO
30,000 VOLTS
GFP54Z
GFP57Z Stabilisers on the 5, 6,

7 & 8 tread units give
increased safety
& stability when
working at height
Tool Tray Large Platform with Kick Boards
No. of Platform Open Size Weight No. of Platform Open Size Weight
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg
3 805 1755 x 644 x 935 15 GFP53Z £236.70 6 1660 2610 x 764 x 1495 18.5 GFP56Z £346.10
4 1090 2040 x 684 x 1122 16.5 GFP54Z £270.30 7 1945 2895 x 804 x 1681 19.5 GFP57Z £373.05
5 1375 2325 x 724 x 1308 17.5 GFP55Z £321.30 8 2230 3180 x 844 x 1868 20.5 GFP58Z £412.50
407

Ladder Log Inspection Systems
The Ladder Log Inspection System is a simple &
straightforward process to ensure you are complying
with the work at height regulations of 2005. Carry out
a full inspection of your ladder every 3 to 6 months, file
the paperwork & give the user a visual sign the
equipment is safe to use.
The range consists of reversible tags slotted into

holders or a self-adhesive plastic sticker. Both
variations of this tag enable the user to record their
asset reference alongside the date & time it was last
inspected, as well as the name of the competent
person who inspected the ladder.
NEW
Price (each) Price (each) Price (each)

Description Model
0-49 off 50-250 off 251+ off
Reversible Tag LLRT01 £0.87 £0.58 £0.50

Tag Holder LLTH02 £2.31 £1.88 £1.73
Green Sticker LLGS03 £1.59 £1.37 £1.22
Red Sticker LLRS04 £1.59 £1.37 £1.22
Ladder Log Inspection Systems

The Ladder Log Business pack is perfect for getting
started with ladder inspections if you haven’t already
got a system in place. It comes with tags and holders,
or stickers if you prefer alongside an A4 register and all
the paperwork required to make recording inspections
as straightforward as possible. All business packs come
with an A4 Inspection Folder & indelible marker pen.
NEW
Price
Description Model
(each)
Inspection Folder, 10 Tags, 5 Holders & 1 Pen LLBPS05 £52.37

Inspection Folder, 30 Tags, 15 Holders & 1 Pen LLBPM06 £71.43
Inspection Folder, 50 Tags, 25 Holders & 1 Pen LLBPL07 £84.11
Inspection Folder, 10 Green & 2 Red Stickers & 1 Pen LLBPS08 £60.30
Inspection Folder, 30 Green & 6 Red Stickers & 1 Pen LLBPM09 £76.17
Inspection Folder, 50 Green & 10 Red Stickers & 1 Pen LLBPM10 £93.65
Personalised Ladder Log Tags

Why not add your company logo and brand colours to your inspection tags? Modify
your tags to suit your business requirements; colour code based on department, add
extra information or change the tag material, they don’t even have to be used just
with ladders in mind.
Description Price NEW

Bespoke Tag with your logo & colours Starting at £280.00 for 100
408

Roof Ladders
›› Heavy duty galvanised steel hooks with aluminium
cross bars give best strength whilst remaining
lightweight & easy to move around
›› Large diameter wheels allow
easy positioning on roof
›› PVC covered bearers for improved grip
& protection of roof tiles
›› Suitable for all roof pitches
between 25 & 55 degrees.
›› Large heavy duty 33mm square
rungs with 4-way crimp & swage for
comfort and grip whilst
working from the roof
NEW
manufactured
No. of Closed Open Weight

Model Price
Rungs Length mm Length mm kg
Single Section Push Up Roof Ladders
11 - 3570 14 REL111 £191.85
13 - 4070 15.5 REL113 £210.35
i Information 14 - 4570 17 REL114 £217.05

16 - 5070 18 REL116 £235.55
LARGE WHEELS 18 - 5570 19.5 REL118 £245.25
ALLOW EASY Two Section Push Up Roof Ladders
POSITIONING ON 9+8 3070 4570 19.5 REL230 £243.95
THE ROOF 11 + 10 3570 5570 22 REL235 £273.55

13 + 12 4070 6570 24.5 REL240 £300.20
14 + 13 4570 7570 27 REL245 £318.00
Trade Ladder Stay Ladder Guard

›› Fitted easily to most extension ladders ›› The ideal deterrent to the unauthorised use of site ladders
›› Holds the ladder 300mm from the wall ›› Quickly locks in position on the ladder using padlock supplied
››
››
Working at height made easier
Avoids damage to guttering,
NEW ›› Made from 2.5mm aluminium sheet
tiles & window frames
NEW
Weight Size Weight

Clearance Model Price Model Price
kg L x W mm kg
300mm 2 TLS30 £66.90 1140 x 250 5 LG250 £95.40
409

Mobile, Safety & Warehouse Steps
ARE YOUR WAREHOUSE STEPS

CERTIFIED TO EN 131? i
Following the introduction of part 7 to the EN 131
standard there is growing interest in tested
warehouse steps. Heavy duty warehouse steps
were previously covered within the European
BGI637 standard and this standard was
effectively incorporated into the scope of
EN 131-7 in September 2013. This, together with
the previous levels of parts 1 to 3 of the EN 131
standard, has defined criteria for design, test and
certification across a wide spectrum of step units.
We have a vast range of UK manufactured steps
which are tested to the EN 131 standard and
the EN 14183 standard and users are becoming
increasingly interested in using products that have
the benefit of conformance and certification.
No longer can manufacturers & suppliers
say that there is no British standard.
We have been the only UK manufacturer of Safety

Steps which are accredited to the European GS &
DGUV Standard for many years and elements of
these relevant standards have been incorporated
into our design and test criteria for all of our UK
manufactured steps. This is so we can ensure that
Safety, Strength & Durability
the necessary levels of product strength, durability
and stability are achieved. Our manufacturing
WHY CHOOSE FORT ACCESS STEPS? processes all take place under controlled
4 Triple welded for maximum safety on all treads conditions conforming to BS EN ISO 9001:2015
4 Powder coated for a durable finish ensuring product conformity is verified.
4 Tested in excess of the load capacity
Fort® Handy Steps

›› Strong steel frame
›› Nestable, lightweight static steps
›› All weather non-slip injection moulded treads
HS301Z
HS302Z
All weather, non-slip,
injection moulded treads
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
No. of Overall Size Weight Price Price

Model
Treads H x W x D mm kg 1 Off (each) 2+
1 285 x 400 x 400 3 HS301Z £76.70 £69.50
HS312Z
2 405 x 415 x 730 5 HS302Z £118.40 £112.65
2 with post 1400 x 415 x 730 5.5 HS312Z £143.25 £137.50
410
23 - Mobile, Safety & Warehouse Steps - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 13:57:20

Fort® Stable BS EN 14183 Steps
››
››
Certified to BS EN 14183
Platform size: 200D x 396W mm
3YR
GUARANTEE
›› Open mesh treads facilitate safe use manufactured
with muddy boots & in dirty environments
›› Robust, ergonomic & heavy duty grey rubber
non-marking grounding feet make
these units extremely stable
GS3002G
Galvanised
Finish
Why Choose Me?

3 Equipment for low level access is
important for comfort & safety
3 Open mesh treads & a galvanised
option mean these units can be
GS3113M GS3013M
used in most environments
In Use
Platform Overall Size Weight Painted Finish Galvanised Finish

Description
Height mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price
2 Tread without Handrail 436 x 450 x 606 7 GS3002M £98.35 GS3002G £112.15
2 Tread with Handrail 400 990 x 450 x 606 7 GS3012M £114.10 GS3012G £131.45
2 Tread with Handrail & Rear Wheels 990 x 450 x 686 8 GS3112M £127.90 GS3112G £145.15
3 Tread without Handrail 636 x 450 x 806 11 GS3003M £136.95 GS3003G £157.65
3 Tread with Handrail 600 1190 x 450 x 806 11 GS3013M £155.70 GS3013G £179.85
3 Tread with Handrail & Rear Wheels 1190 x 450 x 886 12 GS3113M £169.20 GS3113G £193.40
Fort® Heavy Duty Handy Steps Fort® Handy Steps
HS322Z
Safety, Strength £157.60

Red, Blue or & Durability
Light Grey
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red manufactured
Green
Blue
Light Grey
Grey 3YR
GUARANTEE
Yellow
All weather,
non-slip, injection
moulded treads HS322Z
COLOUR
OPTIONS
GS312Z GS311Z Red
Blue
›› Certified to BS EN 14183 Yellow
HS322Z Grey
›› Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all specify when ordering
weather non-slip injection moulded treads ›› Certified to BS EN 14183
›› Tread size: 400W x 200D mm ›› Fully welded tubular steel, with a looped handle
Description
Platform Overall Size Wt
Model Price
›› Fitted with non-marking rubber feet & all
Height mm H x W x D mm kg
weather non-slip injection moulded treads
1 Tread 270 270 x 460 x 370 3 GS301Z £82.45
1 Tread with post 270 1020 x 460 x 370 4 GS311Z £125.90
Platform Overall Size Weight
2 Tread 430 430 x 520 x 550 5 GS302Z £124.30 Model Price
Height mm H x W x D mm kg
2 Tread with post 430 1330 x 520 x 550 6 GS312Z £168.75 400 1060 x 520 x 555 8 HS322Z £157.60
411

Fort® Machine Steps
MCS04Z, MCSHR4
& MCS01W MCS05Z
›› Fully welded construction with wide aluminium treads
›› The optional handrail & the wheel facility means that
these units are quick & easy to position
into the required place
Wheels can be positioned inside

MCS03Z
the frame when not in use
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
No. of Platform Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg
2 400 400 x 665 x 660 12 MCS02Z £256.05
Optional Handrail to suit - MCS02Z MCSHR2 £49.90*
3 600 600 x 715 x 800 16 MCS03Z £338.55
4 800 800 x 765 x 1010 20 MCS04Z £433.95
5 1000 1000 x 815 x 1220 25 MCS05Z £528.35
Optional Wheels - Factory Fitted MCS01W £71.35*
MCS04Z, MCSHR4 *prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Machine Steps.
& MCS01W Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Fort® Double Sided Steps Fort® Mobile Step - Tilt & Pull
›› All weather non-slip injection moulded treads ›› Double sided tubular steel unit
›› Mobile models are fitted with 4 x 80mm sprung ›› Resilient anti-slip treads,
weight reactive retractable swivel castors two swivel castors & a
›› Tread size: 400 x 200mm handle on one side
COLOUR
OPTIONS
3YR
Red
Blue
Green GUARANTEE
Light Grey manufactured
HS9222
£229.05
HS9222
HS9222
HS3212
3YR
MS7312
Platform Overall Size Weight GUARANTEE

Height H x W x D mm kg
manufactured
Static 2 Tread w/out handle 500 mm 555 x 460 x 610 11 HS3212 £320.60
Static 2 Tread with handle 500 mm 1255 x 460 x 610 13 HS3312 £383.90
Platform Overall Size Tread Weight
Mobile 2 Tread w/out handle 500 mm 575 x 490 x 610 11 MS7212 £489.10 Model Price
Height H x W x D mm Size mm kg
Mobile 2 Tread with handle 500 mm 1245 x 490 x 610 13 MS7312 £552.85 390 mm 1120 x 400 x 410 290 x 160 7 HS9222 £229.05
412

Fort® Buttress BS EN 14183 Steps
›› Certified to BS EN 14183
›› Graduated widths & a 45º easy slope comfort angle
makes these steps strong, comfortable & stable
›› The 2 step unit is static on 4 landing feet but can easily
be carried. 3-5 step units are mobile on 2 x 150mm
rear wheels which enable ‘tilt & pull’
›› Platform sizes: 2 tread - 400H x 630W x 250Dmm FROM ONLY
3 tread - 600H x 600W x 250Dmm
4 tread - 800H x 550W x 250Dmm
5 tread - 1000H x 500W x 250Dmm
£161.00
›› Available with 4 tread options; expanded steel mesh,
phenolic non-slip, aluminium & galvanised
3YR
GUARANTEE BS9003R &
manufactured BS9103
BS9004A
BS9002M
Why Choose Me?

COLOUR
OPTIONS
3 Extra large treads are ideal Red
BS9003R &
for comfort & stability Blue
BS9103 over extended periods
Grey
3 Optional handles allow specify when ordering
for different applications
Painted Tubular Steel Steps Galvanised Steps

No. of Overall Size Wt Expanded Steel Phenolic Aluminium Handrails Galvanised Handrails
Treads H x W x D mm kg Mesh Tread Non-slip Tread Tread to Suit Tread to Suit
2 400 x 760 x 600 10 BS9002M £161.00 BS9002R £165.00 BS9002A £166.80 BS9102 £41.50* BS9002G £174.55 BS9102G £45.40*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Buttress Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
413

Stainless Steel Fort® Tilt & Pull Steps
›› Tread size: 400 x 160mm
›› Constructed from grade 304 stainless steel
›› Grey non-marking rubber wheels at the
front of the units enable the steps to
be tilted forwards & wheeled into position
›› Treads are covered in a resilient anti-slip surface
FROM ONLY
£709.60
3YR
GUARANTEE
SS2002 manufactured
SS2004 SS2003 No. of Platform Overall Size Weight

Model Price
2 500 1055 x 455 x 620 10 SS2002 £709.60
3 750 1300 x 480 x 790 12 SS2003 £1039.70

4 1000 1700 x 550 x 980 16 SS2004 £1300.85
Fort® Arrow BS EN 131 Professional Stainless Steel Steps

›› Certified to BS EN 131 Professional
›› Manufactured from grade 304 tubular
stainless steel with non-slip tread plate
›› Units are easy to manoeuvre on the 2 wheels - simply
use the handles to lift the front & wheel into position
›› A retro fit grip lift mechanism is available - see page 429 for details
›› Tread size: 500W x 150Dmm ›› Platform size: 500W x 300Dmm
›› 2 x 150mm nylon wheels ›› 600mm high rear handrail
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured

Model Price
3 750 1450 x 640 x 1110 27 GS0603S £1260.25

4 1000 1700 x 670 x 1220 30 GS0604S £1543.15
5 1250 1950 x 700 x 1535 34 GS0605S £1742.40
6 1500 2200 x 730 x 1745 38 GS0606S £2027.90 GS0604S
7 1750 2450 x 760 x 1955 43 GS0607S £2478.40
8 2000 2700 x 790 x 2165 49 GS0608S £2716.90
Optional Grip Lift Mechanism (factory fitted) MS0600 £104.60
414

Fort® Tilt & Pull Steps
›› Available as a standard version
or as a model which is
Certified to BS EN 14183
›› Top tread size: 400 x 200mm
›› Wheels fitted at front enabling the
steps to be tilted forwards BS EN 14183
›› Fitted with rubber feet & 2 x 75mm COLOUR
OPTIONS
grey rubber tyred wheels
Red
›› Standard version fitted with resilient
Blue
anti-slip treads with tread clamps. Yellow
Available in blue only. Green
›› BS EN 14183 version is fitted with specify when ordering
phenolic non-slip treads. Frame
available in red, blue, yellow or
green - please specify when ordering
FROM ONLY
£165.60
BS EN 14183 Model
GS2003R
BS EN 14183 Model
3YR
GS2004R
GUARANTEE
manufactured
WS2002, WS2003
& WS2004
Resilient anti-slip treads

with tread clamps
Resilient anti-slip
treads which
are clamped to the
steel tread by a high
visibility yellow strip
to prevent the
edges peeling

Model Price
Standard Version - Anti-slip treads with Tread Clamps
2 500 1050 x 470 x 630 10 WS2002 £165.60
3 750 1300 x 490 x 800 12 WS2003 £212.80
4 1000 1700 x 565 x 1005 16 WS2004 £284.50
BS EN 14183 Version - Phenolic Non-slip Treads
Standard Model
WS2003 - Tilted
2 470 1070 x 490 x 580 10 GS2002R £251.00
3 705 1410 x 520 x 745 12 GS2003R £334.45
4 940 1650 x 540 x 910 16 GS2004R £443.40
415

Fort® Easy Glide Domed Feet Steps All weather, non-slip,
injected moulded treads
›› All weather non-slip

manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
Light Grey
Green
MEG515 MEG514
MEG513
Platform Platform Overall Size Weight

Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
2 Tread with looped handrail 500 400 x 300 1210 x 560 x 640 10 MEG511 £353.50
2 Tread with full handrail 500 400 x 300 1210 x 560 x 640 11 MEG512 £368.55
Fort® Premier Range of Mobile Steps ›› All weather non-slip injection moulded treads
All weather, non-slip,
3YR
injected moulded treads
GUARANTEE
manufactured
MS6014 MS6012
& MS002Z MS6013 COLOUR
OPTIONS
No. of Platform Platform Size Overall Size Weight
Model Price Red
Treads Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
2 508 400 x 200 605 x 560 x 640 7 MS6012 £388.05 Blue
Light Grey
3 762 400 x 400 1445 x 560 x 860 13 MS6013 £554.75
Green
4 1016 400 x 400 1690 x 560 x 1060 20 MS6014 £711.95 specify when ordering
5 1290 400 x 400 1955 x 615 x 1450 25 MS6015 £888.50
Optional extra safety post with handgrip for
MS002Z £28.05*
two step model - Height from floor: 1350 mm
MS6015
*price applicable when ordering with the Fort Premier Range of Mobile Steps.
416

Fort® Domed Feet Steps
›› Tread size: 400W x 150D mm
›› These steps glide easily
across floors, but once body
weight is applied they stay FROM ONLY
firmly in position
£218.40
WS510
BLUE ONLY WS513
COLOUR
OPTIONS WS514
Red
Blue
Yellow
WS512

Specially designed, impact
resistant, steel domed feet
The design incorporates a heavy manufactured
duty pressed steel dome with an
annular flange to facilitate the
3YR
mounting of a moulded plastic rim
which is shrink fitted for ultimate
durability. The turned out rim GUARANTEE
gives significantly increased lateral
strength & protection from side
impact forces. These castors are
fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps
shown on pages 416 to 419

with tread clamps
Resilient anti-slip
treads which
are clamped to the
to prevent the
edges peeling
Why Choose Me?

3 Bestselling range of domed feet steps
3 Impact resistant domed feet that are
welded, not bolted & do not break
(subject to normal use)
3 The anti-slip treads on the WS
models have the following
advantages over rubber treads:
Do not peel up; Are REACH compliant; WM515
Provide more grip when
exposed to liquids WM513
Platform Platform Size Overall Size Weight Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Anti-Slip Treads
Description
Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price
2 Tread without handrail 580 x 560 x 575 8 WM510 £218.40 WS510 £234.70
2 Tread with looped handrail 500 1200 x 560 x 575 9 WM511 £254.00 WS511 £272.95
2 Tread with full handrail 1200 x 560 x 575 10 WM512 £267.40 WS512 £287.40
400 x 300
3 Tread with full handrail 750 1460 x 560 x 725 13 WM513 £314.20 WS513 £338.05
417

Fort® ‘Gamma’ BS EN 131 Professional Steps ›› Certified to BS EN 131
Professional
›› These steps glide easily
across floors, but once body
Safety, Strength weight is applied they
& Durability
stay firmly in position
›› 1000mm high handrail
for greater user safety
›› Available with Expanded Steel
Mesh, Phenolic Non-slip
or Aluminium Treads
MS1702A
manufactured
i Information
3YR
GUARANTEE
LARGE PLATFORM &
HIGH HANDRAILS
FOR INCREASED
SAFETY
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
Grey
MS1704R

The design incorporates a
heavy duty pressed steel
dome with an annular flange
to facilitate the mounting
of a moulded plastic rim
Why Choose Me? which is shrink fitted for
3 Only range of domed feet ultimate durability. The
steps to go up to a 6 tread turned out rim gives
3 Impact resistant domed feet that
significantly increased
are welded, not bolted & do not MS1706M
break (subject to normal use) lateral strength &
3 Extra large comfort platform protection from side
of 410 x 410mm impact forces. These
3 1000mm platform rail castors are fitted to
prevents over reaching the Fort Mobile Steps
No of Platform Overall Size Weight Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Phenolic Treads Aluminium Treads
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price Model Price
2 500 1500 x 570 x 670 18 MS1702M £399.60 MS1702R £407.90 MS1702A £432.65
3 750 1750 x 610 x 830 22 MS1703M £448.55 MS1703R £460.10 MS1703A £473.40
4 1000 2000 x 760 x 1000 26 MS1704M £508.40 MS1704R £523.30 MS1704A £541.50
5 1250 2250 x 930 x 1120 29 MS1705M £587.25 MS1705R £605.50 MS1705A £625.35
6 1500 2500 x 1100 x 1280 33 MS1706M £660.30 MS1706R £681.90 MS1706A £701.75
418

Fort® Easy Glide Range of Mobile Steps
›› Expanded steel mesh treads
or all weather, non-slip,
FROM ONLY
£372.20
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
Light Grey
Green
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GSE513
BLUE ONLY
GSE515M

The design incorporates a heavy
duty pressed steel dome with an
annular flange to facilitate the
mounting of a moulded plastic rim
which is shrink fitted for ultimate
durability. The turned out rim
gives significantly increased lateral
strength & protection from side
impact forces. These castors are
fitted to the Fort Mobile Steps
Expanded steel mesh treads or

all weather, non-slip, injected
moulded treads
Why Choose Me?

3 Impact resistant domed feet that are
welded, not bolted & do not break
(subject to normal use)
3 All weather, non-slip, injected
moulded tread version available
GSE514 3 Design gives stability whilst
GSE512M enabling you to get close enough
to prevent over-reaching
No. of Platform Platform Size Overall Size Weight Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Injected Moulded Treads
Treads Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price
2 500 400 x 300 1185 x 560 x 640 12 GSE512M £372.20 GSE512 £385.00
3 750 400 x 300 1435 x 560 x 855 15 GSE513M £417.95 GSE513 £435.05
4 1000 400 x 300 1685 x 570 x 1065 18 GSE514M £479.05 GSE514 £500.60
5 1250 450 x 300 1935 x 610 x 1275 23 GSE515M £583.00 GSE515 £606.00
419

Fort® Weight Reactive BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps
(GS7012 is certified to BS EN 14183)
›› All weather non-slip injected moulded treads
FROM ONLY
£503.45
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Blue
GS7014
GS7013
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GS7012
All weather, non-slip, Spring loaded castors
Mobile on 4 spring
loaded 80mm swivel
castors. When body weight is
applied the castors retract
leaving the steps firm & safe
on rubber feet
Platform Platform Overall Size Weight

Description
Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
Model Price Why Choose Me?
2 Tread with handle 470 400 x 200 1330 x 510 x 620 15 GS7012 £503.45 3 When in use the castors & feet
give 8 points of contact with the
3 Tread 735 400 x 400 1460 x 620 x 1010 17 GS7013 £624.70 floor to give extra stability
4 Tread 980 400 x 400 1710 x 650 x 1250 23 GS7014 £789.05 3 All weather, non-slip, injected
5 Tread 1225 400 x 400 1960 x 675 x 1490 28 GS7015 £929.65 moulded tread version available
420

Fort® Weight Reactive Steps
›› Tread size: 400W x 150D mm FROM ONLY
£311.60
FROM STOCK
ANTI-SLIP ONLY
5 & 6 TREAD UNITS
ARE ON EXTENDED
LEAD TIME
WS7014
WM7013 WM7015
Spring loaded castors

Mobile on 4 spring
loaded 75mm swivel
castors. When body weight is
applied the castors retract
leaving the steps firm & safe
on rubber feet

with tread clamps.
Resilient anti-slip
3YR
GUARANTEE
treads which
are clamped to the
manufactured
to prevent the
edges peeling
Why Choose Me?

3 When in use the castors & feet
give 8 points of contact with the
floor to give extra stability
3 The anti-slip treads on the WS
models have the following
advantages over rubber treads:
Do not peel up; Are REACH compliant;
Provide more grip when WM7010 WS7011 WS7012
exposed to liquids
Platform Platform Size Overall Size Weight Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Anti-Slip Treads
Description
Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price
2 Tread without handrail 580 x 540 x 510 10 WM7010 £311.60 WS7010 £335.50
2 Tread with looped handrail 500 1230 x 540 x 510 11 WM7011 £328.80 WS7011 £353.80
2 Tread with full handrail 1230 x 540 x 510 12 WM7012 £342.80 WS7012 £369.10
3 Tread with full handrail 750 400 x 300 1480 x 540 x 720 17 WM7013 £383.45 WS7013 £412.70
421

‘The Universal’ Fort® Steps
›› 140mm deep treads
›› Large working platform size: 450W x 550Dmm
›› 1000mm high platform handrail with mid rail & kick rail
›› Mobile on 2 x swivel braked 125mm rubber castors manufactured
& spring loaded 75mm weight reactive rubber castors.
Brake facility on the 125mm rear castors gives extra
››
security when working for long periods in one position
Safety chain facility with snap/lock carbine hooks
3YR
GUARANTEE
at the entrance to the platform gives you greater

safety when working above head height
FROM ONLY
£460.00
Safety, Strength
& Durability TREAD OPTIONS
n Phenolic
(non-slip)
n Aluminium
COLOUR (non-slip)
OPTIONS
SP1204A Yellow n Expanded

Blue Steel Mesh Safety
Chain
No of Overall Size Platform Weight Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Phenolic Treads Aluminium Treads
Treads H x W x D mm Height mm kg Model Price Model Price Model Price
2 1480 x 720 x 950 480 24 SP1202M £460.00 SP1202R £485.00 SP1202A £501.70
3 1720 x 740 x 1085 720 27 SP1203M £518.60 SP1203R £549.85 SP1203A £566.50
4 1960 x 760 x 1220 960 31 SP1204M £589.30 SP1204R £624.85 SP1204A £631.10
Fort® Quick Folding BS EN 131 Professional Steps

manufactured ›› Platform size: 450W x 300Dmm
›› 2 x 200mm black rubber tyred wheels
›› Expanded steel mesh tread
3YR
GUARANTEE ››
size: 450W x 145Dmm
Folds & unfolds without
the use of nuts & bolts
›› Constructed from tubular steel with
two handles at the front, fitted
with knuckle guard hand grips
FROM ONLY
£852.95
FGS7805M
Folded
No of Platform Overall Size - In Use Overall Size - Folded Weight

Model Price
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
4 1000 1700 x 650 x 1310 930 x 650 x 1830 40 FGS7804M £852.95
5 1250 1950 x 690 x 1520 930 x 690 x 2120 45 FGS7805M £970.15
FGS7808M
6 1500 2200 x 720 x 1730 930 x 720 x 2410 50 FGS7806M £1078.90
7 1750 2450 x 770 x 1940 930 x 770 x 2700 55 FGS7807M £1184.40
8 2000 2700 x 790 x 2150 930 x 790 x 2990 60 FGS7808M £1290.60
422

Fort® ‘Duplex’ Weight Reactive Mobile Steps
1 3
Standard Version EN-131
with Expanded Version
Steel Treads
manufactured
2
Standard
3YR
GUARANTEE
Version
with Phenolic
non-slip
Treads
MSD103

MS5961M
GS5941
›› Unique ‘frame within a frame’ design for maximum stability

›› Standard or BS EN 131 Professional version available
›› Fitted with 4 sprung retractable 100mm swivel castors
When body weight is added the castors retract, Why Choose Me?
leaving the steps stable & safe on rubber feet ‘Frame within a Frame’
No of Platform Overall Size Platform Size Tread Size Weight
weight reactive steps
Model Price When your body weight is applied the
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm W x D mm W x D mm kg
Standard Version - Expanded Steel Mesh Treads
uniquely designed inner frame
1 Available in Blue with a Blue Inner Frame will lower, resting all 4 non-slip rubber
3 665 1585 x 480 x 740 17 MS5931M £424.40 feet on the ground. This immobilises the
335 x 205 335 x 132 wheels giving maximum stability & safety
4 880 1800 x 480 x 870 21 MS5941M £455.00
5 1195 2195 x 680 x 960 28 MS5951M £589.50
530 x 255 530 x 165 1 2
6 1310 2310 x 680 x 1110 33 MS5961M £625.65
Standard Version - Phenolic Non-slip Treads
2 Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering
3 645 1828 x 470 x 840 20 MSD103 £627.65
380 x 300 380 x 150
4 870 1828 x 470 x 840 24 MSD104 £669.60
5 1090 2310 x 660 x 1120 30 MSD105 £756.10
530 x 300 530 x 150
6 1310 2310 x 660 x 1120 40 MSD106 £817.00
BS EN 131 Professional Version - Phenolic Non-slip Treads
3 Available in Blue, Red or Light Grey with a Yellow Inner Frame - please specify colour when ordering
3 690 1780 x 560 x 790 30 GS5931 £719.00 Castors sit on the floor When body weight is
380 x 300 380 x 150
4 920 2015 x 560 x 1000 35 GS5941 £818.80 making these units applied the rubber feet
easily manoeuvrable sit on the floor to stop
5 1150 2240 x 760 x 1210 45 GS5951 £950.70 the unit from moving
530 x 300 530 x 150
6 1380 2480 x 760 x 1420 50 GS5961 £1054.65
423

Fort® Tilt ‘N’ Push Mobile Steps ›› Certified to BS EN 131 Professional version available
›› Features a large working top platform: 490 x 600mm
›› The steps have two handles at the front, fitted with
knuckle guard hand grips for lifting. These units are
then mobile on two fixed rear nylon 100mm castors
›› Platform rail height: 1000mm
MS7806G
FROM ONLY
£783.90
Optional Inward Opening
Gate - MS700Z
GS7815P
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
No of Platform Overall Size Weight Galvanised Units Blue Painted Units

Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price
Standard Version
3 750 1750 x 660 x 1235 43 MS7803G £927.60 MS7813P £783.90
4 1000 2000 x 660 x 1420 48 MS7804G £1155.55 MS7814P £997.70
5 1250 2250 x 660 x 1605 54 MS7805G £1362.65 MS7815P £1191.30
6 1500 2500 x 660 x 1790 60 MS7806G £1558.85 MS7816P £1373.15
Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear MS700Z £180.20 MS710Z £165.25
Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 433 for details) SB781MS £97.55 SB780MS £81.10
BS EN 131 Professional Version
3 750 1750 x 820 x 1235 43 GS7803G £984.55 GS7813P £836.75
4 1000 2000 x 820 x 1420 48 GS7804G £1225.75 GS7814P £1063.15
5 1250 2250 x 1020 x 1605 54 GS7805G £1446.40 GS7815P £1268.95
6 1500 2500 x 1120 x 1790 60 GS7806G £1655.85 GS7816P £1462.90
MS7814P fitted
Inward Opening Gate - factory fitted to the rear GS700Z £180.20 GS710Z £165.25
with MS710Z
Retro-fit Lifting Barrier (see page 433 for details) SB781GS £97.55 SB780GS £81.10
424

Fort® Dock Steps
›› Fitted with lift handles which incorporate FROM STOCK
knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm
rubber tyred wheels which make these
units extremely manoeuvrable
›› Open rear allows step through access
to a loading bay or lorry etc
FROM ONLY
£264.10
GSD704M
GSD702R GSD703G
Galvanised Finish
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Why Choose Me?

3 Open rear allows easy
step through access to
loading bays & vehicles
3 Great for loading & unloading
3 Easy to manoeuvre
& economical design
Open rear allows step through access
to a Loading Bay or Lorry etc
No of Platform Overall Size Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
Powder Coated Finish
2 500 1210 x 480 x 685 16 kg GSD702M £264.10 17 kg GSD702R £272.00
3 750 1460 x 510 x 857 18 kg GSD703M £314.45 19 kg GSD703R £325.05
4 1000 1710 x 540 x 1020 20 kg GSD704M £374.20 21 kg GSD704R £388.95
GSD704M Galvanised Finish
In Use
2 500 1210 x 480 x 685 18 kg GSD702G £283.40 - - -
3 750 1460 x 510 x 857 20 kg GSD703G £339.60 - - -
4 1000 1710 x 540 x 1020 22 kg GSD704G £405.20 - - -
425

Fort® ‘Wheel’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps
›› Fitted with lift handles which incorporate
manufactured knuckle guard hand grips & 2 x 150mm
rubber tyred wheels which make these
3YR
GUARANTEE
››
units extremely manoeuvrable
Platform size: 400W x 300D mm
FROM ONLY
£260.05
GSW708M GSW704R
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
2 500 1210 x 540 x 820 18 kg GSW702M £260.05 19 kg GSW702R £273.30
3 750 1460 x 570 x 1032 20 kg GSW703M £310.95 21 kg GSW703R £332.80
4 1000 1710 x 600 x 1244 22 kg GSW704M £371.75 23 kg GSW704R £405.75
5 1250 1960 x 630 x 1456 24 kg GSW705M £432.15 25 kg GSW705R £482.65
6 1500 2210 x 660 x 1668 26 kg GSW706M £495.15 27 kg GSW706R £566.30
7 1750 2460 x 690 x 1880 28 kg GSW707M £571.00 29 kg GSW707R £663.55
8 2000 2710 x 720 x 2029 30 kg GSW708M £633.05 31 kg GSW708R £750.85
COLOUR
Fort® Arrow Mobile Steps
OPTIONS
FROM ONLY ›› Certified to BS EN 131 Professional
Red
Blue £419.60 ›› Units are easy to manoeuvre on
the 2 wheels - simply use the handles
Grey
to lift the front & wheel into position manufactured
›› Resilient anti-slip treads
››
››
Platform size: 500W x 300Dmm
600mm high rear handrail
3YR
GUARANTEE
›› 2 x 150mm nylon wheels

GS0605
GS0608 & MS0600
No of Platform Overall Size Weight

Model Price
3 750 1450 x 640 x 1110 26 GS0603 £419.60
4 1000 1700 x 670 x 1220 29 GS0604 £465.90
5 1250 1950 x 700 x 1535 32 GS0605 £534.15
6 1500 2200 x 730 x 1745 36 GS0606 £586.40
7 1750 2450 x 760 x 1955 41 GS0607 £670.35
8 2000 2700 x 790 x 2165 44 GS0608 £724.35
GS0603
Optional Retro Grip Lift Mechanism - see page 429 for details MS0600 £104.60
426

Fort® ‘Spring’
BS EN 131 Professional
Mobile Steps
Professional
FROM ONLY
Safety, Strength
£299.95
& Durability
GSS702R
manufactured
Spring loaded castors
Mobile on 2 spring loaded
3YR
75mm swivel castors &
2 x 150mm rubber tyred wheels.
When body weight is applied the
GUARANTEE
castors retract leaving the steps
firm & safe on rubber feet
GSS708R
GSS704M
Why Choose Me? Treads Height mm H x W x D mm Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
3 The tallest weight 2 500 1210 x 540 x 820 18 kg GSS702M £299.95 19 kg GSS702R £313.30
reactive step available, 3 750 1460 x 570 x 1032 20 kg GSS703M £350.90 21 kg GSS703R £372.75
up to an 8 tread &
2m platform height 4 1000 1710 x 600 x 1244 22 kg GSS704M £411.60 23 kg GSS704R £445.90
3 Combines the flexibility and 5 1250 1960 x 630 x 1456 24 kg GSS705M £472.05 25 kg GSS705R £522.80
manoeuvrability of weight
6 1500 2210 x 660 x 1668 26 kg GSS706M £535.15 27 kg GSS706R £606.25
reactive sprung castors with
the added height of a 7 1750 2460 x 690 x 1880 28 kg GSS707M £610.90 29 kg GSS707R £703.45
traditional warehouse step 8 2000 2710 x 720 x 2029 30 kg GSS708M £673.00 31 kg GSS708R £790.80
427

Fort® ‘Delta’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps ›› Certified to BS EN 131 Professional
›› 2-6 Tread Units: Mobile on 2
rear wheels 150mm dia & 2 front
spring loaded castors to achieve
weight reactive function. Units
move freely when pushed
(unmounted) & stand firmly on
ground once they are in use
›› 7-10 Tread Units: Made mobile
on 150mm wheels & the use
of a unique grip lift mechanism
Optional Hook-on facilitating movement on 75mm
Container retractable castors
easily hooks onto the
end rail of the step unit
›› Available with Expanded Steel Mesh,
Model Price
Phenolic Non-slip or Aluminium Treads
MS1800Z £74.10
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Orange
Blue
Grey
MS1809M
manufactured
Safety, Strength
& Durability
3YR
GUARANTEE
Why Choose Me?

3 Combines the flexibility and
manoeuvrability of weight reactive
sprung castors with the biggest
platform available on a weight
reactive step - up to a 6 tread
3 7 tread and above features our
MS1805M & MS1800Z unique grip lift mechanism for speed,
ease & safety (preventing ascent
in mobile mode)
No of Platform Overall Size Weight Expanded Steel Mesh Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads Aluminium Treads
Treads Height mm H x W x D mm kg Model Price Model Price Model Price
2 460 1460 x 700 x 670 22 MS1802M £408.70 MS1802R £417.00 MS1802A £435.20
3 690 1690 x 720 x 855 26 MS1803M £472.65 MS1803R £485.80 MS1803A £508.95
4 920 1920 x 750 x 1055 29 MS1804M £514.55 MS1804R £534.45 MS1804A £564.15
5 1150 2150 x 840 x 1175 33 MS1805M £558.20 MS1805R £586.35 MS1805A £621.10
6 1380 2380 x 1030 x 1315 41 MS1806M £613.05 MS1806R £646.15 MS1806A £685.85
7 1610 2610 x 1160 x 1490 51 MS1807M £718.45 MS1807R £835.85 MS1807A £799.50
8 1840 2840 x 1160 x 1630 63 MS1808M £770.80 MS1808R £911.45 MS1808A £865.15
9 2070 3070 x 1160 x 1765 75 MS1809M £1042.50 MS1809R £1103.65 MS1809A £1148.35
10 2300 3300 x 1160 x 1900 87 MS1810M £1121.10 MS1810R £1178.95 MS1810A £1240.15
428

Fort® Atlas Steps
›› Features our unique grip lift FROM ONLY
mechanism for speed, ease &
safety (preventing ascent £442.35
in mobile mode)
wheels & 2 x 100mm swivel
nylon castors
MS1205M
Unique Grip Lift Mechanism
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured MS1210M
No of Platform Overall Size Expanded Steel Mesh Treads

Safety, Strength & Durability Treads Height mm H x W x D mm Weight Model Price
3 750 1750 x 690 x 810 32 kg MS1203M £442.35
PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL
4 1000 2000 x 690 x 870 36 kg MS1204M £508.65
HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
5 1250 2250 x 780 x 1130 40 kg MS1205M £627.90
6 1500 2500 x 780 x 1290 44 kg MS1206M £723.75
Why Choose Me? 7 1750 2750 x 880 x 1450 48 kg MS1207M £834.05
3 Box section profile - 8 2000 3000 x 930 x 1610 52 kg MS1208M £894.25
more steel gives greater 9 2250 3250 x 980 x 1770 56 kg MS1209M £977.85
stability & strength
10 2500 3500 x 1030 x 1930 62 kg MS1210M £1122.85
3 Features our unique grip lift
mechanism for speed, ease & 11 2750 3750 x 1080 x 2090 68 kg MS1211M £1253.50
safety (preventing ascent 12 3000 4000 x 1130 x 2250 74 kg MS1212M £1369.75
in mobile mode) 13 3250 4250 x 1180 x 2410 87 kg MS1213M £1457.40
3 1000mm platform rail
14 3500 4500 x 1230 x 2570 93 kg MS1214M £1609.70
prevents over reaching
15 3750 4750 x 1280 x 2730 99 kg MS1215M £1682.35
429
429 - GPC.indd 20 13/01/2021 09:51:42

Fort® Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’
BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps
›› Available with a choice of either
phenolic non-slip treads or
expanded steel mesh treads
›› Standard comfort ladder angle of 54º
›› Fitted with lever operated retractable front
castors & a safety bar to deter access to the
steps when they are in the mobile position
›› 6 step units & above are sent folded
for delivery - easy to erect
›› Platform handrail height: 1000mm
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels &
2 x 100mm swivel nylon castors
Optional retro-fit
lifting barrier to the
front (entry) of the
platform of these
steps. Also available
for steps on pages
424 & 432
Model Price
SB980GS £81.10

GS9808M
£1668.50
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
GS9808M
GS9805R & Safety, Strength & Durability
SG500Z
OPTIONAL SECURITY GATE Platform Expanded Steel Phenolic
No of Overall Size Weight Mesh Treads Non-slip Treads
Height
A Padlockable security gate Treads
mm
H x W x D mm kg
(as shown above) can be factory fitted
3 690 1690 x 780 x 954 25 GS9803M £653.55 GS9803R £666.80
to the bottom of these steps
4 920 1920 x 780 x 1121 35 GS9804M £837.05 GS9804R £852.40
Model Price
5 1150 2150 x 910 x 1288 45 GS9805M £933.60 GS9805R £952.55
SG500Z £223.80
6 1380 2380 x 960 x 1425 55 GS9806M £1199.00 GS9806R £1219.35
7 1610 2610 x 1010 x 1622 65 GS9807M £1450.15 GS9807R £1470.70
Why Choose Me?
8 1840 2840 x 1060 x 1789 75 GS9808M £1668.50 GS9808R £1694.05
3 Box section profile - 9 2070 3070 x 1140 x 1956 86 GS9809M £1923.90 GS9809R £1951.85
more steel gives greater
10 2300 3300 x 1220 x 2130 96 GS9810M £2157.45 GS9810R £2186.50
stability & strength for
11 2530 3530 x 1270 x 2290 111 GS9811M £2526.20 GS9811R £2559.10
industrial performance
3 1000mm platform rail 12 2760 3760 x 1370 x 2457 127 GS9812M £2794.95 GS9812R £2830.00
prevents over reaching 13 2990 3990 x 1460 x 2650 142 GS9813M £3321.45 GS9813R £3359.80
3 Extra width at base gives 14 3220 4220 x 1540 x 2791 158 GS9814M £3676.75 GS9814R £3717.30
even greater stability
15 3450 4450 x 1565 x 2975 173 GS9815M £4071.80 GS9815R £4114.45
430

Fort® Heavy Duty ‘Vantage’ Mobile Steps
›› Features our unique grip lift
mechanism for speed, ease & safety
(preventing ascent in mobile mode)
›› 6 step units & above are sent folded for
delivery - Easy to erect
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels &
3YR
GUARANTEE
Unique Grip Lift Mechanism
manufactured Safety, Strength & Durability
Optional retro-fit lifting

barrier to the front (entry) of
the platform of these steps.
Also available for steps on
pages 424 & 432
Barrier only recommended
for use with MS99 range due
to the restricted area on the
MS98 platform
Model Price
SB990MS £81.10
OPTIONAL INWARD OPENING GATE

To allow access from the rear of the
platform an inward opening gate can be
factory fitted to the rear of the platform handrail
Why Choose Me?

MS9808M
3 Box section profile -
PLEASE CHECK
industrial performance THE OVERALL
Model Price
3 1000mm platform rail HEIGHT BEFORE
MS500Z £176.10 prevents over reaching ORDERING
Platform Size: 460mm Depth x 540mm Width Platform size: 590mm Depth x 540mm Width
No Platform
Weight
of Height Overall Size Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads Overall Size Expanded Steel Treads Phenolic Non-slip Treads
kg
Treads mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm
3 37 690 1690 x 700 x 890 MS9803M £546.80 MS9803R £558.50 1690 x 700 x 1060 MS9903M £591.05 MS9903R £607.50
431

Fort® Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps
›› Large working top platform: 540W x 590Dmm
›› Heavy duty steel framed mobile steps
›› Lifting step feature deters access until
steps are safely grounded
›› Ladder angle of 60º
›› 6 step units & above are sent
folded for delivery - easy to erect
GS9309A
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
£2177.25

GS9306M
OPTIONAL EXTRAS
Tool Tray & Wire Mesh Baskets TREAD OPTIONS
which hook onto the guard rail
(also applies to page 433) n Phenolic
(non-slip)
n Aluminium
(non-slip)
n Expanded
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier Steel Mesh
to the front (entry) of the
platform of these steps.
GS9309A See page 433 for details.
Why Choose Me?
3 to 5 Tread - SB931GS - £81.10
6 to 15 Tread - SB930GS - £81.10 3 Box section profile -
Description
Overall Size
Model Price industrial performance
L x W x H mm 3 600 angle gives a shorter
Wire Mesh Basket for GS93 Step 615 x 260 x 210 BSK93M £135.30* overall depth & smaller
turning circle
Tool tray for GS93 Step 615 x 260 x 210 BSK93T £142.00* 3 1000mm platform rail
Wire Mesh Basket for 490W mm Steps - page 433 650 x 260 x 210 BSK58M £135.30* prevents over reaching
3 Extra width at base gives
Tool Tray for 490W mm Steps - page 433 650 x 260 x 210 BSK58T £142.70* even greater stability
Wire Mesh Basket for 770W mm Steps - page 433 895 x 260 x 210 BSK69M £142.00*
Tool Tray for 770W mm Steps - page 433 895 x 260 x 210 BSK69T £148.60*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort ‘Elite’ Steps. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Platform Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Aluminium Treads
No of Weight Overall Size
Height
Treads kg H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
mm
3 44 690 1790 x 680 x 972 GS9303R £831.10 GS9303M £831.10 GS9303A £1005.50
4 50 920 2020 x 680 x 1104 GS9304R £920.70 GS9304M £920.70 GS9304A £1177.10
5 56 1150 2250 x 910 x 1237 GS9305R £1009.60 GS9305M £1009.60 GS9305A £1366.25
6 68 1380 2480 x 960 x 1370 GS9306R £1245.70 GS9306M £1245.70 GS9306A £1591.25
7 77 1610 2710 x 1010 x 1503 GS9307R £1433.80 GS9307M £1433.80 GS9307A £1790.05
8 87 1840 2940 x 1060 x 1635 GS9308R £1625.75 GS9308M £1625.75 GS9308A £1986.20
9 96 2070 3170 x 1110 x 1768 GS9309R £1795.00 GS9309M £1795.00 GS9309A £2177.25
10 105 2300 3400 x 1160 x 1901 GS9310R £2039.65 GS9310M £2039.65 GS9310A £2395.90
UNIQUE BOTTOM
11 114 2530 3630 x 1210 x 2034 GS9311R £2351.00 GS9311M £2351.00 GS9311A £2674.40 SWINGING STEP
12 123 2760 3860 x 1260 x 2167 GS9312R £2571.80 GS9312M £2571.80 GS9312A £2894.85 This feature lifts the bottom step
13 132 2990 4090 x 1370 x 2299 GS9313R £3004.70 GS9313M £3004.70 GS9313A £3153.10 preventing access while the unit is
14 140 3220 4320 x 1420 x 2432 GS9314R £3224.90 GS9314M £3224.90 GS9314A £3403.00 mobile. Handle mechanism is fitted
15 149 3450 4550 x 1425 x 2565 GS9315R £3446.05 GS9315M £3446.05 GS9315A £3657.90 to the right hand side as standard
432

Fort® Heavy Duty ‘Elite’ Mobile Steps
›› Large working top platform:
either 600D x 540W mm or
extra wide 600D x 820W mm manufactured
›› Wide *770mm tread models MS5822
3YR
also available on 11-18 steps
›› Strongly constructed steps £1445.30
highly manoeuvrable & stable GUARANTEE
›› The units incorporate kick boards

on 3 sides of the platform
MS5831
£1647.25
Why Choose Me?

3 Extra large platform sizes
of 600x540 or 600x820mm
UNIQUE BOTTOM
SWINGING STEP
MS5831
This feature lifts the bottom MS5822
step preventing access while
the unit is mobile. This also PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL
helps prevent knocked shins HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Aluminium Treads

OPTIONAL EXTRAS No of Weight Platform
Treads kg Height
Overall Size
H x W x D mm Model Price Model Price Model Price
Platform Size: 600D x 540W mm Tread Size: 160D x 490W mm
3 25 690mm 1690 x 700 x 1060 MS5781 £707.10 MS5782 £707.10 MS5783 £827.70
4 35 920mm 1920 x 700 x 1270 MS5791 £874.90 MS5792 £874.90 MS5793 £1012.65
5 45 1150mm 2150 x 700 x 1370 MS5801 £963.25 MS5802 £963.25 MS5803 £1116.40
6 55 1380mm 2380 x 700 x 1540 MS5811 £1204.00 MS5812 £1204.00 MS5813 £1377.55
7 65 1610mm 2610 x 700 x 1700 MS5821 £1445.30 MS5822 £1445.30 MS5823 £1637.65
8 75 1840mm 2840 x 700 x 1870 MS5831 £1647.25 MS5832 £1647.25 MS5833 £1858.20
9 85 2070mm 3070 x 700 x 2030 MS5841 £1887.90 MS5842 £1887.90 MS5843 £2119.05
10 95 2300mm 3300 x 700 x 2190 MS5851 £2090.75 MS5852 £2090.75 MS5853 £2339.55
11 110 2530mm 3530 x 800 x 2360 MS5861 £2382.80 MS5862 £2382.80 MS5863 £2650.75
12 125 2760mm 3760 x 800 x 2530 MS5871 £2603.55 MS5872 £2603.55 MS5873 £2890.70
Optional retro-fit lifting barrier 13 140 2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690 MS5881 £3099.20 MS5882 £3099.20 MS5883 £3411.80
to the front (entry) of the 14 155 3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860 MS5891 £3407.80 MS5892 £3407.80 MS5893 £3741.50
platform of these steps. Also
15 170 3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020 MS5901 £3758.15 MS5902 £3758.15 MS5903 £4112.75
for steps on pages 424 & 432
16 185 3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190 MS5111 £4147.85 MS5112 £4147.85 MS5113 £4522.65
Model Price
SB580MS £81.10 17 200 3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350 MS5121 £4562.70 MS5122 £4562.70 MS5123 £4968.45
REAR INWARD OPENING GATE 18 215 4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520 MS5131 £5008.80 MS5132 £5008.80 MS5133 £5460.70
To allow access from the rear Platform Size: 600D x 820W mm Tread Size: 160D x 770W mm
of the platform an inward opening *11 150 2530mm 3530 x 950 x 2360 MS6961 £2848.35 MS6962 £2848.35 MS6963 £3168.00
gate can be factory fitted to the *12 170 2760mm 3760 x 950 x 2530 MS6971 £3142.70 MS6972 £3142.70 MS6973 £3484.50
rear of the platform handrail
*13 190 2990mm 3990 x 1150 x 2690 MS6981 £3704.55 MS6982 £3704.55 MS6983 £4075.30
To Suit Model Price
490mm Wide MS500Z £176.10 *14 210 3220mm 4220 x 1230 x 2860 MS6991 £4093.70 MS6992 £4093.70 MS6993 £4489.05
To Suit Model Price *15 230 3450mm 4450 x 1230 x 3020 MS6901 £4517.95 MS6902 £4517.95 MS6903 £4937.20
770mm Wide MS600Z £191.45
*16 250 3680mm 4680 x 1230 x 3190 MS6911 £4936.70 MS6912 £4936.70 MS6913 £5386.60
TOOL TRAY/WIRE MESH BASKET *17 270 3910mm 4910 x 1400 x 3350 MS6921 £5390.35 MS6922 £5390.35 MS6923 £5871.20
Please see page 432 for details *18 280 4140mm 5140 x 1400 x 3520 MS6931 £5883.20 MS6932 £5883.20 MS6933 £6394.85
433

Fort® Easy Steer Mobile Steps
›› Unique six wheel design enables the step
to virtually turn within its own length
›› Fitted with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar
which deters access to the steps when in the mobile position
›› Handle mechanism is fitted to the right hand side as standard
›› Standard comfort ladder angle of 54º
›› Expanded steel mesh treads & platform
›› Folded for delivery - easy to erect
›› Wheels: 4 x 100mm fixed nylon castors
FROM ONLY
£1451.15
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Why Choose Me?

3 Unique six wheel design
reduces the turning circle
by circa 50%

HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING ES9809M

Model Price
7 1610 2610 x 720 x 1440 64 ES9807M £1451.15
8 1840 2840 x 720 x 1600 74 ES9808M £1653.10
9 2070 3070 x 720 x 1790 84 ES9809M £1893.75
10 2300 3300 x 720 x 1950 94 ES9810M £2096.55
11 2530 3530 x 820 x 2110 109 ES9811M £2388.60
12 2760 3760 x 820 x 2270 124 ES9812M £2590.65
13 2990 3990 x 1170 x 2430 139 ES9813M £3085.80
14 3220 4220 x 1250 x 2590 154 ES9814M £3394.55
15 3450 4450 x 1250 x 2750 169 ES9815M £3737.40
16 3680 4680 x 1250 x 2910 184 ES9816M £4096.40
17 3910 4910 x 1420 x 3070 199 ES9817M £4511.90
18 4140 5140 x 1420 x 3230 214 ES9818M £4957.80
434

Fort® Wide Tread ‘Spartan’ Mobile Steps
›› Extra wide treads: 750W x 180Dmm
›› Platform sizes:
3 to 9 steps - 800W x 400Dmm
10 to 15 steps - 800W x 460Dmm manufactured
›› Easy slope 48º angle which is
for use in areas where there is
space available, enabling you to
turn around & descend the 3YR
GUARANTEE
steps facing forward
›› Welded expanded steel platform
& treads with full handrails either
side of the steps
on 3 sides of the platform &
knee rails around the platform
MS4107
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm black rubber
tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm rubber
£1150.70
tyred castors mounted on the easy
action unique grip lift mechanism
RETRO-FIT
LIFTING BARRIER
Optional barrier fitted to the
front (entry) of the platform
of this range of steps
Model Price
SB410GS £93.15
Why Choose Me?

3 Extra wide treads & platform
3 Easy slope 480 angle so the steps MS4107
can be descended like normal stairs
safety (preventing ascent
in mobile mode)

Model Price
3 690 1690 x 960 x 1065 42 MS4103 £554.35
4 920 1920 x 960 x 1270 51 MS4104 £741.55
5 1150 2150 x 960 x 1475 69 MS4105 £878.65
6 1380 2380 x 980 x 1680 82 MS4106 £1013.90
7 1610 2610 x 1030 x 1885 96 MS4107 £1150.70
8 1840 2840 x 1080 x 2090 109 MS4108 £1293.20
9 2070 3070 x 1130 x 2295 123 MS4109 £1426.80 Safety, Strength & Durability
10 2300 3300 x 1180 x 2560 136 MS4110 £1560.25
11 2530 3530 x 1230 x 2765 154 MS4111 £1693.55
12 2760 3760 x 1280 x 2970 173 MS4112 £1827.05 HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
13 2990 3990 x 1320 x 3175 192 MS4113 £2187.50
14 3220 4220 x 1360 x 3380 211 MS4114 £2353.80
15 3450 4450 x 1400 x 3585 230 MS4115 £2512.95
435

Fort® Wide Tread ‘Trojan S’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps
›› Extra wide treads:-
Easy slope - 48º: 750W x 180Dmm
Standard slope - 54º: 750W x 160Dmm
›› There are two versions available: easy slope
48º angle which is for use in areas where
there is space available, enabling the user
to turn around & descend the steps facing
forward. Standard slope 54º angle for use
in areas where space is limited
for delivery. Easy to erect
›› Fitted with lever operated,
retractable castors & safety bar
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£833.45

GS4107
REAR INWARD
OPENING GATE Why Choose Me?
To allow access from the rear of
the platform an inward opening 3 Extra wide treads & 500mm
gate can be factory fitted to the deep comfort platform
rear of the platform handrail 3 Easy slope version can be
Lever Operated descended like normal stairs
Model Price
Retractable Castors 3 Option of a rear inward opening
GS400Z £191.45 & Safety Bar gate to create a walkthrough
Platform Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Easy Slope Version - 48º angle
No of
Height Overall Size Weight Overall Size Weight
Treads Model Price Model Price
mm H x W x D mm kg H x W x D mm kg
Fort Wide Tread Grey ‘Trojan S’ Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber castors with lever operated retractable castors & a safety bar
3 690 1690 x 1000 x 1095 42 GS4003 £833.45 1690 x 1000 x 1125 45 GS4103 £874.00
4 920 1920 x 960 x 1260 50 GS4004 £1059.25 1920 x 960 x 1310 55 GS4104 £1114.45
5 1150 2150 x 960 x 1430 69 GS4005 £1193.80 2150 x 960 x 1515 74 GS4105 £1263.90
6 1380 2380 x 980 x 1595 82 GS4006 £1446.60 2380 x 980 x 1725 88 GS4106 £1579.25
7 1610 2610 x 1030 x 1765 96 GS4007 £1731.90 2610 x 1030 x 1930 103 GS4107 £1889.95
8 1840 2840 x 1080 x 1930 112 GS4008 £1977.85 2840 x 1080 x 2140 117 GS4108 £2152.10
9 2070 3070 x 1130 x 2095 123 GS4009 £2257.85 3070 x 1130 x 2345 132 GS4109 £2456.55
10 2300 3300 x 1180 x 2265 136 GS4010 £2517.30 3300 x 1180 x 2555 146 GS4110 £2723.40
11 2530 3530 x 1230 x 2430 146 GS4011 £2855.90 3530 x 1230 x 2760 166 GS4111 £3076.90
12 2760 3760 x 1280 x 2600 175 GS4012 £3109.55 3760 x 1280 x 2965 186 GS4112 £3360.05
436

Fort® Wide Tread ‘Trojan’ BS EN 131 Professional Mobile Steps
›› Extra wide treads:-
Easy slope - 48º: 750W x 180Dmm FROM ONLY
››
Standard slope - 54º: 750W x 160Dmm
Platform size: 800W x 500Dmm
£677.90
›› There are two versions available: easy slope
48º angle which is for use in areas where there
is space available, enabling the user to turn
around & descend the steps facing forward.
Standard slope 54º angle for use in areas
where space is limited
folded for delivery. Easy to erect
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Why Choose Me?

3 Extra wide treads & 500mm GS1108M
deep comfort platform
in mobile mode)
3 Easy slope version can be Unique Grip Lift PLEASE CHECK THE OVERALL
Mechanism
descended like normal stairs HEIGHT BEFORE ORDERING
Standard Slope Version - 54º angle Easy Slope Version - 48º angle
Platform
No of
Height Overall Size Wt Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads Overall Size Wt Phenolic Non-slip Treads Expanded Steel Treads
Treads
Fort Wide Tread Blue ‘Trojan’ Mobile Steps - Mobile on 2 x 200mm Black Rubber tyred wheels & 2 x 125mm Rubber tyred castors with a unique Grip Lift Mechanism
3 690 1790 x 960 x 1165 40 GS1003R £687.40 GS1003M £677.90 1790 x 960 x 1195 42 GS1103R £703.55 GS1103M £694.25
437

Fort® Easy Slope Platforms
›› Easy slope 48º incline - for safe & easy use
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels
& 2 x 125mm rubber castors
Standard
Fort Easy Slope
Platforms
›› Removable platform
chains on three
sides for access
BS EN 131 Professional
Fort Easy Slope
Platforms
Professional
›› Inward opening gates
on 3 sides of the
platform
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE

MS9106M
Optional
retro-fit lifting
barrier to the
front (entry) of
the platform of
the BS EN 131
Professional
Version
Model Price
SB910GS £93.15 GS9108M
Platform Standard Version - Powder Coated Blue or Galvanised Finish BS EN 131 Version - Powder Coated Grey
No of
Height Overall Size Weight Overall Size Weight
Treads Finish Model Price Finish Model Price
2 460 - - - - - 1460 x 960 x 1479 62 Powder Coated GS9102M £1261.40
Powder Coated MS9103M £907.60 1690 x 960 x 1686 72 Powder Coated GS9103M £1485.10
3 690 1690 x 950 x 1826 74
Galvanised MS9103G £996.60 - - - - -
4 920 1920 x 950 x 2033 82
Galvanised MS9104G £1082.40 - - - - -
5 1150 2150 x 950 x 2240 90
Galvanised MS9105G £1170.70 - - - - -
6 1380 2380 x 950 x 2447 98
Galvanised MS9106G £1284.20 - - - - -
438

Fort® Service Platforms

›› Ideal for access to mezzanine floors & for servicing manufactured
large plant machinery/automotive equipment
›› Two versions available: easy slope 48º angle
enabling the user to descend the steps facing
forward. Standard slope 54º angle
3YR
GUARANTEE
for use in areas where space is limited

›› Extra large platform size: 800W x 1700Dmm
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm rubber wheels
& 2 x 125mm rubber castors
›› Complete with fixed handrail at the end of the
platform & 1 hook-on platform handrail which
can be fitted on either side of the platform
(handrail with centre rail for 2 to 6 tread units &
handrail with centre & toe rail for 7 to 10 treads)
for delivery - easy to erect
Why Choose Me?

3 Ideal for use with mezzanine
floors & large machinery
in mobile mode)
3 Huge platform size
of 800W x 1700D
3 Easy slope version can be
descended like normal stairs
Hook on Handrail - MSPX02
MSP9210 &
1 x MSPX04
MSP9304 &
2 x MSPX03
Accessories
Platform Extension
Double Rail Hook on Handrail to suit 2 to 6 tread MSPX01 £81.30 MSPX03 or MSPX04. Used to
Triple Rail Hook on Handrail to suit 7 to 10 tread MSPX02 £98.30 bridge the gap between the
step platform & anything you
Platform Extension to suit 2 to 6 tread MSPX03 £74.00
are trying to access
Platform Extension to suit 7 to 10 tread MSPX04 £98.30
Standard Slope Version - 54º Angle Easy Slope Version - 48º Angle
No of Platform
Treads Height mm Overall Size Weight Overall Size Weight
H x W x D mm kg H x W x D mm kg
2 500 1580 x 960 x 2015 97 MSP9202 £1073.20 1580 x 960 x 2058 98 MSP9302 £1076.90
3 750 1830 x 960 x 2197 107 MSP9203 £1151.90 1830 x 960 x 2283 108 MSP9303 £1156.30
4 1000 2080 x 960 x 2379 117 MSP9204 £1242.40 2080 x 960 x 2508 118 MSP9304 £1246.10
5 1250 2330 x 980 x 2561 127 MSP9205 £1427.50 2330 x 980 x 2805 128 MSP9305 £1433.70
6 1500 2580 x 1030 x 2743 137 MSP9206 £1560.20 2580 x 1030 x 3030 138 MSP9306 £1609.25
7 1750 2830 x 1080 x 2925 147 MSP9207 £1728.75 2830 x 1080 x 3255 148 MSP9307 £1737.45
8 2000 3080 x 1130 x 3107 157 MSP9208 £1894.80 3080 x 1130 x 3480 158 MSP9308 £1904.80
9 2250 3330 x 1180 x 3289 167 MSP9209 £2032.20 3330 x 1180 x 3705 168 MSP9309 £2040.80
10 2500 3580 x 1230 x 3471 177 MSP9210 £2167.55 3580 x 1230 x 3930 178 MSP9310 £2178.75
439

Platforms, Podiums & Towers
Climb-It® Glass Fibre Leg Platform
›› Ideal for compact storage as the unit is lightweight
& the legs fold neatly underneath the platform
›› The large serrated platform
gives an anti-slip work surface
150kg
evenly
distributed
APJ04Z
i Information
INSULATED TO
10,000 VOLTS Platform Size Folded Size Weight
Model Price
600 x 600 x 470 700 x 600 x 210 8 APJ04Z £116.30
Fort® Adjustable Steel Work Platforms

›› Certified to BS EN ISO 14122
›› These modular units can be placed alongside each
other to create a large working area
›› Mild steel angle construction which is easily
height adjustable - simply turn the flanged feet
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
WP022Z
WP024Z
Why Choose Me?

WP041Z Phenolic
3 Adjustable feet allow for
Non-slip
ergonomic working heights
Platform
Galvanised Mesh Grid Platform - 50 x 38mm Mesh Grid Phenolic Non-slip Platform - set on 18mm plywood
Platform
Size Platform Height: 140 to 210mm Platform Height: 230 to 300mm Platform Height: 140 to 210mm Platform Height: 230 to 300mm
L x W mm
Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price Weight Model Price
610 x 610 16 kg WP011Z £278.95 17 kg WP021Z £285.50 14 kg WP031Z £198.50 15 kg WP041Z £205.00
440
24 - Platforms, Podiums & Towers - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 14:05:41

Climb-It® Folding Work Platforms
›› Aluminium folding work platform with a large, anti-slip, standing surface
›› Steel handrails either
side of the platform for
increased safety
›› Adjustable stabilisers
allow the unit to be
positioned close to a
wall or working areas
Lift Up
›› Built-in inclined ladder Handrails
›› Easily folds for ease of provide
movement. Will fit through 150kg easy
evenly
access to
doorways & narrow aisles distributed
the
›› Complete with a built-in tool platform
holder on the EP880Y FROM ONLY
nylon wheels £239.50
›› Platform suitable for 150kg
EP880Y EP990Y
Folded Folded
i Information
FOLDS TO A COMPACT
SIZE FOR EASY STORAGE
& TRANSPORTATION
i Information
ADJUSTABLE
STABILISERS GET
YOU CLOSER TO
WALLS & WORKING
AREAS
Integral Tool Tray EP880Y

on the EP880Y
Integral
ladder which
easily folds in
& out of the
Work Platform
EP990Y
No of Platform Platform Size Overall Size Overall Size Folded Weight

Model Price
Treads Height mm W x D mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm kg
2 880 980 x 400 1550 x 930 x 1140 1550 x 930 x 180 14 EP880Y £239.50
3 994 1205 x 545 1860 x 1077 x 1360 1860 x 1077 x 180 19 EP990Y £276.15
441

Fort® BS EN ISO 14122 Universal Modular Platform System

›› Certified to BS EN ISO 14122
›› These modular units, constructed from steel angle, can be
placed alongside each other to create a large working area
›› The Universal Modular Platform System comprises a range
of basic modules that can be bolted together in various
configurations to provide permanent access to
machinery/equipment that cannot be reached from ground level
›› Due to the modular design they are ideal for going
round corners & the bridge modules are available to
avoid obstructions or areas extending over conveyors
›› Adjustable feet to accommodate uneven flooring
›› Platform modules are designed & tested to achieve a load of
500Kg/m U.D.L & a concentrated load of 150kg at any point
›› Optional floor fixings are available for permanent floor fixing
(recommended over conveyors & moving obstructions)
Optional Floor Fix Module:
3YR
4 off Floor fix feet/Set
UMPFF01
GUARANTEE
Price: £88.65
2 x UMP1003A, 1 x UMPHR1200, manufactured Weight: 4kg
2 x UMPHR0600 & 1 x UMP1201A
Platform Platform Size Overall Size Weight

No of Treads Model Price
Height mm L x W mm L x W x H mm kg
Platform Step Units
1 240 800 x 600 800 x 600 x 240 15 UMP1001A £350.85
2 (with Handrail) 480 800 x 600 940 x 600 x 1585 30 UMP1002A £523.50
5 (with Handrail) 1200 800 x 600 1360 x 600 x 2305 51 UMP1005A £876.10 UMP1001A UMP1002A UMP1004A
Platform Size Overall Size Weight

Platform Units
240mm Plat. Height 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 240 10 UMP0601A £272.65
(equivalent to 1 Tread) 1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 240 20 UMP1201A £479.90 UMP0601A
(equivalent to 2 Tread) 1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 480 22 UMP1202A £465.35
(equivalent to 4 Tread) UMP0605A
1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 960 31 UMP1204A £568.95
1200mm Plat. Height 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 1200 28 UMP0605A £427.20 UMP1203A
Platform Size Overall Size Weight

Bridge Units (adjoining units must be same height on both ends) - Floor fixings are recommended
UMP1200A
600mm Bridge Unit 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 330 10 UMP0600A £227.20
800mm Bridge Unit 800 x 600 800 x 600 x 330 13 UMP0800A £254.50 UMP0600A
1200mm Bridge Unit 1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 330 22 UMP1200A £390.80 High Rise Bridge gives
an additional 240/185mm
600mm High Rise Bridge Unit 600 x 600 600 x 600 x 570 13 UMPH0600A £231.70
platform/clearance height.
800mm High Rise Bridge Unit 800 x 600 800 x 600 x 570 16 UMPH0800A £262.70 When used with a 5 tread
this gives a clearance of
1200mm High Rise Bridge Unit 1200 x 600 1200 x 600 x 570 23 UMPH1200A £409.30 1385mm UMPH0800A
Effective Overall Size Weight

Height mm L x W x H mm kg
Handrails
600mm - to suit Platform or Bridge 1100 585 x 35 x 1420 6 UMPHR0600 £132.80
1200mm - to suit Platform 1100 1185 x 35 x 1420 10 UMPHR1200 £227.20
800mm - to suit Bridge 1100 785 x 35 x 1420 7 UMPHR0800 £190.90
1200mm - to suit Bridge 1100 1185 x 35 x 1420 10 UMBHR1200B £230.90 UMPHR0600 UMPHR1200 UMPHR1200B
442

UMP1204A
3YR
GUARANTEE
2x UMPHR0600 manufactured
1x UMPHR1200 Safety, Strength & Durability
UMP0603A
1x UMPHR0600
UMP0604A
UMP1203A
2x UMPHR1200 UMP1200A
2x UMPHR1200B
UMPHR1200
UMP1004A
1x UMPHR0600
UMP0602A
1x UMPHR0600 UMP1002A
1x UMPHR0600
i Information UMP1003A
2x UMPHR0600
MODULAR SYSTEM
CREATES AN
ADAPTABLE SOLUTION
TO FIT YOUR
UNIQUE WORKING
ENVIRONMENT
UMP0605A UMP1005A
2x UMPHR0600 UMP1200A 2 x UMPHR0600
UMP1004A 2x UMPHR1200B
2x UMPHR0600
443

Fort® BS EN 131 Professional Universal Work Platforms
Professional
›› Non-slip aluminium
platform & treads for
increased safety
›› Constructed from fully
welded tubular steel
›› 2 off 125mm castors at
each end of the unit
means these units can
easily be wheeled into
the correct position
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
MP301A,
2 x HR300Z &
1 x MP100Z
MP301A,
1 x HR300Z &
1 x MP100Z
Why Choose Me?

3 Large platforms allow for ease of
movement for a variety of tasks
3 Designed for comfort & safety
MP201G
over prolonged periods of use
No of Platform Size Platform Overall Size Weight Painted Version Galvanised Version
Treads L x W mm Height mm L x W mm kg Model Price Model Price
850 x 600 1300 x 670 36 MP201A £661.55 MP201G £845.15
2 1050 x 600 500 1450 x 670 37 MP202A £704.25 MP202G £893.05
1150 x 600 1600 x 670 38 MP203A £743.85 MP203G £938.30
Optional Side Handrail for 2 Step Units HR200Z £121.60* HR200G £179.20*
850 x 600 1475 x 670 40 MP301A £738.20 MP301G £943.20
3 1050 x 600 750 1625 x 670 41 MP302A £780.75 MP302G £991.30
1150 x 600 1775 x 670 42 MP303A £820.05 MP303G £1036.00
850 x 600 1650 x 670 61 MP401A £871.10 MP401G £1098.10
4 1050 x 600 1000 1800 x 670 63 MP402A £913.00 MP402G £1150.80
1150 x 600 1950 x 670 65 MP403A £958.85 MP403G £1196.50
Optional End Rail MP100Z £99.55* MP100G £142.80*
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
444

Fort® BS EN 131 Professional Universal Work Platforms
›› Units come complete with one side
handrail & one end handrail as
standard. The handrail can be
fitted to either side of the
platform & an extra side
handrail is available
›› Robust, firm standing frame
with aluminium 5-bar treadplate
platform & step treads
›› Lift & wheel facility for convenient
positioning with 125mm wheels
›› Heavy duty, anti slip, grounding feet
3YR
GUARANTEE
i Information
COMPLETE WITH
manufactured ONE END & ONE SIDE
HANDRAIL
AS STANDARD
MP514A &
HR514Z
MP603A
Why Choose Me?

3 Complete with one end &
one side handrail as standard
3 Designed for comfort & safety
MP502A
over prolonged periods of use
No of Platform Size Platform Overall Size Weight Painted Version

Treads L x W mm Height mm L x W x H mm kg Model Price
800 x 500 1400 x 580 x 1500 42 MP502A £884.60
2 800 x 600 500 1400 x 680 x 1500 46 MP602A £919.70
1000 x 500 1600 x 580 x 1500 44 MP512A £964.00
Optional Extra Side Handrail for 2 Step Units HR512Z £146.45*
800 x 500 1550 x 580 x 1750 46 MP503A £956.10
3 800 x 600 750 1550 x 680 x 1750 50 MP603A £991.20
1000 x 500 1750 x 580 x 1750 48 MP513A £1035.50
800 x 500 1700 x 580 x 2000 50 MP504A £1035.50
4 800 x 600 1000 1700 x 680 x 2000 54 MP604A £1070.60
1000 x 500 1900 x 580 x 2000 52 MP514A £1114.75
*prices applicable when ordering with the Fort Universal Work Platforms. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
445

Aluminium Platforms ›› Simple & safe to use with locking
hinges for added safety
›› Ideal for compact storage & transportation
as the unit is lightweight & the legs
fold neatly underneath the platform
›› The serrated treads & platform help
give an anti-slip work surface
FROM ONLY 150kg
£58.95
evenly
distributed
Platform Size Folded Size Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm L x W mm kg
APJ69Z
690 x 300 x 500 790 x 390 4 APJ69Z £58.95
900 x 300 x 500 1000 x 390 5 APJ90Z £72.50
Podium Steps
›› Certified to PAS 250
FROM ONLY ›› Only 2 removable parts:
£663.50 ››
platform deck & access ladder
Saloon gates for easy
access & exit from
the platform
›› 1000mm all round guardrail
system with non-slip platform
›› Mobile on 2 x swivel
braked castors
›› Folds & unfolds in seconds
›› Fits through standard
doorways
›› Platform size:
670 x 670mm
PODX1225
i Information
CERTIFIED TO
PAS 250
Open Platform Working Overall Weight

Model Price
Height mm Height mm Height mm Width mm kg
2010 752 & 975 2710 to 2960 670 37 PODX0752 £663.50
2260 975 & 1225 2910 to 3160 670 40 PODX0975 £753.25
2510 1225 & 1475 3225 to 3475 670 43 PODX1225 £827.80
446

Alpine Tower
›› Certified to BSEN1004:2004 & 3T compatible
›› Base size: 730D x 1800W mm
›› Quick & easy to erect - saving time on each job
›› Fits easily into most small vans or estate cars
›› Narrow width - compact & easy storage
›› Quick release pull rings with stainless i Information
steel pin on bracings for easy assembly
FITS THROUGH
DOORWAYS &
EASILY INTO
CAR BOOTS
AP0600Z

System to 0.6M Platform Height AP0600Z £624.80
AP6100Z
Sky-High Tower
›› Certified to BSEN1004:2004 & 3T compatible
›› Quick release pull rings with stainless steel pin on bracings
for quick & easy assembly - saving time on each job
i Information
MEETS ALL
REQUIREMENTS
OF THE WORKING
AT HEIGHT
REGULATIONS
TBL180822
Base Unit - 1800mm Wide Base Unit - 2500mm Wide

Description 850mm Deep 1450mm Deep 850mm Deep 1450mm Deep
System to 2.2M Platform Height TBL180822 £1435.80 TBL181422 £1746.70 TBL250822 £1584.65 TBL251422 £1910.60
447

Order Picking Machines & Access Platforms ›› CE marked & plated
›› High quality construction
›› Self-Propelled machines that
can be driven at height
›› Electrically controlled picking platform
with a capacity of up to 100kg
›› 12v 105Ah batteries with
110v-220v built in charger
›› Very tight turning radius
›› Can be used as picking platforms
& for maintenance work
›› Single Joystick control along
with an adjustable speed control
allow for easy & precise manoeuvrability
in the tightest of spaces
i Information
ON SITE
DEMONSTRATIONS
AVAILABLE -
CALL FOR DETAILS
i Information
PRICES ON
APPLICATION -
CALL FOR YOUR
SPECIAL PRICES
Picking/Working Picking Tray Base Size Weight

Model
Height mm Capacity kg L x W mm kg
Access Platforms - without Picking Tray
4000 - 995 x 740 162 Elevah 40 Move
5000 - 980 x 700 580 Elevah 5 Move
6500 - 1280 x 780 680 Elevah 65 Move
8000 - 1280 x 780 750 Elevah 80 Move
Access Platforms - with Picking Tray
4000 40 995 x 740 190 Elevah 40 MP
5000 100 1530 x 700 640 Elevah 5 MP
6500 100 1720 x 780 760 Elevah 65 MP
8000 100 1720 x 780 790 Elevah 80 MP
448
448 - GPC.indd 9 11/01/2021 13:18:51

Fork Lift Cages
›› Robust fully welded construction
›› Complies with Health & Safety guidance note
PM28 - 4th Edition. Units are supplied with a user guide
›› Fits quickly & easily to the majority of fork lifts
›› Safety gate opens inwards, closing automatically through
the use of a tension spring loaded retention latch
›› Non-slip floor plate with a high kick plate
›› Various safety features including:
›› Internal grab rail
›› Safety harness anchor point
›› Drivers warning plate
›› High visibility yellow finish
Economy Range manufactured

›› Front opening gate
›› Full height mesh rear guard
3YR
FROM ONLY
Standard Range GUARANTEE £1031.00
›› Front opening gate
›› Mesh back & half sides
i Information
Heavy Duty Range
›› Side opening gate SAFE & STABLE
›› Large tool container ACCESS AT
HIGH LEVELS
FORK POCKET
FOR ECONOMY RANGE
Simply lift the bar on the side of the cage once
the fork has been entered. The brace at the
rear of the mechanism will then swing, fitting
neatly behind the heel of the fork tines, FLC08Z
securing the cage to the fork lift
FLC01Z shown with FLC09Z

FLC04Z
FLC03Z FLC02Z
Load Platform Size Overall Weight

Capacity W x D mm Height mm
Wheels
kg
Model Price FORK POCKET FOR THE
STANDARD & HEAVY DUTY
Economy Range
184W x 83Dmm with inside clearance
250 kg 1000 x 1000 1900 - 70 FLC08Z £1031.00
of 545mm & overall clearance of 921mm
Standard Range
1780 - 70 FLC01Z £1398.60
250 kg 990 x 990 Fo
rk
65
m
1830 4 Swivel 125mm Nylon 74 FLC11Y £1444.90 Tin m
ee
nt
ry
Optional Tool Box - fitted with 2 hooks to hook onto the cage 3 FLC09Z £118.50
Floating toggle to
Heavy Duty Range prevent accidental
withdrawel of the pin
1985 - 120 FLC02Z £1497.75 pin locks behind
heel of fork tines
2110 4 Swivel 125mm Nylon 120 FLC12Y £1611.35
NOTE:
1260 1985 - 125 FLC03Z £1599.70
300 kg
x 800 2110 4 Swivel 125mm Nylon 125 FLC13Y £1691.35
Fork pocket specifications can be
2100 - 132 FLC04Z £1659.20 altered to meet your requirements.
2225 4 Swivel 125mm Nylon 132 FLC14Y £1749.60 Please specify when ordering
449

Hygiene & Social Distancing
Acrylic Desk Screens
›› High quality, 5mm thick, transparent acrylic desk screens to be used NEW
in a range of workplaces to help reduce the spread of infection
›› Range of sizes available to cover the long end, short end & desk dividers
›› Durable, non-porous, transparent & aesthetically pleasing FROM ONLY
with radius corners. Easy to maintain & clean
£119.05
Spine Screens Desk Divider Screens Return Screens

Complete with Brackets Complete with Brackets (simply
(brackets include fit over the desk
double sided tape divider you
& woodscrews have)
easy desktop
mounting)
Screen Size Screen Size

H x W mm H x W mm
Screen Size
Model Price
740 x 990 SDS09974/2BR £167.65 398 x 995 STDS09939/BR £119.05 H x W mm
740 x 1190 SDS11974/2BR £198.55 398 x 1195 STDS11939/BR £133.15 750 x 800 RDS087505 £137.80
740 x 1590 SDS15974/3BR £276.75 398 x 1595 STDS15939/BR £178.15 Left Hand Bracket 2xRDSSRCBLH £51.75
740 x 1790 SDS17974/3BR £276.75 398 x 1795 STDS17939/BR £180.95 Right Hand Bracket 2xRDSSRCBRH £51.75
740 x 1990 SDS19974/3BR £276.75 398 x 1995 STDS19939/BR £186.55 Surface Mount Bracket 2xRDSSRSMB £43.20
235 x 235mm 235 x 235mm 235 x 235mm 235 x 235mm 235 x 235mm
Code: SD082323 Code: SD092323 Code: SD122323 Code: SD132323 Code: SD102323
Price - 1+ £20.55 Price - 1+ £20.55 Price - 1+ £20.55 Price - 1+ £20.55 Price - 1+ £20.55
Pack of 5 - £89.30 Pack of 5 - £89.30 Pack of 5 - £89.30 Pack of 5 - £89.30 Pack of 5 - £89.30
Pack of 15 - £255.35 Pack of 15 - £255.35 Pack of 15 - £255.35 Pack of 15 - £255.35 Pack of 15 - £255.35
450 A delivery consignment charge will apply for these Acryclic Desk Screens - please call for details
450 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 09:28:04

Protective Panel & Countertop Screens
›› Clear, wipeable PVC screens to help reduce the spread of infection
›› No permanent damage on installation compared to fixed systems
›› Can be installed quickly & easily
Countertop Protective
Roller Blind
i Information
NEW
HELP PROTECT YOUR
FRONTLINE STAFF &
CUSTOMERS
FROM ONLY
£331.70
Size mm Model Price
1000W x 1000H PRBK1000 £331.70
1500W x 1000H PRBK1500 £347.15
Countertop Protective
Roller Blind
ONLY
£182.15
NEW
FROM ONLY
£500.80 NEW
Size mm Model Price Freestanding Protective Screen
1000W x 1000H PRBCT1000ST £500.80 Size mm Model Price
1000W x 1000H PRBCT1000EX £369.35 750W x 2050H PFP762 £182.15
NEW
NEW
NEW
Freehanging Roller Blind Protective Table Top Protective Communal Screen

1525W x 1800Hmm Screen - 750W x 750Hmm Kit - 1500W x 1000Hmm
PRB1524 £303.95 PTT750 £106.95 PCB1511 £279.85
SOCIAL DISTANCE FLOOR MATS (600 x 950mm) - packs of 2

›› Communicate social distancing rules to your staff or customers to reduce transmission risk
SDFM05 £57.15 SDFM07 £57.15 SDFM08 £57.15 SDFM09 £57.15 SDFM10 £57.15 SDFM11 £57.15
451
451 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 16:08:09

Freestanding Protective Screens
FROM ONLY ›› Help reduce transmission with these Freestanding
Protective Screens (no fixings required)
£166.59 ›› Practical design, made from robust steel
frame & an easy to clean 3mm PETG screen
FRAME COLOUR
OPTIONS
Red
Light Grey
Black
Yellow
i Information
HELP PROTECT YOUR
FRONTLINE STAFF &
CUSTOMERS
NEW
PSM2075
Overall Size Price each Price each

Description Model
H x W mm 1 to 4 5+
Static Unit 2000 x 750 PSS2075 £181.73 £166.59
PSM2075
Static Unit 2000 x 1000 PSS2010 £201.38 £184.60
Mobile Unit 2000 x 750 PSM2075 £221.03 £202.61
Mobile Unit 2000 x 1000 PSM2010 £240.67 £220.62
Sanitiser Stations
›› Made from robust steel frame & steel back panel
›› Practical, freestanding design which is easy to clean
›› Worktop height of 920mm
NEW
FROM ONLY
£191.56
Overall Size
H x W x D mm
With Steel Worktop
Static Unit 1830 x 510 x 450 SS01NP £191.56
Mobile Unit 1830 x 510 x 450 SM03NP £230.85
Static Unit with Cupboard 1830 x 510 x 450 SS05CP £275.06
Mobile Unit with Cupboard 1830 x 510 x 450 SM07CP £314.35
With Stainless Steel Worktop
Static Unit 1830 x 510 x 450 SS02NS £230.85
Mobile Unit 1830 x 510 x 450 SM04NS £270.14
SM07CP SS02NS
Static Unit with Cupboard 1830 x 510 x 450 SS06CS £314.35
Mobile Unit with Cupboard 1830 x 510 x 450 SM08CS £353.64
COVID Signs
A5 Self Adhesive Vinyl
£6.50 each
A5 1.2mm Polypropylene
£12.95 each
A4 Self Adhesive Vinyl
£12.50 each
A4 1.2mm Polypropylene
£19.70 each
When ordering please state model

SH03 SH05 SH07 SH08 SH09 number, size & material required
452
452 - GPC.indd 3 06/01/2021 16:11:14

Sanitiser Dispenser Automatic Sanitiser Station

›› Wall mounted, hand ›› Stainless Steel Stand - suitable for use
operated, sanitiser dispenser where hand sanitisation is needed
›› 800ml capacity ›› For use indoors, or outdoor shaded
areas only (not direct sunlight)
›› Helps reduce the transmission of
NEW infection by cutting out direct contact
›› Infrared motion sensor
›› Rechargeable battery - no need to
Model
Price remove battery to charge
1 Off ›› Capacity: 1L
MSD800 £40.05
›› Dimensions: Base 300 x 300mm
Height 1200mm
Automatic Sanitiser
Dispenser
›› Wall mounted, hand operated, NEW
sanitiser dispenser with tray
›› Powered by 4 x AA batteries
›› 600ml capacity
Price Price Price
Description Model
1 Off (each) 5+ (each) 10+
Dispenser Only STP03 £132.70 £123.45 £114.20
Dispenser & Stand STP02 £331.70 £300.85 £293.15
NEW
Foot Operated Sanitiser Station
›› Help the fight against virus
transmission with this hand sanitiser
station with a 1 litre sanitiser capacity
›› Complete with 1L bottle, with extra
Model
Price long spout, which can be easily
1 Off
refilled once the bottle is empty
ADT600 £96.85
›› Operates via a foot pedal to allow
for hands-free usage & reduces NEW
5L Hand Sanitiser the risk of infection transmission
›› 75% alcohol based
›› Comes with a small padlock
formula which gives should it need to be locked
a quick drying anti
›› Disinfection pole is equipped
bacterial action - kills with a dispenser & is
99.99% of germs & ideal for use where hand
bacteria sanitisation is needed
›› Ideal for use with all
›› Size: 300 x 300 x 1000mm
dispensers shown
›› Material: Stainless Steel
›› Sanitiser Bottle Size: 1L
NEW Model
Price
1 Off
Price
(each) 5+
Price
(each) 10+
STP01 £317.90 £302.50 £294.80
Hand Operated Sanitiser Station
Model
Price Price Price ›› Helps you, your employees & customers
1 Off Pack of 4 Pack of 8 engage & work in a clean & safe environment
HS5LT £60.00 £192.00 £342.40 ›› Operates via a hand lever to allow
for quick and easy usage
›› Disinfection pole is equipped with
Face Masks a dispenser & is ideal for use where
›› Single fabric layer, NEW hand sanitisation is needed
reusable face mask, ›› Lockable head helps secure sanitiser reservoir
that has 73% filtration ›› Dimensions: Base 300 x 300mm
efficiency of surgical Height 1260mm
masks (not a PPE mask) ›› Material: Stainless Steel
›› Washable by hand to ›› Capacity: 1L
600 & machine to 400
›› Other colours & brand
printing available - NEW
call for details
Price Price Price

Model Price Price Price
Pack of 25 Pack of 50 Pack of 100 Model
1 Off (each) 5+ (each) 10+
RFM01 £124.00 £204.50 £352.00
STP04 £331.70 £300.85 £293.15
453
453 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 16:13:59

Window Cleaner Steam Cleaner
›› Lightweight, handheld, battery operated ›› High performance professional 4-bar steam cleaner for
wet surface cleaner which provides the deep & hygienic cleaning without the use of chemicals
ideal solution for cleaning all flat surfaces, ›› 4L tank can be continually refilled since the
providing a streak free cleaning solution boiler & tank are separate
›› Charging state is displayed by ›› 2300W heating output
3 LEDs above the ON/OFF switch
›› Comfortable handling & easy to operate
NEW NEW

280 x 130 x 335 1.633-563.0 £150.25 475 x 320 x 275 1.092-282.0 £872.43
Pressure Washers Hot Water Pressure Washers

›› Tough, highly portable professional ›› Compact hot water high pressure cleaner with
cold-water pressure washers with eco!efficiency mode & steam function
upright or lie-flat operation ›› Intuitive operation with large single-button selector switch
›› Save energy & time: EASY!Force ›› Large tank opening with filling chute
high-pressure guns & EASY!Lock ›› Large integrated handles & wheels, with a
quick-release locks steering roller, for high manoeuvrability
i Information
AUTOMATIC NEW
PRESSURE RELIEF
PROTECTS THE
COMPONENTS &
EXTENDS THE
SERVICE LIFE
NEW
Flow Rate Max. Overall Size Flow Rate Max. Overall Size
Volts Model Price Volts Model Price
l/h Pressure L x W x H mm l/h Pressure L x W x H mm
110 390 120 bar 351 x 312 x 904 1.520-965.0 £500.85 110 240 / 560 100 bar 1060 x 650 x 920 1.169-906.0 £2375.03
240 490 160 bar 351 x 312 x 904 1.520-966.0 £483.39 240 240 / 560 120 bar 1060 x 650 x 920 1.169-904.0 £2165.36
454
25 - Hygiene & Social Distancing - GPC Pages.indb 5 30/12/2020 14:10:54

Vacuum Cleaner Wet & Dry Vacuum Cleaner
›› 10L, tub vacuum cleaner ›› All-purpose vacuum built for
designed for professionals demanding applications
›› Extremely strong chassis ›› Complete with cartridge
›› Washable nylon filter & wet filter

›› Extremely strong chassis
NEW
NEW

Vacuum Model Price Vacuum Model Price
240mbar 351 x 312 x 904 1.527-411.0 £131.00 200mbar 420 x 420 x 525 1.428-509.0 £198.00
Carpet Cleaner Scrubber Drier

›› Spray-extraction cleaner with revolutionary flexible ›› Professional small area
suction tool, providing new levels of convenience scrubber drier that operates
& ease of use for cleaning carpets/upholstery like an upright vacuum cleaner
›› Removable dirty water tank (9L) ›› The soft rubber squeegees remove
& a 10L fresh water tank moisture & floors dry very quickly
›› The handy fresh water tank can
be removed & filled in small sinks
›› 4L dirty & fresh water tank
NEW
NEW
Overall Size Working Overall Size

Vacuum Model Price Model Price
L x W x H mm Width mm L x W x H mm
220mbar 705 x 320 x 435 1.100-132.0 £627.83 300 390 x 335 x 1180 1.783.224.0 £1011.93
455

Utility Cupboards
›› Made from robust,
high quality plastic
›› Ideal for many applications;
kitchens/cafeterias, janitorial
closets, schools, offices etc
›› Anti-wear steel hinges that
provide a snap closure
FROM ONLY
£87.10
CLD1634
CLD163T
i Information
IDEAL FOR MANY
APPLICATIONS;
KITCHENS,
CAFETERIAS,
SCHOOLS,
OFFICES ETC
CLD163U
CLD084D CLT084T
Overall Size Weight

Doors Features Model Price
H x W x D mm kg
Compact Cupboard
Double 840 x 680 x 370 9 CLD084D £87.10
1 Shelf
Triple 840 x 1020 x 370 14.5 CLT084T £130.15
Large Cupboard
Double 1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD1634 £144.70
3 Shelves
Triple 1630 x 1020 x 370 22 CLD163T £206.85
Utility Cupboard
Double 3 Half Shelves 1630 x 680 x 370 17 CLD163U £145.50
456

Janitorial Cleaning Trolley
›› Manufactured from durable plastic FROM ONLY
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm wheels
at the back & 2 x 75mm £99.90
swivel castors at the front
›› Complete with a removable, 100kg
evenly
strong PVC sack distributed
›› Shelf heights of 580 & 970mm
HI328Y Bag Lid
Assembly Available

Janitorial Trolley 9 ASC / £25 HI308Y £99.90 HI308Y
1140 x 500 x 972
Janitorial Trolley with Bag Lid 10 ASC / £25 HI328Y £106.30
‘Proplaz’ Plus Shelf Trolleys

ProPlaz ®
›› High quality hardwearing black plastic

shelves with grey aluminium uprights
Plus
›› Ideal for healthcare environments
›› Tray depth of 100mm
›› HIT32Y - comes complete with buckets which attach to
the top shelf. Bucket sizes are: 200H x 350W x
240D mm & 470H x 350W x 240D mm
150kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
HIT32Y To have the product delivered
HIT29Y
to you assembled please quote HIT31Y

2 Tray Trolley 870 x 490 x 990 553 10.5 ASB / £20 HIT29Y £147.20
3 Tray Trolley 870 x 490 x 1050 275 / 275 11.5 ASC / £25 HIT31Y £175.75
3 Shelf (Top Flat Shelf & 2 Storage Trays) 1100 x 490 x 1030 275 / 275 13.5 ASC / £25 HIT32Y £203.60
Caution Boards
›› Fold flat for storage
›› Overall Size when open:
610H x 310W x 340Dmm
›› Supplied in packs of any 5
›› Designed for use in areas where
a hazard or restriction exists
›› Available whilst stocks last
Price -
Description Model
Pack of 5
Out of Service CB001Z £18.95
No Entry CB004Z £18.95 CB001Z CB004Z
457
457 - GPC.indd 8 06/01/2021 14:55:01

Collector Trolley Shelf Trolley
›› Mobile on 4 x swivel castors - 2 with brakes ›› Clearance between shelves: 280mm
›› Complete with 3 x 30L plastic ›› Complete with aluminium uprights
containers & 2 x 14L bins, all removable ›› 25mm lip on 3 sides
›› 2 x 14L bins are suitable for light duty use & a 5mm rim on 1 side 100kg
evenly
(recommended maximum capacity of 5kg per bin) ›› Mobile on 4 swivel distributed
75mm ‘quietcastors’
100kg
evenly
distributed
Assembly Available
HI424Y & HI004Z
Assembly Available Overall Size Wt Assembly

GIC816 Description Model Price
To have the product delivered L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
Grey 3 Shelf Trolley 850 x 420 x 910 8 ASB / £20 HI424Y £113.70
Optional Buckets 332 x 232 x 172
Overall Size Weight Assembly to fit the above model 336 x 236 x 562
- - HI004Z £39.90*
Model Price
*price applicable when ordering with the Trolley.
776 x 455 x 925 15 ASC / £25 GIC816 £169.10 Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
Deep Tray Trolleys Grey Shelf Trolley

›› 70mm deep trays ›› Super strong polyethylene moulded trolleys
›› Strong polyethylene moulded trolleys ›› Will not rust, dent or chip - easy to clean
›› Non-conductive & resistant to most substances ›› These easy to manoeuvre units are ideal for use in
›› GI627L - clearance between shelves: 660mm healthcare applications such as hospitals & surgeries
›› GI637L - clearance between shelves: 305mm ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel castors, 2 with brakes
›› Mobile on 4 swivel 100mm castors, 2 with brakes
10 YR
GUARANTEE
150kg
evenly
distributed
150kg
evenly
distributed
FREE!
Assembly Available GI541L Assembly Available

To have the product delivered GI637L To have the product delivered
to you assembled please quote to you assembled please quote
code & price with order code & price with order
Overall Size Weight Assembly No Clearance

Description Model Price Overall Size Wt Assembly
L x W x H mm kg Code / Price of Between Model Price
2 Tray Unit 610 x 460 x 980 10.5 ASB / £20 GI627L £161.10 Shelves Shelves
3 Tray Unit 610 x 460 x 1000 14 ASB / £20 GI637L £204.30 3 610 x 458 x 840 305mm 11 ASB / £20 GI541L £173.85
458
458 - GPC.indd 9 06/01/2021 14:56:48

Folding Laundry Trolley
›› Strong plastic frame & removable PVC sack
›› Base frame to support the sack
›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel rubber castors
70kg
evenly
distributed
HI513Y
HI513Y
Folded
Overall Size Weight

Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
HI513Y
710 x 660 x 950 9 HI513Y £99.75
Laundry Trolleys
›› Chrome plated steel tubular frame with a strong,
removable canvas sack (base frame for support)
›› HI552Y canvas sack includes a drawstring - ideal for transportation
›› Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking rubber castors
›› Model HI552Y folds for compact storage
150kg
evenly
distributed
HI551Y
HI552Y
Folded

L x W x H mm H x W x D mm kg
HI552Y
Rectangular Model 920 x 560 x 880 - 14 HI551Y £153.40
Folding X Type Model 685 x 590 x 1030 1200 x 590 x 380 9 HI552Y £120.55
459
459 - GPC.indd 10 06/01/2021 14:58:10

Waste Management
ONLY
£49.50 NEW
(£16.50 each)
15L Pedal Bins - Set of 3

COLOUR
›› Ideal for offices, warehouses, OPTIONS
schools & factories etc
Yellow
›› Manufactured from high Grey
quality polypropylene specify when
›› Hygienic & easy to wipe clean ordering
›› Large pedal for easy operation

›› Set of 3 Bins to be ordered in the same colours
Capacity Overall Size Weight Price each
Model
Litres H x W x D mm kg Set of 3
15 670 x 410 x 470 3 LPB15Z £49.50
Pedal Bins with Soft Closing Lid

›› Manufactured from high quality polypropylene - hygienic & easy to clean
›› Hands free operation pedal bin featuring a soft closing lid giving
you plenty of time to dispose of your rubbish
›› Large pedal ideal for safety shoes COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
Red
NEW Charcoal
White
specify when
ordering
Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each

Model
Litres H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+
35 440 x 390 x 390 PB01SL £80.63 £73.50
60 690 x 390 x 390 PB02SL £108.19 £100.31
85 790 x 490 x 390 PB03SL £127.31 £119.06
PB01SL PB01SL PB03SL PB03SL
Premium Pedal Bins Premium Pedal Bin with Butterfly Lid

›› Manufactured from high ›› Manufactured from
quality polypropylene - high quality,
hygienic & easy to clean metal effect
›› Hands free operation pedal polypropylene -
bin featuring a soft closing hygienic &
lid, large pedal & integrated easy to clean
bag holder ›› Hands free
operation pedal
bin featuring a
COLOUR
NEW OPTIONS NEW butterfly soft
Carbon Effect closing lid,
Metal Effect large pedal &
specify when integrated
ordering
bag holder
PB064C
Colour Model
Carbon Effect 20 460 x 270 x 290 PB042C £56.06 £49.69
PB06SL
Metal Effect 20 460 x 270 x 290 PB052M £56.06 £49.69
Model
Carbon Effect 40 680 x 350 x 300 PB064C £73.13 £67.88 Litres H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+
Metal Effect 40 680 x 350 x 300 PB074M £73.13 £67.88 50 670 x 290 x 440 PB08BL £103.69 £96.00
460
460 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 16:23:57

Waste Management
FROM ONLY
£23.60
NEW
Pedal Bins
COLOUR
›› Ideal for offices, warehouses, OPTIONS
schools & factories etc Yellow
›› Manufactured from high Red
quality polypropylene Grey
›› Hygienic & easy to wipe clean specify when
ordering
Capacity Overall Size Weight Price each Price each Price each
Model
Litres H x W x D mm kg 1+ 3+ 5+
30 455 x 370 x 380 2 LPB30Z £29.30 £25.75 £23.60
50 560 x 380 x 410 2.5 LPB50Z £34.25 £30.40 £28.25
80 670 x 410 x 470 3 LPB80Z £41.95 £37.55 £35.40
FROM ONLY
£23.60
NEW
Pedal Bins with Coloured Lids LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
›› Ideal for where recycling & Yellow
waste segregation is important Red
›› Manufactured from high Green
quality polypropylene Blue
›› Hygienic & easy to wipe clean specify when
ordering
Capacity Overall Size Weight Price each Price each Price each
Model
Litres H x W x D mm kg 1+ 3+ 5+
30 455 x 370 x 380 2 CPB30Z £29.30 £25.75 £23.60
50 560 x 380 x 410 2.5 CPB50Z £34.25 £30.40 £28.25
80 670 x 410 x 470 3 CPB80Z £41.95 £37.55 £35.40
461
26 - Waste Management - GPC Pages.indb 2 30/12/2020 14:20:03

Waste Management
Pedal Bins
›› Fitted with plastic liners
PBSS003Z PB012Z PBSS012Z

PB020Z
White Body Pedal Bins Stainless Steel Body Pedal Bins
Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each
Model Model
Litres H x dia. mm 1 to 4 5+ Litres H x dia. mm 1 to 4 5+
3 270 x 167 PB003Z £20.29 £13.93 3 270 x 167 PBSS003Z £20.29 £13.93
12 400 x 248 PB012Z £36.53 £30.15 12 400 x 248 PBSS012Z £36.53 £30.15
20 445 x 292 PB020Z £43.69 £35.34 20 445 x 292 PBSS020Z £43.69 £35.34
30 640 x 292 PB030Z £55.54 £49.16 30 640 x 292 PBSS030Z £55.54 £49.16
Sack Holder with Body Dome Top Bins

›› Enclosed solid body sack holder ›› 40 litre steel pushbin complete with liner
›› Steel construction - pedal operated ›› Available in a choice of finishes from matt or
mirror stainless steel, grey or black epoxy coated.
DTB01Z
DTB02Z DTB03Z
SHB65Z Overall Size Price each Price each
Colour Model
H x Dia. mm 1 to 4 5+
manufactured
Grey Painted DTB01Z £121.46 £108.43
Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each Black Painted DTB02Z £121.46 £108.43
Model 740 x 350
Litres D x W x H mm 1 to 4 5+ Stainless Steel Matt DTB03Z £129.56 £118.84
65 410 x 230 x 820 SHB65Z £145.85 £133.68 Stainless Steel Mirror DTB04Z £134.49 £122.25
462

Waste Management
Pedal Bins
COLOUR
›› Ideal for offices, warehouses, FROM ONLY OPTIONS
schools & factories etc
›› Manufactured from polypropylene £44.95 Yellow
Grey
›› Hygienic & easy to wipe clean specify when ordering
›› Lightweight but
durable construction
›› Pedal operated
›› Fitted with two wheels
to allow easy movement
i Information
GBI45Z
HYGIENIC &
EASY TO
WIPE CLEAN
GBI45Z
Capacity Overall Size Weight Price Price

Model
Litres H x W x D mm kg (each) 1+ Box of 3
45 600 x 410 x 400 3 GBI45Z £49.95 £134.85
68 670 x 500 x 410 4.5 GBI68Z £59.95 £161.85
GBI68Z
Push Lid Bin
›› Hygienic wipe-clean pale grey plastic
›› Push flap opening with clear lettering & directional arrow
ONLY
£38.90
Durable push flap
Capacity External Size Weight

Model Price
Litres Dia x H mm kg
60 510 x 800 3 GIH808 £38.90
GIH808 463
463 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 14:38:46

Waste Management
Refuse Sacks
›› High quality refuse sacks in varying capacities ›› Subject to availability
ENSA1290G
CHSA1090B
i Information
REFUSE SACKS
FOR ALL
YOUR NEEDS
Liners
Description Capacity Colours Model Price
per Box
5kg CHSA Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Black 200 CHSA0590B £21.30
10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Black 200 CHSA1090B £28.30
10kg CHSA Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Natural 200 CHSA1090N £32.30
12kg ENSA Professional Refuse Sacks 90 Litre Green 200 ENSA1290G £38.50
Heavy Duty Refuse Sacks 140 Litre Black 100 HDRS140B £38.30
Wall Mounted Steel Sack Holder

›› Steel lid & painted white
›› Suitable for outdoor use
i Information
IDEAL FOR USE WITH
THE REFUSE SACKS
SHOWN ABOVE

Model
H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+
125 x 430 x 440 WSHW12RE £55.14 £48.54 WSHW12RE
464

Waste Management
Plastic Sackholders
LID COLOUR
›› All plastic construction for easy OPTIONS
maintenance & cleaning - Yellow
will not rust or dent White
›› Manufactured from ABS, PVC Black
& polyethylene Orange
›› Silent closing lid Green
Blue
›› Mobile on 2 wheels for specify when ordering
ease of movement
FROM ONLY
£74.89
PSH045
PSH065

Model
Litres H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+ PSH065
45 590 x 440 x 455 PSH045 £81.53 £74.89
65 790 x 440 x 455 PSH065 £91.05 £84.24
Plastic Sackholders with

Removable Bodies
›› Manufactured from fire resistant ABS
(UL V0) lid & PVC (class 100 fire resistant)
body & component parts
›› Tested to HTM0503 & conforms to NHS HTM
WM0701 for colour coded waste management
›› Silent closing lid
›› Mobile on 2 wheels for ease of movement
LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
White
Black
Orange
Green
Blue
FSH065

Model
45 590 x 440 x 455 FSH045 £181.93 £175.91
FSH065
65 790 x 440 x 455 FSH065 £204.08 £198.04
465

Waste Management
Recycling Sack Holders
FROM ONLY
Complete with graphic sign & 5 coloured bags
£75.26
››
›› No lid, wheels or pedals
›› For use with 80 to 90L bags
SHRBGW SHRBPA SHRGMR SHRRPL
Price each Price each

Description Model
1 to 4 5+
Black - General Waste SHRBGW £80.75 £75.26
Blue - Paper SHRBPA £80.75 £75.26
Green - Mixed Recycling SHRGMR £80.75 £75.26
Red - Plastics SHRRPL £80.75 £75.26
SHRYAC Yellow - Aluminium Cans SHRYAC £80.75 £75.26
Sack Holder Sack Holder

with Lid with Lid
›› Free standing steel ›› Self assembly, free
sack holder which is standing steel sack
pedal operated holder which is
›› Available with wheels & pedal operated
with a silent closing lid
manufactured
COLOUR
OPTIONS
White
Yellow
Blue
SHL70Z SASH70Z
Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each
Model Model
Litres D x W x H mm 1 to 4 5+ Litres D x W x H mm 1 to 4 5+
70 360 x 430 x 850 SHL70Z £91.88 £82.22 70 440 x 430 x 810 SASH70Z £69.28 £60.26
466

Waste Management
Flip Bins 4 x FB050Z
›› High quality coloured plastic

base with a white flip lid
›› Available with a choice of 12
stickers - please specify
which sticker is required
when ordering, along
with base colour
STICKERS - specify when ordering
BASE COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
Red
Green
Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each Blue
Model
50 665 x 330 x 400 FB050Z £26.51 £18.75 manufactured
Waste Bins
RCY57Z
›› Hygienic wipe-clean plastic
›› Push flap opening with clear
lettering & directional arrow
›› Ideal for use in kitchens, offices,
shops, warehouses etc
FROM ONLY
£20.40
RCY57Z
Model
Litres L x W x H mm kg (each) 1+ (each) 2+
20 355 x 255 x 500 1.2 RCY29Z £26.25 £20.40
50 420 x 300 x 670 2 RCY43Z £35.75 £32.45
60 455 x 320 x 750 2.5 RCY57Z £38.10 £36.80
60L Recycling Bins

›› Capacity: 60 litres
›› Charcoal base with a choice
of coloured lids & pictograms
›› Swing lid is self-closing
›› Overall size: 680H x 400W x 330D mm
manufactured
Price each Price each

Description Model
1 to 4 5+
Blue Lid (Paper Sticker) RBB60P £44.72 £36.84
Red Lid (Plastic Bottles Sticker) RBR60P £44.72 £36.84
Green Lid (Mixed Recyclables Sticker) RBG60M £44.72 £36.84
Silver Lid (Non-recyclables Sticker) RBS60N £44.72 £36.84
467

Waste Management
Recycling Bins with Lid Options
›› High quality plastic base with different lid options
›› Available with a choice of 4 lids for many applications
Push Flap Lid Yellow Round Aperture Lid
FROM ONLY
£56.89
Swing Lid
Paper Slot Lid PD060YRAZ PD060PUSZ
Description Model
Grey Bin with Grey Push Flap Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060PUSZ £62.03 £56.89
Grey Bin with Grey Paper Slot Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060PAPZ £62.03 £56.89
Grey Bin with Grey Swing Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060SWIZ £67.15 £61.68
Grey Bin with Yellow Round Aperture Lid 60 780 x 340 x 470 PD060YRAZ £62.03 £56.89
Grey Bin with Grey Push Flap Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080PUSZ £77.54 £73.87
Grey Bin with Grey Paper Slot Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080PAPZ £77.54 £73.87
Grey Bin with Grey Swing Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080SWIZ £83.51 £79.01
Grey Bin with Yellow Round Aperture Lid 80 950 x 340 x 470 PD080YRAZ £77.54 £73.87
Recycling Waste Bins with Lid Options

›› High quality plastic base with different lid options
›› Available with a choice of 6 lids for many applications
FROM ONLY
£60.85
PB060GHAL PB060RSAL PB060YPAP

PB080GRAL
60L Bins - 655H x 330W x 455Dmm 80L Bins - 840H x 330W x 455Dmm
Price each Price each Price each Price each
Description Model Description Model
1 to 4 5+ 1 to 4 5+
Grey Bin with Blue Round Aperture Lid PB060BRAL £66.35 £60.85 Grey Bin with Blue Round Aperture Lid PB080BRAL £83.65 £78.18
Grey Bin with Green Round Aperture Lid PB060GRAL £66.35 £60.85 Grey Bin with Green Round Aperture Lid PB080GRAL £83.65 £78.18
Grey Bin with Red Square Aperture Lid PB060RSAL £66.35 £60.85 Grey Bin with Red Square Aperture Lid PB080RSAL £83.65 £78.18
Grey Bin with Yellow Paper Slot Lid PB060YPAP £66.35 £60.85 Grey Bin with Yellow Paper Slot Lid PB080YPAP £83.65 £78.18
Grey Bin with Blue Paper Slot Lid PB060BPAP £66.35 £60.85 Grey Bin with Blue Paper Slot Lid PB080BPAP £83.65 £78.18
Grey Bin with Grey Handle Lid PB060GHAL £66.35 £60.85 Grey Bin with Grey Handle Lid PB080GHAL £83.65 £78.18
468

Waste Management
Recycling Bins - Set of 3
›› Supplied as a set of 3 complete
with 5 stickers: General Waste
(White), Paper (Blue), Plastic
(Red), Food & Drinks Cans
(Dk Grey) & Glass (Green)
Simply select the ones
you want to use
›› Ideal for offices, warehouses
& factories etc
›› Hygienic wipe-clean plastic
i Information
SUPPLIED
COMPLETE WITH
RECYCLING
STICKERS
RCY63Z Set of 3
Capacity Overall Size Weight Price

Model
Litres each L x W x H mm each kg each (Set)
60 330 x 450 x 790 3 RCY63Z £98.65
Push/Swing Top Bins

STB06Z
›› Manufactured in steel & powder
coated in different colours
›› STB06Z - lift off top assembly manufactured
incorporates a lightly sprung flap COLOUR

›› STB07Z - self closing swivel top OPTIONS
prevents a fire by excluding Light Grey
the air flow Dark Grey
›› Overall size: 310W x White
310D x 895H mm Green
Blue
Red
i Information
Yellow
STB07Z - PREVENTS specify when ordering
FIRES BY
EXCLUDING THE
AIR FLOW
Capacity Price each Price each

Description Model
Litres 1 to 4 5+
Push Flap 60 STB06Z £163.06 £153.18
Swing Top 60 STB07Z £158.44 -
STB07Z
469

Waste Management
Slim Bins with Coloured Bases SB470Z
SB870Z
SB570Z
›› Plastic recycling bins are the perfect
choice for the workplace & home
›› Ideal for recycling & your normal waste
›› 6 colour/sticker options to choose from:
›› Blue - Paper Graphic
›› Green - Mixed Recycling Graphic
›› Grey - Cans Graphic
›› Orange - Crisp Packet Graphic
›› Red - Plastic Bottles Graphic
›› Yellow - Non Recyclables Graphic
FROM ONLY
£98.70
SB670Z SB770Z SB970Z

Base Aperture Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each
Model
Colour Description Litres H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+
Blue Paper Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB470Z £109.03 £98.70
Green Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB570Z £109.03 £98.70
Grey Handle Top 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB670Z £109.03 £98.70
Orange Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB770Z £109.03 £98.70
Red Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB870Z £109.03 £98.70
Yellow Hole Lid 70 800 x 290 x 490 SB970Z £109.03 £98.70
Slim Bins
›› Slim metal look plastic recycling bins are the
perfect choice for the workplace & home
›› Available with a choice of 6 stickers - please
specify which sticker is required when ordering
FROM ONLY
STICKERS
specify when ordering £78.66
Slot Lid
Handle Top
Hole Top Hole Top

Description Aperture Colour Model
Slot Lid Blue 55 610 x 290 x 490 SB155Z £87.66 £78.66
Hole Lid Green, Red or Yellow 55 610 x 290 x 490 SB255Z £87.66 £78.66
Handle Top Grey 55 610 x 290 x 490 SB355Z £87.66 £78.66
2 x SB255Z Slot Lid Blue 70 810 x 300 x 490 SB170Z £109.03 £98.70
SB355Z Hole Lid Green, Red or Yellow 70 810 x 300 x 490 SB270Z £109.03 £98.70
SB155Z Handle Top Grey 70 810 x 300 x 490 SB370Z £109.03 £98.70
470

Waste Management
Recycling Bins
›› Available with a choice of 6 stickers
- please specify which sticker is
required when ordering
along with your lid colour
manufactured
LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
FROM ONLY Red
£26.42 Green
Blue
Dark Grey
Black
Lime
STICKERS Brown
specify when ordering 8 x RB250Z specify when ordering

Description Model
Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid 30 415 x 410 x 320 RB130Z £31.22 £26.42
Grey Base/Coloured Lid 30 415 x 410 x 320 RB230Z £31.22 £26.42
Light Grey Base/Coloured Lid 50 620 x 410 x 320 RB150Z £34.06 £28.20
Grey Base/Coloured Lid 50 620 x 410 x 320 RB250Z £34.06 £28.20
Open Top Bins

›› High quality coloured grey plastic base with coloured lids
›› Foot plate assists with bag/waste removal
manufactured
LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Grey
4 x OP050Z

Model
Litres H x dia. mm 1 to 4 5+
50 650 x 400 OP050Z £28.03 £22.31
OP050Z 471

Waste Management
Push Spring Lid Bins
›› Available in grey bases with coloured
lids - please specify when ordering
›› Available with a choice of 12 stickers - please specify which
sticker is required when ordering, along with the lid colour
FROM ONLY
£12.18
LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Grey

Model
12 350 x 265 x 247 PLB12Z £13.94 £12.18
28 491 x 360 x 293 PLB28Z £17.56 £15.26
45 600 x 393 x 335 PLB45Z £27.00 £23.03
Lift Lid Bins

›› Available with coloured lid - please specify when ordering
manufactured
›› Available with a choice of 12 stickers - please specify which
sticker is required when ordering, along with the lid colour LLB50Z
LLB50Z
LLB50Z
LLB50Z
LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
Red
Green Capacity Overall Size Price each Price each
Model
Blue
25 510 x 190 x 400 LLB25Z £22.61 £16.37
specify when ordering 4 x LLB25Z
50 510 x 400 x 400 LLB50Z £27.88 £22.52
472

Waste Management
Clear Recycling Bins
›› All plastic construction
›› Clear body allows for easy identification of waste
helping to prevent cross contamination of waste
›› 6 lid colour/sticker options to choose
from - please specify when ordering:
›› Black Lid - Circular Aperture - General Waste Graphic
›› Blue Lid - Paper Slot Aperture - Paper Graphic
›› Green Lid - Circular Aperture - Food Waste Graphic
›› Grey Lid - Circular Aperture - Cans Graphic
›› Lime Green Lid - Circular Aperture - Mixed Recycling Graphic
›› Red Lid - Circular Aperture - Plastics Graphic
FROM ONLY
£123.88
i Information
CLEAR BODY
FOR EASY
IDENTIFICATION
OF WASTE
Capacity Overall Size Price Price

Model
Litres each H x W x D mm each (each) 1 to 4 (each) 5+
60 640 x 395 x 265 CRB060 £131.29 £123.88
80 840 x 395 x 265 CRB080 £192.35 £181.69
Cardboard Recycling Bins - Set of 5

›› A lightweight & highly portable solution to recyclable
rubbish & waste. This Pack of 5 Cardboard Recycling
Bins incorporates different
colour lids to help you
successfully separate mixed
recycling, general waste,
cans, paper & plastic bottles
›› Complete with 5 clear
plastic liners
FROM ONLY
£48.15
manufactured
Capacity Overall Size Price Price

Model
Litres each H x W x D mm each (each) 1 to 4 (each) 5+
60 750 x 288 x 380 CB030Z £51.86 £48.15
473

Waste Management
Waste & Recycling Bins
›› Beige bases & colour coded lids encourage
effective waste separation. The lids are
also hinged for ease of emptying
›› Mobile on 2 wheels which are
recessed to save space
FROM ONLY
£56.35
Lid Capacity Overall Size each

Model Price
Colour Litres L x W x H mm
Green RMC0GR £56.35
Blue RMC0BL £56.35 RMC0BK
Yellow RMC0YE £56.35 RMC0BL
100 533 x 512 x 852
Beige RMC0BE £56.35
Black RMC0BK £56.35 RMC0YE
Red RMC0RE £56.35
Waste & Storage Bins

›› Heavy duty, durable construction
which will not rust, chip or peel
›› Reinforced rims for durability
›› Built in handles for easy lifting
›› Easy anti-jam nesting
›› Thermal resistance
between -20ºC to +60ºC
i Information
HEAVY DUTY
CONSTRUCTION
WHICH WILL NOT
RUST OR CHIP
FROM ONLY
£38.35
RMB166
Capacity Overall Size Container Lids (must be ordered with container)

Litres Dia. x H mm Colours Model Price Colour Model Price
37 397 x 435 Grey & White RMB037 £38.35 Grey or White RMBL01 £9.25
75 495 x 581 Blue, Grey, White, Yellow, Black & Green RMB075 £52.75 Grey, White, Green, Blue or Yellow RMBL02 £9.25
121 559 x 692 Blue, Grey, White, Yellow & Red RMB121 £65.65 Blue, Green, Grey, Red, White or Yellow RMBL03 £13.45
166 610 x 800 Black, Grey, White, Yellow & Red RMB166 £101.45 Black, White, Red or Grey RMBL04 £31.00
208 673 x 838 Grey RMB208 £136.00 Grey RMBL05 £30.25
474
474 - GPC.indd 15 06/01/2021 14:42:51

Waste Management
Outdoor Litter Bins
›› Offer an elegant solution to litter disposal
›› High quality stainless steel bins
with galvanised steel liners
›› Lockable for greater security 512.27.861
›› The liner is accessed by unlocking &
tilting the outer container. Locking is
achieved with a triangular key lock
›› Surface mounted. Can be sub-surface fixed by using
the ground anchors (which are supplied in pairs)
512.27.575
Unlocked
Capacity External Size Weight

Model Price
Litres H x W x D mm kg
35 1150 x 580 x 380 14 512.27.575 £450.10
512.27.575
Ground Anchor for sub-surface fixing 3 512.27.861 £36.80
Outdoor Open Top Steel Bin

›› Heavy duty steel construction complete
with polyester coated zintec liner
›› Ground fixing bolt options
›› Fire resistant
›› OOT40Z comes
complete with feet
for stability. Also has
a lockable front
opening door for easy
access to the waste
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Black
Green
FROM ONLY
£262.31
OOT40Z

Model
40 670 x 520 x 520 OOT40Z £309.19 £262.31
70 690 x 580 x 580 OOT70Z £339.94 £293.06 OOT70Z
475

Waste Management
Outdoor Hooded Top Litter Bin
›› Hooded top prevents the ingress of rainwater
›› Removable body for easy emptying
›› Polyethylene body complete with galvanised liner
Stubber Plate
SHB034Z SHB033Z
Overall Size
H x dia. mm
Black 990 x 550 SHB032Z £195.00
Dark Green 990 x 550 SHB033Z £195.00
Dark Blue 990 x 550 SHB034Z £195.00
Black with Stubber Plate 990 x 550 SHB035Z £205.75
Dark Green with Stubber Plate 990 x 550 SHB036Z £205.75
Dark Blue with Stubber Plate 990 x 550 SHB037Z £205.75
Ground Fixing plate & 4 Fixing Bolts - SHB038Z £19.60
SHB035Z
Ballast Pack - SHB039Z £21.25
Wall Ashtrays Clip Bins

›› Steel construction with drop ›› Heavy duty
down door for ease of emptying plastic
›› Fitted with lock & inner galvanized liner construction
›› Manufactured from epoxy powder coated with clip
steel or 304 matt stainless steel on lids
›› Integral collection box COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
Red
Green
Blue
Black
Lilac
Pink

WMABL85 Colour Model
WMASS85 Litres H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+
Black 85 700 x 560 x 560 CLB085ZBLK £28.06 £25.94
Colour Model
H x W x D mm 1 to 4 5+ Others 85 700 x 560 x 560 CLB085ZCOL £32.39 £29.48
Silver/Grey & Black WMABL85 £47.44 £39.64 Black 110 720 x 590 x 590 CLB110ZBLK £30.46 £27.00
320 x 260 x 80
Stainless Steel WMASS85 £84.60 £77.52 Others 110 720 x 590 x 590 CLB110ZCOL £42.89 £38.12
476
476 - GPC.indd 17 06/01/2021 14:44:41

Waste Management
Wood Effect Bin - Square Single Wood Effect Bin - Circle Single
›› Manufactured from powder coated steel with ›› Manufactured from powder coated steel with
plastic wood effect strips or Sapele hardwood plastic wood effect strips or Sapele hardwood
›› 4 openings each measuring 210 x 110mm ›› 1 opening measuring 210 x 110mm
›› Complete with a galvanised liner ›› Complete with a galvanised liner
Wood Capacity Overall Size Wood Capacity Overall Size

Type Litres H x W x D mm Type Litres H x W x D mm
Plastic Wood Effect WEB36HE £320.44 Plastic Wood Effect WEB42HE £320.44
36 810 x 350 x 350 33 755 x 400 x 400
Sapele Hardwood WEB40HE £338.25 Sapele Hardwood WEB46HE £338.25
Outdoor 2 Compartment Bin Wood Effect Bin - Double

›› Manufactured from powder coated steel ›› Manufactured from powder coated steel with
›› Supplied with Mixed Recycling & plastic wood effect strips or Sapele hardwood
General Waste plaques ›› Supplied with Mixed Recycling &
›› Complete with 2 x 39L galvanised liners General Waste plaques
which are covered by a lockable door ›› Complete with 2 x 39L galvanised liners
which are covered by a lockable door
Wood Capacity Overall Size

Model Price
Type Litres H x W x D mm
Model Price
Litres H x W x D mm Plastic Wood Effect WEB78AJ £489.38
2 x 39 1000 x 700 x 400
2 x 39 1000 x 720 x 405 WEB80AJ £489.38 Sapele Hardwood WEB82AJ £517.31
477

Waste Management
Outdoor Open Top Litter Bins
›› Open top bin range which has a
smooth easy to clean surface
›› Comes complete with zinc
coated liner, lock & base
›› Optional moulded concrete ballast
blocks for fixing to soft ground or
floor fixings for fixing to solid ground FROM ONLY
are available - see table for details
£180.40
COLOUR
90kg OPTIONS
evenly
distributed Blue
Green
Red
Yellow
SOC75Z SOV75Z
i Information
MANUFACTURED
FROM HIGH
DENSITY PLASTIC
Overall Size
H x dia. mm
Coloured Bin SOC75Z £180.40
745 x 485
Victorian Bin SOV75Z £196.45
Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts - SOF75Z £23.25
3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks - SCB75Z £60.75 SOC75Z
Outdoor Hooded Top Litter Bins
i Information
MANUFACTURED
FROM HIGH
DENSITY PLASTIC
COLOUR
OPTIONS
FROM ONLY SHB75Z
Blue
£189.30 Green
Red
SHV75Z 90kg
Yellow evenly
distributed
›› Hooded bin range which has a smooth easy to
SHB75Z clean surface & prevents ingress of rainwater
Overall Size
›› Comes complete with liner, lock & base. The
H x dia. mm body is removable for easy cleaning
Coloured Bin SHB75Z £189.30 ›› Optional moulded concrete ballast
1000 x 485
Victorian Bin SHV75Z £205.40 blocks for fixing to soft ground or
Fixing Plate & 4 Fixing Bolts - SHF75Z £23.25 floor fixings for fixing to solid ground
3 x Moulded Concrete Ballast Blocks - SHC75Z £60.75 are available - see table for details
478

Waste Management
Open & Closed Top Litter Bins
›› Manufactured from strong polyethylene -
ideal for indoor & outdoor use
›› Supplied with the widely recognised
‘Tidy Man’ logo or the ‘Smiley Face’ symbol
LBCB60TM LBCY60TM
LBCR60TM LBCG60TM
LBGO60SF LBYO60SF LBOR60SF LBOB60SF
Open Top Litter Bins - 95 Litres Closed Top Litter Bins - 145 Litres
Colour Overall Size Tidy Man Logo Smiley Face Logo Overall Size Tidy Man Logo Smiley Face Logo
H x Dia. mm Model Price Model Price H x Dia. mm Model Price Model Price
Red LBOR60TM £85.30 LBOR60SF £85.30 LBCR60TM £182.15 LBCR60SF £182.15
Blue LBOB60TM £85.30 LBOB60SF £85.30 LBCB60TM £182.15 LBCB60SF £182.15
730 x 600 1040 x 600
Green LBOG60TM £85.30 LBOG60SF £85.30 LBCG60TM £182.15 LBCG60SF £182.15
Yellow LBOY60TM £85.30 LBOY60SF £85.30 LBCY60TM £182.15 LBCY60SF £182.15
Litter Bins
›› Manufactured from polyethylene
›› Supplied with the widely
recognised ‘Tidy Man’ logo
LB906N LB904N

Litres L x W x H mm
Open Top Square Bin 77 360 x 360 x 610 LB906N £60.75
Closed Top Square Bin 114 432 x 432 x 990 LB904N £129.50
Closed Top Square Bin with Push Flap 114 432 x 432 x 990 LB914N £144.65 LB914N
479

Waste Management
Pedal Bin - 70 Litre
COLOUR
OPTIONS ›› Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene
Dark Grey ›› Mobile on 155mm wheels for easy movement
Green
Smooth pedal operation

to open the lid
FROM ONLY
£48.45
2 x LPB70Y
Model
Litres L x W x H mm kg 1 Off (each) 2+
LPB70Y 70 555 x 510 x 750 4.5 LPB70Y £50.80 £48.45
Wheeled Bin - 80 Litre

FROM ONLY
Manufactured from either 30% recycled
£47.95
››
polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange)
or 100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow)
›› Mobile on 200mm wheels
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue
Green
Dark Grey
Red/Orange
Yellow

Colours Model
Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange LWB80Y £49.95 £47.95
80 470 x 540 x 780 6.5
Yellow LWB80YYEL £54.25 £52.10
Wheeled Bin with Coloured Lids - 120 Litre

›› Easily manoeuvrable
on 200mm wheels
›› Ideal for use in
schools, colleges,
hospitals, healthcare
centres, offices,
warehouses etc
›› Manufactured from 30%
recycled polyethylene
›› Dark grey bodies with
coloured lids: dark grey
(cans), blue (paper),
red (plastics) or light
grey (general waste) LID COLOUR
- please specify which OPTIONS
colour lid you require LW4120Y Blue
Light Grey
Dark Grey
Model Red/Orange
120 460 x 550 x 940 8.5 LW1120Y £49.95 £47.95
480

Waste Management
Wheeled Bin - 30 & 50 Litre
›› Manufactured from either 30% recycled FROM ONLY
polyethylene (Blue, Green, Dark Grey
or Red/Orange) or 100% virgin £23.75
polyethylene (Yellow)
›› LWB30Y is manufactured from
100% virgin polyethylene
›› Mobile on 50mm castors
›› LWB30Y is not available in yellow
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue
Green
Dark Grey
Red/Orange
Yellow
(50L only)
LWB30Y LWB30Y specify when ordering
LWB50Y
LWB50Y LWB50YYEL

Colours Model
Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange 30 350 x 255 x 490 2 LWB30Y £28.50 £23.75
Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange LWB50Y £33.20 £27.85
50 420 x 470 x 650 3
Yellow LWB50YYEL £34.35 £29.90
50 Litre Bin with Feet ›› Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene
FROM ONLY
£30.50 COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue
Green
Dark Grey
Capacity Overall Size Weight Price Price Red/Orange
Model
Litres L x W x H mm kg 1 Off (each) 2+ specify when ordering
50 420 x 470 x 650 3 LFB50Z £35.90 £30.50
481

Waste Management
Pedal Wheeled Bins
›› Manufactured from high quality polypropylene
›› Large, heavy duty, steel pedal for easy operation
›› Mobile on 200mm wheels
FROM ONLY
NEW
£59.50
Large Heavy Duty

Steel Pedal
LID COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue
Green
Capacity Overall Size Dark Grey
Model Price
Litres L x W x H mm Red/Orange
120 460 x 550 x 940 LPB120Z £59.50 Yellow
240 590 x 750 x 1000 LPB240Z £83.85 specify when ordering
Wheeled Bin Accessories

›› Wheeled bins complete with bottle hole lid, letter slot lid, push flap lid or side pedal
›› Option 1 - available in blue, green, dark grey, red/orange with a dark grey lid
›› Option 2 - yellow with a dark grey lid
›› Mobile on 200mm wheels FROM ONLY
£68.50
LWB24BHY
LWB12PFY
Wheeled Bin with Bottle Hole Lid LWB24LSY Wheeled Bin with Push Flap Lid LWB24SPYYEL
120L Wheeled Bin 240L Wheeled Bin 120L Wheeled Bin 240L Wheeled Bin
Option 460L x 550W x 940H mm 590L x 750W x 1000Hmm Option 460L x 550W x 940H mm 590L x 750W x 1000Hmm

1 LWB12BHY £68.50 LWB24BHY £87.85 1 LWB12PFY £68.50 LWB24PFY £90.00
2 LWB12BHYYEL £73.40 LWB24BHYYEL £97.00 2 LWB12PFYYEL £73.40 LWB24PFYYEL £99.20
Wheeled Bin with Letter Slot Lid Wheeled Bin with Side Pedal
120L Wheeled Bin 240L Wheeled Bin 120L Wheeled Bin 240L Wheeled Bin
Option 460L x 550W x 940H mm 590L x 750W x 1000Hmm Option 460L x 550W x 940H mm 590L x 750W x 1000Hmm

1 LWB12LSY £68.50 LWB24LSY £87.85 1 LWB12SPY £64.90 LWB24SPY £84.85
2 LWB12LSYYEL £73.40 LWB24LSYYEL £97.00 2 LWB12SPYYEL £69.80 LWB24SPYYEL £94.00
482
482 - GPC.indd 23 06/01/2021 18:53:59

Waste Management
Wheeled Bins
COLOUR
FROM ONLY OPTIONS
£47.95
Blue
Green
Dark Grey
Red/Orange
Yellow
LWB360Y
LWB240YYEL
LWB120Y LWB120Y
LWB120Y
›› Manufactured from either 30% recycled Polyethylene
(Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange) or LWB80Y
100% virgin polyethylene (Yellow)
›› Easily manoeuvrable Blue, Green, Dark Grey or Red/Orange Yellow
on 200mm wheels Capacity Overall Size Weight
Litres L x W x H mm kg Model Model
›› Model LWB360Y is 1 Off (each) 2+ 1 Off (each) 2+
available in blue, green 80 470 x 540 x 780 6.5 LWB80Y £49.95 £47.95 LWB80YYEL £54.25 £52.10
& dark grey as standard. 120 460 x 550 x 940 7 LWB120Y £49.95 £47.95 LWB120YYEL £54.85 £52.70
Other colours available 240 590 x 750 x 1000 10 LWB240Y £65.00 - LWB240YYEL £74.15 -
upon request 360 710 x 850 x 1120 22 LWB360Y £119.50 - - - -
483

Waste Management
Quick Lift Wheeled Bin Lifter
›› Safe lifting capacity of 30kg
30kg (50kg with 2 people)
evenly
distributed
›› Lifts 120L and 240L wheeled bins
›› Empties containers over a max.
wall height of 1600mm
›› Fast lift bin emptier assisted by gas
struts providing easy emptying
›› No lever handle to operate simply lifts
& the empty cycle is only 10 seconds
›› No finger traps, completely
safe for any application
›› Easy and safe to operate
›› Ideal for schools, factories
& retail outlets
Model Price
ESMBT-0230-GL £1956.25
Wheeled Bin Shelter

›› No fixing required - simply
secure these units by using six
600 x 600mm paving slabs
(not supplied)
›› Fabricated from robust
heavy duty box section
BWS204 ›› Complemented by tri wall
fluted plastic side panels & a
£1032.55 galvanised sheet steel roof
i Information
KEEP YOUR
WHEELED BIN
AREA NEAT
& TIDY
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Overall Size
Model Price
L x W x H mm
1980 x 1250 x 2040 BWS204 £1032.55
484
484 - GPC.indd 25 06/01/2021 14:47:41

Waste Management
660 & 1100L Waste Bins

›› Easy to clean - lightweight yet robust construction
›› Easily manoeuvrable when full
›› Made from high density polyethylene
›› Compatible with most standard lifting mechanisms
›› For use where large amounts of waste are generated
›› Brakes are fitted to the two front wheels
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Dark Grey
Green
LWB1100Y
Capacity Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Litres H x W x D mm kg
660 1260 x 760 x 1230 45 LWB660Y £315.00 Lifting
1100 1360 x 1060 x 1370 51.5 LWB1100Y £389.25 Mechanism
Wheeled Bins - Recycling Centre

›› LW1120Y is a one off
Lifting Mechanism
unit, please specify
which colour lid you
require: dark grey
(cans), blue (paper),
red (plastics) or light
grey (general waste)
›› LW4120Y comes
complete as a set of 4,
1 of each colour
LW4120Y ›› Easily manoeuvrable on 200mm wheels

Capacity Overall Size each Weight Price Price
›› Ideal for use in schools, colleges, hospitals,
Description Model
Litres each L x W x H mm kg each 1 Off (each) 2+ healthcare centres, offices, warehouses etc
1 Off
120 460 x 550 x 940 8.5
LW1120Y £49.95 £47.95 ›› Manufactured from 30% recycled polyethylene
Set of 4 LW4120Y £173.85 - ›› LW1120Y & LW4120Y have dark grey bodies
485

Waste Management
Magnetic Sweepers Forklift Sweepers
SWHH32530
NEW NEW
SWND14 SW36FL
F4MSM22
›› Collect stray ferrous items like nails & screws

SWND22 ›› Easily mount to forklift, pockets secured by eyebolt
›› Collect stray ferrous items like nails & screws ›› Quick release handle included
›› No external power required to operate ›› No external power required to operate
›› Perfect for warehouses, factories & construction sites ›› SW36FL can be mounted to forklifts or used by hand
Height Magnetic Overall Size Magnetic
mm Face mm H x W mm Face mm
Handheld 30 325 SWHH32530 £24.99 Combi 101 x 914 914 SW36FL £209.95
Switch Release & Adj. Handle 930-1260 660 F4MSM22 £69.75 Suspended 101 x 1219 1219 SW48FL £264.95
Removable Tray & Adj. Handle 900-1250 335 SWND14 £360.00 Suspended 101 x 1524 1524 SW60FL £314.95
Removable Tray & Adj. Handle 870-1250 660 SWND22 £510.00 Suspended 101 x 1828 1828 SW72FL £364.95
Separator Grids Lifting Magnets
NEW
SGD25050EC
SGD10050EC NEW
SGD15040
SGS30030040
›› Designed to prevent ferrous material contamination

for most industries using powerful magnets to ›› Lifting magnets can significantly improve
attract & capture ferrous debris lifts-per-hour with zero operating cost
›› Neodymium N42 magnets encased in stainless steel ›› Reliable solution to moving ferrous loads
›› Many more sizes available - please call for details ›› Manual switchable release mechanism with safety catch
Overall Size No. of Safe Working Overall Size Magnetic
Gauss Model Price Model Price
H x W x D mm Rods Load kg H x W x D mm Face mm
10,000 40 x 150 x 40 3 SGD15040 £140.50 100 70 x 120 x 65 120 x 65 LM100 £171.80
10,000 40 x 300 x 300 6 SGS30030040 £457.00 300 95 x 199 x 90 199 x 90 LIFT300 £250.70
8000 50 x 100 dia. 2 SGD10050EC £597.50 600 107 x 263 x 115 263 x 115 LIFT600 £460.00
10,000 50 x 250 dia. 5 SGD25050EC £1022.20 1000 140 x 303 x 150 303 x 150 LIFT1000 £629.00
Over 20 million magnets available from stock - call for details
›› Rare earth magnets, permanent magnets &

magnetic materials available in a range
of pack sizes to suit your application
›› Expert advice, bulk discounts & next day delivery
available - please call for details
486

Waste Management
Front Emptying Skip
›› Volume: 1000 litres
›› Chassis welded heavy gauge construction
›› Fitted with fork pockets & stackable 2 high
›› Load can be easily discharged without the
operator leaving the vehicle
i Information
UNIT CAN BE
EMPTIED FROM
500kg
YOUR VEHICLE evenly
distributed
SK105Y SK105Y
£2011.20
Overall Size
L x W x H mm
Internal Size
L x W x H mm
Wheels
2 Fixed & 2 Swivel

Weight
kg
Model Price
3YR
GUARANTEE
1600 x 1500 x 1260 1420 x 1320 x 1020 130 SK105Y £2011.20
152mm Nylon manufactured
Heavy Duty Craning Cage Bottom Emptying Skip

›› Fully welded 50 x 50mm mesh sides & manufactured ›› Stackable 4 high
sheet steel base (SK501Z has a sheet ›› Fork pocket centres: 670mm
3
steel side which can be used as a ramp) ›› This unit is stackable to give compact storage
›› Can accommodate euro pallets YR ›› Pushing down on the bar positioned at the back
›› Complete with craning eyes GUARANTEE
releases the mechanism & opens the bottom. The bar
can be connected to a chain which would allow you to
operate the mechanism from a Fork Lift (not supplied)
500kg
›› The base closes when the skip is lowered to the floor
evenly N.B. A Fork Lift will be needed to unload these units
distributed
manufactured
3YR
GUARANTEE
SK501Z
SK502Z
SK209Z
2 x SK209Z
Overall Size Weight
Model Price
L x W x H mm kg
Craning Cage with Loading Ramp Model Price
1335 x 1335 x 1200 120 SK501Z £927.00
1330 x 1110
890 165 SK209Z £1450.45
Craning Cage with Opening Front & 1/2 fold Security Roof x 1110
1335 x 1335 x 1200 110 SK502Z £1113.05 Optional Castors - 4 x 150mm swivel nylon SK999Y £135.40
487

Waste Management
Tilting Skip/Truck
3YR
GUARANTEE
300kg
evenly
distributed
›› Extremely safe & robust. Fully
manufactured
welded construction with the top
press formed for rigidity & safety
FROM ONLY
›› Fitted with a positive skip lock mechanism,
£1264.85 fork lift pockets complete with retaining
bars & integral sideguards which encloses
the tip skid
i Information
FORK GUIDE:
IDEAL FOR 500 litre capacity - Side Entry
SWARF & WASTE 1000 litre capacity - Back Entry
MATERIALS
SK101Y 500kg
evenly
distributed
Body Size Overall Weight

Wheels Model Price
L x W x H mm Height mm kg
Volume: 500 litres / 300kg Load Capacity
1080 - SK103Z £1264.85
1220 x 600 x 700 2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 85
1115 SK101Y £1340.55
160mm Nylon
Volume: 1000 litres / 500kg Load Capacity

1080 - SK104Z £1785.95
SK104Z
1220 x 1200 x 700 2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 116
1150 SK102Y £1869.80
200mm Nylon
Tilting Skips Side Emptying Skip

›› Fully welded construction with 4 way entry fork pockets
›› This side emptying skip is capable of tipping its
contents from either side. The balanced tipping
manufactured
action is engaged by a foot operated release
mechanism & uses a dampening system for
3YR
GUARANTEE
››
controlled emptying
Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm nylon castors
400kg
evenly
distributed
300kg
evenly
›› CE marked & plated distributed
›› Chassis from welded hollow

sections fitted to a sheet steel base
›› Tubular steel handle aids the manoeuvring
& safe tipping of the skip
›› Safety catch avoids accidental tipping of the body
›› Mobile on 2 swivel 150mm cushion castors
& 2 fixed 200mm cushion wheels
›› SK202Y has an internal drain 3YR
GUARANTEE
SK204Y
manufactured
Overall Size Internal Size Volume Wt.
Model Price
Tilting Skip 1350 x 80 SK201Y £949.15 L x W x H mm L x W x H mm Litres kg
490
Swarf Skip 930 x 1105 82 SK202Y £1019.90 1335 x 800 x 1110 1000 x 750 x 600 300 78 SK204Y £1222.00
488

Waste Management
Heavy Duty Tilting Skips
›› Robust construction with a
strong chassis design & designed
for use with a fork lift truck
›› Mesh top cage (580mm high)
is available factory fitted
SK305Y
3YR
GUARANTEE
FORK GUIDE:
250 to 500 litre capacity - 3 Way Entry
1000 to 1500 litre capacity - Back Entry
manufactured
Mesh
Cage
SK315Z
Volume Load Overall Size Weight Skip Unit Mesh Cage to Suit
Wheels
Litres Capacity kg L x W x H mm kg Model Price Model Price
250 2 Fixed & 2 Swivel 750 1400 x 820 x 890 110 SK302Y £1290.75 SK001Z £329.20
500 125mm High-Density Nylon 1000 1670 x 1010 x 1030 133 SK305Y £1480.95 SK002Z £350.65
1000 - 1250 2030 x 1270 x 1030 213 SK310Z £1832.15 SK003Z £392.10
1200 - 1250 2120 x 1270 x 1140 219 SK312Z £1969.90 SK004Z £405.10
1500 - 1500 2328 x 1435 x 1140 250 SK315Z £2228.10 SK005Z £458.15
Mini Skips
400kg
evenly
›› CE marked & plated distributed
›› Fits neatly underneath a workbench
›› Specifically designed for production manufactured
areas where space is limited
›› Mesh top cage (200mm high)
››
is available factory fitted
Mobile on 3 x 100mm nylon 3YR
GUARANTEE
castors 2 fixed & 1 swivel
Volume Overall Size Weight Skip Unit Mesh Cage to Suit

Litres L x W x H mm kg Model Price Model Price
100 850 x 450 x 480 47 SK410Y £728.10 SK006Z £206.75
150 850 x 600 x 480 52 SK415Y £809.80 SK007Z £209.90
SK415Y
190 850 x 750 x 480 59 SK419Y £864.95 SK008Z £212.80 & SK007Z
Heavy Duty Industrial Waste Truck

›› Fitted as standard with a
DEFLECTOR panel at the base SK206Y
to allow gradual safe &
controlled emptying
›› This truck is fitted with 6 x
100mm nylon swivel castors
for mobility whilst also being
fork liftable under the handles
›› It features a hinged drop away
base for easy emptying &
can be supplied with a
rodent-proof lid.
N.B. A Fork Lift will
300kg
evenly
be needed to unload distributed
these units
Internal
Overall Overall Volume Weight
Bin Height Model Price
Height mm Width mm Litres kg
3YR
x Width mm
SK206Y 1460 1150 1210 x 720 800 100 SK206Y £1293.65
GUARANTEE
manufactured
Lid for above 17 SK206Z £233.50
489

Winter Management
Snow Plough
i Information
›› The blade is manufactured from polypropylene CLEAR CAR PARKS,
with a durable metal edge & the steel frame WALKWAYS &
incorporates a foam handle PAVEMENTS IN
›› Mobile on 2 x 160mm ribbed wheels MINUTES
which are ideal for rough terrain use
›› The handle is extendable
from 1300mm to 1400mm
Blade Size Handle Weight

Model Price
W x H mm Height mm kg
660 x 320 1300 to 1400 4 SCA05Y £64.65 SCA05Y
Salt & Grit Bin

30L
evenly ›› Capacity: 30 litres
distributed
manufactured ›› Comes complete with 10kg of
rock salt & a moulded scoop
›› Fitted with 1 x hasp & staple
i Information
COMPLETE WITH
10KG OF ROCK SALT
GCB030 & MOULDED SCOOP GCB030
Overall Size Internal Size Bin

Model Price
W x D x H mm W x D x H mm Weight
475 x 383 x 305 460 x 370 x 230 5 kg GCB030 £59.45
Salt & Grit Bins
GCB060
60L COLOUR
OPTIONS
Yellow
115L COLOUR
Green
OPTIONS
Grey
specify when ordering Yellow
manufactured GCB060
›› Manufactured from tough, medium Stacked
duty UV stabilised polyethylene
Capacity Overall Size Weight
›› Hinged lid protects grit/salt from the elements Litres W x D x H mm kg
Model Price
›› Hasp & staple, wording & other 60 500 x 470 x 475 5 GCB060 £74.30
colours are available upon request 115 800 x 474 x 605 8 GCB115 £95.25
490
490 - GPC.indd 1 06/01/2021 14:27:33

Winter Management
Salt Spreader
›› The large, easy to clean, polyethylene i Information
hopper bucket is supported by a strong
steel frame mounted on large 310mm A LARGE HOPPER
pneumatic wheels to give this unit a MEANS LESS
smooth ride over rough terrain DOWNTIME!
›› Can hold 25kg of salt
›› Complete with
weather shield cover
›› Spread distance
is 2.5M to 3M
SQT01Y
£219.70
Assembly Available
SQT01Y
SQT01Y
Capacity Overall Size Weight Assembly
Model Price
Litres L x W x H mm kg Code / Price
43 1170 x 690 x 925 13 ASD / £30 SQT01Y £219.70
Please check the suitability of the salt prior to use with the spreaders, ensuring the grain size
is suitable. The Salt should also be compliant to BS3247 & must be dry & free flowing.
Salt (Seed) Spreader Snow Clearer

›› Manufactured from heavy ›› The blades & the main body
duty plastic with a SCA06Y of this unit are manufactured
steel handle from heavy duty plastic
›› 8 point adjustment system £58.90 ›› Ideal for clearing car parks,
to increase & decrease the walkways, pavements etc
rate at which salt or seed
is dispensed SCA03Z
Mobile on 2 x 200mm
£69.70
››
plastic wheels
Dispenser Open Dispenser Closed
SCA06Y SCA03Z
Capacity Body Handle Weight Snow Spout Working Handle Weight

Litres Width mm Height mm kg Direction Width mm Height mm kg
20 660 1250 3 SCA06Y £58.90 Right 570 1230 4 SCA03Z £69.70
491
491 - GPC.indd 2 06/01/2021 14:28:46

Winter Management
Victorian Salt & Grit Bin
›› Manufactured from tough, medium duty, non-corrosive, polyethylene
›› Hinged lid protects grit/salt from the elements
›› Fork lift truck grooves enable easy handling
›› Hasp & staple, lockable lids & hopper feeds available - call for details
GBV200
FROM ONLY
£144.65
GBV400
GBV200

Model Price
Litres W x D x H mm
manufactured
200 850 x 505 x 725 GBV200 £144.65
400 1050 x 650 x 900 GBV400 £196.45
Storage Bins Salt & Grit Bins

›› These storage bins are rotationally moulded in ›› This range of salt & grit bins are manufactured in
medium density polyethylene medium polyethylene which is robust & non-corrosive
›› Robust and lightweight they can be used ›› Two capacities available which can be handled
outside as well as indoors either with slings or by fork lift truck
›› Supplied complete with a lock mechanism ›› Ideal for use on highways or private premises
›› Colour - yellow
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Blue
Green
Red
Yellow
FROM ONLY FROM ONLY
£217.90 £139.30
manufactured
Overall Size Capacity Capacity Weight Overall Size Capacity Capacity Weight
W x D x H mm Litres kg kg W x D x H mm Litres kg kg
850 x 505 x 725 200 150 12 SSB702L £217.90 850 x 505 x 725 200 150 12 SGB200 £139.30
1050 x 650 x 900 400 300 19 SSB704L £314.30 1050 x 650 x 900 400 300 19 SGB400 £189.30
492
492 - GPC.indd 3 06/01/2021 14:30:50

Winter Management
Stackable Grit Bins
›› Manufactured from tough,
medium density polyethylene
›› Hinged lids - protects the
grit/salt from the elements
›› 2 x hasp & staple locks
are available (factory fitted)
to make these units secure
›› Ideal for use on highways
or private premises
›› Can be handled with either
slings or a fork lift truck
GB350E
manufactured
Grit Bins Grit Bins c/w Salt
External Size Capacity Bin
L x W x H mm Litres Weight No of Bags
of Salt
1020 x 520 x 720 200 10 kg GB200E £112.65 8 x 25kg GB200ST £223.30
1200 x 725 x 750 350 20.5 kg GB350E £155.40 14 x 25kg GB350ST £293.00
GB350E
2 x Hasp & Staple Lock (factory fitted) GBHSLE £11.10 - GBHSLE £11.10
Heavy Duty Grit Bins

›› Manufactured from tough, medium density polyethylene 200L
evenly
›› Hinged Lids - protects the grit/salt from the elements distributed
›› GCB200: fitted with 1 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)

›› GCB400: fitted with 2 x hasp & staple (padlock not included)
400L
evenly
distributed
COLOUR
OPTIONS
manufactured Red
Blue
Yellow
Green
YELLOW GCB200
ONLY
Grit Bins Grit Bins c/w Salt

External Size Capacity Bin
L x W x H mm Litres Weight No of Bags
of Salt
GCB400
720 x 750 x 710 200 14 kg GCB200 £142.85 8 x 25kg GCB200ST £249.65
1260 x 750 x 710 400 22 kg GCB400 £197.95 16 x 25kg GCB400ST £359.00
Rock Salt
›› Highest purity salt for de-icing snow & ice
›› Ideal for quick de-icing of
car parks, pathways & steps
›› Works quickly to leave areas free
from ice with virtually no residue
›› Also guards against re-freezing
›› Supplied in 25kg Bags
›› Ideal for use with all grit bins & the
salt spreaders shown on page 491
10 bags of Rock Salt WRS10P £115.20

Pallet of 42 bags of Rock Salt WRS42P £327.75
493
493 - GPC.indd 4 06/01/2021 14:32:07

Office Desks, Seating & Canteen Furniture
Maestro Desking
NEW
Colour Options Colour Options

Worktops: Frames:
B O W WH
Beech Oak Walnut White Black Silver White
Desk Black Frame Silver Frame White Frame Desk Black Frame Silver Frame White Frame
Width Model Price Model Price Model Price Width Model Price Model Price Model Price
Straight Desk Bundle with 2 Drawer Pedestal Straight Desk Bundle with 3 Drawer Pedestal
1200mm SO-SBK212 £176.40 SO-SBS212 £176.40 SO-SBWH212 £176.40 1200mm SO-SBK312 £176.40 SO-SBS312 £176.40 SO-SBWH312 £176.40
Straight Top Desktop Screens
Size
W x H mm
Straight Top Top Screen 800 x 400 SO-ES800S £45.67
Colour Options
Straight Desk Top Screen 1000 x 400 SO-ES1000S £45.67
B C
Blue Charcoal Straight Desk Top Screen 1600 x 400 SO-ES1600S £50.40
494 A delivery consignment charge will apply for these products - please call for details
28 - Office Desks, Seating & Canteen Furniture - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 14:32:11
NEW
Desk Black Frame Silver Frame White Frame Desk Black Frame Silver Frame White Frame
Width Model Price Model Price Model Price Width Model Price Model Price Model Price
Straight Desks - 600mm Depth Straight Desks - 800mm Depth
800mm SO-MC608K £103.96 SO-MC608S £103.96 SO-MC608WH £103.96 800mm SO-MC808K £105.53 SO-MC808S £105.53 SO-MC808WH £105.53
NEW
NEW
Desk Black Frame Silver Frame White Frame
Width Model Price Model Price Model Price
Desk Black Frame Silver Frame White Frame Ergonomic Desks - Left Hand
Width Model Price Model Price Model Price 1400mm SO-MC14ELK £129.16 SO-MC14ELS £129.16 SO-MC14ELEH £129.16
Wave Desks - Left Hand 1600mm SO-MC16ELK £130.73 SO-MC16ELS £130.73 SO-MC16ELEH £130.73
1400mm SO-MC14WLK £133.87 SO-MC14WLS £133.87 SO-MC14WLWH £133.87 1800mm SO-MC18ELK £148.06 SO-MC18ELS £148.06 SO-MC18ELEH £148.06
1600mm SO-MC16WLK £141.76 SO-MC16WLS £141.76 SO-MC16WLWH £141.76 Ergonomic Desks - Right Hand
Wave Desks - Right Hand 1400mm SO-MC14ERK £129.16 SO-MC14ERS £129.16 SO-MC14EREH £129.16
1400mm SO-MC14WRK £133.87 SO-MC14WRS £133.87 SO-MC14WRWH £133.87 1600mm SO-MC16ERK £130.73 SO-MC16ERS £130.73 SO-MC16EREH £130.73
1600mm SO-MC16WRK £141.76 SO-MC16WRS £141.76 SO-MC16WRWH £141.76 1800mm SO-MC18ERK £148.06 SO-MC18ERS £148.06 SO-MC18EREH £148.06
Desk Black Frame Silver Frame White Frame

Width Model Price Model Price Model Price
Ergonomic Desk Bundle with 3 Drawer Pedestal - Left Hand
1400mm SO-EBK14L £185.86 SO-EBS14L £185.86 SO-EBWH14L £185.86
Ergonomic Desk Bundle with 3 Drawer Pedestal - Right Hand
1400mm SO-EBK14R £185.86 SO-EBS14R £185.86 SO-EBWH14R £185.86
NEW
A delivery consignment charge will apply for these products - please call for details
495
495 - GPC.indd 2 04/01/2021 09:26:27

Wooden Storage
NEW
Colour Options:
B O W WH
Beech Oak Walnut White
SO-R2M SO-R25DH8 SO-TMP SO-TNMP

Size
W x D x H mm
2 Drawer Pedestal - Mobile 426 x 600 x 567 SO-R2M £89.77
SO-LF2 SO-LF3 SO-LF4
3 Drawer Pedestal - Mobile 426 x 600 x 567 SO-R3M £89.77
Size
2 Drawer Pedestal - Static 426 x 600 x 725 SO-R25DH6 £105.53 W x D x H mm
3 Drawer Pedestal - Static 426 x 600 x 725 SO-R25DH8 £122.86 2 Drawer Filing Cabinet 426 x 600 x 730 SO-LF2 £144.90
3 Drawer Tall Pedestal - Mobile 426 x 600 x 630 SO-TMP £114.97 3 Drawer Filing Cabinet 426 x 600 x 1045 SO-LF3 £173.26
3 Drawer Tall & Narrow Pedestal - Mobile 300 x 600 x 630 SP-TNMP £126.00 4 Drawer Filing Cabinet 426 x 600 x 1360 SO-LF4 £181.13
SO-R740 SO-R1090 SO-R1440 SO-R1790 SO-R2140 SO-R740D SO-R1090D SO-R1440D SO-R1790D SO-R2140D
Size Size
Bookcase with 1 Shelf 800 x 470 x 740 SO-R740 £88.20 Cupboard with 1 Shelf 800 x 470 x 740 SO-R740D £114.97
Bookcase with 2 Shelves 800 x 470 x 1090 SO-R1090 £107.10 Cupboard with 2 Shelves 800 x 470 x 1090 SO-R1090D £144.90
496 A delivery consignment charge will apply for these products - please call for details
Steel Storage
NEW

Filing Cabinets: Cupboards:
Pedestals: Tambours:
K S W K C G WH K C G S WH K G S W
Black Coffee/ Grey White Black Coffee/ Grey Silver White
Black Silver White Black Grey Silver White
Cream Cream
SO-DCF2 SO-DCF3 SO-DCF4

SO-MP3 SO-MPN3 SO-MPN3 Size
W x D x H mm
Size
W x D x H mm 2 Drawer Filing Cabinet 426 x 600 x 711 SO-DCF2 £117.14
3 Drawer Wide Pedestal - Mobile 391 x 545 x 565 SO-MP3 £101.43 3 Drawer Filing Cabinet 426 x 600 x 1016 SO-DCF3 £124.29
3 Drawer Narrow Pedestal - Mobile 300 x 545 x 565 SO-MPN3 £101.43 4 Drawer Filing Cabinet 426 x 600 x 1321 SO-DCF4 £130.00
SO-DSTS
SO-DST40 SO-DST65 SO-DST78

Size
SO-DSC40 SO-DSC72 W x D x H mm
Tambour without Shelves 1000 x 470 x 1015 SO-DST40 £254.29
Size
W x D x H mm Tambour without Shelves 1000 x 470 x 1585 SO-DST65 £275.71
Cupboard with 1 Shelf 914 x 400 x 1000 SO-DSC40 £134.29 Tambour without Shelves 1000 x 470 x 1985 SO-DST78 £301.43
Cupboard with 3 Shelves 914 x 400 x 1806 SO-DSC72 £165.71 Tambour Shelf (Black) - SO-DSTS £15.71
A delivery consignment charge will apply for these products - please call for details
497
Ergo Blaster PU Operator & Polly Operator & Deluxe
Deluxe Draughting Chairs Draughting Stools
2YR
GUARANTEE
2YR
GUARANTEE
NEW
NEW
1100-PU-1164
1850-1164
1100-PU 1850
›› Wipe clean operator chair/draughting chairs

›› Backrest with height adjustment & hinged tilt
›› Tamper proof seat fixings
›› Generous seat size: 460W x 460Dmm ›› Easy clean, soft polyurethane stool/draughting chairs
›› Medium back size: 400W x 330Hmm ›› Seat size: 320W x 320Dmm
›› Gas lift seat height adjustment ›› Gas lift seat height adjustment
›› 1100-PU: mobile on castors for easy movement ›› 1850: mobile on castors for easy movement
›› 1100-PU-1164: nylon base with glides & adj. footring ›› 1850-1164: nylon base with glides & adj. footring
Seat Seat
Height mm Height mm
Ergo Blaster PU Operator Chair 470 to 590 1100-PU £76.15 Polly Operator Stool 430 to 560 1850 £88.50
Ergo Blaster PU Deluxe Draughting Chair 600 to 860 1100-PU-1164 £133.20 Polly Deluxe Draughting Stool 590 to 830 1850-1164 £145.55
Labour Pro Operator & Support Stool

Deluxe Draughting Chairs
2YR
GUARANTEE
NEW
6937
9999-1164
2YR
GUARANTEE
9999
NEW
›› Polyurethane operator chair/draughting chairs
›› Floating or fixed permanent contact backrest
›› Generous seat size: 460W x 430Dmm
›› Medium back size: 410W x 310Hmm
›› Gas lift seat height adjustment ›› Industrial support stool with polyurethane seat
›› 9999: mobile on castors for easy movement ›› Seat size: 320W x 200Dmm
›› 9999-1164: nylon base with glides & adj. footring ›› 8 position seat height adjustment from 570 to 850mm
Seat
›› Snap-lock frame for flat storage
Height mm
Labour Pro Operator Chair 460 to 590 9999 £140.95
Labour Pro Deluxe Draughting Chair 590 to 830 9999-1164 £186.20 Support Stool 6937 £157.40
498
Ergo Blaster Ergo Twin Ergo Trio
2YR
GUARANTEE
2YR
GUARANTEE
2YR
GUARANTEE
NEW NEW NEW
COLOUR COLOUR
OPTIONS OPTIONS
Blue Blue
Black Black
COLOUR specify when specify when
1100 OPTIONS 2900 & 0280
ordering ordering
Blue
Black 2901 & 0280
specify when ›› Twin lever, high back, chair
ordering
›› Floating or fixed permanent ›› Ergonomic high back chair
›› Backrest with height contact backrest & pronounced ›› 3 lever, asynchronous mechanism
adjustment & hinged tilt lumbar support ›› Independent tilt to seat & backrest
›› Tamper proof seat fixings ›› Seat size: 460W x 440Dmm ›› Seat size: 460W x 440Dmm
›› Seat size: 460W x 460Dmm ›› Back size: 430W x 500Hmm ›› Back size: 430W x 500Hmm
›› Back size: 400W x 330Hmm ›› Gas lift seat height adjustment ›› Gas lift seat height adjustment
›› Gas lift seat height adjustment from 440 to 580mm from 460 to 590mm
from 470 to 590mm
Ergo Twin 2900 £86.40 Ergo Trio 2901 £89.50
Ergo Blaster 1100 £72.00 Step Armrests 0280 £37.05 Step Armrests 0280 £37.05
Ergo Comfort 24 Hour

2YR
GUARANTEE
NEW
COLOUR 9500AIR 9500PU 9500MESH

OPTIONS & 0270
Blue
Black Ergo Plus HR Premier Chair
specify when
9500 & 0270 ordering
›› Certified for 24 hour COLOUR
use - BS5459-2:2000 OPTIONS
›› Ergonomic high back, 24 hour, executive chairs ›› Stylish headrest for Blue
›› Certified for 24 hour use - BS5459-2:2000
added comfort Black
›› Posture curve backrest & forward ergo tilt seat specify when
›› 2:1 back & seat syncron ordering
›› 4 lever asynchronous mechanism
(5 position)
›› Seat size: 500W x 470Dmm NEW
›› 4 position seat slide 9700/R530
›› Gas lift seat height adjustment from 520 to 640mm & 0270
›› Lumbar adjustment on backrest
Description Model Price ›› Ratchet back height adjustment
Ergo Comfort 9500 £146.60
›› Aluminium base
Ergo Comfort Air - Pump up Lumbar Support 9500AIR £160.50 Description Model Price
Ergo Comfort PU - Wipe Clean 9500PU £155.35
Ergo Plus HR Premier Chair 9700/R530 £278.75
Ergo Comfort Mesh - Mesh Backrest 9500MESH £160.50
Comfort Adjustable Armrests 0270 £37.05
Comfort Adjustable Armrests 0270 £37.05
499
Milan Grayson Executive Harmony Mesh
2YR 2YR
2YR
GUARANTEE GUARANTEE
GUARANTEE
NEW NEW
NEW
6969
6956
6914
›› Executive grey fabric armchair ›› Luxury mesh executive chair
with matching padded arm covers ›› Fully synchronising mechanism
›› Leather look executive armchair ›› Driftwood effect wooden arms & base with weight tension control
›› Stitching detail & chrome base ›› Reclining function with tilt tension ›› Fold back armrests & adj. headrest
›› Seat size: 490W x 500Dmm ›› Seat size: 500W x 500Dmm ›› Seat size: 490W x 500Dmm
›› Back size: 490W x 550Hmm ›› Back size: 500W x 590Hmm ›› Back size: 490W x 560Hmm
›› Gas lift seat height adjustment ›› Gas lift seat height adjustment ›› Gas lift seat height adjustment
from 470 to 570mm from 470 to 560mm from 450 to 560mm
Milan 6914 £124.50 Grayson 6969 £174.40 Harmony 6956 £205.75
Siesta Goliath Duo Heavy Duty Chairman

2YR 2YR
2YR
GUARANTEE
GUARANTEE
GUARANTEE
NEW NEW
NEW
LEATHER
COLOUR 6927GY
OPTIONS
Cream
›› Super large button-tufted grey
Black fabric executive armchair with
6925
specify when
ordering
8 way hand tied coil construction
6916 seat & antique brass trim
›› Seat size: 580W x 510Dmm
›› Stylish contrasting piping detail ›› Back size: 510W x 650Hmm
›› Luxury leather look executive ›› Rated to 27 stone (170kg) ›› Gas lift seat height adjustment
armchair with deep-fill cushions ›› Suitable for 24 hour use from 480 to 560mm
for added style and comfort ›› Seat size: 510W x 600Dmm ›› Grey is fabric & the rest of the
›› Seat size: 520W x 490Dmm ›› Back size: 590W x 700Hmm models are bonded leather
›› Back size: 510W x 690Hmm ›› Gas lift seat height adjustment
›› Gas lift seat height adjustment from 460 to 560mm
from 470 to 560mm Chairman - Grey 6927GY £413.00
Chairman - Noir 6927 £413.00
Goliath - Grey Fabric 6989 £327.60 Chairman - Burgundy B800BU £413.00
Siesta 6916 £195.45 Goliath - Leather 6925 £327.60 Chairman - Green B800GR £413.00
500
Skandi
2YR
GUARANTEE
NEW
6980 6981 6982
›› Contemporary reception armchairs & sofas Size Seat Size

›› Durable grey fabric & stylish ‘pared back’ design H x W x D mm W x D mm
›› Classic button back & smart wooden legs Skandi Armchair 800 x 830 x 640 480 x 500 6980 £291.60
Skandi 2 Seater Sofa 800 x 1350 x 640 1020 x 500 6981 £434.60
Skandi 3 Seater Sofa 800 x 1770 x 640 1420 x 500 6982 £508.65
4 Legged Reception Chair COLOUR

Tub Chair
OPTIONS
›› Contemporary upholstered Yellow ›› Tub chair in faux leather with
reception chair with elegant wooden feet
NEW
Graphite
modern oak legs Jade ›› Curved backrest & padded seat
Plum
specify when
ordering
NEW
4 Legged Reception Chair - Single 6929 £117.30
4 Legged Reception Chair - Pack of 2 6929/2 £199.55 Tub Chair 6945 £223.20
501
Industrial Style Bench Desk
NEW ›› Home office, industrial bench desk - sharp
& minimalist design with a spacious work area
›› Durable black metal frame with a choice
of charter oak or smoked oak finish
›› Complete with 2 lower storage shelves
Size
H x W x D mm
Charter Oak 712 x 1054 x 470 5420032 £125.50
Smoked Oak 712 x 1054 x 470 5423024 £125.50
Canyon Lane Desk Iron Foundry Desk Hampstead Park Desk
NEW
NEW
NEW ›› Mid Century style desk in grand
›› Home study desk in brew oak walnut finish & modern black
finish with grand walnut accents ›› ‘Steam punk’ style desk in checked accent panels & frame
›› Cubbyhole storage oak finish & ‘pipework’ frame ›› Filing drawer for letter size hanging
›› Adjustable shelf behind door ›› Two lower shelves for additional files & deep storage drawer, central
offers flexible storage options storage - sturdy 1” thick shelves stationery drawer & storage cubby
Size Size Size
H x W x D mm H x W x D mm H x W x D mm
762 x 1143 x 457 5425304 £217.05 762 x 1143 x 457 5425305 £287.00 794 x 1372 x 611 5420731 £483.95
Home Study L-Shape Clifton L-Shape

›› Beautifully appointed
L-shaped desk in
NEW grand walnut finish
›› Smart mid
century styling
NEW
›› Dover oak finish with slate coloured top

›› Fully extending filing drawer
›› Lower book shelf for extra storage
Size (Desktop)
Size incl return Model Price
Model Price H x W x D mm
H x W x D mm
767 x 1500 x 508 5421120 £872.25
743 x 2115 x 490 5412320 £364.15
502 Please note: assistance will be needed when off loading these units
Desk Converter
›› Simply place on a surface & i Information
enjoy the flexibility of standing
SIGNIFICANTLY
or sitting at your desk IMPROVE YOUR
›› A pneumatic air cylinder allows POSTURE WHILST
smooth adjustments from sit to WORKING
stand in seconds, bringing the
maximum height of 620mm
above the desktop
›› The ergonomic two-tier design offers a
spacious 32-inch (813mm) top shelf for
monitors & a second shelf for
a mouse/keyboard
›› Meets ANSI/BIFMA standards
›› Chamfered keyboard shelf edge
for extra operator comfort
DC831L Lowered
DC831L
DC831L Raised
Overall Size Top Shelf Size Bottom Shelf Size Base Size
Model Price
H x W x D mm W x D mm W x D mm W x D mm
146/620 x 813 x 596 813 x 349 699 x 248 813 x 596 DC831L £325.00
‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs Wooden Trestle Table

›› Stable & robust folding chair
with plastic seat & back 5YR
GUARANTEE
›› Manufactured from robust 18mm MDF
top with strong tubular steel folding legs
›› Legs fold flat for easy
storage & transportation
‘Stabil’ Chairs
ONLY
80kg
£71.95 evenly
distributed
WTT05Z
Seat Size Order in Price

Colour Model
W x D x H mm Multiples of each
‘Stabil’ Folding Chairs
Blue & Aluminium Lacquer Frame 6 SCBE44 £18.10
390 x 390 x 445 Black & Black Frame 6 SCBL44 £18.10
White & White Frame 6 SCWH44 £18.10
‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Holds 50 Chairs WTT05Z folded for easy storage & transportation
485 x 1010 x 1700 - - SCT00Y £236.90
Overall Size Weight
Model Price
‘Stabil’ Folding Chair Trolley - Complete with 50 Chairs (please specify chair colour when ordering) L x W x H mm kg
485 x 1010 x 1700 - - SCT50Y £855.95 1800 x 665 x 750 16 WTT05Z £71.95
503
503 - GPC.indd 10 06/01/2021 14:20:36

Folding Tables
i Information
›› Manufactured from heavy
duty blow moulded plastic IDEAL FOR
›› Models FFT03Z & FFT04Z easily ALL OCCASIONS
fold from the centre of the table
making them easy to carry
›› All models of tables have folding legs
which fit neatly underneath the
table for compact storage 4 x FFC00Z
FROM ONLY
£66.25
FFT03Z/FFT04Z
Folded
Overall Size Folded Size Weight Order in Price

Model
L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg Multiples of each
Folding Chair
405 x 400 x 450 1040 x 460 x 215 4.5 4 FFC00Z £29.50
Tables with Folding Legs
1200 x 600 x 740 1200 x 600 x 60 8.5 - FST01Z £66.25

1830 x 760 x 720 1830 x 760 x 43 15 - FST02Z £70.65
Folding Tables with Folding Legs
1200 x 600 x 740 610 x 600 x 90 10 - FFT03Z £63.95

1830 x 760 x 720 915 x 760 x 86 16 - FFT04Z £68.35
Beam Benches
›› Heavy duty polypropylene chairs
mounted on a strong &
durable steel frame
›› Seat height: 450mm
BBT03Z
BBT04Z
Overall Size Weight

L x D x H mm kg
3 Seater 1670 x 550 x 790 15 BBT03Z £158.75
4 Seater 2235 x 550 x 790 19 BBT04Z £199.95
504
504 - GPC.indd 11 06/01/2021 14:22:32

Canteen Tables
›› Ideal for use in eating areas in CBT42Z
offices, halls, factories, warehouses
& retail premises
£273.70
›› Seats are manufactured from
moulded polypropylene mounted
on a strong steel frame
›› Table top is manufactured
from chipboard with a
melamine coating
›› Full length table
for your comfort
2 Seater
>
L
>
W >
>
4 Seater
>
L
CBT42Z
>
W >
>
6 Seater i Information
>
SUPPLIED KNOCK
L DOWN FOR EASY
ACCESS INTO YOUR
PREMISES
>
W >
>
No. of Overall Size Table Size Weight

Seats L x W x H mm L x W mm kg
Peninsula Units - Access 1 Way
2 600 x 1730 x 810 600 x 600 26 CBT21Z £175.00
4 1250 x 1730 x 810 1250 x 600 38 CBT41Z £277.00
6 1745 x 1730 x 810 1745 x 600 55 CBT61Z £380.50
Island Units - Access 2 Ways
4 1250 x 1730 x 810 1250 x 600 38 CBT42Z £273.70
THE HEAVY DUTY

POLYPROPYLENE SEATS &
HARDWEARING MELAMINE
WORKTOP ARE MOUNTED ON 6 1745 x 1730 x 810 1745 x 600 55 CBT62Z £380.50
A STRONG & DURABLE
STEEL FRAME
505
Canteen Tables
BLUE ONLY
›› Fully welded construction for durability *Maximum quantity of 5
›› Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises
›› Blue seats manufactured from moulded polypropylene mounted on a steel frame FROM ONLY
Laminate, light grey table tops with PVC edging
£198.30
››
2 Seater
QCT42Z
>
L
>
W >
>
4 Seater
>
L
manufactured
No. of Overall Size Table Size
Model Price
>
Seats L x W x H mm L x W mm
W >
>
SEAT COLOUR
1 Way Entry (Wall Units)
6 Seater OPTIONS
2 530 x 1690 x 725 530 x 600 QCT21Z £198.30
>
Black
4 1070 x 1690 x 725 1070 x 600 QCT41Z £297.00
Red
L
6 1580 x 1690 x 725 1580 x 600 QCT61Z £417.30
Blue
2 Way Entry
4 1070 x 1690 x 725 1070 x 600 QCT42Z £297.00
>
W >
>
6 1580 x 1690 x 725 1580 x 600 QCT62Z £417.30
Canteen Tables with Steel Seats

›› Fully welded robust canteen unit with seats made from 1.2mm mild steel
›› MFC table tops come in a light grey, with PVC edging for extra strength & protection
›› Frames are powder coated with light grey Germ Guard Active Technology Paint
›› Seats available in green, red, blue or dark grey - please specify when ordering
(any other RAL colour available to suit your corporate colours - call for details)
›› Table height of 710mm
›› Seat height of 425mm
QST821Z
QST841Z
QST861Z
Overall Size Table Size

H x W x L mm W x L mm
2 Seater
SEAT COLOUR
Single Entry 790 x 1755 x 570 600 x 535 QST821Z £449.20
OPTIONS
4 Seater
Grey
Red
Double Entry 790 x 1755 x 1100 600 x 1070 QST842Z £641.10
Green
6 Seater
Blue
manufactured
Double Entry 790 x 1755 x 1600 600 x 1580 QST862Z £817.85
506
Wooden Seat Canteen Tables
››
››
Fully welded construction for durability with 25mm thick table top
Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises
3YR
GUARANTEE
›› Seats are manufactured from beech veneer & mounted on a strong steel frame manufactured
2 Seater
>
L
>
W >
>
4 Seater
WORKTOP
>
COLOUR FRAME
OPTIONS COLOUR
OPTIONS
FROM ONLY VTD42Z
L
White
Grey
£250.80
>
Silver >
W >
Beech Black 6 Seater
specify when ordering specify when ordering
>
No. of Overall Size Table Size Single Entry Double Entry
Seats L x W x H mm L x W mm Model Price Model Price L
2 535 x 1600 x 750 600 x 600 VTD21Z £250.80 - -

4 1070 x 1600 x 750 1000 x 600 VTD41Z £406.35 VTD42Z £406.35
>
W >
>
6 1600 x 1600 x 750 1600 x 600 VTD61Z £563.50 VTD62Z £563.50
Canteen Tables with Upholstered Seats

››
››
Fully welded construction for durability with 25mm thick table top
Ideal for use in eating areas in offices, halls, factories, warehouses & retail premises
3YR
GUARANTEE
›› Seats are manufactured from coloured vinyl & mounted on a strong steel frame manufactured
FROM ONLY
£331.75
2 Seater
>
L
>
SEAT >
W >
COLOUR
OPTIONS 4 Seater
WORKTOP
>
Blue COLOUR FRAME

Red OPTIONS COLOUR L
Grey White OPTIONS

>
Purple Grey Silver VTE41Z W >

>
Green Beech Black 6 Seater

specify when ordering specify when ordering specify when ordering
>
No. of Overall Size Table Size Single Entry Double Entry

Seats L x W x H mm L x W mm L
2 535 x 1600 x 750 600 x 600 VTE21Z £331.75 - -
>
4 1070 x 1600 x 750 1000 x 600 VTE41Z £560.35 VTE42Z £560.35

W >
>
6 1600 x 1600 x 750 1600 x 600 VTE61Z £804.75 VTE62Z £804.75
507
Mailroom, Packaging & Retail Equipment
Post Bag Holders
›› Manufactured from strong tubular steel
›› Notches on the top of the frames hold postal
MT987Y bags into place (postal bags not included)
Mobile on 4 x 75mm swivel non-marking castors
£158.25
››
3YR
MT988Y
GUARANTEE
Postal Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Bags Held W x D x H mm kg
1 390 x 390 x 1130 8 MT987Y £158.25
MT987Y MT988Y
2 390 x 770 x 1130 12 MT988Y £201.25
Mail Distribution Trolleys

›› Non marking buffering helps prevent damaging doorways & furniture
›› These tubular steel trolleys can be used both indoors & outdoors
›› Models MTE01S & MTE02L have high cap. removable baskets, with a pannier basket available for both models
›› On the larger model, MTE02L, the upper basket can tilt back giving easy access to the lower basket
›› Platform trolley model MTE03C has side & end panels to help MTE02L shown with
maximise the storage capabilities of this large trolley MTEB1Z, concertina files &
›› Side panels are easy to remove to aid loading & unloading support bars, call for details
›› Large basket model MTE04D has 2 large capacity removable
baskets designed to accommodate concertina files
›› Diamond formation wheels on models MTE03C
& MTE04D give easy manoeuvrability
FROM ONLY
£378.15
MTE01S shown
with concertina files &
MTE04D
support bars, call for details MTE03C
Overall Size Basket Size Weight
Description Wheels Max Load Model Price
2 x 125 mm Lower Basket - 50 kg
Mail Trolley 610 x 915 x 1000 460 x 485 x 255 25 MTE01S £378.15
Swivel Castors, Upper Basket - 20 kg
2 x 200 mm Lower Basket - 60 kg
Mail Trolley 610 x 1030 x 1000 460 x 635 x 255 Fixed Wheels 30 MTE02L £419.40
Upper Basket - 30 kg
Optional Pannier Basket to
- 460 x 130 x 350 - 10 kg - MTEB1Z £67.95*
suit above models
Platform Trolley with
610 x 1200 x 1070 - 4 x 200 mm 300 kg 66 MTE03C £769.75
side/end panels
Castors, 2 fixed,
Platform Trolley with 2 swivel Lower Basket - 60 kg
610 x 1200 x 1070 425 x 960 x 425 68 MTE04D £772.40
large baskets Upper Basket - 20 kg
508 *price applicable when ordering with the Mailroom Distribution Trolleys. Order charges will apply if ordered on their own.
29 - Mailroom, Packaging & Retail Equipment - GPC Pages.indb 1 30/12/2020 14:38:04

Premium Mail Distribution Trolleys
MT983Y
£293.50 MT985Y
£363.30
MT983Y
MT985Y & PB800Z
Zinc Rails to facilitate

hanging files
Wheels situated
inside the frame
›› Manufactured from strong tubular steel

›› Supplied with 2 removable mesh baskets
›› Mobile on 2 x 200mm fixed grey non-marking
wheels & 2 x 75mm swivel grey non-marking 3YR
GUARANTEE
PB800Z
castors. The 200mm wheels are fitted manufactured

within the frame of the unit to help
prevent damage to furniture & doorways W x D x H mm W x D x H mm kg
Model Price
›› These units also incorporate 2 removable 530 x 820 x 910 470 x 370 x 320 18 MT983Y £293.50
zinc rails in each basket. This allows the 530 x 950 x 910 470 x 520 x 320 19 MT984Y £337.45
units to facilitate hanging files 530 x 1230 x 910 470 x 770 x 320 24 MT985Y £363.30
*prices applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.
Order charges will apply if ordered on their own. Rear Pannier Basket - 320 x 210 x 360/420 2 PB800Z £36.50*
Post Distribution Stairclimber

›› Manufactured from strong tubular steel SC983Y
››
››
Supplied with 2 removable mesh baskets
Mobile on 3 x 150mm wheels in a tri-wheel
£413.15
mount. These are mounted inside the frame
›› Load capacity of 50kg whilst
the unit is in use on stairs
›› Height of top basket: 870mm
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
PB800Z

Model Price
535 x 920 x 940 470 x 370 x 320 23 SC983Y £413.15
Rear Pannier Basket - factory fitted SC983Y &
2 PB800Z £36.50*
320 x 210 x 360/420 PB800Z
*prices applicable when ordering with the Trolleys.
509

Compact Self Levelling Trolleys - Open & Secure Versions
FROM ONLY
£636.15
Platform shown at full height
Platform shown under load
›› Robust & compact construction

gives greater storage space
powder coated sheet panels,
neoprene foam edges & plastic deck
›› Designed to fit through standard doorways
›› GS9337: open version
›› GS9338: secure version with padlock
hole (padlock not supplied) GS9338
›› The standard trolley internal platform
has a 30mm lip & the unladen platform
is set 120mm down. The platform moves
down 350mm with 40kg & the springs
are factory set to the required load
›› Mobile on 2 fixed & 2 swivel 125mm castors
Overall Size
L x W x H mm
Load
Capacity
Weight
kg
Model Price 3YR
GUARANTEE
Self Levelling Trolley manufactured

900 x 505 x 900 60 kg 43 GS9337 £636.15
Secure Self Levelling Trolley with Lid
905 x 510 x 925 60 kg 50 GS9338 £682.30
Self Levelling Trolleys

›› GS9125: re-inforced heavy duty PVC
bag with a plywood deck
GS9226: constructed from galvanised steel
sides & ends with a plastic deck
›› Unloaded height:
bag - 650mm &
box - 800mm
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
GS9125

Wheels Model Price
Self Levelling Trolley - Bag
935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 40 GS9125 £984.70
Self Levelling Trolley - Box
935 x 730 x 932 125mm Cushion 100 kg 50 GS9226 £1012.20 GS9226
510

Mail Sorting Systems Post Room Trolley
›› ‘See through’ design prevents mail being overlooked ›› Manufactured in tubular steel
›› Compartment size: 340 x 145mm with 50 x 50mm mesh infil
›› Each compartment clearly identified ›› 6 mesh compartments & a storage tray
›› Manufactured from light gauge mesh which is ›› Mobile on 4 x 100mm swivel non-marking
lightweight & ideal for mounting on a table castors with plastic corner buffers
MT960Z
3YR
GUARANTEE
manufactured
MT991Y
No. of Overall Size Weight

Model Price
Compartments WxDxH kg
Overall Size Weight
Model Price
18 1085 x 420 x 955 20 MT960Z £528.55 L x W x H mm kg
24 1445 x 420 x 955 30 MT961Z £704.05 1020 x 500 x 1020 16 MT991Y £579.20
FROM ONLY
£543.70
3YR
GUARANTEE
MT962Z
MT964Y
manufactured
Static Mail Sorter

Mobile Mail Sorter
›› This unit is available either free standing on its
own stand or for bench mounting if required ›› This mail sorter has 12 easily identified
›› It has 20 easily identified compartments compartments & is available with or
›› Stand is manufactured from 25mm without a mobile trolley
square tubular steel ›› The trolley is mobile on 100mm rubber castors
Overall Compartment Overall Compartment
Weight Weight
Description Size mm Size mm Model Price Description Size mm Size mm Model Price
kg kg
WxDxH WxDxH WxDxH WxDxH
Post Sorter 1450 x 457 Post Sorter 1375 x 380
355 x 457 x 297 28 MT962Z £1042.60 355 x 380 x 305 28 MT964Y £777.15
& Stand x 1830 & Trolley x 1610
Post Sorter 1450 x 457 Post Sorter 1065 x 380
355 x 457 x 297 18 MT963Z £929.85 355 x 380 x 305 11 MT965Z £543.70
only x 1525 only x 1220
511

Post Lockers
›› Manufactured from sheet steel in grey
›› Lockers are equipped with a master
door to allow authorised access
›› Supplied complete with cylinder locks (with
2 keys) & a master key for the master door
›› Each compartment is 290W x 425D mm
with a post hole which is 240W mm
PLW12Z
AVAILABLE WITH 12,

15 OR 30 COMPARTMENTS
Overall Size No of
Model Price
W x D x H mm Boxes
Wall Mounted Unit
760 x 450 x 820 12 PLW12Z £488.60
Floor Standing Unit
380 x 450 x 1910 15 PLF15Z £520.45 PLF30Z
PLF15Z
760 x 450 x 1910 30 PLF30Z £917.15
Post Lockers
›› Ideal for use in offices, flats,
schools, colleges, hospitals etc
›› Use for central mail & internal post systems
›› Each box has its own posting slot LX1230387
Guard Active Technology paint DOOR COLOUR
›› Light grey carcass with OPTIONS
various door colour options Green
›› Light grey & blue Light Grey
available as Blue
standard. Other Yellow
colours available Light Blue
with a MOQ of 8 manufactured Red
Overall Size No of
Model Price
W x D x H mm Boxes
15mm Post Slots
230 x 255 x 1075 8 LX1023258 £231.90
230 x 255 x 1325 10 LX132325N £250.42
25mm Post Slots
300 x 380 x 1230 7 LX1230387 £241.16
300 x 380 x 1725 10 LX173038N £283.51
40mm Post Slots
300 x 380 x 870 3 LX8730383 £188.24
LX173038N
300 x 380 x 1665 6 LX1630386 £241.16
512
512 - GPC.indd 5 04/01/2021 09:29:16

Mailroom Sorting Systems
MSS18Z
MCD04Z
MSS54Z
›› Practical yet stylish units which are ideal for post sorting
›› Finished in a hardwearing beech, birch or white laminate
i Information
Floor Mounted Units IDEAL FOR
›› Shelves are adjustable at 32mm intervals & edged
DOCUMENT &
with a slanted aluminium profile which makes labelling
POST SORTING
easier. Compartment size is 280W x 380D x 80H mm
Mail Sorting System FROM ONLY

Comprises of a mail cupboard with or without doors
£313.90
››
& a pull out sorting unit. Also comes with a table top
mail sorting unit with 30 compartments
Overall Size No of Beech Birch White
W x D x H mm Compartments Model Price Model Price Model Price
Floor Mounted Units
315 x 400 x 1880 18 MSS18Z £313.90 MSS28Z £313.90 MSS38Z £313.90
915 x 400 x 1880 54 MSS54Z £712.20 MSS64Z £712.20 MSS74Z £712.20
Mail Sorting Systems
915 x 400 x 1880 Without Doors MCN04Z £737.40 MCN14Z £737.40 MCN24Z £737.40
915 x 400 x 1880 With Doors MCD04Z £775.25 MCD14Z £775.25 MCD24Z £775.25 MSS28Z
513

Economy Packing Bench
manufactured
FROM ONLY
£575.30 3YR
GUARANTEE
i Information
MB156M
STAY ORGANISED ›› Complete with 2 reel holders
WITH THIS QUALITY ›› Upper storage shelf - 200mm deep
PACKING BENCH ›› Worktop height: 915mm
›› 25mm thick MDF worktop & lower shelf
Overall Overall Lower Shelf Weight
›› For ease of transport, the unit is
Model Price
L x W mm Height mm Depth mm kg supplied in two components
1525 x 610 1525 350 70 MB156M £575.30 ›› The upper back frame is supplied
1830 x 760 1525 350 85 MB187M £608.35 separately for bolting into position
Folding Shelf Trucks
›› Folding shelves & ends enable these
units to fold flat for compact storage 100kg
evenly
›› Tubular steel construction distributed
with steel shelves

100mm rubber castors
i Information
Bolt which holds shelf FOLDS IN SECONDS
in folded position
CI9002 Folded
No of Overall Size - Open Overall Size - Folded Weight
Model Price
CI9002 Shelves L x W x H mm L x W x H mm kg
2 850 x 460 x 1040 850 x 150 x 1040 19.5 CI9002 £191.95
514
514 - GPC.indd 7 06/01/2021 13:55:02

Polypropylene Strapping Systems Polypropylene Strapping Kits
›› BSK600 comprises of: 12 x 600m extruded
PP strap in handy dispenser box with 200
plastic strapping buckles
KSP12 B12 ›› PPSK10 comprises of: tensioner, sealer,
12 x 0.7mm x 1500m black strapping, 500 seals
& mobile strapping dispenser
TS3215
PD40
SPC12 Mobile
Strapping
Dispenser
with
Polypropylene
Strapping
PSD4
Description Qty Model Price BSK600

PPSK10
Polypropylene Strapping 12 x 0.55mm 2000m (130kg b/s black) Per Coil TT40BLK £31.63
NEW
Standard Semi Open Seals (2000) - 12 x 25mm Per Box SO34 £13.71
Heavy Duty Semi Open Seals (2000) - 12 x 32mm Per Box SO1232 £19.77 Sealer Tensioner
Budget Tensioner for 12-16mm strapping Each TS3215 £31.81
Budget Sealer for 12mm strapping (takes 12/30 Seals) Each KSP12 £24.00 Seals
Budget Combination Tool - 12mm strapping (takes 12/25 Seals) Each B12 £84.29
Combination Tool - 12mm strapping (takes 12/25 Seals) Each SPC12 £104.96
Buckle & Strap Box Kit BSK600 £20.01
Static Strapping Dispenser Each PSD4 £27.53
Mobile Tensioner & Sealer Kit PPSK10 £150.00
Mobile Strapping Dispenser with Integrated Tote Each PD40 £59.64
Vertical Pallet Strapper Automatic Strapper with Arch
›› Up to 70
double strapped
NEW pallets/hour on
automated line
›› Power supply
PT30G & 415V 50Hz
PT50G
›› Power MS40W &
MS50W
consumption
1.35kW
›› Nett weight
437kg
›› Strap not
included
TPS200V TRS600-12
›› Strap width 12mm
›› Rapid and high productivity pallet strapping ›› Arch size: 850W x 600H mm
›› Siemens PLC control and user-friendly touch screen ›› Strap tension range 10-70kg(depends on strap used)
›› Indexing strapping head ›› Cycle time 2.2 seconds @ 50Hz
›› Telescopic lance feeds strap through pallet ›› Power supply 230V 50Hz
frame & retracts for easy pallet transfer ›› Power consumption 1.2kW
›› Range of non-standard arch sizes available on request ›› Dimensions: 1430W x 620D x 1540H mm
›› Rapid & high productivity pallet strapping ›› Nett weight: 220kg
›› Can be integrated within g a packing line or ›› Gross weight: 263kg
operated as a stand alone unit ›› Automatic strapping feed with a short feed sensor,
›› Strap widths 9/12/15.5mm (specify on ordering) auto loop ejector & externally mounted coil
›› Internal core diameter 406mm ›› Entry level arch strapper suitable for
›› Standard arch size: 2450W x 1400H mm high volume strapping
›› Strapping tension 1100-3000N ›› Minimal downtime and easy coil change
Vertical Pallet Strapper TPS200V £37470.59 Automatic Strapper with Arch TRS600-12 £2377.94
Embossed Polyester Strapping, 12 x 0.7mm 2000m, 406 core green PT30G £53.06 Polypropylene Machine Strapping, 12 x 0.5mm 3000m, white MS40W £48.06
Embossed Polyester Strapping, 15.5 x 0.9mm 1500m, 406 core green PT50G £73.26 Polypropylene Machine Strapping, 12 x 0.63mm 3000m, white MS50W £55.66

515

Steel Strapping Kits Steel Strapping Systems
›› Strapping kit comprises of: tensioner, sealer,

steel strapping, 2000 seals & mobile trolley A333P
SSC06
Seals
TS12, TS16,
TS19
Steel Strapping
& Mobile Trolley TLS20
SD32
Description Qty Model Price
Ribbon Wound Dispenser Trolley for 19-32mm Steel Strapping Each SD32 £101.40
13mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 560kg b/s 320M Coil Per Coil RWS13 £32.24
16mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 720kg b/s 332m Coil Per Coil RWS16 £38.96
19mm Steel Strapping Ribbon Wound 850kg b/s 316m Coil Per Coil RWS19 £46.07
Snap-on Seals (2000) - 13 x 25mm Per Box SOS13 £17.80
Snap-on Seals (2000) - 16 x 25mm Per Box SOS16 £20.60

Tensioner Sealer Snap-on Seals (2000) - 19 x 25mm Per Box SOS19 £26.80
Flat Steel Strapping Tensioner - 13/16/19mm Each TLS20 £60.86
Easy-release Sealer - 13mm Steel Strapping Each TS12 £25.29

Complete Strapping Kit with 13mm x 395M Strap & 13/25mm Seals TSSK13 £225.87
Steel Sealless Combination Tool - 13/16/19mm Each A333P £314.29
Steel Strap Safety Cutter - Up to 0.9mm thick & 32mm wide Each SSC06 £35.62
Woven Cord Polyester Strapping Systems
CST20
CSD3
CSK
Tensioner for 19mm Corded Polyester Strapping Each CST20 £55.51

Bale Press Strap Kit - 13mm x 500m Strap, 200 Galvanised Buckles Each CSK £42.07
WPH50, WPH50,
13mm Woven Cord Strap, 375kg b/s, 1100m coil Per Coil WPH40 £50.14 WPH60
16mm Woven Cord Strap, 450kg b/s, 850m coil Per Coil WPH50 £50.57
19mm Woven Cord Strap, 550kg b/s, 600m coil Per Coil WPH60 £41.14
13mm Galvanised Buckles (1000) Per Box CB4G £22.29

CSM20
Static Strapping Dispenser with Integrated Plastic Tote Each CSD3 £57.74 CB4G, CB5G,
CB6G
Mobile Strapping Dispenser with Integrated Plastic Tote Each CSM20 £82.32

Manual Water Activated Tape Dispenser
›› Lightweight manual water
NEW
activated tape dispenser
›› Ideal for small/home offices, retail outlets
and on the run shipping environment
›› Soft touch tape delivery
›› Easy push tape dispensing
›› Blade delivers clean, even tape cutting
›› Better pack water brushes provide
consistent, uniform tape wetting
›› Portable dispenser does not require electricity
›› Refillable and spill-resistant water
tank holds one cup (227ml) of
water to activate 114m of tape
›› Push lever dispenses 254mm
length of tape, repeat push
lever for longer tape lengths
›› Use with only 70mm x 100m kraft water activated tape
Eject and fill the Remove cover to Push lever to Push cutter firmly
water tank, then insert tape, then dispense tape to to cut tape
insert it back into feed tape desired length
place. through slot
Overall Size Max Roll Max Tape Water Tank Weight

L x W x H mm Dia mm Width mm Capacity ml kg
Manual Water Activated Tape Dispenser 358 x 203 x 184 152.5 70-72 227 2.72 BP222 £228.07
Manual Tape Dispenser Packing Tape

›› Compatible with plain or reinforced ›› GSI tapes for use with BP333 & BP222
water activated tapes 37.5-76mm wide
›› Maximum roll length 182M
›› Maximum roll diameter 190mm BBP48
›› Rugged design with manually adjustable tape length
›› Dispenses up to 76cm of tape per lever stroke
›› Integral 1.3 water reservoir and wetting
system evenly activates the adhesive
across the whole tape width
›› Dimensions (L x W x H) 595 x 240 x 320mm
›› Tape not included
BCP48
NEW
NEW
KR7015B-GSI
KR7010B-GSI
48mm Buff PP Acrylic Tape, 66m Per Roll BBP48 £0.61

48mm Clear PP Acrylic Tape, 66m Per Roll BCP48 £0.61
Weight 70mm x 100m Brown Reinforced Water Activated Tape Per Roll KR7010B-GSI £3.86
kg
70mm x 152m Brown Reinforced Water Activated Tape Per Roll KR7015B-GSI £7.63
Manual Tape Dispenser 10 BP333 £493.70

517

Hotmelt Applicator Stretch Wrap Systems
›› Operating temperature pre-set at 193C
›› Compatible with 12mm diameter glue sticks CCS420, CCS417,
›› Maximum glue output 13g per minute CCS520
›› Comfortable long-trigger grip
›› Set time 5-10 seconds NEW
›› Supplied with fine nozzle
›› Removable stand
SR80
HWF6K
FSS12
GX120
Hotmelt Applicator GX120 £41.41

Fast Setting Hotmelt 12mm Sticks FSS12 £45.37
Pallet Shrink System
PFD-1
450WB
GSG100 PCT Stretch Film, Cast, 400mm x 300m, 20mu, 38mm Core Each CCS420 £7.69
Stretch Film, Cast, 400mm x 300m, 17mu, 38mm Core Each CCS417 £6.10
Description Qty Model Price Stretch Film, Cast, 500mm x 300m, 20mu, 50mm Core Each CCS520 £9.60
Gas Cylinder Trolley with Single Handle & Gun Holster Each PCT £66.43 Stretch Film, 400mm x 200m, 34mu, 38mm Core Each CCS434 £9.91
Shrink Film Roll Dispenser with 1 Spindle Included Each PFD1 £170.50 Sturdy Metal Stretch Film Dispenser Each SR80 £12.43
Centrefold Shrink Film, 2m Wide /108m Long, 125mu Each 12512M25 £83.29 Handy Wrap Kit, 1 Dispenser & 6 Stretch Film Rolls Each HWF6K £8.84
Gas Powered Shrink System Each GSG100 £525.60 Bench Mounted Film Holder & Dispenser Each 450WB £46.54
Stretch Wrappers
Mobile Manual Pallet Wrapper
›› Machine can be easily moved to the pallet removing
the need for a centralised packing area
›› Significant reduction in operator fatigue with no i Information
need to crouch or reach high to apply film QUICK & EASY
›› Controllable tension to give even wrap and save film
WAY OF
›› Wraps to a height of 2m
WRAPPING ITEMS
Pallet Wrapping Turntable
›› Semi automatic stretch wrapping turntable
›› Adjustable spring brake activated film
stretch mechanism
›› Single start/stop turntable position and
MSWM
magnetic brake for easy loading/offloading PSW001
›› Wraps to a height of 2m
›› Handles loads up to 1650kg
Mobile Manual Pallet Wrapper MSWM £1723.53

Pallet Wrapping Turntable PSW001 £3740.00

Cardboard Carton Shredders
›› IE3 2017 compliant, up to 30% more energy
efficient. Soft start means less component
wear & quieter operation
›› OP320: produces upto 3.5 m3/hr void fill
›› OP422S2-240V:produces up
to 6 m3/hr void fill
OP422S2-240V
Overall Size
OP320 Description
W x D x H mm
Model Price
Cuts up to 320mm wide & up to 15mm thick 660 x 660 x 980 OP320 £2725.00
Cuts up to 420mm wide & up to 18mm thick 660 x 660 x 1060 OP422S2-240V £5000.00
Compact Air Pillow Void Fill Generator Heat Sealer & Cutter
›› Mobile and extremely lightweight - suitable for retail, ›› Seal width 2mm
laboratory and workshop environments ›› Maximum seal length 400mm
›› Adjustable air volume setting ›› Maximum seal thickness 2 x 150 micron film
›› Output 3.5 metres per minute
›› Power supply 230V 50Hz
›› Power consumption 60W NEW
PWN3
IS400C
Compact Air Pillow Void Fill Generator Each PWN3 £684.29 Description Qty Model Price
Single 100mm Chamber, 250mm x 350mm, 20mu Box of 2 PWFN31021 £49.50 Heat Sealer with Cutter, 400mm straight bar Each IS400C £137.14
Four Chamber Quilt, 420mm x 225m, 20mu Per Roll PWF4N4245 £66.93 Layflat Tubing, 300mm x 150m, 62.5mu, Clear Per Roll PT3150 £24.26

519

430 - Electronic Bench Scale B140 - Weigh Count Scale
CHECK WEIGHING MODE* i Information
LARGE DISPLAY
FOR CLEAR
Green: Accept Orange: Under Red: Over
INFORMATION
›› General purpose bench scale
›› Electronic top loading scales which
displays in kg’s or lb’s
›› Check weighing mode*, ideal for repetitive weighing.
It can easily be set so the operator can quickly ›› High resolution LED counting scale
tell if the weight is within tolerance ›› Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied
›› 5 LED annunciators display ›› 20 button front panel with three separate
›› Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied dispays for weight, piece weight & count
›› Food grade 304 stainless steel top plate ›› Overall size: 117H x 333L x 195Wmm
›› Overall size: H190 x L365 x 335Wmm
Capacity Model Price 6kg x 0.2g 816965005758 £183.60
7kg x 0.0005kg & 15lb x 0.001lb 816965007219 £101.45 15kg x 0.5g 816965005765 £183.60
15kg x 0.001kg & 30lb x 0.002lb 816965007226 £101.45 30kg x 1g 816965005772 £183.60
WS Platform Scales
›› Hygienic stainless steel base
›› Functions include:
›› On/Off
›› Zero
›› Tare
›› Hold
›› Powered by Mains,
UK & EU power adaptor,
(supplied) or 4 x 1.5v
batteries (not supplied)
›› LCD display
Overall Size
L x W x H mm
550 x 550 x 60 WS300-50 £230.00
300kg x 50g
990 x 550 x 60 WS300-90 £280.00
520 Calibration certificate available for electronic machines – this must be specified on your order and is subject to an additional charge
520 - GPC.indd 13 06/01/2021 14:06:41

B240 - Counting Scale Parcel & Shipping Scales
›› Built-in database for fast recall of already stored

piece weights and other part number data ›› Ideal for portable applications without
›› Electronic top loading scales which the need to find power outlets
displays in lb’s, g’s or kg’s ›› General weighing in oz’s, lb’s or kg’s
›› 7” colour graphic touch screen display ›› Large 180 mm x 90 mm easy-to-read blue
with 800 x 480 resolution back lit LCD display with 25 mm high digits
›› Mains or battery operated - adaptor supplied ›› Mains or battery operated by
›› Stainless steel top plate four AA batteries - adaptor supplied
›› Overall size: H190 x L430 x 370Wmm ›› Stainless steel platform
›› Platform size: H40 x L390 x 310Wmm
7kg x 0.0002kg & 15lb x 0.0005lb 816965007295 £522.90
15kg x 0.0005kg & 30lb x 0.001lb 816965007301 £522.90 75kg x 0.05kg & 165lb x 0.1lb 816965007110 £83.60
30kg x 0.0001kg & 60lb x 0.002lb 816965007318 £522.90 150kg x 0.01kg & 330lb x 0.2lb 816965007127 £83.60
Multi-Purpose Bench Scales

›› Combines with a pole mounted
indicator that can be used for a
wide range of general purpose
floor or bench base type applications
›› Displays in lb’s, kg’s
›› The base is fully covered with a
removable, hard-wearing, food grade
304 stainless steel top pan
›› Fitted with a robust, R60 C3 approved
aluminium IP66 load cell
›› With 150% overload protection,
powder coated tubular base
frames constructed of mild steel,
and four corner stops the load
cell is well protected
›› The base frame is fitted with four
large, lockable, adjustable anti-slip
feet ideal for levelling the base
if positioned on uneven ground
›› Indicator has a large, easy-to-read
50 mm x 165 mm LCD backlit display
with 40 mm high digits and built-in AWT05-509353
Anti-Slip Feet
battery that allows this product
to be used in low lit areas or in areas
where power outlets are hard to find
›› Can provide over 107 hours of
battery life between charges
Base Size
L x W mm
60kg x 0.01kg & 132lb x 1oz 400 x 400 AWT05-509352 £265.75
150kg x 0.02kg & 22lb x 2oz 400 x 500 AWT05-509353 £265.75

300kg x 0.05kg & 56lb x 4oz 400 x 500 AWT05-509376 £258.60 AWT05-509354
300kg x 0.05kg & 110lb x 8oz 500 x 600 AWT05-509354 £415.75
Calibration certificate available for electronic machines – this must be specified on your order and is subject to an additional charge
521
521 - GPC.indd 14 06/01/2021 14:08:46

Electronic Bench/Floor Scales
›› Accurate, easy to read display
›› Large 25.4mm backlit LCD display
›› On/Off
›› Zero
›› Tare
›› Auto shutdown feature turns

off the weight display after
2 minutes of none use
›› Battery alert will display ‘LO’ when
the battery is weak
›› This unit continues to display
the weight after the item
has been removed. Ideal for
weighing oversized goods
Overall Size
W x D x H mm
45kg x 100g & 100lbs x 0.2lbs GP100 £101.45
278 x 318 x 56
110kg x 200g & 250lbs x 0.5lbs GP250 £115.75
i Information
IDEAL FOR
PALLETS,
CONTAINERS &
STILLAGES ETC
Indicator
Portable Beam Scales ›› Weights are clearly displayed in 7 x 20mm high
›› Place the beams up to 2 metres apart digits which is backlit LCD for excellent viewing
›› Both beams are fitted with a carry ›› Scales will display low battery when the unit
handle & adjustable feet requires recharging. The battery lasts approx. 15 hours
›› Functions include: of continuous use & is charged via the charger.
›› On/Off The display turns itself off after 2 minutes
›› Net/Gross Overall Size
mm
›› Tare
›› Print 2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams 2500kg / 5000lb 816965005628 £607.15
›› Ideal for pallets, long loads, containers etc 2 qty of 1200 x 100 Beams 5000kg / 10,000lb 816965005635 £642.90
522 Calibration certificate available for electronic machines – this must be specified on your order and is subject to an additional charge
522 - GPC.indd 15 06/01/2021 14:11:26

Electronic Crane Scales
›› Complies to GB/T11883-2002 & European CE directives
›› Aluminium casting case, high firm hook & shackle
›› Quality integrated circuit for high performance & long time stability
›› 35mm LED display with adjustable brightness setting
›› Internal rechargeable battery or AC power
›› On/Off
›› Zero
›› Tare
›› Hold/Print
i Information
SLEEP MODE TO
MAXIMISE THE
BATTERY LIFE
3000kg x 1kg BCS-3000 £431.10

5000kg x 2kg BCS-5000 £463.60
Floor Scale System

›› Versatile indicator - ideal for applications such
as shipping, counting, totalising
Floor & Drum Weighing Scale & check weighing functions
›› Hard wearing powder coated finish
›› Ideal for the weighing of drums, sack ›› Thick safety tread top plate with
trucks & trolleys etc where ease of heavy duty welded wide channel supports
operation & accuracy is essential ›› 4 alloy steel potted load cells
›› 6 digit 20mm (0.8”) LED display ›› Functions include:
›› Includes indicator/readout stand ›› Checkweighing
›› Powered by internal rechargeable batteries ›› Count
which gives up to 30 hours of continuous use ›› Weight

›› Functions include: ›› Total
›› On/Off ›› Print
›› Zero Overall Size
›› Tare L x W mm
›› Hold/Print 1220 x 1220 2500kg x 0.5kg 816965006922 £811.45
1220 x 1220 5000kg x 1kg 816965006946 £892.90
Overall Size
Capacity Model Price 1500 x 1500 2500kg x 0.5kg 816965006939 £910.00
L x W x H mm
500kg x 0.2g 1050 x 1050 x 46 DS1000 £575.75 1500 x 1500 5000kg x 1kg 816965006953 £1064.30
Calibration certificate available for electronic machines – this must be specified on your order and is subject to an additional charge
523

Dump Baskets Display Baskets
›› White plastic coated ›› Top quality build & finish
›› Bright zinc finish
›› Space utilisation
›› Self stacking
›› Free standing
D2400
D1600
›› D2100: round
dump bin
›› D1600 & D2400:
square collapsible
basket with
Overall Size Divider
adjustable base Description
W x D x H mm
Model Price
Price
475 x 300 x 250 SB475-300 £15.88 £3.88
475 x 400 x 250 SB475-400 £17.71 £4.25
Basket A
475 x 450 x 300 SB475-450 £21.33 £4.79
i Information 475 x 500 x 300 SB475-500 £22.00 £5.00
Plinth with Castors to suit - 475 wide SB P1 £35.79 -
IDEAL FOR
580 x 300 x 250 SB580-300 £17.46 £3.88
CATERING FOR THE
580 x 400 x 250 SB580-400 £18.21 £4.25
IMPULSE BUYER Basket B
580 x 450 x 300 SB580-450 £22.67 £4.79
580 x 500 x 300 SB580-500 £22.88 £5.00
Plinth with Castors to suit - 580 wide SB P2 £38.17 -
D2100 980 x 300 x 250 SB980-300 £23.67 £3.88
980 x 400 x 250 SB980-400 £26.29 £4.25
Basket C
980 x 450 x 300 SB980-450 £29.54 £4.79
Overall Size 980 x 500 x 400 SB980-500 £34.67 £5.17

Model Price
W x D x H mm Plinth with Castors to Suit - 980 wide SB P3 £44.29 -
400 x 400 x 726 D1600 £18.25 Data Strip - 450L x 39H mm SBDS450/39 £1.75 -
600 x 600 x 726 D2400 £26.04 Data Strip - 550L x 39H mm SBDS550/39 £2.08 -
533 x 533 x 720 D2100 £15.63 Data Strip - 950L x 39H mm SBDS950-39 £2.21 -
Shopping Baskets
›› Double handles for extra strength
i Information
24 LITRE CAPACITY
Overall Size
W x D x H mm
Plastic Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green) 430 x 295 x 220 B07 - 2 Handle Plastic £3.50 Universal
Plinth
Wire Shopping Basket (Red, Blue or Green handles) 445 x 326 x 190 B09 - Wire Shopping £5.67
Universal Plinth 470 x 300 x 340 B10 - UNI Plinth £14.88
524 - GPC.indd 17 05/01/2021 17:05:47

Display Baskets
COLOUR
OPTIONS
Green
Blue
Red
specify when ordering.
other colours available D1 4 x C12
›› Ideal for order picking

& fulfilment operations
›› For warehouse/bulk storage
›› The simplest & most effective

way to display stock
›› Tough & durable, constructed from

welded steel wire with plastic
coating to prevent corrosion
4 x C12, 8 x D1 & F9901
›› Designed by engineers & built to 4 x C2DS & 8 x D1
withstand the rigours of harsh
environments External Size Mesh Capacity Capacity
Model Price
Model
Price
W x D x H mm Size mm Litres kg Divider
660 x 460 x 350 65 0.088 MT8 £26.88

›› Safe & stable, the interlocking design 24 x 46 D1 £3.67
£29.58
of these baskets ensures safe stacking 980 x 460 x 350 88 0.140 C12
980 x 680 x 480 300 0.300 C2DS £37.38
46 x 46 D2 £4.38
›› Plastic coating which protects 1220 x 680 x 480 360 0.400 C4 £43.21
the goods from damage

Overall Size
W x D x H mm
›› Open front containers which allow
Wheels to suit - MT8 F9901 £61.42
easy access to even bulky goods
Wheels to suit - C12 F9903 £61.42
Wheels to suit - C2DS & C4 F9902 £61.42
›› Finish: durable plastic coating
Hook On Price Tag 120 x 40 PPB £0.67
›› Dividers available Hook On Price Tag 165 x 80 PPA £0.79

EPOS Strip 980 x 60 EPOS £2.63

525
525 - GPC.indd 18 05/01/2021 17:06:55

Index
A Cloakroom Equipment 45 to 49 Extension Ladders 403
F
Clothing 100
Absorbents 244 Coat Racks & Stands 45 to 49
Access Equipment 436 to 497 Combination Ladders 400, 402
Access Gates 209 & 403 Face Mask 453
Access Platforms 452, 454, Compartment Cases 60 to 65 Fibreglass Steps 404 to 407
494 to 497 Computer Cabinets 34 & 206 Filing Cabinets 496 & 497
Ackerman Trucks 405 & 407 Cones 164 Fire Extinguishers 101
Adjustable Shelving 2 Connecting Dollies 304 First Aid Cupboards 42
Aisle Labelling 154 to 167 Container Trucks & Trolleys 362 to 373 Flammable Storage 82 to 99,
Aluminium Shelving 10 Container Walls 74 242 & 243
Aluminium Steps 439 to 451 Containers 72 to 81 Floor Marking 115 &
Aluminium Trucks & Trolleys 343 & 350 Convertible Trolleys 281 to 283, 135 to 137
Anti-ligature Mirrors 214 343 Floor Matting 128 to 134
Anti-static Workbenches 242 & 243 Conveyors 386 & 387 & 451
Ashtrays 524 CoSHH Cupboards 84 & 87 Floor Paint 137
Attached Lid Containers 124, 126 & 127 Crowd Barriers 157, 164 & Folding Box Trucks 285
B
165 Folding Chairs 503 & 504
Cube Lockers 18 Folding Steps 388 to 407
Cupboards 39 to 43, Folding Tables 503 & 504
Balanced Trucks 357 82 to 88 Fork Lift Cages 449
Bar Pallets 12 & 456 Fort Sack Trucks 270 to 283
Bar Racks 12 to 17 Cycle Racks & Shelters 168 to 171 Fort Steps 410 to 445
Bar Trucks 362 & 363 Cylinder Storage & Cages 91, 95 to 99 Fort Trucks 298 to 301
G
Barriers 138 to 165 & 237
Baskets 524 & 525 Cylinder Trolleys 238 to 240
Beam Benches 503
Belt Barriers
Benches
139 to 144
174 to 207
& 514
D
Desk Converter 207 & 503
Galvanised Steps 411, 413,
424, 425
& 438
Bench Scales 520 to 523 Desk Screens 494 & 450 Galvanised Trucks 302
Bicycle Racks & Shelters 168 to 171 Desks & Pedestals 494 & 495 Garment Rails 50
Bin Lifter 484 Display Baskets 524 & 525 Gas Cylinder Storage & Cages 91, 95 to 99
Bin Racks & Trolleys 64 to 71 Display Racks & Stands 125 to 127 & 237
Bins - Litter 464 to 485 Distribution Pallets 79 Glass Fibre Steps 404 to 407
Board Trolleys 346 & 347 Distribution Trucks 330 to 333 Glass Whiteboards 123
Bottle Skips 362 & 363 Dividers & Screens 494 & 450 Grit Bins 490 to 493
Box Pallets 12, 80 & 81 to 452 Grit Spreaders 491
H
Bubble / Stretch Film 517 & 518 Docking Equipment 104 & 425
Bulk Handling Trucks 347 Dock Steps 425
C
Document Pockets 116 & 117
Dollies 303 to 305 Hand Drawn Trucks 350 to 361
Drawer Cabinets 198 to 204 Handling Cans 242 & 243
Cable Ramps & Protectors 134 & 162 Drip/Spill Trays 223 to 225 Handy Steps & Stools 388 & 389
Canteen Furniture 504 to 507 Drum Dollies 216 Hazardous Storage 82 to 99
Cantilever Racking 16 & 17 Drum Handling 216 to 221 Healthcare Trolleys 457 to 459
Cantilever Workbenches 180, 181 & Drum Lifting 221 Hi-Vis Clothing 100
195 Drum Storage 222 to 235 High Lift Pallet Trucks 257
Carry Case - Storage 64 Dry Wall Trolleys 347 Hygienic Shelving 8 to 11
I
Cash & Carry Trolleys 343 to 349 Dump Baskets 524 & 525
E
Castors & Wheels 379 to 385
Caution Boards 457
Chain Hoists 266 IBC Containers 222
Chain Posts & Barriers 144 Easy Slope Steps 435 to 439 IBC Storage 222, 230,
Chairs 498 to 504 Easy Steer Steps 434 234 & 235
Charging Laptop Lockers 32 to 35 Eclipse Shelving 8&9 Identification Labels 106 to 119
Chemstores 222 Electric Tugs 360 & 361 Impact Protection 145 to 155
Chrome Wire Shelving 8&9 Euro Containers 76 & 77 Inclined Shelving 6&7
Clever Trolley 348 & 370 Expanding Conveyors 387 Industrial Screens 212
Industrial Trailers 363
Index - GPC.indd 1 04/01/2021 15:01:11

Index
J
Janitorial Trolleys 457 to 459
O
Office Chairs 498 to 501
Sack Trucks
2 & 3 Way
Aluminium
268 to 285
281 to 283
277 to 279
K
Office Furniture 494 to 503 Compact 277 to 279
Office Planners 126 Fort 270 to 273
Office Seating 498 to 507 Stairclimbers 284
Kanban Shelving 6 Office Shelving 496 White Goods 275
Key Cabinets 102 Order Picking Trolleys 376 & 377 Safety Matting 128 to 134
Kick Steps 388 to 389 Outdoor Litter Bins 476 to 479 & 451
P
Knives - Safety 515 Safety Signs 106 to 119
L
Salt & Grit Bins 490 to 493
Salt Spreaders 491
PPE Equipment 100 & 453 Sanitisers 453
Labelling 106 to 119 Packaging Equipment 512 to 521 Scaffold Towers 441
Ladder Accessories 408 & 409 Packing Benches 514 Scales - Weight 520 to 523
Ladders 401 to 403 Pallet Boxes 12, 80 & 81 Scissor Lift Tables 258 & 259
& 406 to 407 Pallet Loading 267 Screens & Dividers 494 & 450
Laddertags 408 Pallet Stacking Systems 12 to 452
Laundry Trolleys 459 Pallet Trucks 246 to 257 Seating 498 to 507
Lift Tables 263 to 266 High Lift 257 Security Cages 91 to 99
Lifters & Stackers 260 to 265 Long Fork 249 Security Cupboards 103
Lifting Magnets 486 Powered 253 to 255 Security Trolleys 344 to 352
Lights 104 Printers 248 Self Levelling Trucks 375 & 509
Literature Storage 125 to 127 Weigh Scale 250 to 251 Service Trolleys 312 to 318
Litter Bins 464 to 485 Pallets - Plastic 80 & 81 Sheet & Bar Racks 12 to 17
Load Movers 265 to 267 Pedal Bins 460 & 461 Shelf/Tray Trolleys 306 to 329
Location Markers 106 to 119 Plastic Cupboards 43 & 456 Shelving 1 to 11
Lockers 18 to 38 Plastic Lockers 26 Shrink Wrap Systems 515 to 519
Cube 18 Plastic Shelving 10 & 11 Shoe Racks 46 to 51
Express 19 Plastic Steps 389 Shopping Baskets 522
Garment 27 Plastic Trolleys 286 to 315 Signs & Identification 106 to 119
Laminate Door 28 & 31 Platform Steps 403, 440 Skip Trucks 487 to 489
Laptop 32 to 35 to 446 Small Parts Storage 52 to 71
Personal Effect 18 & 25 Platform Trucks & Trolleys 286 to 292 Smoking Shelters 171 to 173
Plastic 26 Platforms 440 to 446 Snow Shovels & Ploughs 491
Z Door 28 Podium Steps 446 Speed Ramps 163
Louvered Panel Kits 55 & 64 Polyethylene Trucks 362 to 368 Spill Control 222 to 245
M
Post Room Equipment 508 to 521 Spill Kits 245
Powered Pallet Trucks 253 to 255 Stackers & Lifters 260 to 267
Powered Stackers 264 to 267 Stainless Steel
Machine Guards 145 to 155 Protective Screens 450 to 452 Cloakroom Equipment 48
Machine/Service Steps 413, 414 & PVC Strip Curtains 105 Cupboards 42
R
437 to 441 Platform Trucks 302
Magnets 486 Shelf Trolleys 328 & 329
Mailroom Equipment 508 to 521 Steps 414
Matting 128 to 134 Rack Guards 145 to 155 Work Benches 190 & 191
& 451 Racksack 114 Stairclimbers 284
Mesh Cages/Mini/Maxi Boxes 98 Ramps 163 Stair Treads 128
Mesh Pallets 94 Reception Furniture 501 Stationery Cupboards 496 & 497
Mirrors 166 & 167 Recycling Bins 460 to 472 Steel Bins & Racks 70 & 71
Mobile Bar Rack 14 & 15 Refuse Sacks & Holders 460 to 465 Steps 388 to 436
Mobile Shelving 7 Rivet Racking 4&5 Aluminium 391 to 403
Mobile Steps 388, 398 & Rivet Workbenches 174 to 176 Combination 402, 403
411 to 439 Rock Salt 493 408
N
Roll Containers 340 & 342 Folding 388 to 407
Roller Tracks 378 Glass Fibre 404 to 407
Rope Barriers 138 Handy Steps 388 to 391
S
Noticeboards 120 to 124 Kick/Stools 388 & 389
Mobile Steps 388, 398 &
411 to 439
Sacks Holders & Refuse Sacks 460 to 465 Stainless Steel 414
Index - GPC.indd 2 04/01/2021 15:01:12

S continued
Stock Trolleys 343 & 349
Tool Trolleys
Tote Bins & Racks
Towers
208 to 211
70 & 71
447
Warehouse Trucks
Waste Converters
Waste Management
343 & 349
519
460 to 489
Storage & Bar Racks 12 to 17 Tow Trucks 360 & 361 Weigh Scales 520 to 523
Storage Racks - Literature 125 to 127 Traffic Cones 142 & 164 Wheelbarrows 354
Storage Vaults 89 & 228 Traffic Management 142 to 165 Wheeled Bin Shelters 484
Stores 92 & 93 Traffic Mirrors 167 Wheeled Bins 480 to 485
Straddle Stackers 262 & 263 Trailers 359 Wheels & Castors 379 to 385
Strapping Systems 515 & 516 Tray Racks 372 & 373 Wheel Chocks 104
Stretch Film Systems 516 Tray Trolleys 306 to 329 Wheel Stops 163
Strip Curtains 105 Treads 128 Whiteboards 120 to 123
Sump Storage 226 to 235 Tugs 360 & 361 Winter Management Products 490 to 493
Sweepers 486 Turntable Trucks 350 to 358 Wire Baskets 524 & 525
System Flow Trolleys 211 Two Way Trucks 282 Wire Mesh Lockers 36 to 38
T V
Wire Shelving 8&9
Workbenches 174 to 207
& 514
T-Cards 126 Vaults 89 & 228 Workwear 100 & 453
Tables 504 to 507 Vision Barriers 148 Work Lights 104
W
Telescopic Ladders 401
Three Way Trucks 281 to 283
Tilt & Pull Steps 414 & 415
Tilt Trucks 375 & 484 Wall Mounted Barriers 140 & 144
Tip-A-Trucks 365 Wall Planners 126
Tool Storage 210 to 215 Warehouse Identification 106 to 119
CONDITIONS OF SALE:
1. ACCEPTANCE
Acceptance of any order by the purchaser for the supply of goods will be subject to these conditions of sale.
2. PRICES
PRICES QUOTED ARE NORMALLY EX-WORKS EXCLUSIVE OF VAT & CARRIAGE
Whilst we shall endeavour to maintain the prices shown, this we cannot guarantee & we reserve the right to charge
the price ruling at date of despatch. In the event of a price alteration after an order has been placed & prior
to despatch notification of such alteration will be made before despatch of goods.
Low value orders may be subject to an administration charge.
Prices will be subject to any customs tariffs following Brexit
3. SPECIFICATIONS
Due to continual improvements in the design & manufacturing methods strict accuracy of specifications & illustrations cannot be
guaranteed. So that any product improvements can reach the purchaser as soon as possible the Company reserves the right to change design of
specification without formal notice. Stated load capacities are for evenly distributed loads only & must not be exceeded.
4. GUARANTEE*
Where the goods have been supplied by the seller & are found to be defective, the seller shall repair, or at their discretion, replace
defective goods free of charge within one year (unless otherwise stated) from the date of delivery, subject to the following conditions:
4.1 The buyer notifying the seller in writing immediately upon the defect becoming apparent.
4.2 The defect being due to faulty design, materials or workmanship of the seller.
4.3 Any goods to be repaired or replaced shall be returned to the seller at the buyer’s expense, if so requested by the seller.
4.4 Where the goods have been manufactured & supplied to the seller by a third-party,
any guarantee granted to the seller in respect of the goods shall be passed on to the buyer.
4.5 The seller shall be entitled at their absolute discretion to refund the price
of the defective goods in the event that such price has already been paid.
4.6 Guarantee excludes product finish, locks, wheels & castors.
4.7 The remedies contained in this clause are without prejudice to the other terms & conditions herein.
5. DELIVERY
Delivery dates are estimates only & the company shall not be liable for any loss or damages resulting from any delay in delivery. In addition we
shall not be liable for any matter which results from any act of God, war or riot, extreme weather, strikes or any other events which are beyond
our control. The company reserves the right to deliver goods by installments, each installment being treated as a separate contract. Goods will
be delivered at the point most convenient to our carrier, usually the goods inwards department or reception on the ground floor. Further transfer
or installation within the purchasers premises, particularly for large or heavy items, must be arranged prior to delivery & will be charged extra.
We can also not take responsibility for deliveries that require pallet trucks or fork lifts to offload from the courier or move the goods
within your premises. All goods must be examined upon receipt & any damage or discrepancy recorded with the carrier.
6. CLAIMS
All goods must be examined upon receipt & any damage or discrepancy recorded with the carrier. The company must be notified in writing of any damage
or incomplete delivery within 3 days of delivery. No claims for shortage or damage will be entertained after a clear receipt has been given to the
carriers. The company will not be liable if this procedure is not followed. Total non delivery due to loss in transit must be notified within 7 days of invoice.
Goods are not sold for any particular purpose, the end user should be responsible for the suitability of the product for use. The company shall not be liable
for any indirect or consequential loss arising out of or in connection with the sale of goods. Any claim is limited to the value of the goods purchased.
7. RETURN OF GOODS
Standard goods will only be accepted for return after prior agreement with us & within 14 days of receipt. A handling
charge may be imposed which will vary dependent on the condition of the goods when returned. Carriage charges
for the outward journey plus the return of standard goods are payable by the purchaser. Bespoke
goods manufactured specially for a customer will not be eligible for return.
8. RESERVATION OF TITLE
Goods supplied will remain the property of ‘the company’ until full payment is received. In the event of sale of these
goods to a third party “the company” reserves title to the proceeds of sale. Responsibility for maintenance
& insurance passes to the purchaser on delivery.
Index - GPC.indd 3 04/01/2021 15:01:12

Safelift Greenfield & Brownfield
Project Supply Services - Full Technical Procurement
MANUAL & MECHANICAL BROWNFIELD & GREENFIELD SHORT & LONG TERM PRODUCT
HANDLING PRODUCTS PROJECT SUPPLY EQUIPMENT HIRE TRAINING
SPECIALIST ENVIRONMENTAL OFFSHORE REPAIR &

CONTAINERS PRODUCT SUPPLY SURVEYS RE-CERTIFICATION
Safelift Offshore IFC & IBC - 2021.indd 1 15/12/2020 17:54:50

Company: Safelift Off shore Cover: Inside Front & Back Binding Instructions: GPC
SAFELIFT OFFSHORE
Product Guide
SAFELIFT OFFSHORE
SAFELIFT OFFSHORE LTD
LTD
>>A:A:Safelift
Safelift Offshore
Offshore Ltd Ltd
Aquithie Road Manual Handling
Manual Handling Equipment
Equipment
Aquithie Road
Kemnay
Kemnay Product Catalogue
Product Catalogue
Aberdeenshire
Aberdeenshire
Scotland
Scotland
AB51
AB51 5PD 5PD
“Products
“Products that
That make
Make a
A difference”
Difference”
“Products that make adifference”
“Products that make a difference”
Version 11
www.safelift.co.uk
www.safelift.co.uk www.safelift.co.uk
www.safelift.co.uk
>>T:T:+44
+44(0)
(0)1224
1224 775774
775774 >>T:T:+44
+44(0)
(0) 1224
1224 775774
775774
Safelift Offshore Cover - 2021.indd 1 15/12/2020 17:56:24
Company: Safelift Offshore Cover: 1 of 1 Binding Instructions: GPC

Catalogue PDF'S - Compressed

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Catalogue PDF'S - Compressed

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SAFELIFT OFFSHORE

SPECIALIST ENVIRONMENTAL OFFSHORE REPAIR &

Safelift Offshore IFC & IBC - 2021.indd 1 15/12/2020 17:54:50

Safelift Work / Access Baskets

Work Access Baskets

Safelift Emergency Response Basket

Safelift Standard Products

Tel: 01224 775774 sales@safelift. co.uk www.safelift.co.uk

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 3 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift Deck Baskets

The drop front provides a non slip

The baskets can be supplied with

Model Type Capacity (SWL) Length Width Height

SOLDFBS1.5 Drop Front 1.5te 1000mm 1000mm 750mm

Tel: 01224 775774 sales@safelift. co.uk www.safelift.co.uk

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 4 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift Deck Baskets

Model Type Capacity Length Width Height

Safelift Standard Products

Safelift DNV 2.7-1/BS EN ISO 10855 Baskets

Tel: 01224 775774 sales@safelift. co.uk www.safelift.co.uk

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 5 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift Vertical Barrel Clamp

• Simple operation to minimises operator error

Safelift Vertical Drum Clamp

• Painted to offshore specification

Safelift Universal Barrel Transporter

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 6 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift Leva Drum Transporter

Safelift Universal Drum Truck

Safelift Standard Products

Safelift Bunded Drum Frames

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 7 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift Universal Gas Bottle Carrier

Safelift Double Gas Bottle Carrier

• Large diameter wheels for travelling over sites

• Full NDT & Load Test Certification

Safelift Caged Double Gas Bottle Carrier

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 8 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift Vertical Cylinder Lifter

Safelift Mini Quads

Safelift Standard Products

Safelift Manual Cylinder Clamps

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 9 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift 4-Wheel Turntable Trucks

Heavy duty ball bearing turntable design assuring easy

Each truck has 4-off certified padeyes, 1-off positioned

Heavy duty marine plywood decks. Handle stops prevent

Model Capacity Length Width Height

SOL2TT1.22 2te 1220mm 610mm 450mm

Tel: 01224 775774 sales@safelift. co.uk www.safelift.co.uk

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 10 17/12/2020 09:26

Safelift 4-Wheel Ackerman Steering Trucks

Ackerman Steering Trucks

The Ackerman steering increases stability and improves the

Each truck has 4-off certified padeyes, 1-off positioned at

Heavy duty marine plywood decks. Handle stops prevent

Model Capacity Length Width Height

Safelift Standard Products

Parking brake available as an option

• Designed for the rigors of the Oil & Gas Industry

Tel: 01224 775774 sales@safelift. co.uk www.safelift.co.uk

Safelift Offshore Catalogue Dec 2020.indd 11 17/12/2020 09:26